Matthew 15–28: A Handbook on the Greek Text (Baylor Handbook on the Greek New Testament) 9781481309677, 9781481309691, 1481309676

Citation preview

MATTHEW 15-28 A Handbook on the Greek Text

WESLEY G. OLMSTEAD

Matthew 15–­28

Baylor Handbook on the Greek New Testament Lidija Novakovic General Editor

OTHER BOOKS IN THIS SERIES



Matthew 1–14 Mark 1–­8 Mark 9–­16 Luke

Acts 1 Corinthians 1–­9

1 Corinthians 10–­16

2 Corinthians Galatians Ephesians Colossians and Philemon The Pastoral Letters James 1 Peter 2 Peter and Jude 1, 2, 3 John Revelation

Wesley G. Olmstead Rodney J. Decker Rodney J. Decker Martin M. Culy, Mikeal C. Parsons, and Joshua J. Stigall Martin M. Culy and Mikeal C. Parsons Timothy A. Brookins and Bruce W. Longenecker Timothy A. Brookins and Bruce W. Longenecker Fredrick J. Long David A. deSilva William J. Larkin Constantine R. Campbell Larry J. Perkins A. K. M. Adam Mark Dubis Peter H. Davids Martin M. Culy David L. Mathewson

Matthew 15–­28 A Handbook on the Greek Text

Wesley G. Olmstead

BAYLOR UNIVERSITY PRESS

© 2019 by Baylor University Press Waco, Texas 76798 All Rights Reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior permission in writing of Baylor University Press. Cover Design by Pamela Poll Graphic Design Scripture translations are the author’s. The Library of Congress has cataloged this book under the ISBN 978-1-4813-0967-7.

Web PDF ISBN 978-1-4813-0969-1 This ebook was converted from the original source file. Readers who encounter any issues with formatting, text, linking, or readability are encouraged to notify the publisher at [email protected]. Some font characters may not display on all ereaders. To inquire about permission to use selections from this text, please contact Baylor University Press, One Bear Place, #97363, Waco, Texas 76798.

CONTENTS

Series Introduction ix Preface xv Abbreviations xvii Introduction xxi Matthew 15:1-­20

1

Matthew 15:21-­28

14

Matthew 15:29-­31

21

Matthew 15:32-­39

24

Matthew 16:1-­4

28

Matthew 16:5-­12

33

Matthew 16:13-­20

37

Matthew 16:21-­23

44

Matthew 16:24-­28

48

Matthew 17:1-­8

53

Matthew 17:9-­13

58

Matthew 17:14-­21

62

Matthew 17:22-­23

68

Matthew 17:24-­27

69

Matthew 18:1-­5

73

v

vi

Contents

Matthew 18:6-­9

76

Matthew 18:10-­14

81

Matthew 18:15-­20

84

Matthew 18:21-­22

90

Matthew 18:23-­35

92

Matthew 19:1-­12

101

Matthew 19:13-­15

111

Matthew 19:16-­22

113

Matthew 19:23-­30

118

Matthew 20:1-­16

124

Matthew 20:17-­19

134

Matthew 20:20-­28

136

Matthew 20:29-­34

143

Matthew 21:1-­11

147

Matthew 21:12-­17

154

Matthew 21:18-­22

159

Matthew 21:23-­27

162

Matthew 21:28-­32

167

Matthew 21:33-­46

172

Matthew 22:1-­14

182

Matthew 22:15-­22

190

Matthew 22:23-­33

195

Matthew 22:34-­40

202

Matthew 22:41-­46

206

Matthew 23:1-­12

209

Matthew 23:13-­33

216

Matthew 23:34-­39

229



Contents

vii

Matthew 24:1-­8

234

Matthew 24:9-­14

239

Matthew 24:15-­22

241

Matthew 24:23-­28

247

Matthew 24:29-­35

250

Matthew 24:36-­44

257

Matthew 24:45-­51

263

Matthew 25:1-­13

266

Matthew 25:14-­30

274

Matthew 25:31-­46

285

Matthew 26:1-­5

297

Matthew 26:6-­13

299

Matthew 26:14-­16

304

Matthew 26:17-­30

306

Matthew 26:31-­35

318

Matthew 26:36-­46

322

Matthew 26:47-­56

331

Matthew 26:57-­68

339

Matthew 26:69-­75

349

Matthew 27:1-­2

353

Matthew 27:3-­10

355

Matthew 27:11-­14

360

Matthew 27:15-­23

363

Matthew 27:24-­26

369

Matthew 27:27-­31

372

Matthew 27:32-­38

376

Matthew 27:39-­44

380

viii

Contents

Matthew 27:45-­54

384

Matthew 27:55-­56

391

Matthew 27:57-­61

393

Matthew 27:62-­66

395

Matthew 28:1-­10

399

Matthew 28:11-­15

407

Matthew 28:16-­20

410

Glossary 415 Works Cited 425 Indices 439

SERIES INTRODUCTION

The Baylor Handbook on the Greek New Testament (BHGNT) is designed to guide new readers and seasoned scholars alike through the intricacies of the Greek text. Each handbook provides a verse-­by-­verse treatment of the biblical text. Unlike traditional commentaries, however, the BHGNT makes no attempt to expound on the theological meaning or significance of the document under consideration. Instead, the handbooks serve as supplements to commentary proper. Readers of traditional commentaries are sometimes dismayed by the fact that even those that are labeled “exegetical” or “critical” frequently have little to say about the mechanics of the Greek text and all too often completely ignore the more perplexing grammatical issues. In contrast, the BHGNT offers an accessible and comprehensive, though not exhaustive, treatment of the Greek New Testament, with particular attention given to the grammar of the text. In order to make the handbooks more user-­friendly, authors have only selectively interacted with secondary literature. Where there is significant debate on an issue, the handbooks provide a representative sample of scholars espousing each position; when authors adopt a less known stance on the text, they generally list any other scholars who have embraced that position. The BHGNT, however, is more than a reliable guide to the Greek text of the New Testament. Each author brings unique strengths to the task of preparing the handbook, such as textual criticism, lexical semantics, discourse analysis, or other areas. As a result, students and scholars alike will at times be introduced to ways of looking at the Greek language that they have not encountered before. This feature makes the handbooks valuable not only for intermediate and advanced Greek courses but also for students and scholars who no longer have the luxury of increasing their Greek proficiency within a classroom context. While handbook

ix

x

Series Introduction

authors do not consider modern linguistic theory to be a panacea for all questions exegetical, the BHGNT does aim both to help move linguistic insights into the mainstream of New Testament reference works and, at the same time, to help weed out some of the myths about the Greek language that continue to appear in both scholarly and popular treatments of the New Testament. Using the Baylor Handbook on the Greek New Testament Each handbook consists of the following features. The introduction draws readers’ attention to some of the distinctive characteristics of the New Testament document under consideration and treats some of the broader issues relating to the text as a whole in a more thorough fashion. In the handbook proper, the biblical text is divided into sections, each of which is introduced with a translation that illustrates how the insights gleaned from the analysis that follows may be expressed in modern English. Following the translation is the heart of the handbook, an extensive analysis of the Greek text. Here, the Greek text of each verse is followed by comments on grammatical, lexical, and text-­critical issues. Every verb is parsed for the sake of pedagogical expediency, while nouns are parsed only when the form is unusual or requires additional explanation. Handbook authors may also make use of other features, such as passage overviews between the translation and notes. Each page of the handbook includes a header to help readers quickly locate comments on a particular passage. Terminology used in the comments that is potentially unfamiliar is included in a glossary in the back of the handbook and/or cross-­referenced with the first occurrence of the expression, where an explanation may be found. This is followed by a bibliography of works cited, providing helpful guidance in identifying resources for further research on the Greek text. Each volume concludes with a grammar index and an author index. The list of grammatical phenomena occurring in the biblical text provides a valuable resource for students of Greek wanting to study a particular construction more carefully or Greek instructors needing to develop illustrations, exercises, or exams. The handbooks assume that users will possess a minimal level of competence with Greek morphology and syntax. Series authors generally utilize traditional labels such as those found in Daniel Wallace’s Greek Grammar beyond the Basics. Labels that are drawn from the broader field of modern linguistics are explained at their first occurrence and included in the glossary. Common labels that users may be unfamiliar with are also included in the glossary.



Series Introduction

xi

The primary exception to the broad adoption of traditional syntactic labels relates to verb tenses. Most New Testament Greek grammars describe the tense system as being formally fairly simple (only six tenses) but functionally complex. The aorist tense, it is frequently said, can function in a wide variety of ways that are associated with labels such as “ingressive,” “gnomic,” “constative,” “epistolary,” “proleptic,” and so forth. Similar functional complexity is posited for the other tenses. Positing such functions, however, typically stems not from a careful analysis of Greek syntax but rather from grappling with the challenges of translating Greek verbs into English. When we carefully examine the Greek verb tenses, we find that the tense forms do not themselves denote semantic features such as ingressive, iterative, or conative; at best they may allow for ingressive, iterative, or conative translations. In addition, the tense labels have frequently led to exegetical claims that go beyond the syntax. For this reason, handbook authors do not generally utilize these labels but seek to express nuances typically associated with them in the translation. Avoidance of traditional tense labels is based on the insights gained from the discussions about verbal aspect theory over the last three decades, which distinguish Aktionsart (kind of action) from aspect (subjective portrayal of an action). Many contributors to the BHGNT series agree with the basic premise of verbal aspect theory that tense forms do not grammaticalize time and adopt a three-­aspect paradigm that differentiates between perfective aspect, imperfective aspect, and stative aspect. Some authors also concur with Stanley Porter’s (1989; 1994) claim about different levels of semantic density or markedness—­that is, the concept of the perfective aspect as the least marked (background), the imperfective aspect as more marked (foreground), and the stative aspect as the most marked aspect (frontground). There is, however, still significant scholarly disagreement concerning the nature of verbal aspects and their semantic functions. Constantine Campbell (2008a), for example, identifies the Greek perfect not with stative aspect, like Porter and others, but with imperfective aspect with heightened remoteness, which he describes as a dynamic action in progress. Steven Runge (2014), conversely, challenges the foundational idea of Porter’s verbal aspect theory that Greek tense forms do not have temporal references and argues for a mixed time-­aspect system. Handbook authors are encouraged to interact with these and other discussions about verbal aspect and incorporate their insights in the analysis of the Greek text.

xii

Series Introduction

Deponency Although series authors will vary in the theoretical approaches they bring to the text, the BHGNT has adopted the same general approach on one important issue: deponency. Traditionally, the label “deponent” has been applied to verbs with middle, passive, or middle/passive morphology that are thought to be “active” in meaning. Introductory grammars tend to put a significant number of middle verbs in the New Testament in this category, despite the fact that some of the standard reference grammars have questioned the validity of the label. Archibald Robertson (332), for example, argues that the label “should not be used at all.” In recent years, a number of scholars have taken up Robertson’s quiet call to abandon this label. Carl Conrad’s posts on the B-Greek Internet discussion list (beginning in 1997) and his subsequent formalization of those concerns in unpublished papers available on his website have helped flesh out the concerns raised by earlier scholars. In his essay “New Observations on Voice in the Ancient Greek Verb,” Conrad argues that the Greek voice system is not built upon trichotomy (active, middle, and passive) but upon a bipolar basis (active and middle/passive). He further claims that the verbs that have been traditionally termed “deponent” are by their nature subject-­focused, like the forms that are regarded as genuine middle, and suggests that “both term and concept of ‘Deponency’ should be eliminated forever from formal categories and thinking about ancient Greek voice” (11). Similar conclusions are reached by Jonathan Pennington (2003, 60–­64), who helpfully summarizes the rationale for dispensing with the label, maintaining that widespread use of the term “deponent” stems from two key factors: (1) the tendency to analyze Greek syntax through reference to English translation—­if a workable translation of a middle form appears “active” in English, we conclude that the verb must be active in meaning even though it is middle in form—­and (2) the imposition of Latin categories on Greek grammar. Pennington concludes, “Most if not all verbs that are considered ‘deponent’ are in fact truly middle in meaning” (61). The questions that have been raised regarding deponency as a syntactic category, then, are not simply issues that interest a few Greek scholars and linguists without much bearing on how one understands the text. Rather, the notion of deponency has, at least in some cases, effectively obscured the semantic significance of the middle voice, leading to imprecise readings of the text (see also Bakker; Taylor). It is not only middle voice verbs, however, that are the focus of attention in this debate. Conrad, Pennington, and others also maintain that deponency is an invalid category for passive verbs that have traditionally been placed



Series Introduction

xiii

in this category. To account for putative passive deponent verbs, these scholars have turned to the evolution of voice morphology in the Greek language. They draw attention to the fact that middle morphology was being replaced by passive morphology (the θη morpheme) during the Koine period (see esp. Conrad, 3, 5–­6; cf. Pennington 2003, 68; Taylor, 175; Caragounis, 153). Consequently, in the Common Era we find “an increasing number of passive forms without a distinctive passive idea . . . replacing older middle forms” (Pennington 2003, 68). This diachronic argument leads Conrad (5) to conclude that the θη morpheme should be treated as a middle/passive rather than a passive morpheme. Such arguments have a sound linguistic foundation and raise serious questions about the legitimacy of the notion “passive deponent.” Should, then, the label “deponent” be abandoned altogether? While more research needs to be done to account for middle/passive morphology in Koine Greek fully, the arguments are both compelling and exegetically significant. Consequently, users of the BHGNT will discover that verbs that are typically labeled “deponent,” including some with θη morphology, tend to be listed as “middle” or “middle/passive.” In recognizing that so-­called deponent verbs should be viewed as true middles, users of the BHGNT should not fall into the trap of concluding that the middle form emphasizes the subject’s involvement in the action of the verb. At times, the middle voice appears simply to be a morphological flag indicating that the verb is intransitive. More frequently, the middle morphology tends to be driven by the “middle” semantics of the verb itself. In other words, the middle voice is sometimes used with the verb, not in order to place a focus on the subject’s involvement in the action, but precisely because the sense of the lexical form itself involves subject focus. It is the hope of Baylor University Press, the series editors, and each of the authors that these handbooks will help advance our understanding of the Greek New Testament, be used to equip further pastors and other church leaders for the work of ministry, and fan into flame a love for the Greek New Testament among a new generation of students and scholars. Martin M. Culy Founding Series Editor Lidija Novakovic Series Editor

This page intentionally left blank

PREFACE

Most of the work on this handbook was completed during two sabbaticals approved by my supervisors (and friends), Dwayne and Cal and Don. Thank you. I am indebted to both Martin Culy, the original editor of this series, and Lidija Novakovic, the current editor. Marty invited me to write this volume and, as the project neared completion, graciously responded to a string of queries about puzzling texts with insightful suggestions. Lidija’s expertise in both Matthew and the language of the New Testament and her sharp editorial eye have improved my work in many places. It has been a consistent delight to work with her. My thinking about Matthew’s Gospel has inevitably been influenced by interaction with three decades of students at Briercrest and, occasionally, at the Ethiopian Graduate School of Theology. During the latter stages of my work on the handbook, several students met with me weekly to read the Greek text of Matthew: Anja and Timo, Kaitlyn and Josh, Colton, and Phil represent the many others who have enriched my life and study. Another former student, James VanderVeen, read and commented on an early draft of the entire manuscript. But God’s very best gifts to Faith and me have been closer to home. When I began working on this project, my aging parents were healthy and my children were high school students. As I complete it, my parents have both gone home and my (now adult) children read these texts with me. Bryndon and Brooke, this book, and what it represents, is for you and in memory of your grandparents. ‫כי חסד חפצתי ולא זבח ודעת אלהים מעלות‬

xv

This page intentionally left blank

ABBREVIATIONS

1st

first person

2nd

second person

3rd

third person

acc

accusative

act

active

aor

aorist

ASV

American Standard Version

BDAG

Danker, A Greek-­English Lexicon of the New Testament, 2000

BDB

Brown, Driver, Briggs, A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament

BDF

Blass, Debrunner, Funk, A Greek Grammar of the New Testament

cf.

compare (confer)

CEB

Common English Bible

CEV

Contemporary English Version

dat

dative

e.g.

for example (exempli gratia)

Eng.

English

ESV

English Standard Version

et al.

and others (et alii)

fem

feminine

fut

future

xvii

xviii

Abbreviations

gen

genitive

GW

God’s Word Translation

HCSB

Holman Christian Standard Bible

HP

historical present

i.e.

that is (id est)

impf

imperfect

impv

imperative

ind

indicative

inf

infinitive

KJV

King James Version

LDGNT

The Lexham Discourse Greek New Testament

lit.

literally

LEB

The Lexham English Bible

LN

Louw and Nida, Greek-­English Lexicon

LSJ

Liddell, Scott, Jones, A Greek-­English Lexicon

LXX

Septuagint

masc

masculine

mg

marginal reading

MHT

Moulton, Howard, Turner, A Grammar of New Testament Greek, 4 vols.

mid

middle

MSS/mss manuscripts MT

Masoretic Text

n.

note

NA28

Nestle-­Aland, Novum Testamentum Graece, 28th ed.

NAB

New American Bible

NASB

New American Standard Bible

NEB

New English Bible

NET

New English Translation Bible

NETS

A New English Translation of the Septuagint

neut

neuter

NIV

New International Version



Abbreviations NJB

New Jerusalem Bible

NKJV

New King James Version

NLT

New Living Translation of the Bible

nom

nominative

NRSV

New Revised Standard Version

NT

New Testament

opt

optative

OT

Old Testament

pace

with deference to

pass

passive

pl

plural

plprf

pluperfect

PP

prepositional phrase

pr.

prologue

pres

present

prf

perfect

ptc

participle

REB

Revised English Bible

RSV

Revised Standard Version

SBLGNT

The SBL Greek New Testament

sg

singular

subj

subjunctive

s.v.

under the word (sub verbo)

TDNT

Kittel, Theological Dictionary of the New Testament, 10 vols.

TNIV

Today’s New International Version

UBS

The United Bible Societies’ Greek New Testament

voc

vocative

WH

Westcott and Hort, The New Testament in the Original Greek

xix

This page intentionally left blank

INTRODUCTION

“Of the four Gospels contained in the canon of the New Testament, those of Matthew and John were the most widely read and therefore the most commented upon during the patristic age; also, the use of Matthew began far earlier than that of John. Consequently, it is no exaggeration to state that the faithful who lived between the end of the first and the end of the second centuries came to know about the words and deeds of Christ on the basis of this text” (Simonetti, xxxvii). No doubt the historical reasons that Matthew’s Gospel became the place to turn to encounter Jesus’ teaching and his mission were diverse, and many are no longer recoverable. But whatever those reasons, the reception of Matthew’s Gospel bears witness to the conviction shared by those early Christians that this document was formative for their life of faith. I share that conviction. For me, the leisure to work through the Greek text of this Gospel slowly has been a rich and formative gift. I hope that students (and occasionally scholars) will benefit from the analysis I offer. But I also dare to hope that, for some, this volume will help to facilitate a sustained reflection on the text of the Gospel that nurtures the faith the evangelist wrote to commend. The handbook is of course not a commentary in the ordinary sense, and readers may turn to the standard commentaries for discussions of important introductory issues (authorship, date, provenance, et al.). Here I wish, very briefly, to draw attention to some of the features that distinguish this volume. If I may be permitted to state the obvious, the signal strength of the series in which this handbook is published is that it permits (or, rather, requires) comment on each syntactical unit in the Greek New Testament. Even the best commentaries on the Greek text of the New Testament can only comment on syntax selectively. It is nevertheless more

xxi

xxii Introduction

than occasionally surprising to see where commentators choose to offer syntactical analysis and where they refrain. I am, however, more sympathetic than I might have been at the outset of this project: having taught through Matthew’s Gospel repeatedly over the last three decades, in the course of preparing this volume I nevertheless regularly found myself confronted with syntactical questions I had not previously noted. It would be a rudimentary mistake to regard syntactical analysis merely as a necessary foundational step in the exegesis of any text upon which subsequent steps may build. The reality is, of course, more complex, with prior exegesis inevitably informing and (one hopes) sharpening the syntactical analysis that follows. But syntactical analysis in turn limits and shapes the exegesis of particular texts, sometimes in determinative ways (e.g., how should one understand the future perfects ἔσται δεδεμένον and ἔσται λελυμένον in Matt 16:19?). There is, admittedly, an inevitable artificiality (or, better, partiality) about an exercise that reflects carefully on one part of the (interrelated) exegetical process but brackets out others. I hope, however, that this limitation is more than offset by the space for detailed syntactical reflection it affords. In this handbook, as is the pattern in the BHGNT series generally, I outline my own understanding of the syntax, but I also aim to alert readers to important alternative construals. Tense in the Greek Verb In the lively discussion of the last thirty years on the nature of the Hellenistic Greek verb, the so-­called Porter-­Fanning debate has often been front and center. As is well known, in two important, independent studies published within a year of each other, Porter (1989) and Fanning (1990) argued that the Greek verbal system must be understood in terms of aspect theory. Unlike Aktionsart, which concerns the nature of the action or state (and is thus mostly objective), aspect concerns the author’s (mostly subjective) viewpoint on, or depiction of, the action. Nevertheless, as they attempted to work out the implications of verbal-­aspect theory, Porter and Fanning also disagreed on numerous issues, not least on whether the Greek verb ever encodes time. Porter championed the position that Greek verbs never grammaticalize temporal information, even in the indicative mood (1989, 78; 1993, 34; 2009, 58–­59; 2015, 175–­94). Instead, “elements other than verbal aspect (context, for example) are the primary conveyors of temporal information in Greek” (1994, 25). For Fanning, by contrast, Greek verbs in all moods communicate information about aspect, but verbs in the indicative mood also provide temporal markers (1993, 58–­59).

Introduction xxiii

Several lines of evidence suggest to me that Greek verbs in the indicative mood do encode time, though of course not absolutely. First, I am not convinced by the typical appeal to semantics over against pragmatics to support the conclusion that Greek verbs fail to convey temporal information. Whereas semantics “refers to the core grammatical values of a linguistic item,” pragmatics “refers to the way in which language is used in context” (Campbell 2007, 24). As the argument is typically advanced, only what is not “cancelable” belongs to the semantic value of the form and can rightly be said to be characteristic of any verb tense (cf. Decker 2001, 38–­39; for a critique of the argument from cancelability, see Fresch 2016, 398–­400). Since, for example, present tense verbs in the indicative mood can be past-­referring, we cannot say that the present tense properly signals present time. Temporal reference, on this view, belongs to the domain of pragmatics rather than semantics because, at its uncancellable core, the Greek verb does not encode time. Closely related is the argument based on what Porter (1989, 75–­83) and others refer to as contrastive substitution. “Contrastive substitution,” Decker explains, “is a linguistic method that notes either the occurrence of identical forms (in this case, verbal forms) in different contexts or different forms in the same context. If the same verb can be used in different temporal contexts, and if different verb forms may be substituted in the same time context, and this without changing the temporal reference of the statement, then there is strong evidence that temporal reference is not the proper explanation of the meaning of the form” (2001, 34). Since one can observe such substitution in the use of the Greek verb (i.e., it can, in various tenses, be past-­, present-­, or future-­referring), “absolute temporal categories (such as past, present and future) are not grammaticalized by the verb forms even in the indicative mood” (Porter 1993, 32). If, however, this argument proves anything, it proves too much. No one doubts that the English verb encodes time. But as Runge points out, “even a highly time-­oriented verbal system like English does not grammaticalize uncancellable, absolute temporal reference. . . . Yet this is the standard to which Porter holds the Greek indicative tense-­forms, and not surprisingly finds them wanting” (2014, 167). Second, extensive cross-­linguistic research (for an overview, see Fresch 2016, 387–­97) demonstrates that perfective verb forms are typically linked to and signal past time, which suggests that the past temporal reference belongs to the semantic function of the verbal form and is not merely a pragmatic implicature (Fresch 2016, 393). The important point for our purposes is the more basic one: in the wide array of languages analyzed, comparable verbs do encode temporal references. We should expect the same from Greek.

xxiv Introduction

Third, the best explanation of the function of the augment in the indicative mood of aorist, imperfect, and pluperfect tenses remains the traditional one: it serves as a temporal marker (Dahl, 83; see now Gentry; Allan, 83–­100). Gentry offers this summary of the development of the augment: “The augment originates as an adverb having a deictic and spatial semantic value ‘yonder, there.’ Clearly this morpheme is prefixed only to verbs. Aorists without augments referred not to specific events but to habitual or generalized matters. Eventually a temporal sense, ‘at that time, then,’ is developed and the spatial sense is eroded. This development is already completed by Homer. When the system of reduced verb marking was abandoned, the augment became grammaticalized as a marker of past tense. . . . This happened by the Classical period” (368; see Porter 2015, 176–­83, for a restatement of his position that the augment does not serve as a temporal marker). Fourth, I do not think that proponents of the “aspect only” model have ever successfully explained why Greek developed two tenses that signal the same aspect (i.e., present and imperfect; perfect and pluperfect) in the indicative mood (unlike other moods), if they are not to be distinguished temporally (cf. Runge 2014, 166; Campbell 2007, 48–­56). Fifth, as far as I can discern, native Greek speakers, including grammarians both ancient and contemporary, think the verb communicates time (cf. Caragounis, 316–­36). “Aspect is not something that Greeks learn first at school; they learn it from their mother. From childhood they learn to distinguish, for example, the forms of the imperfect from those of the aorist, and small children do it quite clearly and ­correctly. . . . However, while a Greek would never deny or minimize the importance of aspect, he would, at the same time, insist that the verb signals not only aspect but also time, and that the two are equally pronounced. This has been recognized from the very first attempts that Greeks made in ancient times to reduce their language to grammatical analysis all the way to the present day” (Caragounis, 317). In this handbook, then, I proceed from the understanding that the Greek verb grammaticalizes aspect and, in the indicative mood, time. Adverbial Participles Influenced by recent discussions of verbal aspect, the BHGNT has moved away from assigning traditional syntactical tense labels (see the Series Introduction). What might, for example, have led grammarians to refer to a particular imperfect verb as “conative” is not something basic to the imperfect tense. Instead, readers depend on wider contextual signals to learn that the action of the verb was not accomplished.

Introduction xxv

Something similar might be argued with respect to other traditional syntactical labels, adverbial participles being one case in point. In itself, an adverbial participle does not denote time, or cause, or concession, or any other specific adverbial notion. Instead, the nature of the adverbial relationship is determined contextually. In short, “[p]articiples streamline a communication but leave the semantic relationship unspecified” (Buth 2016a, 280). Moreover, the context in which a participle is set does not always restrict the adverbial clause to any precise kind of relationship. It will not be unusual, for example, to discern both temporal and causal factors at play in the adverbial relationship conveyed by the participle. This volume continues to use the traditional labels for adverbial participles, but only for convenience, as a shorthand (“concessive” indicating, e.g., that contextual factors suggest a concessive relationship between the participial clause and the verb it modifies). Perhaps the most important contribution adverbial participles make is to mark distinctions in prominence (i.e., between what is central and what is supportive) within a sentence. As Runge observes, “[t]he Greek participle allows the writer to make one finite verb (e.g., indicative or imperative) central to the entire sentence by rendering the rest of the actions as participles. . . . The most important thing to understand about participles is the idea of prioritization of the action. . . . The finite action is the most prominent one, with participles playing a supporting role. Regardless of how we might translate Greek participles into English, in Greek they function to explicitly prioritize the action” (2010, 244–­45; cf. Buth 2016a). The basic function of the adverbial participle, then, is to point away from itself. But typically, the participle does this in one of two ways. The preverbal participle supplies the necessary background and establishes the context for the action of the main verb (cf. Levinsohn 2000, 183). The postverbal participle, by contrast, typically offers explication of, or elaboration on, the action of the main verb (cf. Runge 2010, 262). Moreover, since “[t]here is a natural cline in human communication that moves from more-­presupposed to more-­salient,” postverbal participles are “typically important and salient” (Buth 2016a, 282 n. 9) though less prominent than the verbs they modify. Word Order I have consistently consulted the Lexham Discourse Greek New Testament (LDGNT) for guidance in thinking about word order in Matthew’s Gospel. On the presumption that, in the default word order, the finite verb stands at the head of its clause, I have frequently drawn attention to departures from this norm. Where other constituents precede the

xxvi Introduction

verb, commentators have often considered these fronted elements to be emphatic. But following LDGNT, I have reserved the term “emphasis” for constituents that are both prominent because of placement and most important in the clause (fronted for emphasis). But constituents are often fronted for other reasons, not least because they identify the topic of the clause that follows (fronted as a topical frame). If the verb communicates the most important information in the clause and one wishes to emphasize it, one way is to move it to the end of the clause. In such places, my note typically reads, “The verb stands in final, emphatic position.” Distinctive Matthean Features My work here is not as systematic or as thorough as I would wish, but I have attempted to pay attention to distinctive features of Matthew’s syntactical constructions and have included occasional reflections on patterns that emerge. I have assumed throughout that Matthew made use of Mark’s Gospel and have been interested in the syntactical modifications that he introduces, but nothing of major importance rests on this conclusion. Translation The translation that I have prepared is cheerfully idiosyncratic. I offer it not because I think it is the best way to translate Matthew’s Gospel or because I hope that some of my suggestions will find their way into mainstream translations. In my view, there are many fine English translations of the Greek text of Matthew’s Gospel. What I have tried to do in the English translation is to approximate, or at least draw attention to, what I think might have been the rhetorical force of Matthew’s Greek text. Two particular translation decisions invite comment. Against common convention (cf. Wallace, 640–­45), I have often translated participles of attendant circumstance as participles rather than rendering them as finite verbs linked to the main verb by “and.” My purpose in so doing is to signal the backgrounding effect that preverbal participles have vis-­à-­ vis the main verb (see above). Matt 28:19 is an obvious case in point: that there is one finite verb (“make disciples”) and not two is potentially obscured by the translation “go and make disciples.” In my view, the occasional clumsiness (or worse) that my English translations risk is worth the reminder of the function that the Greek participle has. In a similar vein, I have rendered all the historical present verbs in Matthew (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) as English present-­tense verbs, not because they

Introduction xxvii

are present-­referring but to remind readers that, for rhetorical purposes (discussed in the notes), the evangelist preferred the Greek present in that context. Citations of Israel’s Scriptures Occasionally in the handbook I make reference to pertinent Old Testament texts, often in Greek translation. I have followed the convention of referring to these texts as LXX Isaiah, Psalms, and so on without wishing to imply that there is a single textual form of the Greek Old Testament on which Matthew draws.

This page intentionally left blank

A HANDBOOK ON THE GREEK TEXT OF MATTHEW 15–­28

Matthew 15:1-­20 1 At that time, Pharisees and scribes come to Jesus from Jerusalem, saying, 2“Why do your disciples transgress the traditions of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat.” 3But, answering, he said to them, “Why do you also transgress the command of God for the sake of your tradition? 4For God said, ‘Honor your father and your mother,’ and, ‘The one who speaks evil of father or mother must surely die.’ 5But you say, ‘Whoever says to father or mother, “Whatever you should benefit from me is a gift (devoted to God),” 6certainly must not honor his father.’ And so you have nullified the word of God for the sake of your tradition. 7You hypocrites! Isaiah prophesied about you correctly when he said, 8‘This people honors me with their lips, but their heart is far, far from me. 9In vain they worship me, because they teach teachings—­commandments issued by humans.’ ” 10 And summoning the crowd, he said to them, “Hear and understand! 11It is not what goes into the mouth that defiles a person but what comes out of the mouth—­this defiles a person.” 12Then the disciples, coming, say to him, “Do you know that when the Pharisees heard this saying they were scandalized?” 13And, answering, he said, “Every plant that my heavenly Father did not plant will be uprooted. 14Leave them. They are blind guides; and if a blind person guides a blind person, both will fall into a pit.” 15 And, answering, Peter said to him, “Explain the parable to us.” 16But he said, “Are you also still without understanding? 17You understand, of course, that everything that enters into the mouth proceeds into the stomach and is expelled into a latrine? 18But the things that come out of the mouth come from the heart, and those things defile a person. 19 For out of the heart come evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, sexual

1

2

Matthew 15:1-­20

immoralities, thefts, false witnesses, instances of slander. 20These are the things that defile a person, but to eat with unwashed hands does not defile a person.” 15:1 Τότε προσέρχονται τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων Φαρισαῖοι καὶ γραμματεῖς λέγοντες· Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. προσέρχονται. Pres mid ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Together with Τότε, the historical present (see further 2:13 on φαίνεται and, on this use, Runge 2010, 134–­35) marks the transition in the narrative. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative complement of προσέρχονται. ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων. Source, marking the point of departure (cf. BDAG, 105.3.a.β). Φαρισαῖοι καὶ γραμματεῖς. Nominative subject of προσέρχονται. A number of witnesses (C K L N et al.) appear to have reversed the original order, probably because elsewhere in Matthew, γραμματεύς always precedes Φαρισαῖος when the two are linked together (cf. 5:20; 12:38; 23:2, 13, 15, 23, 25, 27, 29). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). 15:2 διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων; οὐ γὰρ νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας [αὐτῶν] ὅταν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσιν. διὰ τί. Causal; see 9:11. οἱ μαθηταί. Nominative subject of παραβαίνουσιν. Fronted as topical frame (Levinsohn, 54). σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. παραβαίνουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl παραβαίνω. τὴν παράδοσιν. Accusative direct object of παραβαίνουσιν. “παράδοσις refers to the Pharisees’ extrabiblical traditions. These later came to be codified in the Mishnah. . . . Because παράδοσις describes the Pharisaic tradition in Paul . . . , in the gospels, and in Josephus, it was clearly a technical term” (Davies and Allison, 2:520). τῶν πρεσβυτέρων. Subjective genitive or genitive of source (cf. Decker 2014a, 184). οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs.



Matthew 15:1-3

3

γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the specific transgression of the ancestral traditions to which the Pharisees and scribes refer. νίπτονται. Pres mid ind 3rd pl νίπτω. τὰς χεῖρας. Accusative direct object of νίπτονται. [αὐτῶν]. Possessive genitive. For the first of several times in this pericope, the presence of a genitive pronoun is disputed. Most witnesses (C D K L et al.) include it, but an impressive collection of witnesses, including Sinaiticus and Vaticanus, exclude it. Probably the pronoun should be regarded as a scribal clarification. SBLGNT, however, favors its authenticity. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause (see 5:11 on ὅταν). ἄρτον. Accusative direct object of ἐσθίωσιν. ἄρτον (“bread”) stands here, by synecdoche, for “food.” ἐσθίωσιν. Pres act subj 3rd pl ἐσθίω. Subjunctive with ὅταν. 15:3 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν; ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. διὰ τί. Causal; see 9:11. καὶ. While occasionally elsewhere in the NT (Luke 19:23; 24:38) and LXX (Num 11:11; 12:8; 16:3; 1 Sam 26:15; Jdt 5:4; 1 Macc 10:70; Job 7:21; 10:2; Jer 23:37), we meet the construction καὶ διὰ τί, this is the only occurrence of διὰ τί καὶ in biblical Greek. Since the conjunction does not stand first in its clause, it is probably not simply a coordinating conjunction (“and why”; cf. NRSV; NIV; ESV; NET) but instead adjunctive (LEB: “Why do you also”). ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of παραβαίνετε. Fronted as a topical frame. παραβαίνετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl παραβαίνω. τὴν ἐντολὴν. Accusative direct object of παραβαίνετε. τοῦ θεοῦ. Subjective genitive. διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν. Causal. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. What Jesus’ opponents refer to as “the tradition of the elders,” he calls “your tradition.”

4

Matthew 15:1-­20

15:4 ὁ γὰρ θεὸς εἶπεν· τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καί· ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. ὁ . . . θεὸς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame (contrast Mark, where the subject is Μωϋσῆς). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds (15:4-­6) for the indictment issued in the rhetorical question in 15:3. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Instead of εἶπεν, a number of witnesses read ἐνετείλατο λέγων (ℵ*.2b C K L et al.). While εἶπεν may be a scribal assimilation to Mark 7:10 (so Davies and Allison, 2:522 n. 23), more probably ἐνετείλατο λέγων represents a scribal strengthening of εἶπεν, in view of the preceding reference to τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ (15:3; so Metzger, 31) and the imperatives that follow. NA28 follows ℵ2a B D Θ et al. τίμα. Pres act impv 2nd sg τιμάω. τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα. Accusative direct objects of τίμα. After both πατέρα and μητέρα, some witnesses add the personal pronoun σου. The parallel in Mark 7:10 includes the pronoun at both places. LXX Deut 5:16 also includes the pronoun after both πατέρα and μητέρα; LXX Exod 20:12 includes the pronoun after πατέρα but not after μητέρα. In Matthew, the pronouns are probably later additions that make what is implicit explicit under the influence of the earlier tradition. ὁ κακολογῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg κακολογέω (substantival). Nominative subject of τελευτάτω. Although the participle is substantival, its force is conditional: “If anyone speaks evil . . .” πατέρα ἢ μητέρα. Accusative direct objects of κακολογῶν. θανάτῳ. Cognate dative that, in the LXX citation, reflects “the Hebrew construction of infinitive absolute + cognate finite form, which stresses certainty” (Decker 2014a, 187). τελευτάτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg τελευτάω. 15:5 ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε· ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί· δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς, ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of λέγετε. Fronted as a topical frame, in deliberate contrast to ὁ . . . θεὸς (15:4). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl λέγω. ὃς ἂν. The relative, made indefinite by ἂν, introduces the complex clausal complement of λέγετε. The headless relative clause in its entirety (ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί· δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς) serves as the nominative subject of τιμήσει (15:6). Within its clause, ὃς ἂν



Matthew 15:4-6

5

serves as the nominative subject of εἴπῃ. Matthew employs an indefinite relative clause where Mark has the protasis of a third-­class condition; but in this context, the Matthean construction also has conditional force (Young, 231–­32). εἴπῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἄν. τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί. Dative indirect objects of εἴπῃ. δῶρον. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. ὃ ἐὰν. Introduces a headless relative clause that, in its entirety (ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς), serves as the subject of an implied ἐστίν. Within its clause, ὃ ἐὰν should probably be understood as an adverbial accusative of measure or an accusative of respect. Decker (2014a, 188), however, takes ὃ ἐὰν in the parallel in Mark 7:11 to be the accusative direct object of ὠφεληθῇς. ἐξ ἐμοῦ. Source. ὠφεληθῇς. Aor mid subj 2nd sg ὠφελέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. 15:6 οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν. τιμήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg τιμάω. Used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation (which suggests that the typical translation, “need not” [NRSV; ESV; NET], is too weak). Since the aorist subjunctive more frequently expresses emphatic negation, not surprisingly a number of witnesses, including ‫*א‬, prefer τιμήσῃ here. Since οὐ μὴ τιμήσει . . . αὐτοῦ concludes the clausal complement of λέγετε (i.e., what Jesus accuses the Pharisees and scribes of saying), τιμήσει does not have mere predictive force (“he will surely not honor”) but instead has imperatival force (“he surely must not honor”). Cf. the similar, if slightly weaker, force in the parallel in Mark 7:12: “[Y]ou no longer permit him to do anything for father or mother” (see further Burton §67; Robertson, 485; BDF §365.2). τὸν πατέρα. Accusative direct object of τιμήσει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. After τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, most witnesses include “and/or his mother,” but this looks like a natural scribal addition, influenced potentially by both 15:5 and the parallel in Mark 7:12 (see, however, Davies and Allison, 2:524 n. 31). καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding clause (“and so . . .”). See 11:28. ἠκυρώσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀκυρόω. 15:6 recalls 15:3 (ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν), but the stronger ἠκυρώσατε (“you have nullified”) replaces παραβαίνετε (“you transgress”).

6

Matthew 15:1-­20

τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. “ ‘The word of God’ was probably not yet, as it soon became in Christian usage, in itself a synonym for Scripture. . . . The ‘word’ referred to here is the divine commandments recorded in Scripture which are quoted in v. 4” (France 2007, 581 n. 30). τὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἠκυρώσατε. The MS tradition displays considerable diversity here. Probably influenced by 15:3, most witnesses read τὴν ἐντολὴν instead of τὸν λόγον. A few, including the original hand of Sinaiticus, have τὸν νόμον. The reading adopted by NA28 receives strong support from ℵ2a B D Θ et al. τοῦ θεοῦ. Subjective genitive. διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν. Causal. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. Cf. 15:3. 15:7 ὑποκριταί, καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας λέγων· ὑποκριταί. Vocative. καλῶς. Adverb of manner. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐπροφήτευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προφητεύω. περὶ ὑμῶν. Reference. Ἠσαΐας. Nominative subject of ἐπροφήτευσεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). 15:8 ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ· ὁ λαὸς οὗτος. Nominative subject of τιμᾷ. Fronted as a topical frame. Matthew’s word order follows LXX Isa 29:13 here (contrast οὗτος ὁ λαὸς in Mark 7:6). Under the influence of LXX Isa 29:13, which Matthew cites, a number of witnesses read ἐγγίζει μοι ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν καί. ƒ1 includes ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ἐγγίζει μοι but not τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν. “Isa 29.13 LXX A reads: ἐγγίζει μοι ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτῶν τιμῶσίν με. LXX B, which is nearer the MT, adds ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν after οὗτος” (Davies and Allison, 2:525). τοῖς χείλεσίν. Dative of instrument. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). με. Accusative direct object of τιμᾷ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τιμᾷ. Pres act ind 3rd sg τιμάω. ἡ . . . καρδία. Nominative subject of ἀπέχει. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.



Matthew 15:7-10

7

αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. πόρρω. Adverb of measure. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀπέχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀπέχω. ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Separation. 15:9 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων. μάτην. Adverb of manner (“in vain, to no end”). BDAG (621) suggests that μάτην is the adverbial accusative of μάτη, “fault.” Fronted for emphasis. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. σέβονταί. Pres mid ind 3rd pl σέβω. με. Accusative direct object of σέβονταί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. διδάσκοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl διδάσκω (causal [CEB, NLT] or means [Decker 2014a, 186]). διδασκαλίας. Accusative direct object of διδάσκοντες. ἐντάλματα. Accusative in apposition to διδασκαλίας. Alternatively, ἐντάλματα could be the accusative direct object of διδάσκοντες and διδασκαλίας an accusative complement to ἐντάλματα in a double accusative object-­complement construction (Quarles, 170). Matthew follows Mark here; in LXX Isa 29:13 (διδάσκοντες ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων καὶ διδασκαλίας), ἐντάλματα and διδασκαλίας, linked by καὶ, are both accusative direct objects of διδάσκοντες. ἀνθρώπων. Subjective or attributive genitive. 15:10 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ἀκούετε καὶ συνίετε· προσκαλεσάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg προσκαλέω (attendant circumstance or temporal; cf. Decker 2014a, 189). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὸν ὄχλον. Accusative direct object of προσκαλεσάμενος. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. The singular ὄχλον is the antecedent of the plural pronoun (a constructio ad sensum; cf. BDF §134). ἀκούετε καὶ συνίετε. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀκούετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ἀκούω. In Matthew, two present tense imperatives replace Mark’s aorist imperatives; consequently, the action is depicted internally, as a process. Moreover, Matthew’s omission of

8

Matthew 15:1-­20

μου, the genitive complement of Mark’s ἀκούσατε, shifts the focus subtly from hearing Jesus to hearing his parabolic utterance, so recalling Matthew’s distinctive introduction to Jesus’ interpretation of the Sower (Matt 13:18, cf. 13:10-­17, 23). συνίετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl συνίημι. 15:11 οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. οὐ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. τὸ εἰσερχόμενον. Pres mid ptc neut nom sg εἰσέρχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of κοινοῖ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). The parallel statement in Mark 7:15 is more emphatic, but Matthew’s version is no less comprehensive, as the variant reading that D provides inadvertently illustrates. D adds πᾶν before the article, so mitigating the comprehensive force of the saying “not everything that enters . . .” εἰς τὸ στόμα. Locative. Matthew’s explicit reference to what goes εἰς τὸ στόμα (contrast εἰς αὐτόν in Mark 7:15) “specifies immediately that Jesus is talking about the eating of food” (Gundry 1994, 306). κοινοῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg κοινόω. τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of κοινοῖ. The article is generic. τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον. Pres mid ptc neut nom sg ἐκπορεύομαι (substantival). The participial clause, headed by the nominative ἐκπορευόμενον, serves as the topic of the sentence and is picked up by the resumptive τοῦτο. ἐκ τοῦ στόματος. Source. τοῦτο. Nominative subject of κοινοῖ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). κοινοῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg κοινόω. τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of κοινοῖ. The article is again generic. 15:12 Τότε προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· οἶδας ὅτι οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν; Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of λέγουσιν. After οἱ μαθηταὶ, as often, a number of witnesses include αὐτοῦ. While this should probably



Matthew 15:11-13

9

be regarded as a natural scribal clarification (it is absent from ℵ B D Θ et al.), see Elliott (1980, 236–­37) for a defense of the pronoun’s authenticity (and 14:15 on οἱ μαθηταὶ). λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to the disciples’ response and grants prominence to that response. Cf. 15:1 on Τότε + historical present. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. οἶδας. Prf act ind 2nd sg οἶδα. On the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of οἶδας. οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Like ἀκούετε καὶ συνίετε (15:10), ἀκούσαντες recalls Matthew 13: Jesus’ Pharisaic opponents become paradigmatic for those who hear the word but do not understand (cf. 13:13-­15, 19). τὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀκούσαντες. ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl σκανδαλίζω. Cf. 13:57-­58, where those scandalized are also guilty of “unbelief ” (ἀπιστία). 15:13 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. πᾶσα φυτεία. Nominative subject of ἐκριζωθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἣν. Accusative direct object of ἐφύτευσεν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐφύτευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg φυτεύω. ὁ πατήρ . . . ὁ οὐράνιος. Nominative subject of ἐφύτευσεν. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

10

Matthew 15:1-­20

ἐκριζωθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἐκριζόω. Cf. 13:29, Matthew’s only other use of the word. The implied agent of the uprooting is ὁ πατήρ . . . ὁ οὐράνιος. 15:14 ἄφετε αὐτούς· τυφλοί εἰσιν ὁδηγοὶ [τυφλῶν]· τυφλὸς δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται. ἄφετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀφίημι. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἄφετε. τυφλοί . . . ὁδηγοὶ. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. [τυφλῶν]. Objective genitive. τυφλῶν could be either a scribal addition in anticipation of the following clause or a scribal deletion, either inadvertently (homoeoarcton) or in an attempt to eliminate redundancy. Although it is difficult to be certain, its absence from Vaticanus, Sinaiticus, and Bezae suggests that a later scribal addition is more likely. Metzger (31–­32), however, thinks that a reading that includes τυφλῶν best accounts for the rise of the others. SBLGNT reaches the same verdict. τυφλὸς. Nominative subject of ὁδηγῇ. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τυφλὸν. Accusative direct object of ὁδηγῇ. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. ὁδηγῇ. Pres act subj 3rd sg ὁδηγέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἀμφότεροι. Nominative subject of πεσοῦνται. Fronted as a topical frame. εἰς βόθυνον. Locative. πεσοῦνται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl πίπτω. 15:15 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ· φράσον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν [ταύτην]. Ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. On the presence or absence of the article with Πέτρος, see 14:28 on ὁ Πέτρος. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν.



Matthew 15:14-17

11

φράσον. Aor act impv 2nd sg φράζω. The verb is used “in our lit[erature] only in the sense explain, interpret someth[ing] mysterious” (BDAG, 1064). A NT hapax legomenon. ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of φράσον. τὴν παραβολὴν [ταύτην]. Accusative direct object of φράσον. As BDAG observes, “in the synoptics [παραβολή] refers to a variety of illustrative formulations in the teaching of Jesus” (759.2.a). The demonstrative adjective ταύτην, omitted by a number of important witnesses (‫ א‬B ƒ1 579 et al.) but included by many others, is probably a scribal addition designed to add precision; both WH and NA25 omit it. But it is possible, as France suggests, that an original ταύτην was omitted “because the ‘parable’ in question is in v. 11, not in the immediately preceding words of Jesus” (2007, 574 n. 10; cf. Metzger, 32). SBLGNT retains the demonstrative. 15:16 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε; ὁ δὲ. See 2:5. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε. NA28, probably correctly, takes this as a question, but it could also be understood as an assertion (cf. Quarles, 172). ἀκμὴν. Adverbial accusative (BDAG, 36; Wallace, 201). A NT hapax legomenon (but D* includes ἀκμήν in Heb 5:13; cf. Josephus, Ant. 19.118), Matthew’s ἀκμὴν (“extension of time up to and beyond a certain point, even yet, still” [BDAG, 36]) replaces Mark’s οὕτως, shifting the focus slightly from the nature of the misunderstanding to its persistence. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), linking the dull disciples to Israel’s blind guides, the Pharisees, whose hearing also fails them (see 15:12 on ἀκούσαντες). ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἐστε. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀσύνετοί. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 15:17 οὐ νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται; οὐ νοεῖτε. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). οὐ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer.

12

Matthew 15:1-­20

νοεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl νοέω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of νοεῖτε. πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον. Pres mid ptc neut nom sg εἰσπορεύομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of χωρεῖ. Fronted as a topical frame. On πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. εἰς τὸ στόμα. Locative, modifying τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον. As in 15:11, εἰς τὸ στόμα is unique to Matthew (Mark: εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον) and sharpens the focus on eating. But Matthew also famously omits the Markan commentary: καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα (Mark 7:19). εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν. Locative, modifying ἐκβάλλεται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). χωρεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg χωρέω. εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα. Locative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀφεδρών (“toilet, latrine” [BDAG, 155]) occurs in the NT only here and in the parallel in Mark 7:19. ἐκβάλλεται. Pres pass (or mid) ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. 15:18 τὰ δὲ ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἐκ τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχεται, κἀκεῖνα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. τὰ . . . ἐκπορευόμενα. Pres mid ptc neut nom pl ἐκπορεύομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐξέρχεται. Fronted as a topical frame. Mark’s singular participle becomes plural in Matthew, in anticipation of the list of defilements that follows in 15:19 (cf. κἀκεῖνα below). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐκ τοῦ στόματος. Source. ἐκ τῆς καρδίας. Source. Here, however, Jesus’ thought moves from the immediate to the ultimate source, to identify the origin of that which defiles (Quarles, 173). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐξέρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. κἀκεῖνα. Nominative subject of κοινοῖ (formed by crasis from καὶ ἐκεῖνα). Fronted for emphasis. Matthew probably prefers the far demonstrative ἐκεῖνος because here “the things that proceed from the heart” are not thematically central (that distinction belonging to “the things that enter the mouth” [15:17]). See further Runge (2010, 365–­84). κοινοῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg κοινόω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of κοινοῖ; the article is generic.



Matthew 15:18-20

13

15:19 ἐκ γὰρ τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχονται διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι. ἐκ . . . τῆς καρδίας. Source. Fronted for emphasis. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the preceding assertion (15:18). ἐξέρχονται. Pres mid ind 3rd pl ἐξέρχομαι. διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι. Nominative subjects of ἐξέρχονται. On the plural forms here, see Robertson (408): “This use of the plural of abstract substantives does indeed lay stress on the separate acts.” He also suggests that the asyndeton here “gives emphasis” (427; cf. MHT 3:27–­28). This list, which (mostly) represents an abbreviation of Mark’s, makes it plain that, in spite of his focus on the mouth in this pericope (15:11, 17, 18), the evangelist is not thinking only of sins of speech when he refers to the things that defile. Nevertheless, his distinctive inclusion of ψευδομαρτυρίαι in this list is consistent with his interest in the link between speech and character (cf. 12:31-­37). βλασφημία can refer to the denigration of deity (BDAG, 178.b.γ), to the defamation of humans (BDAG, 178.b.α), and also, more generally, to abusive speech (BDAG, 178.a). Since it forms part of a list that otherwise focuses chiefly on social vices, it is perhaps best to understand βλασφημία as a reference to the defamation of humans—­that is, “slander” (cf. NRSV; NET; ESV; NIV; contra HCSB: “blasphemies”). 15:20 ταῦτά ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸ δὲ ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν οὐ κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. ταῦτά. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὰ κοινοῦντα. Pres act ptc neut nom pl κοινόω (substantival). Predicate nominative. τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of κοινοῦντα; the article is generic. τὸ . . . φαγεῖν. Aor act inf ἐσθίω. The infinitival clause, τὸ δὲ ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν, functions as the subject of κοινοῖ. Fronted as a topical frame. The article is probably anaphoric, pointing back to 15:2 (so BDF §399.1: “Without this anaphoric reference, an infinitive as subject or object is usually anarthrous”), with which the infinitival phrase forms

14

Matthew 15:21-­28

an inclusio. For markedly different assessments of the significance of the uniquely Matthean phrase, see Sim (132–­35) and France (2007, 574–­78,  87). ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν. Dative of instrument. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. κοινοῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg κοινόω. τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of κοινοῖ; the article is generic. Matthew 15:21-­28 And going out from there, Jesus withdrew into the districts around Tyre and Sidon. 22And, behold, a Canaanite woman from those regions, coming out, was crying out, saying, “Have mercy on me, Lord, Son of David. My daughter is severely tormented by a demon.” 23But he did not answer her a word. And, approaching, his disciples were imploring him, saying, “Send her away, because she keeps crying out behind us.” 24But, answering, he said, “I was not sent except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.” 25But she, coming, was bowing before him, saying, “Lord, help me!” 26But, answering, he said, “It is not good to take the children’s bread and to throw it to the dogs.” 27But she said, “That is so, Lord. But (that should not prevent you from helping) since even the dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from their masters’ table.” 28Then, answering, Jesus said to her, “O woman, great is your faith! May it be done for you as you wish.” And her daughter was healed from that hour. 21

15:21 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος. ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀνεχώρησεν. ἀνεχώρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναχωρέω. As it does elsewhere in this Gospel (see 4:12), ἀνεχώρησεν probably signals a strategic retreat in the face of opposition (cf. 15:12-­14). εἰς τὰ μέρη. Locative. The neuter plural of μέρος (“part” or “share” [BDAG, 633]) refers here to “the parts (of a geographical area), region, district” (cf. Matt 2:22) or to “a district in or around a city” (BDAG, 633.1.b.γ). On whether εἰς signals entry into or movement toward



Matthew 15:21-22

15

these districts, see 15:22 on ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων. Harris notes that “[a]lthough the distinctions are not uniformly maintained, it is generally true that with regard to literal movement εἰς denotes entry (‘into’) and πρός approach (‘up to’), and (correspondingly) that εἰς is used with impersonal objects and πρός with personal” (2012, 83). Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος. Genitive of identification or epexegetical genitive (Wallace, 100). 15:22 καὶ ἰδοὺ γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα ἔκραζεν λέγουσα· ἐλέησόν με, κύριε υἱὸς Δαυίδ· ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces a woman who will be Jesus’ principal dialogue partner in this pericope. γυνὴ Χαναναία. Nominative subject of ἔκραζεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Χαναναῖος is a NT hapax legomenon (“ ‘Canaanite’ . . . by this time was probably not a current ethnic term” [France 2007, 592]). ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων. Source. The PP could be either adjectival (modifying γυνὴ: “a Canaanite woman from those regions”; cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:338–­39; NRSV; ESV; NET; LEB; NIV) or adverbial (modifying ἐξελθοῦσα: “coming out from those regions”; cf. Nolland, 632). Davies and Allison (2:548) find it impossible to decide, but probably the word order favors taking the PP adjectivally. The question is linked to the meaning of εἰς in the PP εἰς τὰ μέρη in 15:21. Two interpretations ([1] Jesus entered the districts of Tyre and Sidon and the woman came out to meet him; [2] Jesus approached the districts of Tyre and Sidon and the woman left those regions to meet him) are possible syntactically, but both the typical use of εἰς (to signal entry) and an adjectival understanding of ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων (see above) support the former alternative. ἐξελθοῦσα. Aor act ptc fem nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔκραζεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg κράζω. According to Nolland (629), “‫ *א‬Z 0281 ƒ13 579 1241 etc. have the aorist rather than the imperfect, which would be more natural if it were not for the continuity implied by the disciples’ words in v. 23. The alternative reading could be original. Using the stronger κραυγαζειν rather than κραζειν, C L W 0106 etc. also have the aorist.” But the scribal modification of an earlier imperfect seems equally possible. WH preferred the reading adopted by NA28 (and SBLGNT), which is supported by ‫א‬2 B D Θ et al. λέγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λέγω (pleonastic). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων.

16

Matthew 15:21-­28

ἐλέησόν. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐλεέω. με. Accusative direct object of ἐλέησόν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κύριε. Vocative. On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. υἱὸς. Nominative for vocative, in apposition to κύριε. On the textual problem here, see 9:27 on υἱὸς. Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship. ἡ θυγάτηρ. Nominative subject of δαιμονίζεται. Fronted as a topical frame. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κακῶς. An adverb serving here to mark intensity (lit. “badly demon possessed”); cf. BDAG (502.1.b): “severely tormented by a demon.” Fronted for emphasis. δαιμονίζεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg δαιμονίζομαι. 15:23 ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον. καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἠρώτουν αὐτὸν λέγοντες· ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν. ὁ δὲ. See 2:5. ὁ. Nominative subject of ἀπεκρίθη. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἀπεκρίθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἀποκρίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. αὐτῇ. Dative indirect object of ἀπεκρίθη. λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀπεκρίθη. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant ­circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἠρώτουν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἠρώτουν. Impf act ind 3rd pl ἐρωτάω. The contraction of –­αω verbs in the NT is not entirely consistent (see Robertson, 341). Not surprisingly, the extant witnesses reflect variant spellings here. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἠρώτουν. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). ἀπόλυσον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀπολύω. The verb ἀπολύω could conceivably mean either “to release from a painful condition” (BDAG, 117.2) or “to dismiss” (BDAG, 117.3). Luz (2001–­2007, 2:339) notes that



Matthew 15:23-25

17

the former interpretation was common in the ancient church; among contemporary commentators, France adopts it, in part because “Jesus’ reply in v. 24 suggests that sense” (2007, 593). But the important parallel in 14:15 and the fact that it is not the woman herself who needs to be released place important question marks over that reading. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of ἀπόλυσον. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. κράζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg κράζω. ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν. Locative (cf. BDAG, 715.1.b.α; Harris 2012, 248). 15:24 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἀπεστάλην. Aor pass ind 1st sg ἀποστέλλω. The implied agent of the sending is the God of Israel. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). εἰς τὰ πρόβατα. The PP takes the place of the dative of advantage (as in modern Greek; cf. BDAG, 290.4.g; Quarles, 175). ἀπολωλότα. Prf act ptc neut acc pl ἀπόλλυμι (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. οἴκου. As it was in 10:5, the phrase τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ is unique to Matthew. See the discussion in 10:5 for reasons that the genitive is more probably epexegetical (modifying πρόβατα) than partitive. As there, so here. Ἰσραήλ. Epexegetical genitive, modifying οἴκου or, more probably, genitive of relationship (so Quarles, 175; cf. BDAG, 481.1: “the house of Israel=all the descendants of the patriarch Israel”). Cf. 10:6. 15:25 ἡ δὲ ἐλθοῦσα προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λέγουσα· κύριε, βοήθει μοι. ἡ. Nominative subject of προσεκύνει. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

18

Matthew 15:21-­28

ἐλθοῦσα. Aor act ptc fem nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on ἡ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. προσεκύνει. Imp act ind 3rd sg προσκυνέω. On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, which here replaces Mark’s προσέπεσεν (πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ), see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. Against, for example, NLT, we should not translate the verb “worshipped” here. The imperfect tense portrays the action internally, as a process. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσεκύνει. λέγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λέγω (manner or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κύριε. Vocative. On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. βοήθει. Pres act impv 2nd sg βοηθέω. μοι. Dative complement of βοήθει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 15:26 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the retention of the accent, see 10:37 on ἔστιν. καλὸν. Predicate adjective. λαβεῖν. Aor act inf λαμβάνω. The compound infinitival clause, λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις, functions as the subject of ἔστιν (cf. Decker 2014a, 197). τὸν ἄρτον. Accusative direct object of λαβεῖν. τῶν τέκνων. Possessive genitive. βαλεῖν. Aor act inf βάλλω. See λαβεῖν above. τοῖς κυναρίοις. Dative indirect object of βαλεῖν. The article is generic. Of the parallel in Mark 7:27, Decker comments, “Although diminutive forms in Mark do not always carry a diminutive meaning



Matthew 15:26-27

19

(many have lost that sense in the Koine), this one may still carry that connotation: ‘little dog, doggie’ ” (2014a, 197; cf. re: Matt 15:26, Robertson, 757; Wallace, 68; and Caragounis, 289). But it is difficult to follow Decker to his conclusion: “That Jesus intended κυνάριον to be understood as a derogatory term that Jews sometimes used to refer to Gentiles is not likely” (2014a, 197). Even if, as seems likely, the reference is to household dogs (cf. 15:27), the distinction between children and animals remains a sharp one, and it is difficult to regard the term as anything but derogatory. 15:27 ἡ δὲ εἶπεν· ναὶ κύριε, καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν. ἡ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. ἡ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ναὶ. The precise function of the particle (“yes”) in this context is disputed. Since this particle denotes “affirmation, agreement, or emphasis” (BDAG, 665), most take it as an affirmation of Jesus’ prior assertion in 15:26 (NRSV; NET; ESV; LEB). This does, however, make the function of the following γὰρ, unique to Matthew, puzzling. Most English translations find contrast here: “but.” It would, however, be exceptional at best for γάρ (see 1:20) to be used in this way. 2. NIV (cf. France 2007, 589 n. 6) appears to find in the particle not a signal of agreement with Jesus but rather a challenge: “Yes it is, Lord” (i.e., “Yes, it is right to give the children’s bread to dogs”). Here, the clause introduced by γάρ follows naturally (“since even the dogs . . .”), but I am not aware of another instance in which ναί denotes the rejection (in effect, “no”) of a preceding assertion. 3. BDF (§441.1) suggests that ναί signals a repetition of the supplicant’s petition. 4 . In a variant (or perhaps fuller explanation?) of (1), we might find an ellipsis here: “That is so, Lord (i.e., the bread is for the children). (But that should not prevent you from helping,) since . . .” Here the woman accepts Israel’s priority but contests 1.

20

Matthew 15:21-­28

the conclusion that Jesus draws from it and grounds that objection in an extension of the logic of Jesus’ parabolic saying. κύριε. Vocative. On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. καὶ. Ascensive (“even”); see 5:39 on καὶ. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ), absent from B e sys.p sa boms, introduces the grounds for the implicit petition. Jesus’ missional focus on the “children” should not keep him from acting on her behalf because “dogs” regularly have access to the scraps that fall from their masters’ tables. τὰ κυνάρια. Nominative subject of ἐσθίει. Fronted for emphasis. ἐσθίει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐσθίω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. Here the subject is impersonal (τὰ κυνάρια) and takes a singular verb (where Mark prefers the plural ἐσθίουσιν on the reading adopted by NA28). ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων. Partitive. πιπτόντων. Pres act ptc neut gen pl πίπτω (attributive). ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης. Separation. τῶν κυρίων. Possessive genitive. αὐτῶν. Genitive of subordination. 15:28 τότε ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῇ· ὦ γύναι, μεγάλη σου ἡ πίστις· γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις. καὶ ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης. τότε. Climactic temporal development (see 2:7). Here the temporal adverb introduces the goal of the encounter, from the vantage point of Jesus’ interlocutor (cf. Levinsohn, 96). Davies and Allison point out that in 15:23a, 24, 26, Matthew introduces Jesus’ response with ὁ + δὲ + ἀποκρίνομαι: “In this way the dramatic tension is heightened and Jesus’ eventual acquiescence, introduced by τότε, made all the more surprising” (2:541). ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. As in 15:26, Matthew’s pleonastic construction replaces a simpler Markan construction (καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ [Mark 7:29a]), underscoring the response that follows; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῇ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν.



Matthew 15:28-29

21

ὦ. As it often does, the interjection signals emotion (BDAG, 1101.1.a). ὦ with the vocative “is rare in the N. T., only 17 times, all but four of these in Luke and Paul” (Robertson, 463–­64, cf. Caragounis, 143). γύναι. Vocative. μεγάλη. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. σου. Subjective genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡ πίστις. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. γενηθήτω. Aor mid impv 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. σοι. Dative of advantage. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὡς. Here ὡς serves as “a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth[ing] proceeds” (BDAG, 1103.1). θέλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg θέλω. ἰάθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ἰάομαι. ἡ θυγάτηρ. Nominative subject of ἰάθη. αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship. ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης. Temporal. The temporal construction (contrast Mark 7:30) underlines the efficacy of Jesus’ word. Matthew 15:29-­31 And moving on from there, Jesus went by the Sea of Galilee and, ascending a mountain, he was sitting there. 30And great crowds came to him, having with them the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute, and many others; and they placed them at his feet, and he healed them. 31As a result, the crowd marveled when they saw the mute speaking, the crippled whole, the lame walking, and the blind seeing. And they glorified the God of Israel. 29

15:29 Καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἐκάθητο ἐκεῖ. μεταβὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg μεταβαίνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν. Locative (cf. BDAG, 757.C.1.c). τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Genitive of identification.

22

Matthew 15:29-­31

ἀναβὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀναβαίνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς τὸ ὄρος. Locative. ἐκάθητο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg κάθημαι. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. 15:30 καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἔχοντες μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς, καὶ ἑτέρους πολλοὺς καὶ ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς· προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. ὄχλοι πολλοὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. ἔχοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ἔχω. The participle could be either attributive (Quarles, 177; apparently, Luz 2001–­2007, 2:343) or, more probably, adverbial, describing the manner (Robertson, 1127) of the crowds’ approach to Jesus. μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. Association/accompaniment. χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς, καὶ ἑτέρους πολλοὺς. Accusative direct objects of ἔχοντες. As the following table demonstrates, the order of the four objects varies significantly in the MS tradition. (1) χωλούς, (2) τυφλούς, (3) κυλλούς, (4) κωφούς 1 2 3 4 ‫ א‬a b ff2 sys: the order adopted by NA28 1 3 2 4 B 0281 samss mae: WH predictably follow Vaticanus 4 2 1 3 33 892 1241 ℓ 844 ℓ 2211 aur (ff1) vgcl: SBLGNT adopts this reading 1 2 4 3 P Γ Θ ƒ1.13 700 pm f syc.p samss bo: RP adopts this reading 1 4 2 3 C K 565 pm 4 1 2 3 L W Δ l q vgst.ww syh 2 4 1 3 579 4 2 3 1 1424 123

D

Davies and Allison are probably right that “[t]here is no way to sort out such confusion with any degree of certainty” (2:567 n. 23). Fortunately, uncertainty about order does not materially affect the sense of the sentence. Cf. Isa 35:5-­6. ἔρριψαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ῥίπτω.



Matthew 15:30-31

23

αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἔρριψαν. παρὰ τοὺς πόδας. Locative (cf. BDAG, 757.C.1.c). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐθεράπευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θεραπεύω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἐθεράπευσεν. 15:31 ὥστε τὸν ὄχλον θαυμάσαι βλέποντας κωφοὺς λαλοῦντας, κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς καὶ χωλοὺς περιπατοῦντας καὶ τυφλοὺς βλέποντας· καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεὸν Ἰσραήλ. ὥστε. Introduces a result clause. τὸν ὄχλον. Accusative subject of the infinitive θαυμάσαι. An impressive array of witnesses (B K L P et al.) supports the plural τοὺς ὄχλους here. The singular form, also well attested (ℵ C D Δ et al.), is the harder reading, since (1) ὄχλος is plural in the preceding verse and (2) the adverbial participle that follows (βλέποντας) and should agree with the ‘ “subject” of the verb is also plural. Probably, then, the plural arose as a natural scribal “correction.” See, however, Davies and Allison for support of the plural (2:568 n. 27). θαυμάσαι. Aor act inf θαυμάζω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι). βλέποντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl βλέπω (temporal/causal). Although adverbial participles are typically nominative in case, agreeing with the subject of the finite verb (see Culy 2003), here the adverbial participle is accusative because it agrees with the accusative “subject” of the infinitive—­τὸν ὄχλον. It is plural, rather than singular in agreement with ὄχλον, as a constructio ad sensum: it was the people in the crowd who saw the lame walking. κωφοὺς. Accusative direct object of βλέποντας in a double accusative object-­complement construction. λαλοῦντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl λαλέω. Complement to κωφοὺς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. κυλλοὺς. Accusative direct object of βλέποντας in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ὑγιεῖς. Complement to κυλλοὺς in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. χωλοὺς. Accusative direct object of βλέποντας in a double accusative object-­complement construction. περιπατοῦντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl περιπατέω. Complement to χωλοὺς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τυφλοὺς. Accusative direct object of βλέποντας in a double accusative object-­complement construction.

24

Matthew 15:32-­39

βλέποντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl βλέπω. Complement to τυφλοὺς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐδόξασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl δοξάζω. τὸν θεὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐδόξασαν. Ἰσραήλ. Genitive of subordination. Matthew 15:32-­39 Now Jesus, summoning his disciples, said, “I have compassion on the crowd, because they have been staying with me already three days, and they have nothing to eat; and I am not willing to send them away hungry, lest they collapse on the way.” 33And the disciples say to him, “Where, in this desert, is there sufficient bread for us, so that we can feed so great a crowd?” 34And Jesus says to them, “How many loaves do you have?” And they said, “Seven, and a few small fish.” 35And commanding the crowd to sit down on the ground, 36he took the seven loaves and the fish and, giving thanks, broke them and proceeded to give them to the disciples, and the disciples to the crowds. 37And they all ate and were filled. And they took up that which was left over from the broken pieces—­seven full baskets. 38Now those eating were four thousand men, not counting women and children. 39And, after dismissing the crowds, he got into the boat and went to the region of Magadan. 32

15:32 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ εἶπεν· σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τί φάγωσιν· καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις οὐ θέλω, μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. Ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. προσκαλεσάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg προσκαλέω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς μαθητὰς. Accusative direct object of προσκαλεσάμενος. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. σπλαγχνίζομαι. Pres mid ind 1st sg σπλαγχνίζομαι. ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον. Introducing the object of Jesus’ compassion, the preposition is a “marker of feelings directed toward someone” (BDAG, 366.15). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς. Fronted for emphasis.



Matthew 15:32-33

25

ἤδη. Temporal adverb. ἡμέραι τρεῖς. Matthew follows Mark (8:2) in employing the nominative ἡμέραι τρεῖς here. Robertson (460) considers this a parenthetical nominative, Wallace (64, cf. MHT 3:231) a nominative of time, and Young (15) an adverbial nominative. Alternatively, the construction may simply be elliptical, with ἡμέραι τρεῖς the nominative subject of an implied finite verb (cf. Turner’s discussion of the problem [MHT 3:231]). In both Gospels, the puzzling nominative is corrected in later manuscripts. ℵ Θ ƒ13 1241 1424 replace ἡμέραι with the adverbial accusative ἡμέρας. D solves the problem by making εἰσιν καί explicit. προσμένουσίν. Pres act ind 3rd pl προσμένω. μοι. Dative complement of προσμένουσίν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔχουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἔχω. τί. Introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of ἔχουσιν. Accusative direct object of φάγωσιν. φάγωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ἐσθίω (deliberative subjunctive). ἀπολῦσαι. Aor act inf ἀπολύω (complementary). αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀπολῦσαι in a double accusative object-­complement construction. νήστεις. Accusative complement to αὐτοὺς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. οὐ. See οὐκ above. θέλω. Pres act ind 1st sg θέλω. μήποτε. Introduces a negative purpose clause. ἐκλυθῶσιν. Aor mid subj 3rd pl ἐκλύω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. Temporal (Decker 2014a, 206). Here ὁδός denotes “the action of traveling, way, trip, journey” (BDAG, 691.2). 15:33 καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταί· πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον; λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται), which replaces Mark’s ἀπεκρίθησαν, helps the reader process the narrative transition to the disciples’ response and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. οἱ μαθηταί. Nominative subject of λέγουσιν. πόθεν. Predicate adverb, with an implied equative verb. ἡμῖν. Dative of advantage. ἐν ἐρημίᾳ. Locative.

26

Matthew 15:32-­39

ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ὥστε. Introduces a result clause. χορτάσαι. Aor act inf χορτάζω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result or, less likely, purpose. Robertson (990; followed by Young, 169) takes this as a rare infinitive of purpose with ὥστε. McKay (1994, §16.4), probably correctly, concludes that, as usual, ὥστε + infinitive signals result. See also Matt 10:1; 24:24; 27:1. ὄχλον τοσοῦτον. Accusative direct object of χορτάσαι. 15:34 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε; οἱ δὲ εἶπαν· ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. As in 15:33, Matthew prefers the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) over Mark’s past tense verb (here the imperfect ἠρώτα). Once more the historical present grants prominence to the response it introduces. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. πόσους ἄρτους. Accusative direct object of ἔχετε. Fronted for emphasis. ἔχετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἔχω. οἱ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. οἱ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια. Accusative direct object of an implied ἔχομεν. ἰχθύδιον, the diminutive form of ἰχθύς, appears in the NT only here and in Mark 8:7. It may emphasize the meagre nature of their supply, but it is replaced by ἰχθύς in 15:36. 15:35 καὶ παραγγείλας τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν παραγγείλας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg παραγγέλω (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τῷ ὄχλῳ. Dative indirect object of παραγγείλας. ἀναπεσεῖν. Aor act inf ἀναπίπτω (indirect discourse). The verb ἀναπίπτω (“to recline” [BDAG, 70.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon. ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Locative.



Matthew 15:34-37

27

15:36 ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας καὶ εὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς μαθηταῖς, οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις. ἔλαβεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαμβάνω. Under the influence of the parallel in Mark 8:6, Matt 14:19, or both, many witnesses replace ἔλαβεν with καὶ λαβών. NA28 rightly follows ℵ B D et al. τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας. Accusative direct objects of ἔλαβεν. εὐχαριστήσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εὐχαριστέω (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔκλασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κλάω. ἐδίδου. Impf act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall suggest that “[c]onjoining an imperfect verb to an aorist active verb that has the same subject using καί . . . or using an imperfect verb that is modified by a preceding aorist participle . . . appears to be a common means of pointing to (but not emphasizing) the onset of an event that is portrayed as a process, though it does not always function in this manner” (50). Both NET and LEB signal this ingressive sense in their translations. But it seems at least equally plausible that the imperfect here simply depicts the action as a process over against the preceding actions that are portrayed externally, by means of the aorist verbs (ἔλαβεν . . . καὶ εὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν). Cf. McKay (1994, §4.3.1): “[H]e took the seven loaves . . . and giving thanks he broke them and proceeded to give them to his disciples.” While it is possible that the imperfect ἐδίδου (ℵ B D Θ et al.) represents an assimilation to Mark 8:6, the strength of its supporting witnesses suggests that more probably the imperfect ἐδίδου was replaced by the aorist ἔδωκεν under the influence of Matt 14:19. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐδίδου. After τοῖς μαθηταῖς a number of witness include αὐτοῦ, probably influenced by Mark 8:6 (see Elliott, 236–­37 [and the discussion at 14:15] for the contrary conclusion). οἱ . . . μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of an implied ἐδίδουν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοῖς ὄχλοις. Dative indirect object of an implied ἐδίδουν. 15:37 καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν. καὶ τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων ἦραν ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας πλήρεις. ἔφαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐσθίω. πάντες. Nominative subject of ἔφαγον. ἐχορτάσθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl χορτάζω. τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων. Fronted as a topical frame.

28

Matthew 16:1-­4

τὸ περισσεῦον. Pres act ptc neut acc sg περισσεύω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἦραν. τῶν κλασμάτων. Partitive genitive. ἦραν. Aor act ind 3rd pl αἴρω. ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας πλήρεις. Accusative in apposition to τὸ περισσεῦον. 15:38 οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων. οἱ ἐσθίοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ἐσθίω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἦσαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες. Predicate nominative. χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων. Dissociation (cf. LN 18.120). The PP echoes 14:21; both are unique to Matthew and emphasize the magnitude of Jesus’ work. 15:39 Καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἐνέβη εἰς τὸ πλοῖον καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια Μαγαδάν. ἀπολύσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπολύω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of ἀπολύσας. ἐνέβη. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐμβαίνω. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. Locative. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. εἰς τὰ ὅρια. Locative. BDAG (723) notes that ὅριον, “boundary,” is “mostly, in our lit[erature] exclusively, pl. boundaries = region, district.” Μαγαδάν. Genitive of identification. Because Magadan (Μαγεδάν: ℵ2 lat [sa]; Eus; Μαγαδάν ℵ* B D) is otherwise unattested (both Matthew’s Μαγαδάν and Mark’s Δαλμανουθά are NT hapax legomena), Μαγδαλά (K L Γ Δ et al.) and Μαγδαλάν (C N W 33 et al.) appear to have arisen as natural “corrections.” On the possibility that Magdala and Magadan represent variant spellings and are thus to be identified, see Nolland (645–­56 n. 255). Matthew 16:1-­4 And, approaching, the Pharisees and Sadducees, testing Jesus, asked him to show them a sign from heaven. 2But, answering, he said to them, “When evening comes, you say, ‘The weather will be fair, for the sky is 1



Matthew 15:38–16:1

29

red.’ 3And in the morning, ‘Today it will be stormy, for the sky is red and threatening.’ You know how to interpret the appearance of the sky, but you are unable to interpret the signs of the times. 4An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah.” And leaving them, he went away. 16:1 Καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι πειράζοντες ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι. Nominative subject of ἐπηρώτησαν. Contra Nolland (647), the article probably does not serve “to identify the Pharisaic contingent of the present group with those in 15:1.” Instead, the single article standing over the two nouns linked by καί suggests that in this context the evangelist views them as a conceptual unity: the Pharisees and Sadducees form a united front against Jesus. Because the nouns are plural, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply; thus, the construction signals unity but not identity. πειράζοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl πειράζω (purpose). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Wallace notes that “[a]lmost every instance of an adverbial πειράζων in the present tense in the New Testament that follows the controlling verb suggests purpose” (637 n. 60). Matt 16:1 is the first of the examples he cites. Presumably, then, he understands πειράζοντες to be modifying the preceding participle (cf. NET; LEB; NLT: “came to test Jesus”; Nolland, 646). However, since participles more frequently modify finite verbs, πειράζοντες probably modifies the following ἐπηρώτησαν, signaling the purpose of Jesus’ opponents’ request (so, e.g., NRSV: “to test Jesus they asked him”; cf. ESV; HCSB; Hagner 1995, 453). In both the Markan and Lukan parallels, πειράζοντες signals purpose; in Mark 8:11, the participle follows its controlling verb, but in Luke 11:16, it precedes it. ἐπηρώτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπερωτάω. αὐτὸν. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἐπιδεῖξαι. σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σημεῖον. Accusative direct object of ἐπιδεῖξαι. ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Source. “From heaven” is often understood as a circumlocution, meaning “from God” (e.g., Hagner 1995, 455; France 2007, 605 n. 2). But in keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the singular

30

Matthew 16:1-­4

οὐρανός probably refers to part of the created order (i.e., the sky; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). As Davies and Allison (2:580) observe, this is consistent with the use of οὐρανός in 16:2-­3. ἐπιδεῖξαι. Aor act inf ἐπιδείκνυμι (indirect discourse). αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐπιδεῖξαι. 16:2 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· [ὀψίας γενομένης λέγετε· εὐδία, πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός· ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. [ὀψίας γενομένης . . . τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε;] (16:3). As the square brackets in NA28 indicate, the authenticity of 16:2b-­3 in its entirety is disputed. The problem is difficult. On the one hand, (1) its absence from a series of important witnesses (‫ א‬B Γ ƒ13 et al.) is striking, and (2) 16:4 follows seamlessly after 16:2a (for the conclusion that the versions are a later addition, see esp. Hirunuma). On the other hand, (1) the parallel in Luke 12:55-­56 differs so markedly in wording that it does not appear to be the source for Matt 16:2b-­3, (2) it is possible that the disputed text was omitted under the influence of the parallel in 12:38-­39, and (3) “it can be argued (as Scrivener and Lagrange do) that the words were omitted by copyists in climates (e.g. Egypt) where red sky in the morning does not announce rain” (Metzger, 33). On this last point, however, Quarles (181) points out that the meteorological indicators seemed to have caused scribes no problems in Luke 12:54-­56. For a cautious defense of the originality of 16:2b-­3, see Davies and Allison (2:580–­81 n. 12). ὀψίας. Genitive subject. γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. λέγετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl λέγω. εὐδία. A NT hapax legomenon, εὐδία (“fair weather” [BDAG, 404.1]) serves here as the nominative subject of an elliptical clause: “Fair weather (will be)”—­that is, “The weather will be fair.” πυρράζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg πυρράζω. The verb means “to be fiery red” (LN 79.32). In the NT, πυρράζω occurs only in Matt 16:2-­3.



Matthew 16:2-3

31

γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clause that grounds the elliptical εὐδία. ὁ οὐρανός. Nominative subject of πυρράζει. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the singular οὐρανός refers to part of the created order, “the sky” (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). 16:3 καὶ πρωΐ· σήμερον χειμών, πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός. τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετε διακρίνειν, τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε;] πρωΐ. Temporal adverb. σήμερον. Temporal adverb. χειμών. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “Today stormy weather (will be)”—that is, “Today it will be stormy.” χειμών, which can refer either to stormy weather (BDAG, 1082.1) or to the winter, the season of bad weather (BDAG, 1082.2), obviously refers here to the former. πυρράζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg πυρράζω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle introduces a clause that grounds the elliptical σήμερον χειμών. στυγνάζων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg στυγνάζω (manner). The verb στυγνάζω (“to have a dark or gloomy appearance, be or become gloomy, dark” [BDAG, 949.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon that appears in the NT elsewhere only in Mark 10:22. On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ὁ οὐρανός. Nominative subject of πυρράζει; see 16:2 on οὐρανός. τὸ . . . πρόσωπον. Accusative direct object of διακρίνειν. Fronted as a topical frame. μὲν. Anticipation; see 3:11 on μὲν. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Genitive of identification (“the appearance [BDAG, 888.4] of the sky”). See 16:2. γινώσκετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl γινώσκω. As οἶδα occasionally does (cf. BDAG, 693.3: “to know/understand how, can, be able”; cf. Matt 7:11), γινώσκω here denotes “know how” or capacity (and is completed by the infinitive διακρίνειν); cf. the parallel δύνασθε that follows. See also LXX Isa 7:15; 8:4. διακρίνειν. Pres act inf διακρίνω (complementary). τὰ . . . σημεῖα. Accusative direct object of the infinitive διακρίνειν. Fronted as a topical frame (in contrast to τὸ . . . πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ). δὲ. Development (see 1:2 on δὲ), here introducing the clause to which the earlier μὲν pointed. τῶν καιρῶν. Objective genitive (Quarles, 183). οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs.

32

Matthew 16:1-­4

δύνασθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl δύναμαι. The construction is elliptical: “you are not able (to discern).” NA28 punctuates 16:3b as a question, but SBLGNT takes it as a simple assertion. Most English versions (NRSV; ESV; NJB; NET; NIV 2011; LEB), probably correctly, agree with SBLGNT. 16:4 γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ. καὶ καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἀπῆλθεν. γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς. Nominative subject of ἐπιζητεῖ. Fronted as a topical frame. As Lövestam (24–­25) has argued, in the Synoptics the phrase “this generation” seems to recall two scriptural generations—­the generation of the flood and the generation that wandered in the wilderness. Matthew’s description of “this generation” as “evil and adulterous” seems to recall in particular the wilderness generation. Like Matthew’s contemporaries, the wilderness generation had witnessed God’s mighty acts of deliverance but had nevertheless refused to trust God, insisting rather on putting him to the test (cf. 16:1: πειράζοντες). σημεῖον. Accusative direct object of ἐπιζητεῖ. ἐπιζητεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐπιζητέω. καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. σημεῖον. Nominative subject of δοθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δοθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. αὐτῇ. Dative indirect object of δοθήσεται. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). τὸ σημεῖον. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “except the sign of John (will be given).” Fronted as the topic of the sentence. Ἰωνᾶ. Epexegetical genitive. Cf. Matt 12:39-­40, which has prepared Matthew’s readers to understand this sign as the sign that Jonah himself became. καταλιπὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg καταλείπω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of καταλιπὼν. ἀπῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι.



Matthew 16:4-6

33

Matthew 16:5-­12 And when the disciples went to the other side, they forgot to take bread. And Jesus said to them, “Watch out, and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” 7But they were discussing among themselves, saying, “We have brought no bread.” 8And, knowing this, Jesus said, “Why are you discussing among yourselves, O you of little faith, that you have no bread? 9Do you not yet understand, and do you remember neither the five loaves for the five thousand and how many baskets you took up, 10nor the seven loaves for the four thousand and how many baskets you took up? 11How do you not understand that it was not about bread that I spoke to you? But beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” 12Then they understood that he had not told them to beware of the leaven used in bread but of the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees. 5 6

16:5 Καὶ ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἰς τὸ πέραν ἐπελάθοντο ἄρτους λαβεῖν. ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Many commentators (e.g., Hagner 1995, 458–­49; Luz 2001–­2007, 2:350) conclude that Matthew has the disciples traveling alone to rejoin Jesus here (cf. 15:39); see, however, France (2007, 608) for a useful critique of this reading. The translation offered above assumes that Matthew refers to the departure to and not arrival at the other side (cf. NET; NIV; contra NRSV; ESV). οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐπελάθοντο. εἰς τὸ πέραν. Locative. τὸ πέραν. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb (“beyond”) into a noun phrase (“the other side”). ἐπελάθοντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἐπιλαμθάνομαι. The verb ἐπιλαμθάνομαι (“to not have remembrance of someth[ing], forget” [BDAG, 374.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 8×). ἄρτους. Accusative direct object of λαβεῖν. Fronted for emphasis. λαβεῖν. Aor act inf λαμβάνω (indirect discourse, with a verb of perception). 16:6 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ὁρᾶτε καὶ προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

34

Matthew 16:5-­12

εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὁρᾶτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὁράω. προσέχετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl προσέχω. ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης. As BDAG (105.1.c; cf. BDF §149) notes, “verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear.” ἀπό never immediately follows an imperative form of ὁράω (unlike προσέχω) in the LXX or NT; consequently, the PP probably modifies only the latter of the two imperatives. τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. Possessive genitive. On the significance of the article, see 3:7 on οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι (cf. 16:1). 16:7 οἱ δὲ διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς λέγοντες ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλάβομεν. οἱ δὲ. See 2:5. οἱ. Nominative subject of διελογίζοντο. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. διελογίζοντο. Impf mid ind 3rd pl διαλογίζομαι. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. Locative (cf. BDAG, 326.1.d). Matthew uses an idiom (lit. “they were discussing in themselves”) that can refer either to thought or to actual speech (see 3:9 on ἐν ἑαυτοῖς), but the participle that follows suggests the latter (cf. 21:25). Davies and Allison (2:589), however, think that either sense is possible here. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic). ὅτι. The conjunction either introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of λέγοντες (“We brought no bread”; so RSV; ESV; HCSB; Robertson, 1028; Wallace, 455) or is causal, introducing an elliptical construction (“[He said this] because we brought no bread”; so CEV; KJV; NEB; NRSV; NJB; NLT; NET; NIV 2011; LEB). Against the majority of English translations, the former is probably to be preferred on the basis of the nearly identical construction in 16:8, where a causal sense seems less likely. Both understandings, however, remains possibilities in both verses (cf. Robertson [1028], and Hart [32], who think that ὅτι is causal in 16:8 but not in 16:7). ἄρτους. Accusative direct object of ἐλάβομεν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐλάβομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl λαμβάνω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT).



Matthew 16:7-9

35

16:8 γνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν· τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε; γνοὺς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg γινώσκω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). διαλογίζεσθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl διαλογίζομαι. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. Locative (cf. BDAG, 326.1.d); cf. 16:7. ὀλιγόπιστοι. Vocative. Cf. 6:30; 8:26; 14:31 (elsewhere in the NT, only in Luke 12:28). ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of διαλογίζεσθε. See 16:7 on ὅτι. ἄρτους. Accusative direct object of ἔχετε. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔχετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἔχω. Probably influenced by 16:7, many witnesses support ἐλάβετε (C K L W et al.) instead of ἔχετε (ℵ B D Θ et al.). 16:9 οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε; οὔπω. Temporal adverb. νοεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl νοέω. οὐδὲ. Negation + development (see 6:15). μνημονεύετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl μνημονεύω. In this context, the verb does not imply that the disciples have forgotten the multiplication of the loaves but rather that they have failed to think through its implications (cf. LN 29.7). τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους. Accusative direct object of μνημονεύετε. τῶν πεντακισχιλίων. The genitive is loosely possessive or simply a genitive of identification (“the five loaves that were distributed to the five thousand”). Cf. Mark 8:19: ὅτε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους. πόσους κοφίνους. The interrogative introduces an indirect question that serves as a clausal complement of μνημονεύετε (and, linked by καὶ, stands parallel to τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους). Within its clause, πόσους κοφίνους functions as the accusative direct object of ἐλάβετε. Fronted for emphasis. ἐλάβετε. Aor act ind 2nd pl λαμβάνω.

36

Matthew 16:5-­12

16:10 οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε; οὐδὲ. Negation + development (see 6:15). τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους. Accusative direct object of an implied μνημονεύετε. τῶν τετρακισχιλίων. See 16:9 on τῶν πεντακισχιλίων. πόσας σπυρίδας. See 16:9 on πόσους κοφίνους. Fronted for emphasis. ἐλάβετε. Aor act ind 2nd pl λαμβάνω. 16:11 πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν; προσέχετε δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. πῶς. Introduces a rhetorical question that registers Jesus’ surprise (BDAG, 900.1.a.β): “How could it be that . . . ?” McKay observes that “[w]hen questions with οὐ are introduced by an interrogative pronoun, adjective or adverb there is usually a similar effect of an expected positive answer, but the question tends to be rhetorical . . . πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε . . . ; surely you can see. . . ! (how do you not perceive. . . ?)” (1994, §11.2.5). οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. νοεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl νοέω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of νοεῖτε. οὐ. As usual, the negative particle οὐ is used with an indicative verb; here it negates the whole clause but calls particular attention to the PP that it immediately precedes. περὶ ἄρτων. Reference. Fronted for emphasis. εἶπον. Aor act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἶπον. προσέχετε . . . ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. Cf. 16:6, with which this forms an inclusio. προσέχετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl προσέχω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης. See 16:6. τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. See 16:6. 16:12 τότε συνῆκαν ὅτι οὐκ εἶπεν προσέχειν ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν ἄρτων ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. τότε. Climactic temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε (cf. Levinsohn, 97). συνῆκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl συνίημι.



Matthew 16:10-12

37

ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of συνῆκαν. οὐκ . . . ἀλλ’. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. προσέχειν. Pres act inf προσέχω (indirect discourse). ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης. See 16:6. τῶν ἄρτων. Genitive of identification. The genitive substantive restricts its head noun by identifying the kind of leaven in view: the leaven used in making bread. In 16:11 several witnesses support the singular τοῦ ἄρτου instead of the plural τῶν ἄρτων; that is also the case here, where the list of those supporting the singular expands (C K W Γ et al.). As in 16:11, however, the singular should be regarded as a natural scribal correction (as Williams 2001, 331–­33, points out, Syriac tends to translate Greek plurals with the singular, so it is not clear that the Syriac supports the singular ἄρτου here). ℵ* (579) ff1 (syc) replace τῶν ἄρτων with τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (cf. 33, which, however, does not include καὶ Σαδδουκαίων). This reading is the most difficult (and so would explain the rise of the alternative readings), but it is probably so difficult as to be unlikely in that it denies what Matthew affirms in 16:5, 11: Jesus did warn them of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees. D Θ ƒ13 565 et al. omit any qualifying genitive. France thinks this shorter reading is original: “The variation in the added phrases suggests that the added words represent pedantic attempts to clarify Matthew’s terse comment” (2007, 607 n. 4; cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:349 n. 1). Metzger (33) concedes that this shorter reading “might be thought original” but counters that “it is also possible that copyists considered the presence of τῶν ἄρτων or τοῦ ἄρτου to be unnecessary to the sense and therefore omitted the words as superfluous.” NA28, probably correctly, follows the witness of ℵ2 B L 892 et al. ἀπὸ τῆς διδαχῆς. See 16:6 on ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης. τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. Subjective genitive. On the significance of the article, see οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι in 16:1 (cf. 3:7). Matthew 16:13-­20 Now when Jesus had come into the district of Caesarea Philippi, he was asking his disciples, saying, “Who do people say that the Son of Man is?” 14 And they said, “Some say John the Baptist, others Elijah, and still others Jeremiah or one of the prophets.” 15He says to them, “But you, who do you say that I am?” 16And, answering, Simon Peter said, “You are the Messiah, the Son of the living God.” 17And, answering, Jesus said to him: “Blessed 13

38

Matthew 16:13-­20

are you, Simon, son of Jonah, because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father, who is in heaven. 18I also say to you that you are Peter, and upon this rock I will build my congregation, and the gates of death will not overpower it. 19I will give you the keys to heaven’s kingdom, and whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven.” 20Then he gave strict orders to his disciples that they should tell no one that he was the Messiah. 16:13 Ἐλθὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὰ μέρη Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου ἠρώτα τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ λέγων· τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; Ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (temporal). After the interlude of 16:5-­12, the participle looks back to the departure signaled in 16:4 (ἀπῆλθεν; Nolland, 658). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἠρώτα. εἰς τὰ μέρη. Locative. See 15:21. Καισαρείας. Genitive of identification. “As is indicated by the expressions in Mark and Matthew—­‘the villages of Caesarea Philippi’, ‘the district of Caesarea Philippi’—­, the city ruled over its surrounding territory. . . . See further Josephus, Bell. 1.404-­06; 2.168; 3.509-­15; Ant. 15.363-­4” (Davies and Allison, 2:617 n. 43). τῆς Φιλίππου. Possessive genitive (“Philip’s Caesarea”) or genitive of authority (“The Caesarea in Philip’s domain”). The genitive distinguishes Caesarea built by Philip, a son of Herod the Great, from Caesarea Maritima (cf. Quarles, 186). ἠρώτα. Impf act ind 3rd sg ἐρωτάω. τοὺς μαθητὰς. Accusative direct object of ἠρώτα. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic). τίνα. Predicate accusative of εἶναι. Influenced by the synoptic parallels (Mark 8:27; Luke 9:18) and, perhaps, by the question in 16:15 (France 2007, 611 n. 1), many witnesses add με after the interrogative: “Who do people say that I, the Son of Man, am?” NA28 rightly follows ℵ B 0281 579 et al. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. οἱ ἄνθρωποι. Nominative subject of λέγουσιν. The article is generic. εἶναι. Pres act inf εἰμί (indirect discourse). τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. τὸν υἱὸν. Accusative subject of the infinitive εἶναι. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship.



Matthew 16:13-15

39

16:14 οἱ δὲ εἶπαν· οἱ μὲν Ἰωάννην τὸν βαπτιστήν, ἄλλοι δὲ Ἠλίαν, ἕτεροι δὲ Ἰερεμίαν ἢ ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν. οἱ δὲ. See 2:5. οἱ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. οἱ. Nominative subject of an implied λέγουσιν. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. Ἰωάννην. Predicate accusative of an implied εἶναι (with the accusative subject of the infinitive, τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, also implied). τὸν βαπτιστήν. Accusative in apposition to Ἰωάννην. ἄλλοι. Nominative subject of an implied λέγουσιν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Ἠλίαν. Predicate accusative of an implied εἶναι (see Ἰωάννην above). ἕτεροι. Nominative subject of an implied λέγουσιν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Ἰερεμίαν. Predicate accusative of an implied εἶναι (see Ἰωάννην above). ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ἕνα. Predicate accusative of an implied εἶναι (see Ἰωάννην above). Where Mark has εἷς, a predicate nominative after a series of predicate accusatives, Matthew’s ἕνα completes the string of predicate accusatives. τῶν προφητῶν. Partitive genitive. 16:15 λέγει αὐτοῖς· ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Unlike its Markan and Lukan parallels, Matthew’s construction is asyndetic (see Levinsohn, 236, for the argument that Matthew employs asyndeton because there is no development in Jesus’ intention—­it remains unchanged). The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ response and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of λέγετε. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT): “The fronted explicit subject pronoun with δέ sharply shifts the attention to the disciples’ perspective on Jesus” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 308). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τίνα. Predicate accusative of εἶναι.

40

Matthew 16:13-­20

με. Accusative subject of the infinitive εἶναι. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. λέγετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl λέγω. εἶναι. Pres act inf εἰμί (indirect discourse). 16:16 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος εἶπεν· σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Σίμων Πέτρος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Only Matthew includes Σίμων here, perhaps in anticipation of the sayings that follow in 16:17, 18. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶ. Fronted as a topical frame. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. ὁ χριστὸς. Predicate nominative. See 1:1 on Χριστοῦ. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative in apposition to χριστὸς. τοῦ θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. See also 26:63 for ὁ χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ζῶντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg ζάω (attributive). 16:17 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι ἀλλ᾽ ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. μακάριος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. Σίμων. Vocative. Βαριωνᾶ. A transliteration of the Aramaic ‫ּבר יו ׄ נָ ה‬, Βαριωνᾶ (“son of Jonah”) is vocative in apposition to Σίμων. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα. Nominative subject of ἀπεκάλυψέν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα stands, by synecdoche, for a person.



Matthew 16:16-18

41

The expression “denotes [humankind, in its] limitation vis-­à-­vis God” (TDNT 7:124)—­“no human revealed this to you” (cf. Gal 1:16). The compound subject takes a singular verb, a constructio ad sensum. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. οὐκ . . . ἀλλ᾽. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἀπεκάλυψέν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποκαλύπτω. σοι. Dative indirect object of ἀπεκάλυψέν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ πατήρ. Nominative subject of an implied ἀπεκάλυψεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of ὁ πατήρ. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανός refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). 16:18 κἀγὼ δέ σοι λέγω ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ πύλαι ᾅδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς. κἀγὼ δέ σοι λέγω. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. Fronted as a topical frame, ἐγώ is the nominative subject of λέγω. καί is adjunctive, looking back to 16:16 (Σίμων Πέτρος εἶπεν): “I also say to you . . .” What Jesus says (σὺ εἶ Πέτρος; cf. 16:16, σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς) strengthens the parallel. δέ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. σοι. Dative indirect object of λέγω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NET; NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NJB; NRSV; ESV] discourse) of λέγω. σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶ. Fronted as a topical frame. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. Πέτρος. Predicate nominative. ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ. Locative. As Harris notes, “[t]he overlap between ἐπί with the accusative and ἐπί with the dative is clear from two Matthean uses of οἰκοδομέω” (2012, 137). Cf. 7:24. For the history of interpretation of the much-disputed wordplay between Πέτρος and πέτρα, see Luz

42

Matthew 16:13-­20

(2001–­2007, 2:373–­75). Harris thinks that “the presence of the demonstrative ταύτῃ is decidedly awkward (in a move from second to third person) if it refers back to Πέτρος” (2012, 142), but it is difficult to explain the wordplay if πέτρα refers to anyone or any thing other than Peter. οἰκοδομήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg οἰκοδομέω. μου. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. Accusative direct object of οἰκοδομήσω. ἐκκλησία, which in the Gospels occurs only here and in Matt 18:17, frequently translates ‫( ָק ָהל‬BDB, 874: “assembly, congregation”) in the LXX (see Nolland, 672–­73). πύλαι ᾅδου. Fronted as a topical frame. For this phrase, which, though disputed, seems to mean “the gates of death,” see LXX Isa 38:10; Wis 16:13; 3 Macc 5:51; Pss. Sol. 16:2. The point here is probably that the church, because it is built by the Messiah, will never die (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:363–­64). πύλαι. Nominative subject of κατισχύσουσιν. ᾅδου. Genitive of identification (“the entrance to the realm of the dead”). οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. κατισχύσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl κατισχύω. κατισχύω (“to prevail over something or some person so as to be able to defeat, with the implication that the successful participant has greater strength” [LN 39.56]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×). αὐτῆς. Genitive complement of κατισχύσουσιν. The pronoun’s antecedent is τὴν ἐκκλησίαν rather than, as sometimes suggested, πέτρᾳ (e.g., Robinson, 90–­91). 16:19 δώσω σοι τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. δώσω. Fut act ind 1st sg δίδωμι. σοι. Dative indirect object of δώσω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὰς κλεῖδας. Accusative direct object of δώσω. τῆς βασιλείας. Genitive of identification; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Fronted as a topical frame. ὃ ἐὰν. Introduces a headless relative clause (ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς) that serves as the subject of ἔσται δεδεμένον. Within its clause, ὃ ἐὰν is the accusative direct object of δήσῃς.



Matthew 16:19

43

δήσῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg δέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. δεδεμένον. Prf pass ptc neut nom sg δέω (future perfect periphrastic). The future perfect tense, which was already rare in classical Greek (McKay 1994, §4.7), occurs only in periphrastic forms in the NT. The force of the periphrastic here is disputed (see Porter 1996). Does the future perfect retain its perfect force (so Mantey 1939; 1973; among recent commentators, see France 2007, 627; Quarles, 189) so that Peter announces what heaven has already determined? Or has it become simply an alternate future construction (so Caragounis, 159–­60 n. 97; Davies and Allison, 2:638–­39), such that heaven responds to Peter’s action? The problem is compounded by disputes about the force of the perfect tense (on which, see 4:17). Probably (1) the fact that “the future perfect is often used as equivalent of the ordinary future, the difference often being that it expresses emphasis” (Caragounis, 159–­60 n. 97), and (2) the fact that the parallel in Matt 18:18 is followed immediately (Πάλιν [ἀμὴν] λέγω ὑμῖν) by Jesus’ insistence that his Father responds to the petitions of those gathered in his name (18:19) suggest that 18:18 (and, by implication, 16:19) also underscores heaven’s response to human initiatives (Davies and Allison, 2:638). ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative. As we have seen, in this Gospel singular forms of οὐρανός refer to the visible, created realm (“the sky, the heavens”) and plural forms to the dwelling place of God (“heaven”; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). The exception to this, in Matthew’s idiolect, is that in “heaven and earth” pairings, οὐρανός is singular even when it refers to God’s dwelling place (see 6:10 on ἐν οὐρανῷ). Matthew’s use of οὐρανός here constitutes the one exception to this general exception: here Matthew employs the plural οὐρανός to refer to the dwelling place of God, even though it forms part of a “heaven and earth” pairing. Pennington plausibly suggests that it is the juxtaposition of τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν with καὶ ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς that prompts Matthew to depart from his pattern here: “If Matthew were to follow ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν (plural) with the statement about binding and loosing ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ (singular), this could misleadingly suggest a contrast between the terms and confuse the teaching” (2009, 148–­49). As in the common Matthean expression ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν, heaven’s action is God’s action. ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Fronted as a topical frame.

44

Matthew 16:21-­23

ὃ ἐὰν. Introduces a headless relative clause (ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς) that serves as the subject of ἔσται λελυμένον. Within its clause, ὃ ἐὰν is the accusative direct object of λύσῃς. λύσῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg λύω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. λελυμένον. Prf pass ptc neut nom sg λύω (future perfect periphrastic). See δεδεμένον above. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative; see ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς above. 16:20 Τότε διεστείλατο τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. διεστείλατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg διαστέλλω. Instead of διεστείλατο, an important group of witnesses (B* D e syc; Ormss) supports ἐπετίμησεν, which occurs elsewhere in Matthew in 8:26; 12:16; 16:22; 17:18; 19:13; 20:31. If διεστείλατο is original, this is the only appearance of the verb in Matthew’s Gospel. Intrinsic probabilities, then, favor ἐπετίμησεν (which WH preferred). But transcriptional probabilities favor διεστείλατο quite strongly, since (1) a scribe attuned to Matthew’s tendencies would be more apt to opt for the more familiar ἐπετίμησεν here, and (2) more obviously, the parallels in both Mark (8:30) and Luke (9:21) employ forms of ἐπιτιμάω here. Both NA28 and SBLGNT prefer διεστείλατο, which is supported here by ℵ B2 C K et al. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of διεστείλατο. ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of διεστείλατο. μηδενὶ. Dative indirect object of εἴπωσιν. Fronted for emphasis. εἴπωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of εἴπωσιν. αὐτός. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ χριστός. Predicate nominative. Matthew 16:21-­23 From that time on, Jesus began to show his disciples that it was necessary for him to go to Jerusalem and to suffer many things from the elders and chief priests and scribes, and to be killed, and, on the third day, to be raised. 22And taking him aside, Peter began to rebuke him, saying, “God 21



Matthew 16:20-21

45

forbid, Lord! This will never happen to you.” 23But, turning, he said to Peter, “Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me, because you are not thinking the things of God but the things of humans.” 16:21 Ἀπὸ τότε ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς δεικνύειν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀρχιερέων καὶ γραμματέων καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι. Ἀπὸ τότε. Temporal. Cf. 4:17 where, as here, the asyndetic ἀπὸ τότε draws attention to an important turning point in the narrative (Levinsohn, 272 n. 2). ἤρξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἄρχω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἤρξατο. The original hands of both Sinaiticus and Vaticanus have Ἰησοῦς Χριστός (also supported by samss mae bo; WH adopt this reading). By contrast, ℵ2a 579 892; Irlat omit the subject here. As Nolland (684) observes, “[t]he strong attestation may suggest that [Ιησους Χριστος] is original, but the tendency to expand with names and titles used of Jesus makes it most likely that Ιησους is original.” NA28 and SBLGNT follow the large majority of witnesses. δεικνύειν. Pres act inf δεικνύω (complementary). τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of δεικνύειν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of δεικνύειν. δεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δεῖ (impersonal). αὐτὸν. Accusative subject of the infinitives ἀπελθεῖν, παθεῖν, ἀποκτανθῆναι, and ἐγερθῆναι. εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Locative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀπελθεῖν. Aor act inf ἀπέρχομαι (complementary). πολλὰ. Accusative direct object of παθεῖν (or, less likely, an adverbial accusative: “to suffer greatly”). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). παθεῖν. Aor act inf πάσχω (complementary). ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀρχιερέων καὶ γραμματέων. Matthew’s ἀπὸ replaces Mark’s ὑπὸ. Because in Koine ἀπό sometimes replaces ὑπό to express the agent of a passive verb, it is common to view Matthew’s ἀπὸ as virtually equivalent to Mark’s ὑπὸ (e.g., Caragounis, 115), and this is how we should understand ἀπό in the parallel in Luke 9:22. Here, however, the force of Matthew’s ἀπὸ probably differs in subtle but important ways, pointing to the source of Jesus’ suffering. “The distinction here, when it applies, is that between immediate and active causation (ὑπό) and more remote and less active causation (ἀπό)” (Harris 2012, 222;

46

Matthew 16:21-­23

cf. 59; see also BDAG, 107.5.e.β). Linked as they are by one article (in contrast to Mark), the three groups of Jewish leaders are depicted as a common front (see 2:4 on πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς) but, since the nouns are plural, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply. ἀποκτανθῆναι. Aor pass inf ἀποκτείνω (complementary). τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. Dative of time. Fronted as a temporal frame. ἐγερθῆναι. Aor pass (or mid) inf ἐγείρω (complementary). 16:22 καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ λέγων· ἵλεώς σοι, κύριε· οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο. προσλαβόμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg προσλαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of προσλαβόμενος. ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of ἤρξατο. ἤρξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἄρχω. ἐπιτιμᾶν. Pres act inf ἐπιτιμάω (complementary). αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἐπιτιμᾶν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). ἵλεώς σοι. An idiom (lit. “mercy to you”): “a highly elliptical expression equivalent in meaning to the statement ‘may God be merciful to you in sparing you from having to undergo some experience’—­‘God forbid it, may it not happen’ ” (LN 88.78). The idiom does not occur elsewhere in the NT but, in the LXX, see 2 Sam 20:20; 23:17; 1 Chr 11:19; 1 Macc 2:21. BDF (§128.5) notes that it sometimes appears as a hexaplaric variant, replacing μή μοι γένοιτο or μή γένοιτό μοι. In Matthew, οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο follows as an emphatic restatement. σοι. Dative of possession. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κύριε. Vocative. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. Used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation (see 15:6). Against Robertson (942, 1157) and Turner (MHT 3:96, 282), we should probably find here not a prohibition but a protest. σοι. Dative of reference or possession (Robertson, 541). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῦτο. Nominative subject of ἔσται.



Matthew 16:22-23

47

16:23 ὁ δὲ στραφεὶς εἶπεν τῷ Πέτρῳ· ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ· σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ὁ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. στραφεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg στρέφω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τῷ Πέτρῳ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. ὀπίσω μου. Locative. The adverb ὀπίσω serves here as a preposition (BDAG, 716.1.b). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. It is just possible that in ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου Matthew expects his readers to hear not only a sharp rebuke but also a renewed invitation to discipleship, in view of the use of ὀπίσω μου elsewhere (Matt 4:19; 10:38; 16:24; cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:382). But in conjunction with ὕπαγε, it is difficult to find in ὀπίσω μου the language of discipleship (cf. France 2007, 634 n. 15; Harris 2012, 248). σατανᾶ. Vocative. σκάνδαλον. Predicate nominative. σκάνδαλον, which can denote a “trap” (BDAG, 926.1), refers here, in a figurative extension of that sense, to “an action or circumstance that leads one to act contrary to a proper course of action or set of beliefs, temptation to sin, enticement to ­apostasy, false belief, etc.” (BDAG, 926.2). Fronted for emphasis. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. ἐμοῦ. Objective genitive. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. οὐ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. φρονεῖς. Pres act ind 2nd sg φρονέω. τὰ. Twice in 16:23 the article acts as a nominalizer, turning the genitive phrases τοῦ θεοῦ and τῶν ἀνθρώπων into a compound accusative direct object of φρονεῖς. τοῦ θεοῦ. Subjective genitive. τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Subjective (or attributive) genitive.

48

Matthew 16:24-­28

Matthew 16:24-­28 Then Jesus said to his disciples, “If anyone wishes to come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. 25For whoever wishes to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it. 26For what will it profit a person if he gains the whole world and loses his life? Or what will a person give in exchange for his life? 27For the Son of Man is about to come in the glory of his Father, with his angels, and then he will reward each person according to his conduct. 28I am telling you the truth that some of those standing here will surely not taste death until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom.” 24

16:24 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. εἴ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. τις. Nominative subject of θέλει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. θέλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg θέλω. ὀπίσω μου. Locative (metaphorically): “a marker of one who is followed as a leader” (LN 36.35). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐλθεῖν. Aor act inf ἔρχομαι (complementary). ἀπαρνησάσθω. Aor mid impv 3rd sg ἀπαρνέομαι. ἑαυτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπαρνησάσθω. ἀράτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg αἴρω. τὸν σταυρὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀράτω. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of identification (“the cross intended for him”) or possessive genitive (“his cross”). ἀκολουθείτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg ἀκολουθέω. Unlike the preceding imperatives in 16:24, this one is imperfective in aspect, depicting the action internally, as a process. It goes beyond the evidence, however, to say, on the basis of the verb tenses, “that the decision to renounce the self and to take up one’s cross stands at the beginning of the disciple’s journey and is to be followed by a continued determination to stick to the chosen path” (Davies and Allison, 2:671; emphasis added).



Matthew 16:24-25

49

Certainly that is not how Luke understood the saying (cf. Luke 9:23). To say that the imperfective aspect portrays the action as a process is not to say that the perfective aspect denies that the action may unfold as a process (cf. οἰκοδομήθη in John 2:20) but only that the aspect itself draws no attention to the manner in which the action unfolds. μοι. Dative complement of ἀκολουθείτω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 16:25 ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι ἀπολέσει αὐτήν· ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν. ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι. Fronted as a topical frame. ὃς . . . ἐὰν. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι), serves as the subject of ἀπολέσει. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἐὰν is the nominative subject of θέλῃ. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the first in a series of closely linked supports (16:25-­27) for the imperatives of 16:24. According to Jesus, embracing the sobering demands of discipleship (16:24) leads one through death to life that transcends death (16:25). θέλῃ. Pres act subj 3rd sg. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τὴν ψυχὴν. Accusative direct object of σῶσαι. Fronted for emphasis. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. σῶσαι. Aor act inf σῴζω (complementary). ἀπολέσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσει. ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. Fronted as a topical frame. ὃς . . . ἂν. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ), serves as the subject of εὑρήσει. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of ἀπολέσῃ. δ᾽. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀπολέσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. Subjunctive with ἄν. Like Luke (9:24), Matthew prefers the aorist subjunctive to Mark 8:35’s future indicative. τὴν ψυχὴν. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσῃ. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. Cause. εὑρήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of εὑρήσει.

50

Matthew 16:24-­28

16:26 τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ; ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ; τί. Accusative direct object of ὠφεληθήσεται. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces two rhetorical questions that offer further support (after 16:25) for Jesus’ call to discipleship (16:24). ὠφεληθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ὠφελέω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Mark 8:36’s present tense ὠφελεῖ (cf. ὠφελεῖται in Luke 9:25) is changed to future in Matthew, perhaps because the evangelist sharpens the focus on the future judgment (cf. 16:27). ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ὠφεληθήσεται. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. τὸν κόσμον ὅλον. Accusative direct object of κερδήσῃ. Fronted for emphasis (in contrast to Mark). κερδήσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg κερδαίνω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τὴν . . . ψυχὴν. Accusative direct object of ζημιωθῇ. Fronted for emphasis (in contrast to Mark). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ζημιωθῇ. Aor mid subj 3rd sg ζημιόω. The verb means “to suffer the loss of something which one has previously possessed, with the implication that the loss involves considerable hardship or suffering” (LN 57.69). Subjunctive with ἐάν. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). τί. Accusative direct object of δώσει in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. δώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. Mark has the aorist subjunctive δοῖ here. Like classical Greek (cf. BDF §366), Koine can employ either the subjunctive or the future indicative in rhetorical questions. ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of δώσει. ἀντάλλαγμα. Accusative complement to τί in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἀντάλλαγμα (“someth[ing] given in exchange” [BDAG, 86]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon. τῆς ψυχῆς. Objective genitive (cf. Decker 2014a, 226). Although several grammars regard this as a genitive of price (Robertson, 501; Wallace, 122; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 103 n. 58), the genitive here refers to what might (not) be purchased rather than to the price of purchase. See the parallel uses in LXX 1 Kgs 20:2 (δώσω σοι ἀργύριον



Matthew 16:26-27

51

ἀντάλλαγμα τοῦ ἀμπελῶνός σου τούτου); Job 28:15; Sir 26:14. Regarding the meaning of ψυχή here, Moule notes that “[a] common Hebrew method of expressing himself is his ‘nephesh’ (‫ ;)נפשו‬and since nephesh is commonly rendered by ψυχή it follows that in some instances, though not all, it is positively misleading to render ψυχή by soul . . . in Matt. xvi. 26, ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ is probably in exchange for himself ” (185). Luke 9:25 has ἑαυτὸν . . . ἀπολέσας. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 16:27 μέλλει γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ, καὶ τότε ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ. μέλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg μέλλω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the third in Matthew’s series of supports for Jesus’ call to discipleship (16:24). ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of μέλλει. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἔρχεσθαι. Pres mid inf ἔρχομαι (complementary). ἐν τῇ δόξῃ. The preposition functions as a “marker of a state or condition” (BDAG, 327.2). Cf. Matt 6:29; 25:31. τοῦ πατρὸς. Possessive genitive (cf. Decker 2014a, 227; Quarles, 194; Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 314, consider the parallel genitive in Luke 9:26 subjective). The glory in view is that which properly belongs to and so characterizes his Father, the God of Israel. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων. Association/accompaniment. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. The pronoun’s antecedent is probably ὁ υἱὸς rather than τοῦ πατρὸς; cf. Matt 13:41. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἀποδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀποδίδωμι. ἑκάστῳ. Dative indirect object of ἀποδώσει. κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν. Standard. “Often the substantive that follows κατά specifies the criterion, standard, or norm in the light of which a statement is made, an action in performed, or a judgment is passed. In these cases the preposition will mean ‘according to, in conformity/keeping with, corresponding to, in a manner consistent with, on a scale that matches’ ” (Harris 2012, 152). On the surprising singular πρᾶξιν, Davies and Allison (2:676) cite Bengel: “in the singular, for the whole life of man is one doing.” In keeping with the wider biblical tradition (e.g., LXX Ps 27:4; 61:13; Prov 24:12; Jer 27:29; Lam 3:64; Sir 16:12, 14; Rom 2:6;

52

Matthew 16:24-­28

2 Cor 11:15; 2 Tim 4:14; Rev 2:23; 20:12, 13), κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν becomes κατὰ τὰ ἔργα in ℵ* ƒ1 1424 it vgcl sy co. αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive. 16:28 Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι εἰσίν τινες τῶν ὧδε ἑστώτων οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ. Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011] discourse) of λέγω. εἰσίν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. τινες. Nominative subject of εἰσίν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τῶν . . . ἑστώτων. Prf act ptc masc gen pl ἵστημι (substantival). Partitive genitive. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὧδε. Adverb of place. οἵτινες. Nominative subject of γεύσωνται; the antecedent of the relative is τινες. γεύσωνται. Aor mid subj 3rd pl γεύομαι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. θανάτου. Genitive complement of γεύσωνται. ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ἴδωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ὁράω. Subjunctive with ἄν. τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20. τὸν υἱὸν. Accusative direct object of ἴδωσιν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐρχόμενον. Pres mid ptc masc acc sg ἔρχομαι. Accusative complement to τὸν υἱὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Accompanying circumstance (BDAG, 328.5.a.β; BDF §198). Although it is not unusual to read of the Son of Man coming (e.g., Dan 7:13; Matt 10:23; 11:19; 16:27; 20:28; 24:30, 44; 25:31; 26:64) or the kingdom coming (e.g., Matt 6:10; Mark 9:1; 11:10; Luke 17:20; 22:18), only here in the Greek Bible do we read of the Son of Man coming in his kingdom. As Davies and Allison (2:677) observe, “[o]f believers it is said that they, at the end, will enter into the kingdom. But of Jesus it is said that he will come ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ. That is, instead of entering the kingdom he brings it with him.” αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive.



Matthew 16:28–17:1

53

Matthew 17:1-­8 And after six days, Jesus takes with him Peter, James, and John, his brother, and leads them up a high mountain by themselves. 2And he was transformed before them, and his face shone like the sun, and his garments became brilliant as light. 3And, behold, Moses and Elijah appeared to them, speaking with him. 4And, responding, Peter said to Jesus, “Lord, it is good for us to be here. If you wish, I will make here three tents, one for you, one for Moses, and one for Elijah.” 5While he was still speaking, behold, a bright cloud overshadowed them and, behold, a voice from the cloud, which said, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I have been well pleased. Listen to him!” 6And when the disciples heard it, they fell on their faces and were terribly frightened.7 And Jesus approached, touched them, and said, “Get up and do not be afraid.” 8And when they lifted up their eyes, they saw no one except Jesus himself alone. 1

17:1 Καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας ἓξ παραλαμβάνει ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας ἓξ. Temporal. This temporal specificity is unusual in Matthew’s narrative; see Davies and Allison (2:694) and Nolland (699) for different interpretations of its significance. παραλαμβάνει. Pres act ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. Since the narrative transition has already been signaled by Καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας ἓξ, both instances of the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) in 17:1 grant prominence to Jesus’ action. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of παραλαμβάνει. τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην. Accusative direct object of παραλαμβάνει. In contrast to Mark, where each of the names is articular, one article stands over the three nouns (although several witnesses [ℵ D Θ 33 et al.] do include an article before Ἰάκωβον). Since they are proper nouns, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply, but the single article does indicate a conceptual unity: the three disciples are presented as one group (cf. Robertson, 787; Wallace, 277; contra Nolland, 698, who suggests that “[t]he loss of articles before the names of James and John [but not of Peter] is likely to highlight the continuing role of Peter from the preceding chapter”). τὸν ἀδελφὸν. Accusative in apposition to Ἰωάννην. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἀναφέρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀναφέρω. Historical present (see παραλαμβάνει above).

54

Matthew 17:1-­8

αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀναφέρει. εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν. Locative. Cf. Matt 4:8. κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. See 14:13. 17:2 καὶ μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς. μετεμορφώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg μεταμορφόω. μεταμορφόω (“to change in a manner visible to others” [BDAG, 639.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν. Locative. ἔμπροσθεν indicates “position without ref[erence] to motion toward, before, in the presence of” (BDAG, 325.1.b.β). ἔλαμψεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λάμπω. τὸ πρόσωπον. Nominative subject of ἔλαμψεν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. ὁ ἥλιος. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “as the sun (shines).” τὰ . . . ἱμάτια. Nominative subject of ἐγένετο. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. λευκὰ. Predicate adjective. λευκὰ probably denotes here what is “bright, shining, gleaming . . . brilliant as light” (BDAG, 593.1), although it often refers to what is “white” (BDAG, 593.2). ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. τὸ φῶς. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “as light (is brilliant).” The article is perhaps generic. In an apparent assimilation to Matt 28:3, D lat syc bomss replace τὸ φῶς with χιών (cf. Metzger, 34). 17:3 καὶ ἰδοὺ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἠλίας συλλαλοῦντες μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces the surprising appearance of two key figures from Israel’s Scriptures. ὤφθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ὁράω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. France (2007, 642 and n. 3) takes the singular verb to be introducing a vision (“And suddenly they had a vision of Moses and Elijah”). But (1) there is no reference to a vision until 17:9,



Matthew 17:2-4

55

(2) the nominatives Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἠλίας present a natural (compound) subject for the verb, and (3) it is not unusual in Matthew to find a singular verb with a compound subject (see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη). Many witnesses (C K L W) preferred the plural ὤφθησαν. Although one might regard the singular form an assimilation to Mark 9:4, more probably the plural form was a scribal “correction.” αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of ὤφθη. Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἠλίας. Compound nominative subject of ὤφθη. συλλαλοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl συλλαλέω (manner). The participle is plural even though the finite verb that it modifies is singular because the singular verb has a compound subject. μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Association. 17:4 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ· κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι· εἰ θέλεις, ποιήσω ὧδε τρεῖς σκηνάς, σοὶ μίαν καὶ Μωϋσεῖ μίαν καὶ Ἠλίᾳ μίαν. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. κύριε. Vocative. καλόν. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡμᾶς. Accusative subject of the infinitive εἶναι. ὧδε. Adverb of place. εἶναι. Pres act inf εἰμί. The infinitival clause ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι serves as the subject of ἐστιν. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. Peter’s suggestion is framed, with appropriate deference, as a conditional sentence (cf. Young, 230). θέλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg θέλω. ποιήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ποιέω. Influenced by the synoptic parallels in Mark 9:5 and Luke 9:33, a wide array of witnesses (C3 D K L et al.) replaces the future indicative with the (hortatory) aorist subjunctive ποιήσωμεν. ὧδε. Adverb of place. τρεῖς σκηνάς. Accusative direct object of ποιήσω.

56

Matthew 17:1-­8

σοὶ . . . Μωϋσεῖ . . . Ἠλίᾳ. Datives of advantage. Fronted for emphasis. μίαν . . . μίαν . . . μίαν. Accusative in apposition to σκηνάς. 17:5 ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ἰδοὺ νεφέλη φωτεινὴ ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης λέγουσα· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα· ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ. ἔτι. Temporal adverb. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of λαλοῦντος. λαλοῦντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λαλέω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἰδοὺ. Twice in this verse the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) signals the surprising turn the narrative is about to take (cf. 3:16-­17). Both times the interjection is unique to Matthew. Here ἰδοὺ highlights the appearance of the cloud that contributes to the numinous nature of the event. νεφέλη φωτεινὴ. Nominative subject of ἐπεσκίασεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐπεσκίασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπισκιάζω. Cf. LXX Exod 40:35, where the cloud overshadowed the tent of meeting and the glory of the Lord filled the tent (ἐπεσκίαζεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν ἡ νεφέλη καὶ δόξης κυρίου ἐπλήσθη ἡ σκηνή). αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἐπεσκίασεν. The antecedent of the pronoun is uncertain, referring either to Jesus, Moses, and Elijah (so Nolland, 703–­4) or to all six gathered on the mountain (so Gundry 1994, 344). ἰδοὺ. As in 3:17, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) draws attention to the following annunciation of Jesus’ messianic sonship. φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). φωνὴ. See 3:17. Robertson (396) points out that “[t]he absence of the copula with ἰδού is indeed like the construction after the Heb ‫הנֵ ה‬,” and, while not unusual in Koine Greek, “it is especially frequent in parts of the N. T. most allied to the O. T.” ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης. Source. λέγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λέγω (attributive). οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ υἱός . . . ὁ ἀγαπητός. Predicate nominative. ὁ ἀγαπητός is probably attributive (“my beloved Son”). Alternatively, it may be substantival, in apposition to ὁ υἱός (“my Son, the Beloved” [NRSV]).



Matthew 17:5-7

57

μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐν ᾧ. Reference. εὐδόκησα. Aor act ind 1st sg εὐδοκέω. See 3:17 on εὐδόκησα. ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ. Perhaps influenced by the parallel in Luke 9:25 or the conclusion of LXX Deut 18:15, many witnesses reverse the order, placing the pronoun first. Although one could argue that ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ represents an assimilation to Mark 9:7, the strength of the support that it receives (ℵ B D ƒ1 et al.) suggests that NA28 correctly supports this reading. Davies and Allison (2:702 n. 84) find it difficult to come to any conclusion, “for Mark has one order, Luke another, and assimilation to either is possible.” ἀκούετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ἀκούω. αὐτοῦ. Genitive complement of ἀκούετε. 17:6 καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἔπεσαν. ἔπεσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl πίπτω. ἐπὶ πρόσωπον. Locative. Distributive singular (see 10:30 on τῆς κεφαλῆς). αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. ἐφοβήθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl φοβέω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. σφόδρα. Adverb of measure. 17:7 καὶ προσῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν· ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε. προσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προσέρχομαι. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of προσῆλθεν. ἁψάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἅπτω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτῶν. Genitive complement of ἁψάμενος. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἐγέρθητε. Aor mid impv 2nd pl ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction.

58

Matthew 17:9-­13

μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. φοβεῖσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl φοβέω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Unlike the preceding imperative, φοβεῖσθε is imperfective in aspect, depicting the action internally, as a process. 17:8 ἐπάραντες δὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον. ἐπάραντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐπαίρω (temporal). ἐπαίρω (“to cause to move upward, lift up, hold up” [BDAG, 357.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐπάραντες. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. οὐδένα. Accusative direct object of εἶδον. Fronted for emphasis. εἶδον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ὁράω. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). Thus Matthew prefers εἰ μὴ to Mark 9:8’s ἀλλὰ. αὐτὸν. Adjectival intensive. Ἰησοῦν μόνον. Accusative direct object of an implied εἶδον. Alternatively, αὐτὸν could serve as the accusative direct object of the implied εἶδον, in which case Ἰησοῦν μόνον would be accusative in apposition to the pronoun (so HCSB, LEB). Matthew 17:9-­13 9 And as they were coming down from the mountain, Jesus commanded them, saying, “Tell no one what you have seen until the Son of Man is raised from among the dead.” 10And the disciples asked him, saying, “Why, then, do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?” 11And, answering, he said, “Elijah is coming and will restore all things. 12But I say to you that Elijah already came, and they did not recognize him but did to him whatever they wished. In the same way the Son of Man is also about to suffer at their hands.” 13Then the disciples understood that he had spoken to them about John the Baptist.



Matthew 17:8-10

59

17:9 Καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων· μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα ἕως οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθῇ. καταβαινόντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl καταβαίνω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of καταβαινόντων. On the overlap in reference between αὐτῶν in the participial clause and αὐτοῖς in the main clause, see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους. Separation. ἐνετείλατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἐντέλλω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐνετείλατο. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐνετείλατο. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). μηδενὶ. Dative indirect object of εἴπητε. Fronted for emphasis. εἴπητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl λέγω (prohibitive subjunctive). τὸ ὅραμα. Accusative direct object of εἴπητε. Only Matthew refers to what the disciples’ witnessed as an ὅραμα (both Mark [ἃ εἶδον] and Luke [ὧν ἑώρακαν] employ verbal constructions). ὅραμα can refer either simply to “that which is seen” (LN 24.2; e.g., Exod 3:3; Deut 4:34) or to “an event in which something appears vividly and credibly to the mind, although not actually present, . . . ‘vision’ ” (LN 33.488; e.g., Dan 7:13; Acts 16:9). That Matthew intends the former here is, as Davies and Allison (2:712) observe, “perhaps indicated by Peter’s request to build tents or booths.” ἕως οὗ. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause (see 1:25). ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἐγερθῇ. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐκ νεκρῶν. Separation. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐγερθῇ. Aor pass (or mid) subj 3rd sg ἐγείρω. Subjunctive with ἕως οὗ. Most witnesses have ἀναστῇ instead of ἐγερθῇ (B D). In Matt 16:21; 17:23; 20:19; 26:32; 27:63, 64; 28:6, 7, Matthew employs ἐγείρω with reference to Jesus’ resurrection; by contrast, nowhere else in Matthew do we find ἀνίστημι used of Jesus’ resurrection. Probably, then, ἀναστῇ represents an assimilation to the parallel in Mark 9:9. 17:10 Καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες· τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλίαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; ἐπηρώτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπερωτάω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐπηρώτησαν.

60

Matthew 17:9-­13

οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐπηρώτησαν. As often, after μαθηταὶ many witnesses (B C D K et al.) include αὐτοῦ, but the pronoun was probably included as a scribal clarification (see 14:15 on οἱ μαθηταὶ). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). τί. Functioning adverbially (an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” [BDAG, 1007.2]), the interrogative introduces the clausal complement of λέγοντες. οὖν. Inferential. Although the link Matthew intends is disputed, the particle perhaps suggests that the disciples’ question about Elijah arises because they understand in Jesus’ talk of the Son of Man’s resurrection reference to the resurrection at the end of the age. They therefore ask how the end can be approaching when Elijah has not appeared (as the scribes insisted he would). Cf., incidentally, Mark 9:10 on the uncertainty of the disciples about what Jesus meant by resurrection. οἱ γραμματεῖς. Nominative subject of λέγουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of λέγουσιν. Ἠλίαν. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἐλθεῖν. Fronted for emphasis. δεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δεῖ (impersonal). ἐλθεῖν. Aor act inf ἔρχομαι (complementary). πρῶτον. Adverbial accusative. 17:11 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· Ἠλίας μὲν ἔρχεται καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα· ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Ἠλίας. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται. Fronted as a topical frame. μὲν. Anticipation (see 3:11), pointing forward to the more important contribution on the matter introduced by δὲ (17:12). ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. In view of the future ἀποκαταστήσει that follows, grammarians who understand ἔρχεται as a futuristic present (e.g., Robertson, 870; MHT 3:63; BDF §323.1) are probably correct (but see also the discussion on ἦλθεν in 17:12).



Matthew 17:11-12

61

ἀποκαταστήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀποκαθίστημι. The verb means “to change to an earlier good state or condition, restore, reestablish” (BDAG, 111.1). Matthew’s future ἀποκαταστήσει replaces Mark’s present ἀποκαθιστάνει. Some (Gundry 1994, 347; Nolland, 708) find here evidence that Matthew distinguishes between past and future appearances of Elijah, while others (Davies and Allison, 2:714; Luz 2001–­2007, 2:400) insist that Matthew’s future tense simply represents an assimilation to LXX Mal 3:23. See further 17:12 on ἦλθεν. πάντα. Accusative direct object of ἀποκαταστήσει. 17:12 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι Ἠλίας ἤδη ἦλθεν, καὶ οὐκ ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτὸν ἀλλ’ ἐποίησαν ἐν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἠθέλησαν· οὕτως καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. δὲ. Development; see further 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NRSV; ESV; NET; LEB] or direct [NIV 2011] discourse) of λέγω. Ἠλίας. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἤδη. Temporal adverb. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. If 17:12a-­b (introduced by δὲ) is the more important statement anticipated by μὲν (17:11), then perhaps 17:12 offers something of a correction of 17:11: (a) the scribes are right (Elijah is coming and will restore all things); (b) the scribes are only partially right (Elijah has already come and they failed to recognize him). Matt 17:11, then, adopts the temporal vantage point of the scribes (and of the LXX); 17:12 reflects Jesus’ own temporal vantage point (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:400; France 2007, 653–­54; Meier 1980, 400). On a separate matter, Nolland (708) thinks that Matthew’s aorist tense replaces Mark’s perfect “to open up a place for John’s death.” Perhaps. In any case, Matthew’s ἦλθεν does not highlight the ongoing relevance of John’s arrival the way that Mark’s ἐλήλυθεν does (see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν). οὐκ . . . ἀλλ’. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἐπέγνωσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπιγινώσκω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐπέγνωσαν. ἐποίησαν ἐν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἠθέλησαν. Decker (2014b, 10–­11), citing Swete (194), points to 1 Kgs 9:1; 10:13, Ps 113:11 (Eng. 115:3); Dan 8:4; and 2 Macc 7:16, where “the phrase ποιείν ὅσα (ἃ) θέλω (τινί) . . . represent[s] irresponsible or arbitrary action.”

62

Matthew 17:14-­21

ἐποίησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. ἐν αὐτῷ. Reference. Alternatively, the PP may here take the place of the simple dative (of disadvantage; cf. Moule, 76; MHT 3:264). See the similar constructions in LXX Gen 40:14 (ποιήσεις ἐν ἐμοὶ) and Theod. Dan 11:7 (ποιήσει ἐν αὐτοῖς; translating ‫ עָ ִש ָית־נָ א ִע ָמ ִדי‬and ‫עָ ָשה‬ ‫ב ֶהם‬,ָ respectively). Under the influence of the parallel in Mark 9:13 (and perhaps also because the use of the preposition is puzzling), a number of witnesses (ℵ D W Γ et al.) omit the preposition here. ὅσα. The relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (ὅσα ἠθέλησαν) that serves as the direct object of ἐποίησαν. Within its clause, ὅσα is the accusative direct object of ἠθέλησαν. ἠθέλησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl θέλω. οὕτως. The anaphoric adverb introduces a comparison. καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”); see 5:39. Together, the redactional οὕτως καὶ underscores the link between John and Jesus (see further Stanton, 81). ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of μέλλει. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. μέλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg μέλλω. πάσχειν. Pres act inf πάσχω (complementary). ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Ultimate agency. 17:13 τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. τότε. Climactic temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. συνῆκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl συνίημι. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of συνῆκαν. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of συνῆκαν. περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Fronted for emphasis. περὶ Ἰωάννου. Reference. τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Ἰωάννου. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. Matthew 17:14-­21 And when they came to the crowd, a man approached him, kneeling before him 15and saying, “Lord, have mercy on my son, because he has seizures and suffers terribly; for often he falls into the fire and often into 14



Matthew 17:13-15

63

the water. 16And I brought him to your disciples, and they were not able to heal him.” 17And, answering, Jesus said, “O faithless and crooked generation, how long shall I be with you? How long shall I tolerate you? Bring him here to me.” 18And Jesus rebuked him, and the demon came out from him, and the boy was healed from that hour. 19Then coming to Jesus privately, the disciples said, “Why were we not able to cast it out?” 20 And he says to them, “Because of your little faith. For, I am telling you the truth, if you have faith like a mustard seed, you will say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there,’ and it will move; and nothing will be impossible for you.” 17:14 Καὶ ἐλθόντων πρὸς τὸν ὄχλον προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος γονυπετῶν αὐτὸν ἐλθόντων. Aor act ptc masc gen pl ἔρχομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. Here, as occasionally in classical Greek and frequently in the papyri (cf. Robertson, 513, 1132; BDF §423.6), the genitive subject in the genitive absolute construction is left unexpressed. Not surprisingly, most witnesses supply the missing genitive (ἐλθόντων αὐτῶν). D lat (sys.c) bopt instead “correct” the participle itself, preferring the nominative ἐλθών to the genitive (the correction results in an anacoluthic construction). NA28 correctly follows ℵ B Zvid ƒ1 13 et al. πρὸς τὸν ὄχλον. Spatial (motion toward). προσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθεν. ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of προσῆλθεν. γονυπετῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg γονυπετέω (manner). The verb means “to kneel down before, with the implication of an act of reverence or of supplication” (LN 17.19). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of γονυπετῶν. 17:15 καὶ λέγων· κύριε, ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν, ὅτι σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς πάσχει· πολλάκις γὰρ πίπτει εἰς τὸ πῦρ καὶ πολλάκις εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κύριε. Vocative. On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. ἐλέησόν. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐλεέω.

64

Matthew 17:14-­21

μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὸν υἱόν. Accusative direct object of ἐλέησόν. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. σεληνιάζεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg σεληνιάζομαι (see 4:24). κακῶς. Adverb of measure. Fronted for emphasis. πάσχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg πάσχω. Instead of πάσχει, ℵ B L Zvid et al. have ἔχει. Elsewhere in Matthew, this idiom (lit. “he has badly”) for being ill (cf. LN 23.148) appears in 4:24; 8:16; 9:12; 14:35, but always with a participial form of ἔχω. By contrast, κακῶς πάσχει appears only here in the NT. Following the majority of witnesses, both NA28 and SBLGNT opt for the distinctive πάσχει, but it is possible that ἔχει is original (so Luz 2001–2007, 2:405 n. 2). πολλάκις. An adverb (“pert[aining] to a number of related points of time, many times, often, frequently” [BDAG, 846]) that indicates that the action (πίπτει) is iterative. Fronted for emphasis. γὰρ. The particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces an explanation of the nature of the boy’s suffering. πίπτει. Pres act ind 3rd sg πίπτω. εἰς τὸ πῦρ. Locative. As with ὕδωρ below, the article is generic. πολλάκις. Adverb (see above). εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ. Locative. 17:16 καὶ προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν αὐτὸν θεραπεῦσαι. προσήνεγκα. Aor act ind 1st sg προσφέρω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκα. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of προσήνεγκα. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἠδυνήθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl δύναμαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of θεραπεῦσαι. θεραπεῦσαι. Aor act inf θεραπεύω (complementary). The infinitive stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT).



Matthew 17:16-17

65

17:17 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν· ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι; ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; φέρετέ μοι αὐτὸν ὧδε. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη. Since here the vocative expression does not identify Jesus’ addressees, its function is rhetorical (i.e., characterizing them). But who does Jesus so characterize? Is it the gathered crowd (cf. Hagner 1995, 504; Luz 2001–­2007, 2:408), or does it include (or perhaps even focus on) the disciples (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:724; Nolland, 710, 712)? In favor of the first reading, nowhere else in Matthew are the disciples linked to this generation; in favor of the second, it is apparently the disciples’ failure to help the boy (17:16) that elicits Jesus’ exasperation. This latter observation seems decisive contextually. ὦ. See 15:28. γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη. Vocative. διεστραμμένη. Prf pass ptc fem voc sg διαστρέφω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἕως πότε. Temporal (here acting as a preposition with an adverb of time [BDAG, 423.1.b.γ]). Fronted for emphasis. μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. Accompaniment. ἔσομαι. Fut act ind 1st sg εἰμί. ἕως πότε. Temporal (see above). Fronted for emphasis. ἀνέξομαι. Fut mid ind 1st sg ἀνέχω. Although this is sometimes identified as a deliberative future (Wallace, 570; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 272), the question, like the one that precedes it (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 324), is rhetorical rather than deliberative. ὑμῶν. Genitive complement of ἀνέξομαι (BDF §176.1). φέρετέ. Pres act impv 2nd pl φέρω. μοι. Dative indirect object of φέρετέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of φέρετέ. ὧδε. Adverb of place.

66

Matthew 17:14-­21

17:18 καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ δαιμόνιον καὶ ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης. ἐπετίμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπιτιμάω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἐπετίμησεν. The pronoun could be either masculine or neuter, referring either to the boy (RSV; NAB; LEB; France 2007, 661) or to the demon (NRSV; NET; ESV; NIV 2011; Hart, 34; Hagner 1995, 504; Quarles, 201). In Mark Jesus rebukes τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ. But the demon has not yet been introduced in Matthew’s narrative, so the more natural antecedent is probably the boy (cf. τὸν υἱόν in 17:15; αὐτὸν [3×] in 17:16-­17). ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐπετίμησεν. ἐξῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Separation. τὸ δαιμόνιον. Nominative subject of ἐξῆλθεν. ἐθεραπεύθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg θεραπεύω. ὁ παῖς. Nominative subject of ἐθεραπεύθη. ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης. Temporal. 17:19 Τότε προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν εἶπον· διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of εἶπον. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative complement of προσελθόντες. κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. An idiom (lit. “according to oneself ”) that means “by oneself, privately” (BDAG, 467.5). εἶπον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. διὰ τί ἡμεῖς. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). διὰ τί. Causal; see 9:11 on διὰ τί where, as here, Matthew prefers διὰ τί to Mark’s ὅτι. ἡμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἠδυνήθημεν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἠδυνήθημεν. Aor mid ind 1st pl δύναμαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἐκβαλεῖν. Aor act inf ἐκβάλλω (complementary). αὐτό. Accusative direct object of ἐκβαλεῖν.



Matthew 17:18-20

67

17:20 ὁ δὲ λέγει αὐτοῖς· διὰ τὴν ὀλιγοπιστίαν ὑμῶν· ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ· μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεταβήσεται· καὶ οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν. ὁ δὲ. See 2:5. ὁ. Nominative subject of λέγει. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ response and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. διὰ τὴν ὀλιγοπιστίαν. Causal. Many witnesses (C D K L et al.) support ἀπιστίαν instead of ὀλιγοπιστίαν, a NT hapax legomenon. But the cognate adjective ὀλιγόπιστος is something of a Matthean favorite: this Gospel accounts for four (Matt 6:30; 8:26; 14:31; 16:8) of its five NT occurrences. ὀλιγοπιστίαν is well supported here and is to be preferred. See further Metzger (35), who points to the presence of ἄπιστος (17:17) as a potential factor in prompting scribes to opt for the more common ἀπιστίαν. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. ἀμὴν . . . λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the preceding (elliptical) assertion (διὰ τὴν ὀλιγοπιστίαν ὑμῶν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. ἔχητε. Pres act subj 2nd pl ἔχω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. πίστιν. Accusative direct object of ἔχητε. ὡς. Comparison. κόκκον. Accusative direct object of an implied ἔχετε. σινάπεως. Attributive genitive or genitive of source (cf. 13:31). ἐρεῖτε. Fut act ind 2nd pl λέγω. τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ. Dative indirect object of ἐρεῖτε. μετάβα. Aor act impv 2nd sg μεταβαίνω. ἔνθεν. Adverb of place: “extension from a source, with the point of reference near the speaker—­‘from here’ ” (LN 84.9). ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place: “a position relatively far from the speaker, writer, or viewpoint person—­‘there, at that place.’ ” (LN 83.2). μεταβήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg μεταβαίνω. οὐδὲν. Nominative subject of ἀδυνατήσει. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).

68

Matthew 17:22-23

ἀδυνατήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀδυνατέω. ὑμῖν. Dative of reference. 17:21 Following ℵ* B Θ 0281 et al., NA28 does not print Matt 17:21. It is difficult to explain why the verse, which seems clearly to have arisen under the influence of the parallel in Mark 9:29, would have been omitted if it were original (Metzger, 35). Matthew 17:22-­23 Now as they were gathering together in Galilee, Jesus said to them, “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the hands of humans. 23 And they will kill him, and on the third day he will be raised.” And they were deeply grieved. 22

17:22 Συστρεφομένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, Συστρεφομένων. Pres mid (or pass) ptc masc gen pl συστρέφω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. The verb συστρέφω means “to come together as a gathering, be gathered, gather, come together” (BDAG, 979.2). Probably because the verb, which in the NT occurs only here and in Acts 28:3, is at least mildly surprising in a context in which Jesus has been with his disciples (cf. Metzger, 35), the participle appears in various compounds of στρέφω in the MSS. Many witnesses prefer the more common ἀναστρέφω (“as they were staying in Galilee”); 579 has ὑποστρέφω. NA28 rightly adopts the harder reading, which receives important support from ℵ B 0281vid ƒ1 et al. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of Συστρεφομένων. αὐτῶν probably refers back to οἱ μαθηταὶ (17:19), but some (e.g., Nolland, 718–­19) think of a larger group of disciples who will travel to Jerusalem with Jesus. ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ. Locative. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. μέλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg μέλλω. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of μέλλει. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship.



Matthew 17:21-24

69

παραδίδοσθαι. Pres pass inf παραδίδωμι (complementary). That the Son of Man is handed over to the hands of humans perhaps suggests that the unexpressed agent of this handing over is God himself. εἰς χεῖρας. Goal. εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων is a metaphorical expression in which “χεῖρας is used as a metonym . . . for ‘power’ ” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 327; cf. NJB and BDF §217.2). The idiom (παραδίδωμι εἰς χεῖρας) is common in the LXX (e.g., Exod 2:13; 23:31; Lev 2:25; Num 21:34; Deut 1:27). ἀνθρώπων. Possessive or attributive genitive (NRSV). 17:23 καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθήσεται. καὶ ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα. ἀποκτενοῦσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἀποκτείνω. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of ἀποκτενοῦσιν. τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. Dative of time. ἐγερθήσεται. Fut pass (or mid) ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. ἐλυπήθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl λυπέω. σφόδρα. Adverb of measure. Matthew 17:24-­27 And when they had come into Capernaum, those collecting the two-­ drachma tax came to Peter and said, “Your teacher pays the two-­drachma tax, doesn’t he?” 25He says, “Yes.” And when he entered the house, Jesus spoke to him first, saying, “How does it seem to you, Simon? From whom do earthly kings receive tribute or tax? From their sons or from others?” 26When he said, “From others,” Jesus said to him, “So then, the sons are free. 27But, in order that we not scandalize them, go to the sea, cast a hook, and take the first fish that comes up. When you open its mouth, you will find a stater; taking that, give it to them for me and you.” 24

17:24 ἐλθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ προσῆλθον οἱ τὰ δίδραχμα λαμβάνοντες τῷ Πέτρῳ καὶ εἶπαν· ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν οὐ τελεῖ [τὰ] δίδραχμα; ἐλθόντων. Aor act ptc masc gen pl ἔρχομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of ἐλθόντων. εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ. Locative. προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι.

70

Matthew 17:24-­27

οἱ . . . λαμβάνοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (substantival). Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. τὰ δίδραχμα. Accusative direct object of λαμβάνοντες. Although there have been occasional dissenters (e.g., Cassidy), most agree that the δίδραχμον was “a tax of two drachmas required of each male Jew each year as a kind of Temple tax” (LN 57.181). τῷ Πέτρῳ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. ὁ διδάσκαλος. Nominative subject of τελεῖ. Fronted as a topical frame. ὑμῶν. Objective genitive or genitive of relationship. οὐ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. τελεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg τελέω. The verb means “to pay tax or tribute” (LN 57.178). [τὰ] δίδραχμα. Accusative direct object of τελεῖ. The article is absent from some witnesses (ℵ* D mae bo) and singular in others (W sa), but the large majority of witnesses support the plural τὰ. 17:25 λέγει· ναί. καὶ ἐλθόντα εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων· τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων; οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον; ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων; λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to Peter’s response and grants prominence to that response. ναί. A “particle denoting affirmation” (BDAG, 665). ἐλθόντα. Aor act ptc masc acc sg ἔρχομαι (attributive). Even if (as above) we translate the participle temporally in English, the fact that it is accusative (and not nominative, agreeing with the subject of the verb) suggests that it is not adverbial. Instead, as an attributive modifier of αὐτὸν (lit. “him who entered the house”), the participle focuses attention on αὐτὸν, whose antecedent is τῷ Πέτρῳ. See further 8:23 on ἐμβάντι. The puzzling participle was presumably responsible for a series of variants that arose here, most of which are obvious attempts to clarify the syntax. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Locative. προέφθασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προφθάνω. προφθάνω (“to be ahead of, to anticipate, to be in advance” [LN 67.29]) is a NT hapax legomenon. See further McKay (1994, §6.2.12) and Robertson (551). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of προέφθασεν. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of προέφθασεν.



Matthew 17:25-26

71

λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (means). τί σοι δοκεῖ. In this common Matthean introductory formula (17:25; 18:12; 21:28; 22:17, 42; 26:66; cf. John 11:56), the interrogative functions adverbially: “How does it seem to you? What do you think?” See further BDAG (1007.1.a.β.‫)א‬. σοι. Dative of reference. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. δοκεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δοκέω. Σίμων. Vocative. οἱ βασιλεῖς. Nominative subject of λαμβάνουσιν. τῆς γῆς. Attributive genitive. ἀπὸ τίνων. Source. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). λαμβάνουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. τέλη. Accusative direct object of λαμβάνουσιν. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). κῆνσον. Accusative direct object of λαμβάνουσιν. “This Latin loanword (κῆνσος, from census; . . .) refers to a per capita ‘head tax’ (BDAG, 542) in contrast to τέλος, which refers to a revenue tax, toll, or custom duty (BDAG, 999.5)” (Decker 2014b, 118). ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν. Source. αὐτῶν. Genitive of relationship. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων. Source. Although ἀλλότριος can refer to “a person from another geographical or cultural region” (LN 11.74; cf. NJB), if the sons to whom Jesus refers are members of the king’s family (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:774), then ἀλλότριος here probably refers simply to others (NRSV) outside of his family, who are subject to taxation. 17:26 εἰπόντος δέ· ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ἄρα γε ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί. εἰπόντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. As in 17:14 (see ἐλθόντων), the genitive subject is left implicit, and as in 17:14, a number of variant readings arose here. Quite clearly, εἰπόντος δέ (NA28) best explains the rise of the others (cf. Metzger, 35). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων. Source. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἔφη. ἄρα. Inferential.

72

Matthew 17:24-­27

γε. A marker of emphasis (LN 91.6) that strengthens the inferential particle (BDAG, 127.2.b). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐλεύθεροί. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οἱ υἱοί. Nominative subject of εἰσιν. 17:27 ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς εἰς θάλασσαν βάλε ἄγκιστρον καὶ τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον ἰχθὺν ἆρον, καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ εὑρήσεις στατῆρα· ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν δὸς αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ. ἵνα. Introduces a (negative) purpose clause. See 1:22 on ἵνα. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. σκανδαλίσωμεν. Aor act subj 1st pl σκανδαλίζω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. σκανδαλίζω means to “give offense to” (BDAG, 926.2). αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of σκανδαλίσωμεν. The pronoun’s antecedent is probably οἱ τὰ δίδραχμα λαμβάνοντες (17:24). πορευθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς θάλασσαν. Locative. In this PP, θάλασσαν is definite though anarthrous (cf. Robertson, 791). βάλε. Aor act impv 2nd sg βάλλω. ἄγκιστρον. Accusative direct object of βάλε. ἄγκιστρον (“fish hook” [LN 6.10]) is a NT hapax legomenon. τὸν . . . ἰχθὺν. Accusative direct object of ἆρον. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀναβάντα. Aor act ptc masc acc sg ἀναβαίνω (attributive). The active verb may have a passive sense here (an Aramaism? “the first fish that is brought up” [so Davies and Allison, 2:746]), but it may simply retain its typical active (intransitive) force (“the first fish that comes up [from the depths and takes the hook]” [so Nolland, 728]). πρῶτον. The attributive adjective modifies the attributive participle (lit. “the first coming-­up fish”). ἆρον. Aor act impv 2nd sg αἴρω. ἀνοίξας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀνοίγω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὸ στόμα. Accusative direct object of ἀνοίξας. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive.



Matthew 17:27–18:1

73

εὑρήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg εὑρίσκω. στατῆρα. Accusative direct object of εὑρήσεις. The στατήρ was “a silver coin = four drachmas” (BDAG, 940), enough to pay the two-­ drachma tax for both Peter and Jesus. ἐκεῖνον. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. Fronted as a topical frame. λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὸς. Aor act impv 2nd sg δίδωμι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of δὸς. ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ. Substitution. ἀντί may lose its distinctive force here and simply replace ὑπέρ (“on behalf of ”; cf. Moule, 71; TDNT 1:372; Zerwick §93; Davies and Allison, 2:747). But this probably “overlook[s] the OT background of the temple tax in Ex 30:11-­16 . . . where the half-­ shekel tax is instituted and is described as ‘an atoning payment for himself ’ (the contributor) or ‘a ransom for his life’ . . . and as ‘the money of atoning payments’ or ‘atonement money’. . . . The atonement money was apparently seen as a redemption tax either to redeem the payee from hypothetical slavery . . . or ‘to absolve the lives of the people from the divine wrath’ (cf. Ex 20:12b)” (Harris 2012, 51). The tax is paid not merely on behalf of those who pay but also in place of their servitude. Matthew 18:1-­5 At that hour, the disciples approached Jesus, saying, “Who, then, is the greatest in heaven’s kingdom?” 2And summoning a child, he stood him in the midst of them 3and said, “I am telling you the truth, unless you turn and become like children, you will never enter heaven’s kingdom. 4 So then, whoever will humble himself like this child, this person is the greatest in heaven’s kingdom. 5And whoever welcomes one such child because of my name welcomes me.” 1

18:1 Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ λέγοντες· τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν; Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ. Temporal. Like the comparable ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ (11:25; 12:1; 14:1), the PP probably signals thematic continuity with what precedes (cf. Nolland, 730–­31; pace Luz 2001–­2007, 2:426). προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον.

74

Matthew 18:1-­5

λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τίς. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. The interrogative pronoun introduces the clausal complement of λέγοντες. ἄρα. BDAG (127.1.b) notes that ἄρα is employed “freq[uently] in questions which draw an inference fr[om] what precedes; but oft[en] simply to enliven the question.” Both Dana and Mantey (242) and Young (181) think that the particle is emphatic here: “Who really is the ­greatest . . . ?” According to LN (89.46), its force is inferential. Although the nature of the inference is not immediately obvious, following ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, its force is probably not simply enlivening or even emphatic; instead, ἄρα strengthens the link to the preceding narrative. Perhaps the link is to be found in Jesus’ identification of (himself and) his followers as sons of the king in distinction from those the king would tax (17:25-­27); if they are so distinguished as sons of the king (and of his kingdom), then who is greatest in that kingdom? Alternatively (but perhaps less likely), we might think (as Origen, Comm. Matt. on Matt 13;14 [cited in Davies and Allison, 2:755], already suggested) that the question responds to the central role that Peter played in 17:24-­27. μείζων. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). As often in Koine, the comparative form of the adjective has superlative force; on the NT use of positive, comparative, and superlative forms of the adjective, see Wallace (296–­305) or, more briefly, BDF (§60; §244) and Young (83). ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 18:2 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος παιδίον ἔστησεν αὐτὸ ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν προσκαλεσάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg προσκαλέω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. παιδίον. Accusative direct object of προσκαλεσάμενος. ἔστησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἵστημι. The verb means “to cause to be in a place or position” (BDAG, 482.1). αὐτὸ. Accusative direct object of ἔστησεν. The pronoun is neuter, agreeing with its antecedent, παιδίον. ἐν μέσῳ. Locative. αὐτῶν. Partitive genitive.



Matthew 18:2-4

75

18:3 καὶ εἶπεν· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). On this formula, see 5:18 on ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν. ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. στραφῆτε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl στρέφω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Subjunctive with ἐάν. γένησθε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. τὰ παιδία. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “like children (are).” 18:4 clarifies what becoming like children entails in this context. εἰσέλθητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl εἰσέρχομαι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 18:4 ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μείζων ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. ὅστις. Introduces a headless-­relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that serves as the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive οὗτός. Within its clause, ὅστις serves as the nominative subject of ταπεινώσει. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. οὖν. Inferential (contra Davies and Allison, 2:759, who consider the conjunction here “just a simple connective”). If entrance to the kingdom turns on humility, then so, too, does greatness: “[T]he condition for entry turns out to be identical to the basis for greatness” (Nolland, 732). ταπεινώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ταπεινόω. The verb means “to cause someone to be in a low status” (LN 87.62). As the comparative clause that follows suggests, ταπεινόω refers here not so much to inner humility as to the status-­disregarding embrace of lowliness (cf. 23:12!). On the status of children in antiquity, see, briefly, Luz (2001–­2007, 2:428–­29). ἑαυτὸν. Accusative direct object of ταπεινώσει. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause.

76

Matthew 18:6-­9

τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “like this child (is lowly).” οὗτός. The resumptive demonstrative serves as the subject of ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ μείζων. Predicate nominative. As in 18:1, the comparative has superlative force. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 18:5 καὶ ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται. ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται. Juxtaposed as they are, ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται and ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει (18:4) illustrate nicely that in relative clauses with conditional force, the aorist subjunctive and the future indicative can be used with no discernible difference in meaning (cf. BDF §380.2). ὃς ἐὰν. Introduces an indefinite relative clause (ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου) that serves as the subject of δέχεται. Within its clause, which is fronted as a topical frame, ὃς ἐὰν serves as the nominative subject of δέξηται. δέξηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg δέχομαι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο. Accusative direct object of δέξηται. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί. Cause. According to BDAG (366.17), we have here a “marker in idiom of authorization . . . : the formula . . . focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen.” Whereas in 10:41-­ 42 the similar idiom (εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου. . . . δικαίου . . . μαθητοῦ) refers to responding to a prophet (a righteous person, etc.) because he is a prophet, here one receives the child not because he is a child but because of Jesus’ name—­that is, because of Jesus himself. To embrace one child in this way is to embrace Jesus. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐμὲ. Accusative direct object of δέχεται. Fronted for emphasis. δέχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δέχομαι. Matthew 18:6-­9 “But whoever causes one of these little ones who trust in me to stumble, it would be better for him that a great millstone be hung around his neck and he be drowned in the depths of the sea.7 Woe to the world because of causes of stumbling; for it is necessary that causes of stumbling should 6



Matthew 18:5-6

77

come, but woe to the person through whom the cause of stumbling comes. 8And if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it from you; it is better for you to enter into life maimed or lame than, having two hands or two feet, to be thrown into the eternal fire. 9And if your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out and throw it from you; it is better for you to enter into life with one eye than, having two eyes, to be thrown into the fiery Gehenna.” 18:6 Ὃς δ᾿ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ, συμφέρει αὐτῷ ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης. Ὃς . . . ἂν. Introduces a headless-­relative clause (Ὃς δ᾿ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ) that serves as the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up in the following clause by αὐτῷ. Within its clause, Ὃς . . . ἂν serves as the nominative subject of σκανδαλίσῃ. δ᾿. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. σκανδαλίσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg σκανδαλίζω. Subjunctive with ἄν. As in Matt 5:29, 30, here σκανδαλίζω denotes not merely giving offense (as, most recently, at 17:27) but also causing someone’s downfall (cf. BDAG, 926.1). The fact that the verb elsewhere in Matthew can denote the abandoning of discipleship (13:21; 24:10) and the severity of judgment that this action elicits suggest the possibility that a particularly grievous (i.e., final) downfall is in view here (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:432-­ 33; France 2007, 680–­82). ἕνα. Accusative direct object of σκανδαλίσῃ. τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Partitive genitive. Cf. 10:42. πιστευόντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl πιστεύω (attributive). The participle probably suggests that, in contrast to 18:2-­5, literal children are no longer in view; τῶν μικρῶν τούτων are instead the followers of Jesus (cf. 10:42!), those who trust him. εἰς ἐμέ. The preposition serves as a marker of goals involving actions or feelings (here trusting or believing) directed toward someone (BDAG, 290.4.c.β). This distinctively Johannine construction (πιστεύω + εἰς [introducing the object of πιστεύω]; 49× in the NT, 37× in the Gospel of John, and 3× in 1 John) occurs only here in Matthew. συμφέρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg συμφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative of advantage. ἵνα. Introduces a noun clause (ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης) that serves as the subject of συμφέρει.

78

Matthew 18:6-­9

κρεμασθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg κρεμάννυμι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. κρεμάννυμι means “to cause to hang” (BDAG, 566.1). μύλος ὀνικὸς. Nominative subject of κρεμασθῇ. The adjective ὀνικὸς (“pert[aining] to an ass/donkey” [BDAG, 711]) appears only in combination μύλος ὀνικὸς (lit. “a millstone worked by donkey-­power” [BDAG, 711; cf. 661.2]). περὶ τὸν τράχηλον. Locative. In a large number of witnesses (K W Γ Δ et al.), εἰς rather than περὶ introduces the PP. In favor of εἰς (adopted by SBLGNT), (1) it is the more difficult reading, and (2) περὶ τὸν τράχηλον may have arisen under the influence of the parallels in Mark 9:42 and/ or Luke 17:2. By contrast περὶ, preferred by NA28, boasts impressive support from the MSS (ℵ B L N et al.). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. καταποντισθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg καταποντίζω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ἐν τῷ πελάγει. Locative. πέλαγος (“open sea [as opposed to stretch of water near land] . . . the depths [of the sea]” [BDAG, 794.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (elsewhere in the NT only in Acts 27:5). τῆς θαλάσσης. Partitive genitive. 18:7 Οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων· ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι᾿ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται. Οὐαὶ. An “interjection denoting pain or displeasure, woe, alas” (BDAG, 734.1) often, as here, “w[ith] dat[ive] of pers[on] or thing concerning whom (which) pain is expressed” (BDAG, 734.1.a). See 11:21. τῷ κόσμῳ. Dative of disadvantage. ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων. Cause. ἀνάγκη. Predicate adjective. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces background commentary on the preceding statement of woe. ἐλθεῖν. Aor act inf ἔρχομαι. The infinitival clause, ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, serves as the subject of an implied ἐστίν. τὰ σκάνδαλα. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἐλθεῖν. πλὴν. A marker “of contrast, implying the validity of something irrespective of other considerations—­‘but, nevertheless, except’ ” (LN 89.130). οὐαὶ. See above. τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative of disadvantage. δι᾿ οὗ. Intermediate agency. τὸ σκάνδαλον. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται. ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι.



Matthew 18:7-8

79

18:8 Εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ· καλόν σοί ἐστιν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν κυλλὸν ἢ χωλὸν ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον. Εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. Both here and in 18:9 Matthew prefers the first-­class condition to Mark’s third-­class condition (cf. Mark 9:43, 47). But as Decker observes, “[b]oth conditions present a simple logical connection between the two parts of the statement, which the writer assumes to be true, either an actual assumption/ belief, or simply for the purposes of argument” (2014b, 34). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἡ χείρ. Nominative subject of σκανδαλίζει. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. As Nolland observes, “[a] striking feature of 18:8–­9 is the move to second person singular address” (738). ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ὁ πούς. Nominative subject of σκανδαλίζει. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. σκανδαλίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg σκανδαλίζω. See 18:6 on σκανδαλίσῃ. σε. Accusative direct object of σκανδαλίζει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔκκοψον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐκκόπτω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔκκοψον. The pronoun points back to ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου but is masculine, agreeing with πούς, the nearer of its two antecedents (Quarles, 208). βάλε. Aor act impv 2nd sg βάλλω. ἀπὸ σοῦ. Separation. καλόν. Predicate adjective. Although positive in degree, the adjective has comparative force (as ἢ, the marker of comparison that follows, indicates [cf. BDF §245.3]). Fronted for emphasis. σοί. Dative of advantage. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἰσελθεῖν. Aor act inf εἰσέρχομαι. The infinitival clause, εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν κυλλὸν ἢ χωλὸν, serves as the subject of ἐστιν. εἰς τὴν ζωὴν. Goal (cf. BDAG, 289.4.a). κυλλὸν. Adverbial accusative of manner. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). χωλὸν. Adverbial accusative of manner. ἢ. Marker of comparison (cf. BDAG, 432.2). δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας. Fronted for emphasis.

80

Matthew 18:6-­9

δύο χεῖρας. Accusative direct object of ἔχοντα. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). δύο πόδας. Accusative direct object of ἔχοντα. ἔχοντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg ἔχω (manner). Although the participle is accusative, it is adverbial, agreeing with the (implied) subject of the infinitive βληθῆναι. The participial clause (δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα) parallels the preceding adverbial accusatives of manner. βληθῆναι. Aor pass inf βάλλω. The infinitival clause, δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, serves as the subject of an implied ἐστίν. εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον. Locative. 18:9 καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ· καλόν σοί ἐστιν μονόφθαλμον εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. ὁ ὀφθαλμός. Nominative subject of σκανδαλίζει. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. σκανδαλίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg σκανδαλίζω. See 18:6 on σκανδαλίσῃ. σε. Accusative direct object of σκανδαλίζει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔξελε. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐξαιρέω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔξελε. βάλε. Aor act impv 2nd sg βάλλω. ἀπὸ σοῦ. Separation. καλόν. Predicate adjective. As in 18:8, the positive adjective has comparative force. Fronted for emphasis. σοί. Dative of advantage. As an enclitic (see 1:20 on σου), σοί surrenders its accent but also receives an accent from the enclitic (ἐστίν) that follows immediately. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. μονόφθαλμον. Adverbial accusative of manner. εἰς τὴν ζωὴν. Goal (cf. BDAG, 289.4.a). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἰσελθεῖν. Aor act inf εἰσέρχομαι. The infinitival clause, μονόφθαλμον εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν, serves as the subject of ἐστιν. ἢ. Marker of comparison (cf. BDAG, 432.2). δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἔχοντα. ἔχοντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg ἔχω (manner). See 18:8 on ἔχοντα.



Matthew 18:9-10

81

βληθῆναι. Aor pass inf βάλλω. As in 18:8, the infinitival clause, δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός, serves as the subject of an implied ἐστίν. εἰς τὴν γέενναν. Locative. γέεννα is the place of final judgment in this Gospel (see further 5:22 on γεέννα); here it stands parallel to τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον (18:8). τοῦ πυρός. Attributive. Matthew 18:10-­14 “See to it that you not despise one of these little ones. For I am telling you that their angels in heaven constantly see the face of my Father who is in heaven. 11 12How does it seem to you? If a person owns one hundred sheep, and one of them wanders away, will he not leave the ninety-­nine on the mountains and, going, seek the one that is wandering? 13And if he happens to find it, I am telling you the truth that he rejoices on account of it more than on account of the ninety-­nine that have not wandered away. 14In the same way, it is not the will of my Father who is in heaven that one of these little ones should perish.” 10

18:10 Ὁρᾶτε μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων· λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Ὁρᾶτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὁράω. The verb means “to be alert or on guard, pay attention, see to it that” (BDAG, 720.2). μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. καταφρονήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl καταφρονέω. Wallace (477) observes that “μή plus the subjunctive can be used after verbs of fearing, warning, watching out for, etc.” Here an imperative form of ὁράω is followed by μή + aorist subjunctive (cf. Matt 8:4; Mark 1:44; 1 Thess 5:15). Whether the subjunctive should be considered an independent prohibitive subjunctive (MHT 3:78; cf. Decker 2014a, 41) or as dependent on Ὁρᾶτε, part of its clausal complement (Burton §209; apparently, Robertson, 996) is disputed. On the one hand, the use of ὁράω with the imperative in Matt 9:30 and 24:6 favors the former. On the other hand, both ὁράω and βλέπω can take a clausal complement introduced simply by μή + aor subj (ὁράω: 1 Thess 5:15; βλέπω: Matt 24:5//Mark 13:5; Acts 13:40; 1 Cor 8:9; 10:12). Perhaps the balance of evidence slightly favors this second understanding. ἑνὸς. Genitive complement of καταφρονήσητε.

82

Matthew 18:10-­14

τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Partitive genitive. See 18:6 on τῶν πιστευόντων for the identity of “these little ones.” λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding imperative. “Those who might easily be despised on earth are represented in heaven by angels who are important enough to have privileged access to God” (France 2007, 686). Citing 2 Sam 14:24, 32 and Esth 1:14, France suggests that “[t]o ‘look at the face of God’ reflects courtly language for personal access to the king” (2007, 686). ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [ESV; NET; NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NRSV] discourse) of λέγω. οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). οἱ ἄγγελοι. Nominative subject of βλέπουσιν. αὐτῶν. Genitive of identification: the angels in view are somehow associated with, and presumably represent, the little ones. ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανός refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). διὰ παντὸς. Temporal (cf. BDAG, 224.2.a). Fronted for emphasis. βλέπουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl βλέπω. τὸ πρόσωπον. Accusative direct object of βλέπουσιν. τοῦ πατρός. Possessive genitive. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of πατρός. ἐν οὐρανοῖς. See ἐν οὐρανοῖς above. 18:11 TR reads ἦλθεν γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός here. But the verse is absent from ℵ B Ltxt Θ* et al. and almost certainly arose under the influence of Luke 19:10. 18:12 Τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ πλανηθῇ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν, οὐχὶ ἀφήσει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον; Τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ. See 17:25 on τί σοι δοκεῖ. Τί. The interrogative functions adverbially (BDAG, 1007.1.a.β.‫)א‬. ὑμῖν. Dative of reference.



Matthew 18:11-13

83

δοκεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δοκέω. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. γένηταί. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τινι ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative of possession. ἑκατὸν πρόβατα. Nominative subject of γένηταί. πλανηθῇ. Aor mid subj 3rd sg πλανάω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. See Nolland (742), however, for the argument that the verb has “full passive force.” ἓν. Nominative subject of πλανηθῇ. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Partitive. οὐχὶ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ἀφήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. Deliberative future (see 12:11 on κρατήσει). τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα. Accusative direct object of ἀφήσει. ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. Locative. Cf. LXX Jer 27:6; Ezek 34:13. πορευθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ζητεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ζητέω. Futuristic present (cf. Robertson, 870; see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). τὸ πλανώμενον. Pres mid ptc neut acc sg πλανάω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ζητεῖ. 18:13 καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι χαίρει ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. εὑρεῖν. Aor act inf εὑρίσκω (complementary). αὐτό. Accusative direct object of εὑρεῖν. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011] discourse) of λέγω. χαίρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg χαίρω. ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ. Cause (cf. BDAG, 365.6.c). μᾶλλον. Adverb of measure. ἢ. Marker of comparison (cf. BDAG, 432.2). ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις. Cause. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs.

84

Matthew 18:15-­20

πεπλανημένοις. Prf mid ptc neut dat pl πλανάω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. 18:14 οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. οὕτως. Anaphoric adverb of manner. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. See 10:37 on ἔστιν. θέλημα. Predicate nominative. ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς. ἔμπροσθεν is a marker of “a participant whose viewpoint is relevant to an event—­‘in the sight of, in the opinion of, in the judgment of ’ ” (LN 90.20; cf. BDF §214.6). ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. Both NA28 and SBLGNT prefer the second-­person pronoun (cf. NRSV; NET; NIV), which receives impressive support from ℵ D1 K L et al. But the first-­person pronoun μου, which WH preferred (cf. NLT; ESV), also receives important support: B N Γ Θ et al. (D* has the 1st pl ἡμῶν, probably a pronunciation error [Caragounis, 519]). Both ὑμῶν and μου modify πατήρ frequently in Matthew. Earlier in this pericope (18:10), μου qualifies πατήρ, raising the possibility that μου was introduced here as scribes brought it into parallel with 18:10 (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:437 n. 2). The closest parallels syntactically, however, are at Matt 7:21 and 12:50 (τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς): that μου modifies πατρός in both of these texts perhaps tips the balance of evidence in favor of the first-­person pronoun. τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. See 18:10. ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Locative; see further 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἵνα. Introduces a noun clause that serves as the subject of ἔστιν. ἀπόληται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ἓν. Nominative subject of ἀπόληται. τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Partitive genitive. See 18:6 on τῶν πιστευόντων for the identity of “these little ones.” Matthew 18:15-­20 15 “Now if your brother sins, go, show him his fault, between you and him alone. If he listens to you, you have gained your brother. 16And if he does not listen, take with you one or two others in order that, on the basis of the testimony of two or three witnesses, every matter might be established. 17And if he refuses to listen to them, tell it to the congregation; and if he refuses to listen even to the congregation, let him be to you as a Gentile and a tax collector. 18I am telling you the truth, whatever you



Matthew 18:14-15

85

bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven. 19Again I am telling you the truth that if two of you agree on earth concerning any matter which they request, it will be done for them from my Father who is in heaven. 20For where two or three have gathered in my name, there I am in the midst of them.” 18:15 Ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ [εἰς σὲ] ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου· Ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἁμαρτήσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἁμαρτάνω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. [εἰς σὲ]. Disadvantage. The PP is absent from a number of witnesses, including both Sinaiticus and Vaticanus, and should probably be regarded as an early, exegetical addition, perhaps under the influence of 18:21. It is not impossible, however, that the PP is original (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:782 n. 3; Luz 2001–­2007, 2:448 n. 1) and was later omitted either “deliberate[ly] (in order to render the passage applicable to sin in general) or accidental[ly] (for in later Greek the pronunciation of η, ῃ, and εἰ was similar)” (Metzger, 36). In fact, however, as France (2007, 689 n. 3) observes, the similarity in pronunciation between the PP (εἰς σὲ) and the final syllables of the preceding verb (ήσῃ) could have been responsible for either an accidental omission or an accidental addition. WH omitted the PP, but SBLGNT includes it. ὁ ἀδελφός. Nominative subject of ἁμαρτήσῃ. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὕπαγω. ἔλεγξον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐλέγχω. Noting that “Winer finds asyndeton frequent in cases of a climax in impassioned discourse,” Robertson (928) suggests that the asyndetic construction here “gives life and movement.” αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔλεγξον. μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. Used here as a preposition (as it is in 7 of its 9 NT uses [Harris 2012, 248]), μεταξὺ serves as “a marker of an exclusive association” (LN 89.115) or of “reciprocity” (Harris 2012, 248). ἐάν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. σου. Genitive complement of ἀκούσῃ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀκούσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀκούω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. As elsewhere in Matthew (e.g., 13:9,

86

Matthew 18:15-­20

18), ἀκούω refers to more than literal hearing but also “includes an element of appropriate response” (Nolland, 746 n. 87). ἐκέρδησας. Aor act ind 2nd sg κερδαίνω. Grammarians sometimes dispute whether this aorist verb has gnomic (MHT 3:73; McKay 1994, §4.4.5 [“timeless”]) or futuristic force (Young, 125; Wallace, 564; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 296 n. 30). In discussing the gnomic aorist, BDF (§333.2) comments, “[A]n aorist after a future condition is, to a certain extent, futuristic.” But perhaps it is simpler (and more helpful) to see the aorist functioning more typically here. If the condition projected in the protasis is fulfilled, the reconciliation will have been effected. Thus the aorist indicative in the apodosis looks back to that reconciliation: “you have gained your brother.” τὸν ἀδελφόν. Accusative direct object of ἐκέρδησας. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 18:16 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα· ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἀκούσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀκούω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. See 18:15 on ἀκούσῃ. παράλαβε. Aor act impv 2nd sg παραλαμβάνω. μετὰ σοῦ. Accompaniment. ἔτι. Used with reference to numbers, the adverb refers here to “that which is added to what is already at hand” (BDAG, 400.2.b). ἕνα ἢ δύο. Accusative direct object of παράλαβε. ἢ is a marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐπὶ στόματος. A “marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of ” (BDAG, 365.8). στόμα stands, by metonymy, for the testimony given by the mouth (cf. Harris 2005, 907, on 2 Cor 13:1). δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν. Subjective genitive or possessive genitive (if we disregard the metonymy at play with στόματος). σταθῇ. Aor pass (or –­θη middle) subj 3rd sg ἵστημι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. πᾶν ῥῆμα. Nominative subject of σταθῇ.



Matthew 18:16-18

87

18:17 ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. παρακούσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg παρακούω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. παρακούω means “to refuse to listen to” (LN 36.27). αὐτῶν. Genitive complement of παρακούσῃ. εἰπὲ. Aor act impv 2nd sg λέγω. τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. Dative indirect object of εἰπὲ. See further 16:18 on τὴν ἐκκλησίαν; in the canonical Gospels, the word occurs only here (twice) and in 16:18. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Adverbial, either adjunctive (“also”) or, more probably (since this clause depicts the third, climactic refusal to listen), ascensive (“even”); see 5:39. τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Genitive complement of παρακούσῃ. παρακούσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg παρακούω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἔστω. Pres impv 3rd sg εἰμί. σοι. “Where εἶναι with dat. forms part of the predicate it usually carries the idea of credit (or discredit) in the person’s eyes” (MHT 3:239; cf. BDF §190.1). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὥσπερ. Introduces a comparative clause. ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “as a Gentile and tax collector (is).” Both articles are generic. On the pejorative use of ἐθνικός, see further 5:47 on οἱ ἐθνικοὶ. 18:18 Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ. Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν); on this formula, see 5:18. Ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Fronted as a topical frame. ὅσα ἐὰν. The relative introduces a headless relative clause (ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς) that serves as the subject of ἔσται δεδεμένα. Within its clause, ὅσα ἐὰν is accusative direct object of δήσητε.

88

Matthew 18:15-­20

δήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl δέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. The second-­ person plural forms in 18:18-­19 stand in contrast to the singular forms in 18:15-­17 (Nolland, 745). ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. δεδεμένα. Prf pass ptc neut nom pl δέω (future perfect periphrastic). On the force of the future perfect periphrastics, see 16:19 on δεδεμένον. ἐν οὐρανῷ. Locative. On οὐρανός in Matthew, see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν; on “heaven and earth” pairings, see 6:10 on οὐρανός. In both of its occurrences in 18:18, whether οὐρανός is singular or plural and whether it is articular or anarthrous is disputed. Under the influence of the parallel in Matt 16:19, a number of witnesses support τοῖς οὐρανοῖς here; many others (K N W Γ et al.) prefer τῷ οὐρανῷ. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly adopt ἐν οὐρανῷ (B Θ ƒ13), which reflects Matthew’s preference for singular forms of οὐρανός in “heaven and earth” pairings and explains the rise of the variant readings. ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Fronted as a topical frame. ὅσα ἐὰν. The relative introduces a headless relative clause (ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς) that serves as the subject of ἔσται λελυμένον. Within its clause, ὅσα ἐὰν is accusative direct object of λύσητε. λύσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl λύω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. λελυμένα. Prf pass ptc neut nom pl λύω (future perfect periphrastic). See 16:19 on δεδεμένον. ἐν οὐρανῷ. Locative; see above for Matthew’s use of οὐρανός and the textual problem here. The unspecified agent of the passive verb is quite clearly the God of Israel, who dwells in heaven. 18:19 Πάλιν [ἀμὴν] λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐὰν δύο συμφωνήσωσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς περὶ παντὸς πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται, γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Πάλιν. Adverbial, here a “marker of a discourse or narrative item added to items of a related nature” (BDAG, 753.3). [ἀμὴν] λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν); on this formula, see 5:18 on ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν. [ἀμὴν]. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). As the square brackets indicate, the authenticity of ἀμὴν is disputed. N W Δ syh support δέ instead. More importantly, several witnesses (ℵ D L Γ et al.) simply omit ἀμὴν. But the particle also receives widespread support (B K 058 078 et al.). SBLGNT follows NA28 in printing it. Probably it is original



Matthew 18:19-20

89

and was omitted by Sinaiticus et al. because it seemed awkward after Πάλιν, but it is not impossible that the same adverb prompted the early addition of ἀμὴν (cf. 18:18). France thinks “it was inserted under the influence of the preceding verse” (2007, 695 n. 2). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET] discourse) of λέγω. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δύο. Nominative subject of συμφωνήσωσιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). συμφωνήσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl συμφωνέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. συμφωνέω means “to have come to an agreement about someth[ing]” (BDAG, 960.3). ἐξ ὑμῶν. Partitive. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος. Reference. οὗ ἐὰν. Genitive complement of αἰτήσωνται. The case of the relative has been attracted to the case of its antecedent, πράγματος. αἰτήσωνται. Aor mid subj 3rd pl αἰτέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. γενήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. αὐτοῖς. Dative of advantage. παρὰ τοῦ πατρός. Source (cf. BDAG, 756.3.a.β). μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of πατρός. ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Locative. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 18:20 οὗ γάρ εἰσιν δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. οὗ. The genitive relative pronoun sometimes serves, as it does here, as an adverb of place (cf. BDAG, 732). There is no reference here to a preceding noun; instead, οὗ points forward to the ἐκεῖ that introduces the following clause. γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for Jesus’ assertion in 18:19. Jesus’ Father will do what two of his followers, agreeing on, request, since Jesus is himself present when even two or three gather in his name. εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

90

Matthew 18:21-­22

δύο ἢ τρεῖς. Nominative subject of εἰσιν . . . συνηγμένοι. συνηγμένοι. Prf pass ptc masc nom pl συνάγω (perfect periphrastic). The perfect tense (see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν) underscores the current relevance of the completed action. εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα. Reference or goal. Luz observes that “Εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα corresponds to the biblical and Jewish expression ‫לְ ֵשם‬, ‘for the sake of,’ ‘with reference to [the name]’ ” (2001–­2007, 2:458). ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. Fronted for emphasis (Runge 2010, 308–­9). εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐν μέσῳ. Locative. αὐτῶν. Partitive genitive. Matthew 18:21-­22 Then Peter, approaching, said to him, “Lord, how often will my brother sin against me, and I will forgive him? Up to seven times?” 22Jesus says to him, “I do not say to you up to seven times, but up to seventy-­seven times.” 21

18:21 Τότε προσελθὼν ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ· κύριε, ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; ἕως ἑπτάκις; Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. προσελθὼν ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ. In most witnesses (ℵ2 K L N), the pronoun αὐτῷ precedes ὁ Πέτρος, while ℵ* omits the pronoun entirely. NA28 follows B et al., probably correctly. Ten times in Matthew (4:3; 8:19; 13:10, 27; 15:12; 17:19; 18:21; 19:16; 26:73; 28:18), we meet this construction: (1) participial form of προσέρχομαι, (2) nominative subject, (3) finite verb of speech, and (4) dative indirect object. If we set aside 18:21, in seven of the remaining nine occurrences in NA, the order is the same as NA adopts here (1, 2, 3, 4). In 17:19, the order is 1, 2, 4, 3, and in 19:16, the order is 2, 1, 4, 3. Nowhere does the indirect object advance to the second position as it does here on the alternate readings. SBLGNT, however, follows the majority of the witnesses. ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. κύριε. Vocative.



Matthew 18:21-22

91

ποσάκις. Temporal adverb: “reference to a number of related points of times, in a question or exclamation how many times? how often?” (BDAG, 855). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἁμαρτήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἁμαρτάνω. Deliberative future (see 12:11 on κρατήσει). εἰς ἐμὲ. Disadvantage/goal (BDAG, 290.4.c.α). Cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 508 (on Luke 15:18): “Used with ἁμαρτάνω, the preposition indicates who the sin was directed toward.” ὁ ἀδελφός. Nominative subject of ἁμαρτήσει. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καὶ. Connective. As BDF (§471.2) suggests, the “parataxis in interrogative sentences” is Semitic. ἀφήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ἀφίημι. αὐτῷ. Dative of advantage. ἕως ἑπτάκις. Extent/limitation. ἕως, which functions here as a “marker of degree and measure, denoting the upper limit” (BDAG, 424.5), can serve as either a conjunction or a preposition (Harris 2012, 241). It is used as a preposition (as here) in approximately 90 of its 146 NT occurrences. 18:22 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις ἀλλ᾿ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see further 2:13 on φαίνεται) here helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ response and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. οὐ . . . ἀλλ᾿. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. λέγω σοι. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. σοι. Dative indirect object of λέγω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἕως ἑπτάκις. Extent/limitation (see 18:21 on ἕως ἑπτάκις). ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά. Extent/limitation (see 18:21 on ἕως ἑπτάκις). As the allusion to Gen 4:24 suggests, ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά should probably be rendered “seventy-­seven times” (since that is what the Hebrew ‫ ִש ְב ִעים וְ ִש ְבעׇה‬means) rather than “seventy times seven” (so BDF §248.2), but the early versions preferred the latter translation (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:793).

92

Matthew 18:23-­35

Matthew 18:23-­35 “Because of this, heaven’s kingdom is like a man, a king, who wished to settle accounts with his slaves. 24And when he began settling accounts, one who owed ten thousand talents was brought to him. 25And because he was not able to repay the debt, the master commanded that he should be sold, and his wife and children and all that he had, and that he should be repaid. 26So, falling down, the slave was bowing before him, saying, ‘Be patient with me, and I will repay you everything.’ 27And, moved with compassion, the master of that slave released him and forgave him the debt. 28But going out that slave found one of his fellow servants who owed him a hundred denarii, and, seizing him, he began to choke him, saying, ‘Pay back what you owe.’ 29So, falling down, his fellow-­slave was begging him, saying, ‘Be patient with me, and I will repay you.’ 30But he was not willing; instead, going away, he threw him into prison until he should repay what was owed. 31Then, when his fellow-­slaves saw the things that had happened, they were exceedingly grieved and, going, explained to their master everything that had happened. 32Then, after summoning him, his master says to him, ‘Evil slave! I forgave you all that debt, since you begged me. 33Should you not also have had mercy on your fellow slave just as I had mercy on you?’ 34And, moved with anger, his master handed him over to the torturers until he should repay all that was owed. 35So also my heavenly Father will do to you if you do not forgive, each one his brother, from your hearts.” 23

18:23 Διὰ τοῦτο ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὃς ἠθέλησεν συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ. Διὰ τοῦτο. Causal. See 6:25. Davies and Allison (2:796) think that, “[a]s in 13.52 (again a parable concluding a major discourse), the words have a weakened sense: ‘so then, well.’ ” This is possible but improbable. Rather, τοῦτο looks directly back to Jesus’ response to Peter’s question (18:21). ὡμοιώθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ὁμοιόω. Although one might consider the verb to be passive, probably it is a θη–­middle (see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). Matthew’s choice of tense is deliberate here: the force of the aorist is probably not gnomic (pace Robertson, 837; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 294 n. 26) but instead an instance of a perfective form of a stative verb used to signal a present state (cf. 3:17 on εὐδόκησα; Fresch 2016, 396–­97). On the use of aorist and future forms of ὁμοιόω to introduce Jesus’ parables, see 7:24 on ὁμοιωθήσεται. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ὡμοιώθη; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία.



Matthew 18:23-25

93

τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative complement of ὡμοιώθη. βασιλεῖ. Dative in apposition to ἀνθρώπῳ. ὃς. Nominative subject of ἠθέλησεν. ἠθέλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θέλω. συνᾶραι. Aor act inf συναίρω (complementary). The verb συναίρω occurs “in our lit[erature] only in a commercial sense συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts” (BDAG, 964). Cf. 25:19, the only NT use of συναίρω outside of this parable. λόγον. Accusative direct object of συνᾶραι. λόγος refers here to “a record of assets and liabilities—­‘account, credit, debit’ ” (LN 57.228). μετὰ τῶν δούλων. Association. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 18:24 ἀρξαμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ συναίρειν προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ εἷς ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων. ἀρξαμένου. Aor mid ptc mas gen sg ἄρχω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of ἀρξαμένου. συναίρειν. Pres act inf συναίρω (complementary). προσηνέχθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg προσφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσηνέχθη. εἷς ὀφειλέτης. Nominative subject of προσηνέχθη. Since in Matthew the noun occurs only in 6:12, “a cross link may be intended” (Nolland, 755). On the use of εἷς with the force of the indefinite pronoun τις, see 8:19 on εἷς γραμματεὺς. μυρίων ταλάντων. Objective genitive or genitive of price (cf. Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 103). A “talent” was “orig[inally] a measure of weight varying in size fr[om] about 26 to 36 kg.; then a unit of coinage talent. . . . In 18:24, at 6,000 drachmas or denarii to the Tyrian talent, a day laborer would need to work 60,000,000 days to pay off the debt” (BDAG, 988). 18:25 μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἔχοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg ἔχω (genitive absolute, causal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἔχω here means not so much “to have” as “to

94

Matthew 18:23-­35

be able,” to “be in a position to do someth[ing]” (BDAG, 421.5) and is completed by the following infinitive. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of ἔχοντος. ἀποδοῦναι. Aor act inf ἀποδίδωμι (complementary or purpose [cf. Quarles, 215]). ἀποδίδωμι means “to restore to an original possessor, give back, return” (BDAG, 110.3). ἐκέλευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κελεύω. αὐτὸν . . . καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ πάντα. Accusative subjects of the infinitive πραθῆναι. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἐκέλευσεν. πραθῆναι. Aor pass inf πιπράσκω (indirect discourse). ὅσα. Accusative direct object of ἔχει. The relative points back to its antecedent, πάντα. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. NA28 and SBLGNT, probably correctly, follow B Θ ƒ1 in printing the present-­tense ἔχει (by contrast, Davies and Allison [2:798] follow the majority of witnesses and prefer the imperfect εἶχεν here). If so, as is typical in NT Greek, Matthew retains “the temporal point of view of the original speaker” (BDF §324). ἀποδοθῆναι. Aor pass inf ἀποδίδωμι (indirect discourse). 18:26 πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λέγων· μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾿ ἐμοί, καὶ πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι. πεσὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πίπτω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οὖν. Signals both close continuity with the preceding material and new development (see 1:17), here introducing the slave’s response (cf. BDAG, 737.2.c.) to his master’s command. ὁ δοῦλος. Nominative subject of προσεκύνει. προσεκύνει. Impf act ind 3rd sg προσκυνέω. This pericope offers an important window into Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, which in Second Temple texts can refer to the obeisance/homage offered to human dignitaries (especially agents of YHWH, most notably the king) and, more frequently, to the worship that is reserved for YHWH alone (see Leim, 29–­49, on Matthew’s “cultural encyclopedia”). Luz notes that “[t]he debtor prostrates himself before the king in the proskynesis that is customary in the East before both rulers and gods” (2001–­2007, 2:472). But while that is not incorrect, it is probably not all that Matthew intends. Matt 18:26 and 18:29, respectively, record the pleas for mercy found on



Matthew 18:26

95

the lips of the first servant as he addresses the king and of the second servant as he cries out to the first. 18:26

πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λέγων·

μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾿ ἐμοί, καὶ πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι.

18:29

πεσὼν οὖν ὁ σύνδουλος αὐτοῦ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν λέγων·

μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾿ ἐμοί, καὶ ἀποδώσω σοι.

The parallel between these two verses is deliberate, with an important distinction. In 18:29 παρακαλέω replaces προσκυνέω, confirming the natural suspicion that the king, whom the first servant beseeches (18:26: προσκυνέω), points metaphorically to God (cf. 18:34-­35). The second servant beseeches (18:29: παρακαλέω) only his fellow servant. Elsewhere in this Gospel, Matthew reserves the word for contexts in which the object of προσκυνέω is Jesus or God. Unlike Mark (cf. Mark 5:6; 15:19), he uses the term only in contexts in which genuine worship would be appropriate. It seems probable, then, that even in this tightly structured unit within the parable, the evangelist employs προσκυνέω only when its object is God (cf. Held, 229–­30 n. 3). αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσεκύνει. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. μακροθύμησον. Aor act impv 2nd sg μακροθυμέω. The vocative κύριε, which many witnesses (ℵ K L W et al.) include before the verb, should probably be regarded as a scribal addition, influenced, perhaps, by the repeated appearance of κύριος in the parable and by its use elsewhere in Matthew in contexts where προσκύνησις is offered (4:10; 8:2; 15:25; contrast, however, 2:2, 8, 11; 9:18; 14:33; 20:20; 28:9, 17). ἐπ᾿ ἐμοί. As BDAG (612.2) notes, μακροθυμέω + τινι means “to be patient with someone.” The preposition itself serves as a marker of the person to or for whom something is to be done (cf. BDAG, 366.14). καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force: “if you have patience with me, I will repay . . .” πάντα. Accusative direct object of ἀποδώσω. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀποδώσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ἀποδίδωμι. σοι. Dative indirect object of ἀποδώσω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

96

Matthew 18:23-­35

18:27 Σπλαγχνισθεὶς δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου ἀπέλυσεν αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ δάνειον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ. Σπλαγχνισθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg σπλαγνίζομαι (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἀπέλυσεν. τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου. Genitive of subordination. ἀπέλυσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπολύω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπέλυσεν. τὸ δάνειον. Accusative direct object of ἀφῆκεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δάνειον (“loan, debt” [LN 57.210]) is a NT hapax legomenon. ἀφῆκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. αὐτῷ. Dative of advantage. 18:28 ἐξελθὼν δὲ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος εὗρεν ἕνα τῶν συνδούλων αὐτοῦ, ὃς ὤφειλεν αὐτῷ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια, καὶ κρατήσας αὐτὸν ἔπνιγεν λέγων· ἀπόδος εἴ τι ὀφείλεις. ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος. Nominative subject of εὗρεν. The use of the far/ athematic demonstrative ἐκεῖνος for a thematic participant (the slave around whom the story revolves) probably has the rhetorical effect of signaling contempt: “that slave” (cf. Runge 2010, 365–­84). εὗρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. ἕνα. Accusative direct object of εὗρεν. τῶν συνδούλων. Partitive genitive. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ὃς. Nominative subject of ὤφειλεν. ὤφειλεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg ὀφείλω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ὤφειλεν. ἑκατὸν δηνάρια. Accusative direct object of ὤφειλεν. κρατήσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg κρατέω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of κρατήσας. ἔπνιγεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg πνίγω. The verb means “to cause someth[ing] to be stifled, choke” (BDAG, 838.2).



Matthew 18:27-29

97

λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἀπόδος. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀποδίδωμι. εἴ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition, in which the preceding imperative, ἀπόδος, serves as the apodosis (cf. Mark 11:25). Alternatively, εἴ τι simply serves as a rough equivalent for ὅ τι (cf. MHT 3:321; BDF §376; Quarles, 216). τι. Accusative direct object of ὀφείλεις. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὀφείλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg ὀφείλω. 18:29 πεσὼν οὖν ὁ σύνδουλος αὐτοῦ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν λέγων· μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾿ ἐμοί, καὶ ἀποδώσω σοι. πεσὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πίπτω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οὖν. See 18:26. ὁ σύνδουλος. Nominative subject of παρεκάλει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. After the pronoun, a number of witnesses (C2 K W Γ et al.) add εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ. But this looks like a natural, later clarification (cf. Metzger, 37, who does note that if the PP were original, it could have been omitted inadvertently, “the eye of the scribe passing from αὐτοῦ to αὐτοῦ”) and interrupts the parallelism between 18:26 and 18:29. παρεκάλει. Impf act ind 3rd sg παρακαλέω. The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παρεκάλει. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. μακροθύμησον. Aor act impv 2nd sg μακροθυμέω. ἐπ᾿ ἐμοί. See 18:26. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force: “if you have patience with me, I will repay . . .” (cf. 18:26). ἀποδώσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ἀποδίδωμι. σοι. Dative indirect object of ἀποδώσω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

98

Matthew 18:23-­35

18:30 ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἤθελεν ἀλλ᾿ ἀπελθὼν ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν ἕως ἀποδῷ τὸ ὀφειλόμενον. ὁ. Nominative subject of ἤθελεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐκ . . . ἀλλ᾿. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἤθελεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg θέλω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). ἀπελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔβαλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg βάλλω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔβαλεν. εἰς φυλακὴν. Locative. ἕως. Temporal conjunction. After ἕως, a large number of witnesses includes οὗ, but its absence from ℵ and B (as well as C L 892) makes one hesitant to defend its authenticity (pace SBLGNT). For similar textual problems in Matthew, see 5:18, 26; 10:23; 18:34; 24:34; 26:36. ἀποδῷ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀποδίδωμι. Subjunctive with ἕως. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον. Pres pass ptc neut acc sg ὀφείλω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἀποδῷ. 18:31 ἰδόντες οὖν οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ τὰ γενόμενα ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα καὶ ἐλθόντες διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν πάντα τὰ γενόμενα. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οὖν. See 18:26. οἱ σύνδουλοι. Nominative subject of ἐλυπήθησαν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. τὰ γενόμενα. Aor mid ptc neut acc pl γίνομαι (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἰδόντες. ἐλυπήθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl λυπέω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. σφόδρα. Adverb of measure: “a very high point on a scale of extent” (LN 78.19). Since in LXX Neh 5:6 and LXX Jonah 4:4, 9, λυπέω + σφόδρα translates ‫“( חׇרׇה‬to burn,” “to be angry”), Davies and Allison



Matthew 18:30-32

99

(2:801–­2) wonder whether ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα means “more than ‘be exceedingly grieved, pained,’ and include feelings of anger.” ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. διεσάφησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl διασαφέω. In the NT, διασαφέω (“to clarify someth[ing] that is obscure, explain” [BDAG, 236.1]) occurs only here and in Matt 13:36. τῷ κυρίῳ. Dative indirect object of διεσάφησαν. ἑαυτῶν. Genitive of subordination. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα. Aor mid ptc neut acc pl γίνομαι (substantival). Accusative direct object of διεσάφησαν. On πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. 18:32 Τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ λέγει αὐτῷ· δοῦλε πονηρέ, πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς με· Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. προσκαλεσάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg προσκαλέω (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of προσκαλεσάμενος. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of λέγει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to the master’s response and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. It signals that we “have now come to the heart of the parable” (Nolland, 759). αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. δοῦλε πονηρέ. Vocative. πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην. Accusative direct object of ἀφῆκά. Fronted for emphasis. ἀφῆκά. Aor act ind 1st sg ἀφίημι. σοι. Dative indirect object of ἀφῆκά. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐπεὶ. Introduces a causal clause. παρεκάλεσάς. Aor act ind 2nd sg παρακαλέω. με. Accusative direct object of παρεκάλεσάς. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

100

Matthew 18:23-­35

18:33 οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα; οὐκ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ἔδει. Impf act ind 3rd sg δεῖ (impersonal). καὶ σὲ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”), underscoring the necessary parallel (glaring in its absence) between master and slave (see 5:39). σὲ. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἐλεῆσαι. ἐλεῆσαι. Aor act inf ἐλεέω (complementary). τὸν σύνδουλόν. Accusative direct object of ἐλεῆσαι. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. Καί is adjunctive (see 5:39); ἐγώ is the nominative subject of ἠλέησα. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σὲ. Accusative direct object of ἠλέησα. ἠλέησα. Aor act ind 1st sg ἐλεέω. 18:34 καὶ ὀργισθεὶς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς βασανισταῖς ἕως οὗ ἀποδῷ πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον. ὀργισθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ὀργίζομαι (causal [LEB] or manner [NRSV; Quarles, 218]). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Whereas in his first interaction with the slave the master was motivated by compassion (18:27), here he is moved by anger. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of παρέδωκεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination. παρέδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παρέδωκεν. τοῖς βασανισταῖς. Dative indirect object of παρέδωκεν. On βασανιστής (“torturers”), found only here in the NT, cf. T. Ab. A 12.18; T. Ab. B 10.16. ἕως οὗ. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. See further 1:25 on ἕως οὗ ἔτεκεν υἱόν. ἀποδῷ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀποδίδωμι. Subjunctive with ἕως οὗ. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον. Pres pass ptc neut acc sg ὀφείλω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἀποδῷ. On πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος.



Matthew 18:33-35

101

18:35 οὕτως καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ποιήσει ὑμῖν, ἐὰν μὴ ἀφῆτε ἕκαστος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν. οὕτως. Anaphoric adverb of manner (cf. 18:34). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underlining the parallel between the action of the king and of Jesus’ heavenly Father. ὁ πατήρ . . . ὁ οὐράνιος. Nominative subject of ποιήσει. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ποιήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of ποιήσει. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἀφῆτε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἀφίημι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἕκαστος. Nominative in apposition to the embedded second-­person subject of ἀφῆτε. Cf. LXX Gen 13:11, to which Robertson (746) helpfully points. τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Dative of advantage. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν. Source. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. The pronouns shift awkwardly from second plural (the embedded subject of ἀφῆτε) to third singular (αὐτοῦ) and back to second plural (ὑμῶν), perhaps because the evangelist thinks, alternatively, of “you” and “each” as the subject of the sentence (Quarles, 218). After ὑμῶν, a wide array of witnesses (C K W Γ et al.) includes τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν. But this looks like a natural scribal expansion that (rightly) reads the parable with Matt 6:14 in mind (cf. Metzger, 37). Matthew 19:1-­12 1 And when Jesus had finished these words, he departed from Galilee and went to the region of Judea across the Jordan. 2And great crowds followed him, and he healed them there. 3And some Pharisees came to him, aiming to test him and saying, “Is it really lawful to divorce one’s wife for any and every reason?” 4And, answering, he said, “Have you not read that the Creator, from the beginning, ‘made them male and female,’ 5 and said, ‘For this reason a man shall leave his father and his mother and cling to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’? 6So then, they are no longer two, but one flesh. What, then, God has bound together, let no one separate.” 7They say to him, “Why, then, did Moses command to issue a certificate of dismissal and to divorce (her)?” 8He says to them,

102

Matthew 19:1-­12

“Moses, because of your hard-­heartedness, permitted you to divorce your wives, but from the beginning it was not so. 9And I say to you that whoever divorces his wife, except because of sexual immorality, and marries another, commits adultery; and the one who marries a woman who has been divorced commits adultery.” 10The disciples say to him, “If the case of a man with his wife is really so, it is better not to marry.” 11But he said to them, “Not all are able to accept the saying, but only those to whom it has been given. 12For there are eunuchs who, from the womb of their mother, were born so, and there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by people, and there are eunuchs who have made themselves eunuchs for the sake of heaven’s kingdom. The one who is able to accept it, let him accept it.” 19:1 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, μετῆρεν ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. See 7:28. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐτέλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τελέω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐτέλεσεν. τοὺς λόγους τούτους. Accusative direct object of ἐτέλεσεν. μετῆρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg μεταίρω. ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Separation. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. εἰς τὰ ὅρια. Locative. BDAG (723) notes that ὅριον (“boundary”) is “mostly, in our lit[erature] exclusively, pl. boundaries = region, district.” τῆς Ἰουδαίας. Genitive of identification. πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. Locative. For contrasting conclusions about whether “across the Jordan” refers to the land east or west of the Jordan, see Davies and Allison (3:7) and Nolland (764), respectively. 19:2 καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. ὄχλοι πολλοί. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. ἐθεράπευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θεραπεύω. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐθεράπευσεν. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place.



Matthew 19:1-3

103

19:3 Καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Φαρισαῖοι πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες· εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνθρώπῳ ἀπολῦσαι τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν; προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. πειράζοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl πειράζω (purpose). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of πειράζοντες. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner or purpose). Although ESV apparently takes λέγοντες as an adverbial participle of means modifying πειράζοντες (“tested him by asking”), the fact that the two participles are linked by καὶ suggests that they are parallel syntactically, both modifying προσῆλθον. On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. εἰ. Mark’s indirect question (10:2) has become a direct question in Matthew. On apparent uses of εἰ to introduce direct questions, see 12:10 on εἰ. As there, so here εἰ functions adverbially. ἔξεστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔξεστιν (impersonal). ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative of reference. ἔξεστιν is often followed by a dative, to refer to the person in view, and an infinitive (BDAG, 3491.b). The large majority of witnesses (ℵ3 C D K et al.) support ἀνθρώπῳ, and the personal pronoun (αὐτοῦ) that follows τὴν γυναῖκα seems to demand an antecedent like ἀνθρώπῳ. Both NA28 and SBLGNT adopt this reading. But although ἀνθρώπῳ could have been omitted accidentally (a scribe’s eye having “skipped from the α in ανθρωπω to the α in απολυσαι” [Davies and Allison, 3:8 n. 23]), ἀνθρώπῳ is absent from an impressive array of witnesses (ℵ* B L Γ et al.) and its original absence would clearly explain the rise of the other variants. WH, perhaps correctly, adopted this fourth reading (so, too, NET). ἀπολῦσαι. Aor act inf ἀπολύω (complementary). On infinitives with ἔξεστιν, see 12:2 on ποιεῖν. τὴν γυναῖκα. Accusative direct object of ἀπολῦσαι. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν. Cause. “Instead of ‘in accordance w[ith]’ κ[ατά] can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of” (BDAG, 512.5.a.δ; cf. Moule, 59). Davies and Allison (3:9 n. 24) helpfully point to the parallels in Josephus, Ant. 4.249 (κατ᾿ ἄλλην αἰτίαν), 253 (καθ᾿ ἁσδηποτοῦν αἰτίας), which also occur in the context of divorce. αἰτία refers here to “that which is responsible for a condition, cause, reason” (BDAG, 31.1).

104

Matthew 19:1-­12

19:4 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ὅτι ὁ κτίσας ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς; ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. οὐκ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ἀνέγνωτε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀναγινώσκω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ἀνέγνωτε. ὁ κτίσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg κτίζω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐποίησεν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Instead of κτίσας, the majority of witnesses supports ποιήσας, but ποιήσας probably represents an assimilation to LXX Gen 1:27 (ἐποίησεν), the citation of which follows immediately (cf. Metzger, 38). ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς. Temporal. ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ. Accusative complement to αὐτούς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Like the LXX, but unlike the MT, Matthew’s adjectives for male and female are neuter; cf. BDF (§138.1): “[T]he neuter is sometimes used with reference to persons if it is not the individuals but a general quality that is to be emphasized.” ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. 19:5 καὶ εἶπεν· ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The translation offered above reflects the conclusion that the subject of εἶπεν, as of ἐποίησεν (19:4), is ὁ κτίσας (so most English versions). Against those who take Jesus to be the subject of εἶπεν (e.g., Gundry 1994, 378; NEB, REB, NLT), there is no indication of a shift in subject here (France 2007, 711–­12 n. 4). ἕνεκα τούτου. Reason (cf. BDAG, 334.1). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT).



Matthew 19:4-6

105

καταλείψει. Fut act ind 3rd sg καταλείπω. Imperatival future (cf. Decker 2014b, 43). ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of καταλείψει. τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα. Accusative direct objects of καταλείψει. κολληθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg κολλάω (cf. Decker 2014b, 43). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Imperatival future. τῇ γυναικὶ. Dative complement of κολληθήσεται. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἔσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl εἰμί. οἱ δύο. Nominative subject of ἔσονται. εἰς σάρκα μίαν. Occasionally, as here, εἰς + accus. takes the place of the predicate nominative in completing an equative verb. As grammarians regularly observe, this construction betrays Semitic influence (Hebrew ‫ )ל‬and, thus, is often found in OT citations. Here Matthew cites LXX Gen 2:24, where εἰς σάρκα μίαν translates the MT ‫( לְ ָב ָשר ֶא ָחד‬see Wallace, 47–­48; Caragounis, 147). 19:6 ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία. ὃ οὖν ὁ θεὸς συνέζευξεν ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω. ὥστε. Introduces the conclusion, drawn inferentially, from the preceding argument (BDAG, 1107.1.a). οὐκέτι . . . ἀλλὰ. The temporal adverb introduces a point/ counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. εἰσὶν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. δύο. Predicate nominative. σὰρξ μία. Predicate nominative (in an elliptical clause, with an implied εἰσίν). ὃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that is fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT) and, in its entirety (ὃ οὖν ὁ θεὸς συνέζευξεν), serves as the direct object of χωριζέτω. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of συνέζευξεν. The antecedent of the neuter relative is probably the union of husband and wife to which 19:5 refers (Quarles, 217–­18). οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing an imperative based on the conclusion established in 19:4-­6a (i.e., by God’s design a husband and wife become one flesh). ὁ θεὸς. Nominative subject of συνέζευξεν. συνέζευξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg συζεύγνυμι.

106

Matthew 19:1-­12

ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of χωριζέτω. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. χωριζέτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg χωρίζω. 19:7 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου καὶ ἀπολῦσαι [αὐτήν]; Λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present helps the reader process the narrative transition to the Pharisees’ response and grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing an objection to Jesus’ verdict (19:6b): “So, then, if that is true, why . . . ?” Μωϋσῆς. Nominative subject of ἐνετείλατο. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Cf. Deut 24:1, 3. ἐνετείλατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἐντέλλω. δοῦναι. Aor act inf δίδωμι (indirect discourse). βιβλίον ἀποστασίου. “A certification of divorce” (BDAG, 120, 176.1). Cf. LXX Jer 3:8. βιβλίον. Accusative direct object of δοῦναι. ἀποστασίου. Genitive of identification. ἀπολῦσαι. Aor act inf ἀπολύω (indirect discourse). [αὐτήν]. Accusative direct object of ἀπολῦσαι. As the square brackets indicate, the authenticity of the pronoun is disputed. It is absent from an important group of witnesses (including ℵ) but present in most (including B). Metzger (38) summarizes the problem: “It is difficult to decide whether αὐτήν is an addition . . . to a concisely stated expression, or whether the word was deleted in order to assimilate the passage to the near-­parallel in Mk 10.4.” 19:8 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὅτι Μωϋσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν, ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς δὲ οὐ γέγονεν οὕτως. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ counterresponse and grants prominence to that response. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of λέγει.



Matthew 19:7-9

107

Μωϋσῆς. Nominative subject of ἐπέτρεψεν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν. Reference/cause (cf. BDAG, 875.3.e.α; BDF §239.8). Fronted for emphasis. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. ἐπέτρεψεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπιτρέπω. ὑμῖν. Dative complement of ἐπέτρεψεν. ἀπολῦσαι. Aor act inf ἀπολύω (complementary or direct object). τὰς γυναῖκας. Accusative direct object of ἀπολῦσαι. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς. Temporal. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. γέγονεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. οὕτως. Adverb of manner. 19:9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην μοιχᾶται. λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NET; NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NJB] discourse) of λέγω. ὃς ἂν. Introduces a headless relative clause (ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην) that serves as the subject of μοιχᾶται. Together with ἂν, the relative ὃς forms an indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) that, within its clause, serves as the nominative subject of ἀπολύσῃ. ἀπολύσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀπολύω. Subjunctive with ἄν. τὴν γυναῖκα. Accusative direct object of ἀπολύσῃ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ. Cause. On the force of μὴ, cf. Harris (2012, 143): “[I]n light of the unambiguous parallel in Mt 5:32, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ‘except for the reason of immorality/apart from the ground of immorality’ (cf. BDAG, 601b, 774d; Zerwick §128 n. 8), the μή of 19:9 should be treated as equivalent to εἰ μή, introducing an exception, ‘except on the basis of immorality’ (cf. BDAG, 364d), ‘except for i­ mmorality.’ . . . The difference between the two Matthean phrases (παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας and μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ) is formal rather than substantial.” There

108

Matthew 19:1-­12

has been extensive discussion about whether the exception refers only to Jesus’ word about divorce or also remarriage. Luz (2001–­2007, 2:493) simply concludes, “The wording of v. 9 offers no basis for a decision one way or the other.” But this is puzzling. Since in Jesus’ saying it is not divorce alone but divorce followed by remarriage that constitutes adultery, to have any force the exception must apply to both divorce and remarriage. The MS tradition is divided here but the alternatives to μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ (including those supported by B and C*, which becomes important in the assessment of the later textual problem in this verse) show clear signs of assimilation to 5:32. γαμήσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg γαμέω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἄλλην. Accusative direct object of γαμήσῃ. μοιχᾶται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg μοιχάω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). In NA28, following ℵ et al., 19:9 concludes here. But after μοιχᾶται, most witnesses include another clause: 1. καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην (ἀπολυμένην Θ 565, + ἀπὸ ἀνδρός 579) γαμῶν (γαμήσας B K Z Γ 700 892 𝔐) μοιχᾶται B C* K N et al. 2. ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ γαμῶν ἀπολελυμένην μοιχᾶται 𝔓25 mae. A decision is difficult. Metzger (38–­39) suggests that “[a]lthough it could be argued that homoeteleuton (μοιχᾶται . . . μοιχᾶται) accounts for its accidental omission from ℵ D L 1241 al, the fact that B C* ƒ1 al read μοιχᾶται only once (at the conclusion of the combined clauses) makes it more probable that the text was expanded by copyists who accommodated the saying to the prevailing text of 5.32.” The purported assimilation, however, is less than straightforward, since there are important differences between these variants and 5:32. Moreover, as Holmes (651–­64 [esp. 657–­61]) points out, (1) the argument that μοιχᾶται only occurs once in B C* et al. is only significant if they preserve the original reading in 19:9a, but clearly they do not (as virtually all agree); and (2) in any case, the argument that the final clause in 19:9 has been omitted by homoeoteleuton requires only that the last syllable (αι) of the words be the same and, thus, does not depend on the repetition of μοιχᾶται. SBLGNT, under Holmes’ editorship, prefers (probably correctly) καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται. ὁ . . . γαμήσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg γαμέω (substantival). Nominative subject of μοιχᾶται. ἀπολελυμένην. Prf pass ptc fem acc sg ἀπολύω (substantival). Accusative direct object of γαμήσας. μοιχᾶται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg μοιχάω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position.



Matthew 19:10-11

109

19:10 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ [αὐτοῦ]· εἰ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός, οὐ συμφέρει γαμῆσαι. Λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present here helps the reader process the narrative transition to the disciples’ query and grants prominence to that query. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of Λέγουσιν. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of Λέγουσιν. [αὐτοῦ]. Genitive of relationship. The pronoun is absent from, for example, 𝔓71vid ℵ B, but present in most witnesses. Metzger (39) suggests the possibility that “the presence of αὐτῷ before μαθηταί prompted some copyists to delete αὐτοῦ.” More probably, however, αὐτοῦ was a natural, scribal addition. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. οὕτως. Predicate adverb, pointing back to Jesus’ teaching about marriage and divorce (and to 19:9 in particular). Fronted for emphasis. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἡ αἰτία. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. In contrast to its sense in 19:3, αἰτία appears to refer here to “the actual state of affairs, case, circumstance, relationship” (BDAG, 31.2). τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. As always, the genitive substantive restricts its head noun, here by identifying the “relation” of which the disciples speak. μετὰ τῆς γυναικός. Association. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. συμφέρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg συμφέρω. γαμῆσαι. Aor act inf γαμέω. The infinitival clause, οὐ . . . γαμῆσαι, functions as the subject of συμφέρει. 19:11 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· οὐ πάντες χωροῦσιν τὸν λόγον [τοῦτον] ἀλλ᾽ οἷς δέδοται. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. οὐ . . . ἀλλ᾽. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. Note, however, that here (as in 7:21) οὐ negates the (nominative) noun in the construction (“not everyone”). πάντες. Nominative subject of χωροῦσιν. Fronted for emphasis.

110

Matthew 19:1-­12

χωροῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl χωρέω. Here χωρέω appears to mean “grasp in the mental sense, accept, comprehend, understand” (BDAG, 1094.3.b.β). Cf. Caragounis (82). τὸν λόγον [τοῦτον]. Accusative direct object of χωροῦσιν. The word in view is probably that just uttered by the disciples (19:10; contra Luz 2001–­2007, 2:500, who thinks of 19:9, or 19:3-­9, and Quarles, 223, who thinks τὸν λόγον [τοῦτον] refers primarily to the saying to follow in 19:12). Although most MSS (ℵ C D K et al.) include the demonstrative, it is absent from a group of important witnesses (B ƒ1 892* e boms; Or) and should probably be considered a natural scribal expansion. Metzger (30) thinks it possible, however, that “the ambiguity of the reference of τοῦτον in the context—­does it refer to the deduction made by the disciples (ver. 11), or to the preceding exposition of Jesus (verses 4-­9)?—­may have prompted some scribes to delete the word.” SBLGNT includes it. οἷς. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) in an elliptical construction with χωροῦσιν τὸν λόγον implied: “those to whom it has been given (are able to receive the word).” Within its clause, οἷς serves as the dative indirect object of δέδοται. δέδοται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. The perfect tense emphasizes the current relevance of the prior gift (cf. 4:17 on ἤγγικεν). 19:12 εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως, καὶ εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν χωρείτω. εἰσὶν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. Standing at the head of its clause, the enclitic retains its accent (Carson 1985a, 49 [EPR 6.2]). γὰρ. The particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the explanation that Jesus offers for the preceding assertion (19:11). εὐνοῦχοι. Nominative subject of εἰσὶν. εὐνοῦχος (“a castrated male person, eunuch” [BDAG, 409.1]) appears only here in Matthew and, elsewhere in the NT, only in Luke’s account of the Ethiopian eunuch (cf. Acts 8:27-­39). οἵτινες. Nominative subject of ἐγεννήθησαν. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐκ κοιλίας. Temporal. Cf. Culy and Parsons (49) on ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ in Acts 3:2: “A metonymic expression (lit. ‘from his mother’s womb’) . . . meaning ‘since the time of his birth.’ ” μητρὸς. Possessive genitive. ἐγεννήθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl γενναώ.



Matthew 19:12-13

111

οὕτως. Adverb of manner. εἰσὶν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. Both in this clause and in the one that follows, the enclitic retains its accent, presumably because of an editorial decision that there is emphasis upon the enclitic (cf. Carson 1985a, 49–­50 [EPR 6.1]). εὐνοῦχοι. Nominative subject of εἰσὶν. οἵτινες. Nominative subject of εὐνουχίσθησαν. εὐνουχίσθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl εὐνουχίζω. The two uses of the verb εὐνουχίζω (“to cause someone to be a eunuch, castrate, emasculate” [BDAG, 409]) in this verse are its only uses in the NT. ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Ultimate agency. εἰσὶν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. εὐνοῦχοι. Nominative subject of εἰσὶν. οἵτινες. Nominative subject of εὐνούχισαν. εὐνούχισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl εὐνουχίζω. ἑαυτοὺς. Accusative direct object of εὐνούχισαν. διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν. Causal. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὁ δυνάμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg δύναμαι (substantival). Nominative subject of χωρείτω. χωρεῖν. Pres act inf χωρέω (complementary). See 19:11 on χωροῦσιν. Although the object of the verb is left implicit, probably it is the same as it was in 19:11 (i.e., τὸν λόγον, pointing back to the saying of 19:10). χωρείτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg χωρέω. Matthew 19:13-­15 Then children were brought to him in order that he might place his hands upon them and pray; but his disciples rebuked them. 14But Jesus said, “Permit the children, and do not forbid them, to come to me, for heaven’s kingdom is made up of such as these.” 15And, after placing his hands on them, he went on from there. 13

19:13 Τότε προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία ἵνα τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς καὶ προσεύξηται· οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. προσηνέχθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl προσφέρω. Many witnesses (K W Γ Δ et al.) prefer the singular προσηνέχθη to the plural προσηνέχθησαν. But in keeping with Matthew’s pattern (see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν), the personal neuter plural subject takes a plural verb.

112

Matthew 19:13-­15

αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσηνέχθησαν. παιδία. Nominative subject of προσηνέχθησαν. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. τὰς χεῖρας. Accusative direct object of ἐπιθῇ. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐπιθῇ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἐπιτίθημι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. αὐτοῖς. Locative dative. προσεύξηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg προσεύχομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. οἱ . . . μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐπετίμησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπετίμησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπιτιμάω. αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of ἐπετίμησαν. The pronoun’s antecedent may be either παιδία (Quarles, 225) or, more probably, the embedded subject of προσηνέχθησαν (those bringing the children to Jesus). 19:14 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν· ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με, τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. After εἶπεν, many witnesses (ℵ C D L et al.) include αὐτοῖς, which should probably be regarded as a natural scribal clarification, perhaps also influenced by the parallel at Mark 10:14. ἄφετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀφίημι. τὰ παιδία. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἐλθεῖν. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. κωλύετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl κωλύω. One might translate κωλύετε, as Wallace (724) suggests, “Stop preventing them . . .” If so, the basis would be 19:13’s record of the disciples’ action and not the fact that the imperative is present in tense (as Wallace himself observes). αὐτὰ. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἐλθεῖν. ἐλθεῖν. Aor act inf ἔρχομαι (complementary). πρός με. Spatial (motion toward). τῶν . . . τοιούτων. Like αὐτῶν in 5:3, 10, we might consider this genitive loosely possessive, but the (substantival) adjective does not signal ownership as much as participation—­such people share in (the God of) heaven’s reign. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT).



Matthew 19:14-16

113

γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clause that grounds the preceding imperatives. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 19:15 καὶ ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς ἐπορεύθη ἐκεῖθεν. ἐπιθεὶς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐπιτίθημι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὰς χεῖρας. Accusative direct object of ἐπιθεὶς. As in 19:13, in this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). αὐτοῖς. Locative dative. ἐπορεύθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg πορεύομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. Matthew 19:16-­22 16 And, behold, someone, approaching him, said, “Teacher, what good thing must I do to have eternal life?” 17And he said to him, “Why do you ask me about what is good? There is one who is good. But if you wish to enter into life, keep the commandments.” 18He says to him, “Which ones?” Jesus said, “You shall not murder; you shall not commit adultery; you shall not steal; you shall not bear false witness; 19honor your father and your mother; and you shall love your neighbor as yourself.” 20The young man says to him, “All these things I have observed. What am I still lacking?” 21Jesus said to him, “If you wish to be perfect, go, sell your possessions, and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven; and come, follow me.” 22But when the young man heard the word, he went away grieving, for he had many possessions.

19:16 Καὶ ἰδοὺ εἷς προσελθὼν αὐτῷ εἶπεν· διδάσκαλε, τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω ἵνα σχῶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον; ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see further 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces a major participant in the scene. εἷς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. On the use of εἷς with the force of the indefinite pronoun τις, see 8:19 on εἷς γραμματεὺς. Fronted as a ­topical frame.

114

Matthew 19:16-­22

προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσελθὼν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. διδάσκαλε. Vocative. See further 8:19 on διδάσκαλε. Under the influence of the parallels in Mark 10:17 and Luke 18:18, in the majority of witnesses, the adjective ἀγαθέ modifies διδάσκαλε. But the modification of the attributive ἀγαθέ to the strongly attested substantival ἀγαθὸν (ℵ B D L et al.) in Matthew signals the important, distinctive direction the account will take in this Gospel. τί ἀγαθὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιήσω. The interrogative particle is here used as an adjective (cf. BDAG, 1007.1.b). Fronted for emphasis. ποιήσω ἵνα σχῶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Under the apparent influence of the parallel in Luke 18:18, a number of witnesses (including ℵ) support ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω. ποιήσω. Aor act subj (or fut act ind) 1st sg ποιέω (deliberative subjunctive). ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. σχῶ. Aor act subj 1st sg ἔχω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Accusative direct object of σχῶ. 19:17 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ; εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός· εἰ δὲ θέλεις εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν, τήρησον τὰς ἐντολάς. ὁ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ; εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός. As the question put to Jesus in 19:16 differs from its Markan parallel, so naturally does Jesus’ response. And as in 19:16, so here many witnesses offer a reading assimilated to the synoptic parallels (Mark 10:18 and Luke 18:19). NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ B1 L Θ et al. τί με. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). με. Accusative direct object of ἐρωτᾷς. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐρωτᾷς. Pres act ind 2nd sg ἐρωτάω. περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ. Reference.



Matthew 19:17-18

115

εἷς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis. Nolland (790), by contrast, takes ὁ ἀγαθός to be the subject. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ ἀγαθός. Predicate adjective. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. θέλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg θέλω. εἰς τὴν ζωὴν. Goal (cf. BDAG, 290.4.a). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἰσελθεῖν. Aor act inf εἰσέρχομαι (complementary). τήρησον. Aor act impv 2nd sg τηρέω. In some witnesses (𝔓71vid B D 565), the imperative is present instead of aorist. The present may in fact be original (so WH), but it must be admitted that the aorist receives important and widespread support. τὰς ἐντολάς. Accusative direct object of τήρησον. 19:18 Λέγει αὐτῷ· ποίας; ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν· τὸ οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις, Λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ interlocutor’s query and grants prominence to that query. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of Λέγει. ποίας. Accusative direct object in an elliptical construction (ποίας [ἐντολὰς τηρήσω];). ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Instead of εἶπεν, some MSS (𝔓71 B ƒ13) have ἔφη. WH, in part no doubt due to their high regard for B, judged ἔφη original; it is not impossible that they were right. NA28 and SBLGNT follow ℵ C D K et al. τὸ. As the grammars (e.g., McKay 1994, §12.1.4) note, the neuter article sometimes introduces a quotation. Here, the article functions as a nominalizer, changing the following verbs into the accusative direct objects of an implied τήρησον. Against Hagner (1995, 557), it is not apparent that the article here “amounts to ‘such as.’ ” οὐ . . . οὐ . . . οὐ . . . οὐ. Negative particles normally used with indicative verbs. φονεύσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg φονεύω. All four future-­tense verbs in 19:18 have imperatival force. Presumably influenced by the LXX (cf.

116

Matthew 19:16-­22

Exod 20:12-­15//Deut 5:17-­20), Matthew prefers the future indicative here to the aorist subjunctive (so Mark and Luke). μοιχεύσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg μοιχεύω. κλέψεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg κλέπτω. ψευδομαρτυρήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ψευδομαρτυρέω. 19:19 τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν. τίμα. Pres act impv 2nd sg τιμάω. τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα. Accusative direct object of τίμα. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). ἀγαπήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ἀγαπάω. Like the future-­tense verbs in 19:18, the future tense here has imperatival force. τὸν πλησίον. Accusative direct object of ἀγαπήσεις. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὡς. Introduces a comparison. σεαυτόν. Accusative direct object in an elliptical construction (ὡς [ἀγαπᾷς] σεαυτόν). 19:20 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ νεανίσκος· πάντα ταῦτα ἐφύλαξα· τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ; λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to the young man’s response and grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ νεανίσκος. Nominative subject of λέγει. πάντα ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ἐφύλαξα. ἐφύλαξα. Aor act ind 1st sg φυλάσσω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). In another obvious assimilation to Mark 10:20 (par Luke 18:21), most witnesses include ἐκ νεότητός μου. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ* B L Θ et al. τί ἔτι. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τί. The interrogative pronoun serves here as the accusative direct object of ὑστερῶ or, alternatively, as an accusative of reference, since ὑστερέω typically takes a genitive object (cf. BDF §154). ἔτι. The adverb pertains here not to time but to number (BDAG, 400.2.a). ὑστερῶ. Pres act ind 1st sg ὑστερέω.



Matthew 19:19-21

117

19:21 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι, ὕπαγε πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ δὸς [τοῖς] πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φήμι. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἔφη. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. θέλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg θέλω. τέλειος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. On the link established here between 19:21 and 5:48, see Olmstead (2016) and, on its use in Matthew, see 5:48 on τέλειος and Luz (2001–­2007, 2:513–­14). εἶναι. Pres act inf εἰμί (complementary). ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. πώλησόν. Aor act impv 2nd sg πωλέω. BDAG (1028.2.a) notes that when in the NT the imperative of ὑπάγω is followed by another imperative, as here, it is “almost always without a connective.” σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα. Pres act ptc neut acc pl ὑπάρχω (substantival). Accusative direct object of πώλησον. δὸς. Aor act impv 2nd sg δίδωμι. [τοῖς] πτωχοῖς. Dative indirect object of δὸς. Against WH, Treg, and NIV, SBLGNT follows the majority of witnesses in omitting the article, which is present in B D Θ co. It is possible, however, that an original article was omitted inadvertently by homoeoteleuton. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force. ἕξεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ἔχω. θησαυρὸν. Accusative direct object of ἕξεις. ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In most witnesses the noun is singular, but Matthew’s strong preference for plural forms of οὐρανός when referring to the dwelling place of God (see further 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν) suggests that NA28 (and SBLGNT) rightly follow B C D Γ et al. δεῦρο. An adverb of place that functions as an interjection: “(come) here, come!” (BDAG, 220.1). ἀκολούθει. Pres act impv 2nd sg ἀκολουθέω. Unlike the preceding aorist imperatives, the present imperative depicts the action internally, as a process. μοι. Dative complement of ἀκολούθει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

118

Matthew 19:23-­30

19:22 ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος· ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά. ἀκούσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ νεανίσκος. Nominative subject of ἀπῆλθεν. τὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀκούσας. While some witnesses (ℵ L Z 0281 et al.) omit τὸν λόγον, and B, together with some early versions, supports τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, NA28 and SBLGNT follow the widely attested, but also more difficult, reading, τὸν λόγον. ἀπῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι. λυπούμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg λυπέω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader off the narrative mainline to explain why the young man left grieving. ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (imperfect periphrastic). κτήματα πολλά. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. κτῆμα (“that which is acquired or possessed” [BDAG, 572.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). Matthew 19:23-­30 Jesus said to his disciples, “I am telling you the truth that only with difficulty will a rich person enter heaven’s kingdom. 24Again, I am telling you, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter the kingdom of God.” 25When the disciples heard (this), they were utterly astonished and said, “Who, then, is able to be saved?” 26But looking at them, Jesus said to them, “With humans this is impossible, but with God all things are possible.” 27Then, answering, Peter said to him, “Behold, we have left everything and have followed you. What, then, will we have?” 28But Jesus said to them, “I am telling you the truth that you who have followed me, at the renewal of the world, when the Son of Man sits on his glorious throne, you also will sit on twelve thrones, judging the tribes of Israel. 29And everyone who has left houses or brothers or sisters or father or mother or children or fields for the sake of my name will receive a hundred times as much and will inherit life eternal. 30But many who are first will be last and the last first.” 23



Matthew 19:22-24

119

19:23 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πλούσιος δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν); on this formula, see 5:18 on ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν. ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011] discourse) of λέγω. πλούσιος. Nominative subject of εἰσελεύσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. δυσκόλως. Adverb of manner. Fronted for emphasis. εἰσελεύσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰσέρχομαι. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. Locative. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 19:24 πάλιν δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυπήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. πάλιν. Adverbial, here a “marker of a discourse or narrative item added to items of a related nature” (BDAG, 753.3). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. εὐκοπώτερόν. Comparative (from εὔκοπος) predicate adjective (see 9:5). Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κάμηλον. Accusative subject of διελθεῖν. Instead of κάμηλον, a few witnesses (579 1424 arm) have κάμιλον (“rope, ship’s cable” [BDAG, 506]), but this reading, almost certainly secondary, could have arisen either inadvertently (because of an identical pronunciation; see Caragounis, 533–­35) or deliberately, as a softening of Jesus’ hard word.

120

Matthew 19:23-­30

διὰ τρυπήματος. Locative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τρύπημα (“that which is bored, a hole” [BDAG, 1018]) is a NT hapax legomenon. Instead of the widely supported τρυπήματος, a number of witnesses have τρυμαλιᾶς, probably an assimilation to Mark 10:25. ℵ* B offer a third reading, τρήματος. This final reading may be original (so WH), but it may also have arisen under the influence of the parallel in Luke 18:25, where the same variants are found and where both ℵ and B again prefer τρήματος. ῥαφίδος. Genitive of identification. ῥαφίς (“needle esp. one used for sewing” [BDAG, 904]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon found elsewhere in the NT only in the parallel in Mark 10:25. διελθεῖν. Aor act inf διέρχομαι. The infinitival clause, κάμηλον διὰ τρυπήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, serves as the subject of ἐστιν. ἢ. Marker of comparison (cf. BDAG, 432.2). πλούσιον. Accusative subject εἰσελθεῖν. Fronted as a topical frame. εἰσελθεῖν. Aor act inf εἰσέρχομαι. The infinitival clause, πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, serves as the subject of an implied ἐστιν. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τοῦ θεοῦ. Subjective genitive; see 12:28 on the atypical ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ in Matthew. The switch from ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν (19:23) may be simply stylistic (so Nolland, 795), but Matthew is not troubled by repetition of the phrase elsewhere (e.g., Matt 5:19; 11:11-­12). Perhaps instead, as in 12:28, the conflict between kingdoms (here of God and mammon; cf. 6:24) elicits the expression (cf. France 2007, 737). 19:25 ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα λέγοντες· τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι; ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐξεπλήσσοντο. ἐξεπλήσσοντο. Impf mid ind 3rd pl ἐκπλήσσω. σφόδρα. Adverb of measure: “a very high point on a scale of extent” (LN 78.19). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τίς. The interrogative pronoun serves here as the nominative subject of δύναται.



Matthew 19:25-27

121

ἄρα. Inferential: “If this is so, then . . .” δύναται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι. σωθῆναι. Aor pass inf σῴζω (complementary). 19:26 ἐμβλέψας δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· παρὰ ἀνθρώποις τοῦτο ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, παρὰ δὲ θεῷ πάντα δυνατά. ἐμβλέψας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐμβλέπω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. παρὰ ἀνθρώποις. παρά functions here as a “marker of personal reference, at the side of, with” that is “almost equivalent to the dat[ive] as such” (BDAG, 757.B.3). Fronted as topical frame (LDGNT). τοῦτο. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. The demonstrative is anaphoric, looking back to the preceding discussion and, in particular, to the question that concludes 19:25. ἀδύνατόν. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. As an enclitic (see 1:20 on σου), ἐστίν surrenders its accent to the preceding ἀδύνατον. παρὰ . . . θεῷ. See παρὰ ἀνθρώποις above. Fronted as topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πάντα. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). δυνατά. Predicate adjective. 19:27 Τότε ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι· τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν; Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). By employing the participle, Matthew tightens the link to the preceding pericope (Nolland, 797). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν.

122

Matthew 19:23-­30

ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see further 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) grants prominence to the following utterance. ἡμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἀφήκαμεν. Fronted as topical frame. ἀφήκαμεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ἀφίημι. πάντα. Accusative direct object of ἀφήκαμεν. ἠκολουθήσαμέν. Aor act ind 1st pl ἀκολουθέω. σοι. Dative complement of ἠκολουθήσαμέν. As an enclitic (see 1:20 on σου), σοί surrenders its accent to the preceding ἠκολουθήσαμεν. τί. The interrogative particles serves as the nominative subject of ἔσται. ἄρα. Inferential. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. Deliberative future (see 12:11 on κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ). ἡμῖν. Dative of possession. 19:28 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ὑμεῖς οἱ ἀκολουθήσαντές μοι ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ, ὅταν καθίσῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, καθήσεσθε καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν); on this formula, see 5:18 on ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν. ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011] discourse) of λέγω. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of καθήσεσθε. οἱ ἀκολουθήσαντές. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκολουθέω (attributive). μοι. Dative complement of ἀκολουθήσαντές. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ. Temporal. παλιγγενεσία refers to “an era involving the renewal of the world” (LN 67.147). Its only other NT use, Titus 3:5, has the renewal of the individual in view. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. καθίσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg καθίζω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (on which, see 5:11). ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of καθίσῃ.



Matthew 19:28-29

123

τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐπὶ θρόνου. Locative. δόξης. Attributive genitive. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive, modifying θρόνου (cf. Zerwick §41). καθήσεσθε. Fut mid ind 2nd pl κάθημαι. καὶ. Adjunctive, underscoring the parallel between the Son of Man and the Twelve. ὑμεῖς. Resumptive, picking up the earlier ὑμεῖς. ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους. Locative. Earlier in this verse, ἐπί takes a genitive object, and here accusative, but with no difference in sense (cf. Harris 2012, 41). κρίνοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl κρίνω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς. Accusative direct object of κρίνοντες. τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Partitive genitive. 19:29 καὶ πᾶς ὅστις ἀφῆκεν οἰκίας ἢ ἀδελφοὺς ἢ ἀδελφὰς ἢ πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ἢ τέκνα ἢ ἀγροὺς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου, ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. πᾶς. Nominative subject of λήμψεται and κληρονομήσει. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ἀφῆκεν; the relative points back to its antecedent, πᾶς. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἀφῆκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. οἰκίας ἢ ἀδελφοὺς ἢ ἀδελφὰς ἢ πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ἢ τέκνα ἢ ἀγροὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀφῆκεν. There is considerable variation in the witnesses here. The issues include (1) whether οἰκία is singular or plural, (2) whether γυναῖκα is to be included, and (3) whether γονεῖς is to be included. Probably οἰκία was originally plural, which was modified in some witnesses because of the influence of the synoptic parallels; similarly, γυναικα and γονεις were probably added in an assimilation to Luke 18:29. See further Metzger (40). ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός. Cause. Cf. 18:5 on ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί. μου. Possessive genitive or genitive of identification. As an enclitic (see 1:20 on σου), μοῦ surrenders its accent to the preceding ὀνόματος. ἑκατονταπλασίονα. Accusative direct object of λήμψεται. Fronted for emphasis. λήμψεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg λαμβάνω. ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Accusative direct object of κληρονομήσει. Fronted for emphasis. κληρονομήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg κληρονομέω.

124

Matthew 20:1-­16

19:30 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. πολλοὶ . . . πρῶτοι. Nominative subject of ἔσονται. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. While commentators discuss whether δέ is conjunctive (“and”) or disjunctive (“but”) here, it is probably more helpful to say that its function is merely to signal development, and the context will determine the nature of that development. What follows in 20:1-­16 suggests that the saying should be understood here not as continued affirmation of the Twelve but as a warning. ἔσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl εἰμί. ἔσχατοι. Predicate adjective. καὶ. Connective, linking the clauses. ἔσχατοι. Nominative subject in a verbless equative clause. πρῶτοι. Predicate adjective. Matthew 20:1-­16 “For heaven’s kingdom is like a man, a householder, who went out early in the morning to hire workers to go into his vineyard. 2When he had reached an agreement with the workers on a wage of a denarius for the day, he sent them into his vineyard. 3And going out about the third hour, he saw others standing in the marketplace, unemployed, 4 and to those he said, ‘You also go into the vineyard, and whatever is fair I will give to you.’ 5So they went. Again, going out about the sixth and ninth hour, he did the same. 6And about the eleventh (hour), going out, he found others standing and says to them, ‘Why are you standing here the whole day unemployed?’ 7They say to him, ‘Because no one has hired us.’ He says to them, ‘You also go into the vineyard.’ 8Now when evening came, the owner of the vineyard says to his steward, ‘Call the workers and pay them their wage, beginning from the last, up to the first.’ 9And when those hired about the eleventh hour came, they received a denarius each. 10And when the first came, they supposed that they would receive more; but they also received a denarius each. 11And when they received (it), they were grumbling against the householder, 12saying, ‘These last ones worked one hour, and you have made them equal to us, who have borne the burden of the day and the heat.’ 13But, answering, he said to one of them, ‘Friend, I am doing you no injustice. You agreed with me to a denarius, did you not? 14Take what is yours and go. I wish to give to this last as also to you. 15Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is mine? Or is your eye evil because I am good?’ 16In the same way, the last will be first, and the first last.” 1



Matthew 19:30–20:2

125

20:1 Ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐξῆλθεν ἅμα πρωῒ μισθώσασθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ. Ὁμοία. Predicate adjective. γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) links 20:1 to 19:30: the parable is designed to explain the enigmatic saying in 19:30 (cf. 20:16). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστιν; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative complement of Ὁμοία. Strictly speaking, of course, heaven’s kingdom is not like this man but rather like the situation the parable proceeds to describe (see 13:24 on ἀνθρώπῳ). οἰκοδεσπότῃ. Dative in apposition to ἀνθρώπῳ. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ἐξῆλθεν. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἐξῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. ἅμα πρωῒ. ἅμα is used here, as a preposition, together with πρωῒ, a temporal adverb, to mean “early in the morning” or “at dawn” (BDAG, 49.2; cf. Harris 2012, 242). μισθώσασθαι. Aor mid inf μισθόω (purpose). The meaning of the middle voice is to “hire, engage for oneself ” (BDAG, 654). In the NT it occurs only here and in 20:7. ἐργάτας. Accusative direct object of μισθώσασθαι. εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. The construction is probably pregnant, suggesting both purpose and location (so BDAG, 291.10.d: “to go into his vineyard”), but Quarles (231) thinks that εἰς + accusative serves here as a substitute for the dative of advantage (“for his vineyard”; cf. BDAG, 290.4.g). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 20:2 συμφωνήσας δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ. συμφωνήσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg συμφωνέω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. See 18:19 on συμφωνήσωσιν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν. Association. ἐκ δηναρίου. The prepositional phrase is employed here “in periphrasis for the gen. of price” (BDAG, 297.4.b). Cf. Josephus, Ant. 14.34:

126

Matthew 20:1-­16

ἄμπελον χρυσῆν ἐκ πεντακοσίων ταλάντων (“a golden vine worth five hundred talents”). In the parallel construction in 20:13, Matthew employs the genitive alone: οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι. τὴν ἡμέραν. Accusative of extent of time (BDF §161.2). The article is distributive: “for the day in question” (BDF §252). ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀπέστειλεν. εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 20:3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν περὶ τρίτην ὥραν εἶδεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργοὺς ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. περὶ τρίτην ὥραν. Temporal (BDAG, 798.2.b). εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. ἄλλους. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἑστῶτας. Prf act ptc masc acc pl ἵστημι. Accusative complement to ἄλλους in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ. Locative. ἀργοὺς. Adverbial accusative of manner. While the adjective can denote being unwilling to work (BDAG, 128.2), here it apparently refers to “being without anything to do, unemployed, idle” (BDAG, 128.1). 20:4 καὶ ἐκείνοις εἶπεν· ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν ᾖ δίκαιον δώσω ὑμῖν. ἐκείνοις. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὑπάγετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὑπάγω. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between these workers and the first hired. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ὑπάγετε. εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. Locative. After ἀμπελῶνα, many witnesses (ℵ C Θ ƒ13 et al.) include μου, a natural scribal clarification. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force. ὃ ἐὰν ᾖ δίκαιον. Fronted as a topical frame.



Matthew 20:3-6

127

ὃ ἐὰν. Together with ἐάν, the relative ὃς forms an indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19). ὃ ἐὰν introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν), which, in its entirety (ὃ ἐὰν ᾖ δίκαιον), serves as the subject of δώσω. Within its clause, ὃ ἐὰν is the nominative subject of ᾖ. ᾖ. Pres subj 3rd sg εἰμί. Subjunctive with ἐάν. δίκαιον. Predicate adjective. δώσω. Fut act ind 1st sg δίδωμι. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of δώσω. 20:5 οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον. πάλιν [δὲ] ἐξελθὼν περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἀπῆλθον. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀπῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπέρχομαι. While ἀπῆλθον could mean that they departed, rejecting the householder’s invitation, later developments in the story seem to assume that more than two groups were hired (cf. 20:8: ἀπόδος αὐτοῖς τὸν μισθὸν ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων). Carter (154 n. 1) also points to the parallel in 21:29. πάλιν. Adverbial, here “pert[aining]. to repetition in the same (or similar) manner, again, once more, anew of someth[ing] a pers[on] has already done” (BDAG, 752.2). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). [δὲ]. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. The conjunction is absent from a wide array of witnesses (B K W Γ et al.) but present in several MSS (ℵ C D L et al.). A decision is difficult, but perhaps the absence of the development marker with the similar clause in 20:3 favors its absence here as well (SBLGNT omits it). The presence of the development marked in 20:6 probably distinguishes that group from the earlier workers. ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν. Temporal (BDAG, 798.2.b). ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. ὡσαύτως. Adverbial: “a marker of similarity” (LN 64.16). 20:6 περὶ δὲ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ἐξελθὼν εὗρεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· τί ὧδε ἑστήκατε ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀργοί; περὶ . . . τὴν ἑνδεκάτην. Temporal (BDAG, 798.2.b). Fronted as a temporal frame (LDGNT). Turner (MHT 3:179) suggests that the article is present here, in contrast to the similar constructions in 20:3, 5, “because of the ellipse of ὥρα.” Most witnesses (C K W Γ et al.) include ὥραν

128

Matthew 20:1-­16

after ἑνδεκάτην, but this is almost certainly another natural scribal “improvement.” δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εὗρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. ἄλλους. Accusative direct object of εὗρεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἑστῶτας. Prf act ptc masc acc pl ἵστημι. Accusative complement to ἄλλους in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Probably influenced by the parallel construction in 20:3, or the conclusion of 20:6, or both, most witnesses (C*.3 K W Γ et al.) include ἀργούς after ἑστῶτας. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) grants prominence to the speech it introduces. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. τί ὧδε. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). ὧδε. Adverb of place. ἑστήκατε. Prf act ind 2nd pl ἵστημι. ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν. Adverbial accusative of measure. ἀργοί. Adverbial nominative (see 21:5 on πραῢς). In Acts 1:11 (τί ἑστήκατε βλέποντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, “Why are you standing there looking into the sky?”), the adverbial participle βλέποντες has the same function as the adjective ἀργοί here. Both signal the manner in which the action of the main verb (ἑστήκατε) unfolds. 20:7 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο. λέγει αὐτοῖς· ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The two historical presents (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) in 20:7 grant prominence to the interchange between the vineyard owner and the workers. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. ὅτι. While it is typical for ὅτι to introduce the clausal complement after verbs of speech or perception, and it could here as well (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:524), more probably it is causal, introducing the response to the landowner’s question (20:6b). οὐδεὶς. Nominative subject of ἐμισθώσατο. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).



Matthew 20:7-8

129

ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἐμισθώσατο. ἐμισθώσατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg μισθόω. See 20:1 on μισθώσασθαι. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. On the historical present, see λέγουσιν above. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὑπάγετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὑπάγω. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between this last group and the previously hired workers. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ὑπάγετε. εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. Locative. As in 20:4, some witnesses add μου, making the man’s ownership of the vineyard explicit again. Others, influenced by 20:4, include a comment about their wage. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ B L Θ et al. 20:8 Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης λέγει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ· κάλεσον τοὺς ἐργάτας καὶ ἀπόδος αὐτοῖς τὸν μισθὸν ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων. Ὀψίας. Genitive subject of γενομένης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present, the last in a sequence of four historical presents in 20:6-­8, grants prominence to the vineyard owner’s speech. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of λέγει. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. Genitive of subordination. τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. κάλεσον. Aor act impv 2nd sg καλέω. τοὺς ἐργάτας. Accusative direct object of κάλεσον. ἀπόδος. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀποδίδωμι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἀπόδος. The dative pronoun (absent from ℵ C L Z 085; Or) may have been an early scribal addition. Most, however, find the early and widespread support for the pronoun enough to consider it original (so both NA28 and SBLGNT against WH). τὸν μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπόδος. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). ἀρξάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἄρχω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων.

130

Matthew 20:1-­16

ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων. The preposition marks the beginning of a series (BDAG, 105.2.c). ἕως τῶν πρώτων. Used here as a preposition, ἕως serves as a “marker of order in a series, up to” (BDAG, 424.4). 20:9 καὶ ἐλθόντες οἱ περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν ἔλαβον ἀνὰ δηνάριον. ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν. The (first) article serves as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν into the nominative subject of ἔλαβον. περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν. Temporal. ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. ἀνὰ δηνάριον. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβον. The preposition is distributive: “a denarius each” (BDAG, 57.3; Harris 2012, 46). 20:10 καὶ ἐλθόντες οἱ πρῶτοι ἐνόμισαν ὅτι πλεῖον λήμψονται· καὶ ἔλαβον [τὸ] ἀνὰ δηνάριον καὶ αὐτοί. ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ πρῶτοι. Nominative subject of ἐνόμισαν. ἐνόμισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl νομίζω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ἐνόμισαν. πλεῖον. The comparative adjective serves as the accusative direct object of λήμψονται. Fronted for emphasis. λήμψονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. [τὸ] ἀνὰ δηνάριον. As in 20:9, ἀνὰ is distributive and δηνάριον the accusative direct object of ἔλαβον. The article, in witnesses that include it, is anaphoric: “each the (same) denarius” or “a denarius to each man as to the others who preceded” (BDF §266.2). The article is absent from most witnesses (including B and D), but SBLGNT correctly follows ℵ L Z Θ 33vid: the elimination of the article “eas[es] the syntax” (Nolland, 803).



Matthew 20:9-12

131

καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39) or, less probably, ascensive (so Quarles, 233), underscoring the parallel between the first and the eleventh-­hour workers. αὐτοί. Nominative subject of ἔλαβον. 20:11 λαβόντες δὲ ἐγόγγυζον κατὰ τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου λαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐγόγγυζον. Impf act ind 3rd pl γογγύζω. κατὰ τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου. Opposition. 20:12 λέγοντες· οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας τοῖς βαστάσασιν τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι. Nominative subject of ἐποίησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. μίαν ὥραν. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησαν. Fronted for emphasis. ἐποίησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. ἴσους ἡμῖν. Fronted for emphasis. ἴσους. Accusative complement to αὐτοὺς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἡμῖν. Dative complement of ἴσους (cf. John 5:18; Phil 2:6). αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησας in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐποίησας. Aor act ind 2nd sg ποιέω. As Nolland (811) points out, “[t]he double use of ποιεῖν (‘do/make’) contrasts the last and the landowner: what he did does not correspond in the eyes of the full-­day workers with what those employed last did.” τοῖς βαστάσασιν. Aor act ptc masc dat pl βαστάζω (attributive). τὸ βάρος. Accusative direct object of βαστάσασιν. τῆς ἡμέρας. Genitive of identification (“the burden of the day”—that is, “the burden of the work of the day”). τὸν καύσωνα. Accusative direct object of βαστάσασιν. In the NT, καύσων (“heat, scorching heat” [LN 14.67]) occurs only three times (cf. Luke 12:55; Jas 1:11). It is possible that in this context, nothing more

132

Matthew 20:1-­16

than the article is needed to signal possession (cf. NET [“burning heat of the day”], NIV 2011 [“the heat of the day”]). 20:13 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς ἑνὶ αὐτῶν εἶπεν· ἑταῖρε, οὐκ ἀδικῶ σε· οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι; ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. ἑνὶ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν (or, less probably, of ἀποκριθεὶς [so LEB]). αὐτῶν. Partitive genitive. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἑταῖρε. Vocative. ἑταῖρος (“a person who is associated with someone else, though not necessarily involving personal affection . . . ‘companion, friend’ ” [LN 34.16]) is found only three times in the NT, all in Matthew. In each of its occurrences, it is a word of address uttered by a person of authority in a context of tension (cf. Matt 22:12; 26:50). οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἀδικῶ. Pres act ind 1st sg ἀδικέω. σε. Accusative direct object of ἀδικῶ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὐχὶ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. δηναρίου. Genitive of price. Fronted for emphasis. συνεφώνησάς. Aor act ind 2nd sg συμφωνέω. μοι. Dative complement of συνεφώνησάς. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 20:14 ἆρον τὸ σὸν καὶ ὕπαγε. θέλω δὲ τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ δοῦναι ὡς καὶ σοί· ἆρον. Aor act impv 2nd sg αἴρω. τὸ σὸν. Accusative direct object of ἆρον. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. θέλω. Pres act ind 1st sg θέλω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ. Dative indirect object of δοῦναι. Fronted for emphasis.



Matthew 20:13-15

133

δοῦναι. Aor act inf δίδωμι (complementary). ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between the first and last hired. σοί. Dative indirect object in an elliptical construction (with some form of δίδωμι implied). 20:15 [ἢ] οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς; ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι; [ἢ]. A widespread array of witnesses (ℵ C K N et al.) includes the disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1), but an impressive group of witnesses (B D L Z et al.) omits it. Metzger (41) thinks it may have fallen out inadvertently, because of the identical pronunciation of η and the diphthong οι in the preceding σοί. Like WH, SBLGNT follows B et al. here. οὐκ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ἔξεστίν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔξεστιν (impersonal). μοι. Dative of reference. ἔξεστιν is often followed by a dative, to refer to the person in view, and an infinitive (BDAG, 3491.b). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι. In most witnesses the infinitive precedes its object, but this is almost certainly a scribal “improvement.” NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ B D L et al. ὃ θέλω. Fronted for emphasis. ὃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that serves as the direct object of ποιῆσαι. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of θέλω. θέλω. Pres act ind/subj 1st sg θέλω. ποιῆσαι. Aor act inf ποιέω (complementary). ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς. Reference or instrumental (so Luz 2001–­2007, 2:533 n. 78; Quarles, 234). ἢ. Disjunctive particle. As BDAG (432.1.d.β) notes, ἢ often occurs in interrogative sentences, sometimes (as here) introducing a second, parallel question. ὁ ὀφθαλμός. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πονηρός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). On the idiom employed here, see 6:23 on πονηρός. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

134

Matthew 20:17-­19

ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of εἰμι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἀγαθός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 20:16 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι. οὕτως. Anaphoric adverb of manner (BDAG, 741.1). ἔσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl εἰμί. οἱ ἔσχατοι. Nominative subject of ἔσονται. πρῶτοι. Predicate adjective. οἱ πρῶτοι. Nominative subject of an implied ἔσονται. ἔσχατοι. Predicate adjective. After ἔσχατοι, many witnesses (C D K N et al.) include πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί, very probably under the influence of Matt 22:14 (cf. Metzger, 41). Matthew 20:17-­19 17 As Jesus was going up to Jerusalem, he took the twelve aside privately and, on the way, said to them, 18“Behold, we are going up to Jerusalem, and the Son of Man will be handed over to the chief priests and scribes, and they will condemn him to death 19and will hand him over to the Gentiles to mock and to scourge and to crucify, and on the third day he will be raised.”

20:17 Καὶ ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα παρέλαβεν τοὺς δώδεκα [μαθητὰς] κατ᾿ ἰδίαν καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ἀναβαίνων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἀναβαίνω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of παρέλαβεν. εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Locative. παρέλαβεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. τοὺς δώδεκα [μαθητὰς]. Accusative direct object of παρέλαβεν. Several witnesses (ℵ D L Θ et al.) omit μαθητὰς, probably under the influence of the parallels in Mark 10:32 and Luke 18:31, but it is possible that μαθητὰς represents a scribal clarification (so NET; cf. Metzger, 41). κατ᾿ ἰδίαν. An idiom (lit. “according to oneself ”) that means “by oneself, privately” (BDAG, 467.5). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. The PP (lit. “on the way”) may be locative (Quarles, 235), but it probably has temporal force here: “as they were travelling” (cf. BDAG, 330.10c).



Matthew 20:16-19

135

εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. 20:18 ἰδοὺ ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ ἰδοὺ. Followed immediately by ἀναβαίνομεν, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) grants prominence to the journey to Jerusalem that Jesus announces. ἀναβαίνομεν. Pres act ind 1st pl ἀναβαίνω. εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Locative. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of παραδοθήσεται. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. παραδοθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. It is possible, as both Hagner (1995, 575) and Luz (2001–­2007, 2:539) suggest, that the implied agent of the passive verb is God himself but, in the narrative that follows, it is Judas who hands Jesus over to the chief priests (cf. 26:15, 16, 21, 23, 24, 25, 45, 46, 48; 27:2). τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν. Dative indirect object of παραδοθήσεται. In Matthew, unlike Mark (10:33), a single article stands over the two dative nouns. Since the nouns are plural, the Granville-­ Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply, but the construction does suggest a conceptual unity. κατακρινοῦσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl κατακρίνω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of κατακρινοῦσιν. θανάτῳ. Dative of reference (Decker 2014b, 63) or dative of instrument (so MHT 3:240; BDF §195.2). While it is possible that the dative θανάτῳ represents an assimilation to Mark 10:33, more probably both chief alternatives ([1] εἰς θάνατον [ℵ (700)]; [2] omit [B]) represent scribal “improvements.” 20:19 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι καὶ μαστιγῶσαι καὶ σταυρῶσαι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθήσεται. παραδώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl παραδίδωμι. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παραδώσουσιν. τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Dative indirect object of παραδώσουσιν. ἐμπαῖξαι. Aor act inf ἐμπαίζω. Used with εἰς τὸ to indicate purpose.

136

Matthew 20:20-­28

μαστιγῶσαι. Aor act inf μαστιγόω. Used with εἰς τὸ to indicate purpose. σταυρῶσαι. Aor act inf σταυρόω. Used with εἰς τὸ to indicate purpose. See 10:17 on μαστιγώσουσιν. τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. Dative of time. ἐγερθήσεται. Fut pass (or mid) ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. The parallels in Mark (10:34) and Luke (18:33) have instead future middle ἀναστήσεται. Under their influence, many Matthean MSS do as well. Matthew 20:20-­28 20 At that time the mother of the sons of Zebedee approached him, with her sons, bowing before him and asking something from him. 21He said to her, “What do you wish?” She says, “Say that these two sons of mine may sit, one at your right hand and one at your left, in your kingdom.” 22 But, answering, Jesus said, “You do not know what you are asking. Are you able to drink the cup that I am about to drink?” They say to him, “We are able.” 23He says to them, “My cup you will drink, but to sit at might right and at my left is not mine to give, but is for whom it has been prepared by my Father.” 24And when the ten heard it, they were indignant with the two brothers. 25But Jesus, summoning them, said, “You know that the rulers of the Gentiles exercise dominion over them, and their great men exercise authority over them. 26It shall not be so among you, but whoever wishes to be great among you shall be your servant, 27 and whoever wishes to be first among you shall be your slave, 28just as the Son of Man did not come to be served but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many.”

20:20 Τότε προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῆς προσκυνοῦσα καὶ αἰτοῦσά τι ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. προσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθεν. ἡ μήτηρ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθεν. τῶν υἱῶν. Genitive of relationship. Ζεβεδαίου. Genitive of relationship. μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν. Accompaniment. αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship. προσκυνοῦσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg προσκυνέω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, see 18:26 on προσεκύνει.



Matthew 20:20-21

137

αἰτοῦσά. Pres act ptc fem nom sg αἰτέω (manner or purpose [cf. Zerwick §284]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τι. Accusative direct object of αἰτοῦσά. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Source. Instead of NA28’s ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ (supported by B D 700), SBLGNT prefers παρ’ αὐτοῦ (following ℵ C K L et al). 20:21 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· τί θέλεις; λέγει αὐτῷ· εἰπὲ ἵνα καθίσωσιν οὗτοι οἱ δύο υἱοί μου εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν σου καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῇ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. τί. The interrogative particle serves as the accusative direct object of θέλεις. θέλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg θέλω. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to the response of the mother of the sons of Zebedee and grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. εἰπὲ. Aor act impv 2nd sg λέγω. ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of εἰπὲ. καθίσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl καθίζω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. οὗτοι οἱ δύο υἱοί. Nominative subject of καθίσωσιν. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἷς. Nominative in apposition to οὗτοι οἱ δύο υἱοί. ἐκ δεξιῶν. Locative. “Certainly the use of ἐκ to denote position is uncommon (cf. BDAG, 296b) except in the stereotyped pair of phrases ἐκ δεξιῶν (‘on the right [side]’) and ἐξ εὐωνύμων/ἀριστερῶν (‘on the left [side]’)” (Harris 2012, 107). Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, who agree that the preposition has a locative sense in this construction, nevertheless suggest that it “probably technically denot[es] separation” (13). Cf. LXX 2 Sam 16:6. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἷς. Nominative in apposition to οὗτοι οἱ δύο υἱοί. ἐξ εὐωνύμων. See ἐκ δεξιῶν above. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

138

Matthew 20:20-­28

ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 20:22 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν· οὐκ οἴδατε τί αἰτεῖσθε. δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν; λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· δυνάμεθα. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. οἴδατε. Prf act ind 2nd pl οἶδα. On the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8. τί. Introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of οἴδατε. Within its clause, τί is the accusative direct object of αἰτεῖσθε. αἰτεῖσθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl αἰτέω. δύνασθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl δύναμαι. πιεῖν. Aor act inf πίνω (complementary). τὸ ποτήριον. Accusative direct object of πιεῖν. ὃ. Accusative direct object of πίνειν. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of μέλλω. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μέλλω. Pres act ind 1st sg μέλλω. πίνειν. Pres act inf πίνω (complementary). Unlike the preceding infinitive (πιεῖν), the present infinitive depicts the action internally, as a process. After the infinitive, in an assimilation to Mark 10:39, most witnesses read ἢ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι (cf. Metzger, 42). λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (contrast Mark’s εἶπαν and see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to the response of the sons of Zebedee and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. δυνάμεθα. Pres mid ind 1st pl δύναμαι. 20:23 λέγει αὐτοῖς· τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε, τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν [τοῦτο] δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾿ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. This is, as Nolland points out, the third in a series of three historical presents (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) in 20:21-­23:



Matthew 20:22-23

139

“These three places are marked as the emphatic points of the exchange” (819). αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. τὸ . . . ποτήριόν. Accusative direct object of πίεσθε. Fronted as a topical frame. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. μου. Possessive genitive (or subjective if we unpack the metaphor: “my suffering”). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πίεσθε. Fut mid ind 2nd pl πίνω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Once more the majority of witnesses (C K N W et al.) have been assimilated to the Markan parallel (Mark 10:39): καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθήσεσθε. τὸ . . . καθίσαι. Aor act inf καθίζω. The infinitival clause, τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, serves as the subject of ἔστιν (pace MHT 3:140; BDF §399.1, who take the infinitive as an object). The article probably has anaphoric force (cf. 20:21) here (BDF §399.1). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐκ δεξιῶν. See 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐξ εὐωνύμων. See 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν. οὐκ . . . ἀλλ᾿. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. Against BDF (§448.8), ἀλλά is not to be equated with εἰ μή here: it does not introduce an exception (“not for me to give except to those . . .”) but a replacement (“not for me to give but the Father”). Cf. Runge (2010, 92 n. 27). ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the retention of the accent, see 10:37 on οὐκ ἔστιν. ἐμὸν. Accusative subject of the infinitive δοῦναι. [τοῦτο]. In witnesses that include it, τοῦτο is resumptive, picking up the infinitive τὸ . . . καθίσαι. It is, however, absent from an impressive array of witnesses, both early and widespread (ℵ B K L et al.). It is possible that τοῦτο was original and subsequently omitted under the influence of Mark 10:40, but more probably it was a later addition in keeping with the scribal tendency toward greater explicitness. δοῦναι. Aor act inf δίδωμι. The infinitival clause, ἐμὸν δοῦναι, functions as the predicate of ἔστιν. ἀλλ᾿ οἷς ἡτοίμασται. The construction (lit. “but for whom it has been prepared”) is elliptical: “but is for those for whom it has been prepared” (cf. Noland, 821). οἷς. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν). Dative of advantage (Decker 2014b, 68). Fronted for emphasis.

140

Matthew 20:20-­28

ἡτοίμασται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg ἑτοιμάζω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός. Ultimate agency. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 20:24 Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ δέκα ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ δέκα. Nominative subject of ἠγανάκτησαν. ἠγανάκτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀγανακτέω. The verb ἀγανακτέω means “be indignant against what is assumed to be wrong” (BDAG, 5). περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν. Reference. Cf. BDAG (797.1.c). 20:25 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς εἶπεν· οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. προσκαλεσάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg προσκαλἐω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of προσκαλεσάμενος. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. οἴδατε. Prf act ind 2nd pl οἶδα. On the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of οἴδατε. οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν. Fronted as a topical frame. οἱ ἄρχοντες. Nominative subject of κατακυριεύουσιν. τῶν ἐθνῶν. Genitive of subordination. κατακυριεύουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl κατακυριεύω. The verb κατακυριεύω (“to have mastery, be master, lord it [over], rule” [BDAG, 519.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). αὐτῶν. Genitive complement of κατακυριεύουσιν. οἱ μεγάλοι. Nominative subject of κατεξουσιάζουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame.



Matthew 20:24-26

141

κατεξουσιάζουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl κατεξουσιάζω. In the NT, κατεξουσιάζω (“exercise authority, perh[aps] tyrannize” [BDAG, 531]) occurs only here and in the parallel in Mark 10:42. αὐτῶν. Genitive complement of κατεξουσιάζουσιν. 20:26 οὐχ οὕτως ἔσται ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ᾿ ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν μέγας γενέσθαι ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος, οὐχ . . . ἀλλ᾿. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. οὕτως. Anaphoric adverb of manner (cf. BDAG, 741.1). Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. Imperatival future. Although the imperatival future, which is relatively rare in the NT apart from the OT quotations, is found more typically with the second person, the three uses of ἔσται in 20:26-­27 illustrate its occasional use in the third person (cf. Burton §68; BDF §362). Some witnesses (B D Z 0281 samss) have the present ἐστίν instead of the future ἔσται here. A decision is difficult. On the one hand, the shift from an original present to an imperatival future might have been a natural scribal improvement; on the other, it is not impossible that the improvement was Matthew’s and that the future was subsequently modified to the present tense under the influence of the parallel in Mark 10:43 (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:93 n. 56). ἐν ὑμῖν. Locative (cf. BDAG, 326.1.d). ὃς ἐὰν. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν μέγας γενέσθαι), serves as the subject of ἔσται (and is fronted as a topical frame). Together with ἐὰν, the relative ὃς forms an indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) that, within its clause, serves as the nominative subject of θέλῃ. θέλῃ. Pres act subj 3rd sg θέλω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἐν ὑμῖν. Locative (cf. BDAG, 326.1.d). μέγας. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γενέσθαι. Aor mid inf γίνομαι (complementary). ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. Imperatival future. Some witnesses (ℵ2 L 892 et al.) make the imperatival force of the verb explicit, replacing the future indicative ἔσται with the present imperative ἔστω. ὑμῶν. Objective genitive. διάκονος. Predicate nominative.

142

Matthew 20:20-­28

20:27 καὶ ὃς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος· ὃς ἂν. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος), serves as the subject of ἔσται (and is fronted as a topical frame). Together with ἂν, the relative ὃς forms an indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) that, within its clause, serves as the nominative subject of θέλῃ. θέλῃ. Pres act subj 3rd sg θέλω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἐν ὑμῖν. Locative (cf. BDAG, 326.1.d). εἶναι. Pres act inf εἰμί (complementary). πρῶτος. Predicate adjective. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. Imperatival future. As in 20:26, some witnesses (albeit, different ones: B Γ 1424 pm mae bo) replaced the future indicative ἔσται with the present imperative ἔστω. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. δοῦλος. Predicate nominative. 20:28 ὥσπερ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. ὥσπερ. Comparative, where Mark (10:45) has καὶ γάρ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. οὐκ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. διακονηθῆναι. Aor pass inf διακονέω (purpose). διακονῆσαι. Aor act inf διακονέω (purpose). καὶ. The conjunction links the two infinitives that express the purpose for which Jesus came, but the relationship of the two infinitives is not perfectly clear. The second (“to give his life”) may define the service to which the first refers (the καὶ functioning epexegetically; so Davies and Allison, 3:94–­95), or it may be a specific and climactic instance of the more general service to which the first refers (so Nolland, 824). δοῦναι. Aor act inf δίδωμι (purpose). τὴν ψυχὴν. Accusative direct object of δοῦναι in a double accusative object-­complement construction. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. λύτρον. Accusative complement to τὴν ψυχὴν in a double accusative object-­complement construction.



Matthew 20:27-29

143

ἀντὶ πολλῶν. Substitution. Although BDAG (88.3) suggests that “Gen 44:33 shows how the sense ‘in place of ’ can develop into in behalf of, for someone, so that ἀ[ντί] becomes =ὑπέρ,” it seems quite clear, in Gen 44:33, that Judah proposes that he stay in Egypt instead of the boy (i.e., Benjamin; νῦν οὖν παραμενῶ σοι παῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ παιδίου). Harris insists that “[i]n its prevailing sense in the LXX (see Johannessohn 198–­200), as in nonbiblical Greek (e.g., Xenophon, Anab. 1.1.4), including the papyri (Mayser 374–­75; MM 46; Rossberg 18), ἀντί denotes substitutionary exchange” (2012, 50; see further 52–­54). He proceeds to summarize its relationship to ὑπέρ: “Of the two Greek prepositions, ὑπέρ is the broader term, for sometimes the context will show that the manner in which a service is rendered for a person is through assuming their place. That is, sometimes the benefit comes through substitution; ὑπέρ may occasionally express both ideas. Ἀντί is the narrower word, normally confined to expressing substitution, but only implying representation or benefit” (2012, 215). Since this well-­attested, substitutionary, sense makes good sense it this context, it should be accepted. On the meaning of πολλοί here, cf. Davies and Allison (3:95): “πολλοί literally means ‘many’, and that could be its meaning here, in which case one would think of the church. Because, however, the variant of our saying in 1 Tim 2.6 has πάντων, because πολλοί elsewhere in the NT sometimes seems to mean ‘all’ (e.g. Rom 5.15, 19), and because one can identify the ‘many’ as all except the Son of man, one should probably give πολλοί comprehensive meaning.” Matthew 20:29-­34 And as they were going out from Jericho, a great crowd followed him. And, behold, two blind men who were sitting along the road, when they heard that Jesus was passing by, cried out, saying, “Lord, have mercy on us, Son of David.” 31The crowd rebuked them, to get them to be silent; but they cried out all the more, saying, “Lord, have mercy on us, Son of David.” 32And, coming to a standstill, Jesus called them and said, “What do you want me to do for you?” 33They say to him, “Lord, that our eyes might be opened.” 34And, moved by compassion, Jesus touched their eyes, and immediately they regained their sight and followed him. 29 30

20:29 Καὶ ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ἰεριχὼ ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. ἐκπορευομένων. Pres mid ptc masc gen pl ἐκπορεύομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης.

144

Matthew 20:29-­34

αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of ἐκπορευομένων. ἀπὸ Ἰεριχὼ. Separation. ἠκολούθησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησεν. ὄχλος πολύς. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησεν. 20:30 καὶ ἰδοὺ δύο τυφλοὶ καθήμενοι παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει, ἔκραξαν λέγοντες· ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, [κύριε,] υἱὸς Δαυίδ. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces two blind men who will be major participants in the pericope. δύο τυφλοὶ. Nominative subject of ἔκραξαν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καθήμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl κάθημαι (attributive). Alternatively, the participle may be adverbial, expressing attendant circumstance, but that would be more likely if it were linked to the following (adverbial) participle by καί. παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν. Locative. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ἀκούσαντες. Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of παράγει. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). παράγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg παράγω. ἔκραξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κράζω. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic). ἐλέησον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐλεέω. ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἐλέησον. [κύριε]. Vocative. SBLGNT follows a group of witnesses (B L Z 085 et al.) that place the vocative before ἐλέησον. NA28 prints the reading supported by 𝔓45vid C K N et al. A third group of witnesses (led by ℵ and D) simply omits the vocative. The distinctive reading supported by B is probably to be preferred (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:107 n. 23), although Metzger (44) is suspicious of its liturgical order (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:548 n. 1). The witnesses that exclude the vocative probably do so under the influence of the synoptic parallels (Mark 10:47; Luke 18:38), while those that place it immediately before υἱὸς have naturally brought it into closer connection with the appositional υἱὸς Δαυίδ.



Matthew 20:30-31

145

υἱὸς. Nominative for the vocative, in apposition to κύριε. On the question of whether the nominative or vocative is original here, see the discussion in 9:27 on υἱὸς. Probably here the nominative (supported by B K W Z et al.) is original, the vocative (either υἱέ or Ἰησοῦ υἱέ) being assimilated to one of the synoptic parallels (Mark 10:47; Luke 18:38). Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship. 20:31 ὁ δὲ ὄχλος ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σιωπήσωσιν· οἱ δὲ μεῖζον ἔκραξαν λέγοντες· ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε, υἱὸς Δαυίδ. ὁ . . . ὄχλος. Nominative subject of ἐπετίμησεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπετίμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπιτιμάω. αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of ἐπετίμησεν. ἵνα. Introduces either the clausal complement of ἐπετίμησεν (e.g., NRSV: “sternly ordered them to be quiet”; Quarles, 240; cf. Decker 2014b, 75) or, more probably, a purpose clause (e.g., NET: “to get them to be quiet”). As BDAG (384.1) points out, ἐπιτιμάω is sometimes “[f]oll[owed] by ἵνα or ἵνα μή to introduce that which the censure or warning is to bring about or prevent.” σιωπήσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl σιωπάω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἔκραξαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μεῖζον. Comparative adverb. Fronted for emphasis. ἔκραξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κράζω. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic). ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε. As in 20:30, some witnesses place the vocative κύριε before ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, some after it, and some omit the vocative entirely. See the discussion in 20:30, where I side with SBLGNT (against NA28) in placing κύριε before the imperative. The only notable difference here is that the MS support for this reading is even stronger than in 20:30 (ℵ B D L et al.). κύριε. Vocative. ἐλέησον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐλεέω. ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἐλέησον. υἱὸς. Nominative for the vocative, in apposition to κύριε. On the textual problem, see υἱὸς in 20:30. For virtually identical reasons, the nominative υἱὸς should be preferred here. Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship.

146

Matthew 20:29-­34

20:32 καὶ στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς καὶ εἶπεν· τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; στὰς. Aor act pct masc nom sg ἵστημι (attendant circumstance). The verb means here “to desist from movement and be in a stationary position, stand still, stop” (BDAG, 482.B.1). My translation follows Hart’s. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐφώνησεν. ἐφώνησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg φωνέω. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐφώνησεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τί . . . ποιήσω ὑμῖν. Clausal complement of θέλετε. τί. The interrogative pronoun serves as the accusative direct object of ποιήσω. θέλετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl θέλω. ποιήσω. Aor act subj (or fut act ind) 1st sg ποιέω. Both forms could be used in deliberative questions like this one. On the use of the deliberative subjunctive after θέλεις, θέλετε, or βούλεσθε, see Burton (§171). ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. 20:33 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· κύριε, ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to the blind men’s response and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response (cf. Nolland, 829). αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. κύριε. Vocative. ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of an implied θέλομεν (cf. τί θέλετε in 20:32). Alternatively (but less likely in my view), ἵνα functions imperativally (see Wallace, 476–­77; Robertson, 994; MHT 3:94). According to Decker (2014b, 77), “imperatival uses of ἵνα normally occur with second or occasionally third person verbs.” ἀνοιγῶσιν. Aor pass subj 3rd pl ἀνοίγω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ. Nominative subject of ἀνοιγῶσιν. ἡμῶν. Possessive genitive.



Matthew 20:32-34

147

20:34 σπλαγχνισθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἥψατο τῶν ὀμμάτων αὐτῶν, καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέβλεψαν καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. σπλαγχνισθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg σπλαγνίζομαι (causal). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἥψατο. ἥψατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἅπτω. τῶν ὀμμάτων αὐτῶν. Most witnesses (ℵ1 [αυτου ℵ*] C K N et al.) have the more common τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αυτων, perhaps in assimilation to the parallel in Matt 9:29. τῶν ὀμμάτων. Genitive complement of ἥψατο. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. ἀνέβλεψαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀναβλέπω. The verb ἀναβλέπω means “to gain sight, whether for the first time or again, regain sight, gain sight” (BDAG, 59.2). ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. Matthew 21:1-­11 1 And when they drew near to Jerusalem and came to Bethphage, to the Mount of Olives, then Jesus sent two disciples, 2saying to them, “Go into the village ahead of you, and immediately you will find a donkey tied up and a colt with it; untying them, bring them to me. 3And if anyone says anything to you, you shall say, ‘The Lord needs them.’ And immediately he will send them.” 4Now this happened in order that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, who said, 5“Say to daughter Zion, ‘Behold, your king is coming to you, gentle and mounted upon a donkey and upon a colt, the foal of a pack animal.’ ” 6So, going and doing just as Jesus had instructed them, 7the disciples led the donkey and the colt, and they placed the garments on them, and he sat on them. 8 A very large crowd spread their own garments on the way, and others were cutting branches from the trees and spreading them on the way. 9 And the crowds that were going in front of him and that were following him were crying out, saying, “Hosanna to the Son of David! Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord! Hosanna in the highest!” 10 And when he entered into Jerusalem, the whole city was shaken, saying, “Who is this?” 11And the crowds were saying, “This is the prophet Jesus from Nazareth in Galilee.”

148

Matthew 21:1-­11

21:1 Καὶ ὅτε ἤγγισαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ ἦλθον εἰς Βηθφαγὴ εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, τότε Ἰησοῦς ἀπέστειλεν δύο μαθητὰς ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause and points forward to τότε, which introduces the main clause. ἤγγισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐγγίζω. εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Locative. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἔρχομαι. εἰς Βηθφαγὴ. Locative. εἰς τὸ ὄρος. Locative. Probably influenced by the parallels in Mark 11:1 and Luke 19:29, most witnesses (ℵ D K L et al.) prefer πρός to εἰς. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the distinctive reading supported by B C 33 it. τῶν ἐλαιῶν. Genitive of identification. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀπέστειλεν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. δύο μαθητὰς. Accusative direct object of ἀπέστειλεν. 21:2 λέγων αὐτοῖς· πορεύεσθε εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐθέως εὑρήσετε ὄνον δεδεμένην καὶ πῶλον μετ᾿ αὐτῆς· λύσαντες ἀγάγετέ μοι. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγων. πορεύεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl πορεύομαι. εἰς τὴν κώμην. Locative. τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase κατέναντι ὑμῶν into an attributive modifier of τὴν κώμην. κατέναντι ὑμῶν. Locative. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. εὑρήσετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl εὑρίσκω. ὄνον. Accusative direct object of εὑρήσετε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. δεδεμένην. Prf pass ptc fem acc sg δέω. Accusative complement to ὄνον in a double accusative object-­complement construction. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. πῶλον. Accusative direct object of εὑρήσετε. μετ᾿ αὐτῆς. Accompaniment.



Matthew 21:1-4

149

λύσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λύω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀγάγετέ. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἄγω. μοι. Dative indirect object of ἀγάγετέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 21:3 καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει· εὐθὺς δὲ ἀποστελεῖ αὐτούς. ἐάν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. τις. Nominative subject of εἴπῃ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἴπῃ. εἴπῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τι. Accusative direct object of εἴπῃ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐρεῖτε. Fut act ind 2nd pl λέγω. Imperatival future. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; LEB] or indirect [NIV 2011] discourse) of ἐρεῖτε. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἔχει. Fronted for emphasis. κύριος here could refer to the animals’ owner, to Jesus (so Davies and Allison, 3:117), or even, on the basis of Matthew’s use of the articular κύριος elsewhere, to God (so France 2007, 776). That he sends for the animals and then puts them to use suggests a reference to Jesus himself. αὐτῶν. Objective genitive, modifying χρείαν (or, less likely, a genitive of subordination, modifying κύριος). χρείαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχει. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. εὐθὺς. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποστελεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. The embedded subject of the verb could refer to ὁ κύριος but more probably refers to τις (so most English versions). αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἀποστελεῖ. 21:4 τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· τοῦτο. Nominative subject of γέγονεν. Fronted as a topical frame. We meet a similar construction two other times in Matthew (1:22; 26:56). In both instances τοῦτο δὲ is followed by ὅλον, as it is here in most

150

Matthew 21:1-­11

witnesses (B C3 K N et al.). NA28 and SBLGNT, however, follow ℵ C* D L et al., apparently judging it more likely that ὅλον was added as a scribal assimilation to 1:22 and 26:56 than that the evangelist’s pattern was consistent and ὅλον a scribal omission. Luz (2001–­2007, 3:3 n. 2) thinks that B et al. may have the original text. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γέγονεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. πληρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg πληρόω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of πληρωθῇ. διὰ τοῦ προφήτου. Intermediate agency. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). On the gender and function of the participle, see 1:22 on λέγοντος. 21:5 εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών· ἰδοὺ ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι πραῢς καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου. εἴπατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl λέγω. τῇ θυγατρὶ. Dative indirect object of εἴπατε. Σιών. Dative in apposition to θυγατρὶ. Alternatively, the indeclinable Σιών could be understood as a genitive (of relationship). ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and places an accent over ὁ βασιλεύς. ὁ βασιλεύς. Nominative subject of ἔρχεταί. Fronted for emphasis. σου. Genitive of subordination. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔρχεταί. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. σοι. Dative of destination. “This is a dative that is similar to an indirect object, except that it appears with intransitive verbs (esp. ἔρχομαι)” (Wallace, 147). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πραῢς. Occasionally nominative adjectives function adverbially (cf. BDF §243; Robertson, 549–­50; Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 634 [on ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος in Luke 20:29]). This is an instructive example, because here the nominative adjective is clearly parallel to the following participle: both function adverbially, describing the manner of the king’s arrival. While unusual, we do find other adverbial nominatives in the NT (Matt 20:6 [ἀργοί]; Mark 4:28; Luke 20:29; 24:17; Acts 14:10; 20:9; 28:13; Rom 10:19). ἐπιβεβηκὼς. Prf act ptc masc nom sg ἐπιβαίνω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων.



Matthew 21:5-7

151

ἐπὶ ὄνον. Locative. ἐπὶ πῶλον. Locative. Perhaps influenced by LXX Zech 9:9, most witnesses omit the (second) ἐπὶ here. In the MT, the preposition ‫ עַ ל‬is repeated. Since the evangelist is more likely to have been influenced by the Hebrew text than later copyists (cf. Gundry 1967, 120), NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ B L N et al. υἱὸν. Accusative in apposition to πῶλον. ὑποζυγίου. Genitive of relationship. 21:6 πορευθέντες δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ καὶ ποιήσαντες καθὼς συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς πορευθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἤγαγον (21:7). ποιήσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ποιέω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. καθὼς. Comparison. BDAG (493.1) notes that frequently, as here, the demonstrative is omitted (“doing [these things] just as . . .”). συνέταξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg συντάσσω. συντάσσω (“to direct that someth[ing] be done in an explicit fashion, order, direct, prescribe” [BDAG, 974.1]) occurs only three times in the NT, all in Matthew (cf. 26:19; 27:10). αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of συνέταξεν. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of συνέταξεν. 21:7 ἤγαγον τὴν ὄνον καὶ τὸν πῶλον καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ ἐπεκάθισεν ἐπάνω αὐτῶν. ἤγαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἄγω. τὴν ὄνον. Accusative direct object of ἤγαγον. τὸν πῶλον. Accusative direct object of ἤγαγον. ἐπέθηκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπιτίθημι. ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν. Locative. τὰ ἱμάτια. Accusative direct object of ἐπέθηκαν. Influenced by the parallels in Mark 11:11 and Luke 19:35, most witnesses include αὐτῶν after ἱμάτια. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the distinctive reading supported by ℵ* B D Θ et al.

152

Matthew 21:1-­11

ἐπεκάθισεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπικαθίζω. ἐπάνω αὐτῶν. Locative. “It is difficult to decide whether with ‘on them’ (ἐπάνω αὐτῶν) the clothes or the animals are meant” (Luz 2001–­2007, 3:8). Mark’s singular αὐτόν clearly refers to the animal on which Jesus enters the city (Mark 11:7), and most think that the same is true in Matthew, the pronoun now plural because there are two animals. But ἱμάτια is the nearer of the possible antecedents. 21:8 ὁ δὲ πλεῖστος ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. ὁ . . . πλεῖστος ὄχλος. Nominative subject of ἔστρωσαν. The superlative πλεῖστος probably has elative force here: “a very large crowd.” Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔστρωσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl στρωννύω. The verb στρωννύω (“to distribute someth[ing] over a surface, spread” [BDAG, 949.1]) appears twice in this verse, but nowhere else in Matthew and only six times in the NT. The subject, while singular, is collective and takes a plural verb here (see Porter 1994, 74). ἑαυτῶν. Possessive genitive (cf. BDAG, 269.3). Several witnesses, probably influenced by the synoptic parallels (Mark 11:8; Luke 19:36), have αὐτῶν instead of ἑαυτῶν. τὰ ἱμάτια. Accusative direct object of ἔστρωσαν. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. Locative. ἄλλοι. Nominative subject of ἔκοπτον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔκοπτον. Impf act ind 3rd pl κόπτω. Unlike the two other uses of the verb in Matthew (11:17; 24:30), which are middle in voice and refer to an act of mourning (see on 11:17 on ἐκόψασθε), the active verb here means “to cut, by means of a sharp-­edged instrument” (LN 19.17). Like ἐστρώννυον below, the verb is imperfective in aspect, depicting the action internally, as a process. κλάδους. Accusative direct object of ἔκοπτον. ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων. Separation. ἐστρώννυον. Impf act ind 3rd pl στρωννύω. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. Locative. Like Luke (19:36), Matthew prefers ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ to Mark’s εἰς τὴν ὁδόν (Mark 11:8).



Matthew 21:8-9

153

21:9 οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι οἱ προάγοντες αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες ἔκραζον λέγοντες· ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ Δαυίδ· εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου· ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις. οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι οἱ προάγοντες αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες. Fronted as a topical frame. οἱ . . . ὄχλοι. Nominative subject of ἔκραζον. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ προάγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl προάγω (attributive). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of προάγοντες. οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ἀκολουθέω. ἀκολουθοῦντες is probably a second (cf. προάγοντες) attributive participle modifying ὄχλοι (see the translation above). But the participle could be substantival, referring independently to those who were following. ἔκραζον. Impf act ind 3rd pl κράζω. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ὡσαννὰ. The indeclinable ὡσαννὰ (“a shout of praise, hosanna [lit.=‘help’ or ‘save, I pray’, an appeal that became a liturgical formula; as a part of the Hallel (Ps 113–­118 Hebr.) it was familiar to everyone in Israel]” [BDAG, 1106]) serves here as the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. τῷ υἱῷ. Dative of possession, in an elliptical construction with an implied equative verb. Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship. εὐλογημένος. Prf pass ptc masc nom sg εὐλογέω (adjectival). Predicate participle in a verbless equative clause. ὁ ἐρχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ἐν ὀνόματι. Manner. The prepositional phrase could modify either εὐλογημένος or ὁ ἐρχόμενος, but the word order favors the latter (Nolland, 839). κυρίου. Possessive genitive. ὡσαννὰ. See above. ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις. Manner. Unlike πλεῖστος in 21:8, here ὑψίστοις has true superlative force, as it does “both when applied to God, τοῦ ὑψίστου (Mk. 5:7), and the abode of God, ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις (Mt. 21:9)” (Robertson, 670).

154

Matthew 21:12-­17

21:10 Καὶ εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα· τίς ἐστιν οὗτος; εἰσελθόντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg εἰσέρχομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of εἰσελθόντος. εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Locative. ἐσείσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg σείω. 21:10 recalls 2:3: as Jerusalem was there troubled (ἐταράχθη) by the announcement of the young king’s birth, so here, in the aftermath of the royal entry, it is shaken (ἐσείσθη). πᾶσα ἡ πόλις. Nominative subject of ἐσείσθη. λέγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λέγω (result). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τίς. Predicate nominative. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὗτος. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). 21:11 οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι ἔλεγον· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ προφήτης Ἰησοῦς ὁ ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. οἱ . . . ὄχλοι. Nominative subject of ἔλεγον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔλεγον. Impf act ind 3rd pl λέγω. See 12:23 on ἔλεγον. οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ προφήτης. Predicate nominative. Ἰησοῦς. Nominative in apposition to ὁ προφήτης. ὁ ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲθ. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲθ into an attributive modifier of Ἰησοῦς. ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲθ. Source. τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Genitive of identification or partitive genitive (MHT 3:210; Wallace, 86). Matthew 21:12-­17 12 And Jesus entered into the temple and drove out all those who were selling and buying in the temple, and the tables of the money-­changers



Matthew 21:10-12

155

he overturned, and the chairs of those selling doves, 13and he says to them, “It is written, ‘My house shall be called a house of prayer,’ but you are making it a hideout for bandits.” 14And the blind and the lame came to him in the temple, and he healed them. 15And when the chief priests and scribes saw the wonderful things that he did and the children who were crying out in the temple and saying, “Hosanna to the son of David,” they were indignant 16and said to him, “Do you hear what these (children) are saying?” And Jesus says to them, “Yes. Have you never read, ‘From the mouths of young children and nursing infants you have prepared for yourself praise’?” 17And leaving them, he went out of the city to Bethany and spent the night there. 21:12 Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ἐξέβαλεν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψεν καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς, εἰσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εἰσέρχομαι. Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἰσῆλθεν. εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν. Locative. In most witnesses (C D K N et al.), τοῦ θεοῦ modifies τὸ ἱερὸν. The genitive may be original, its later omission influenced by the parallels in Mark 11:15 / Luke 19:45 (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:137 n. 26, who also think that τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ in Matt 26:61 suggests the originality of τοῦ θεοῦ here). More probably, τοῦ θεοῦ is a scribal addition (cf. Metzger, 44). NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the strong witness of ℵ B L Θ et al. ἐξέβαλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας. Accusative direct object of ἐξέβαλεν. Since the substantives are plural, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply, but the single article standing over the two participles does suggest a conceptual unity: Jesus evicts sellers and buyers together. τοὺς πωλοῦντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl πωλέω (substantival). ἀγοράζοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl ἀγοράζω (substantival). ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. Locative. τὰς τραπέζας. Accusative direct object of κατέστρεψεν. Fronted as a topical frame. τῶν κολλυβιστῶν. Possessive genitive. A Matthean hapax legomenon, κολλυβιστής (“money-­changer”) is found elsewhere in the NT only in Mark’s (11:15) and John’s (2:15) accounts of the temple incident. κατέστρεψεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg καταστρέφω. The verb καταστρέφω (“to cause to be overturned, upset, overturn” [BDAG, 528.1]) occurs

156

Matthew 21:12-­17

only here and in Mark 11:15. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). τὰς καθέδρας. Accusative direct object of κατέστρεψεν. τῶν πωλούντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl πωλέω (substantival). Possessive genitive. τὰς περιστεράς. Accusative direct object of πωλούντων. 21:13 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· γέγραπται· ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται, ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) grants prominence to the utterance that follows. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὁ οἶκός. Nominative subject of κληθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. Cf. Isa 56:7. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οἶκος προσευχῆς. Fronted for emphasis. οἶκος. Nominative complement to ὁ οἶκός in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on χριστός). προσευχῆς. The genitive substantive restricts its head noun by indicating what kind of a house it will be—­namely, a house in which prayer is offered to Israel’s God (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 614: “a house where people pray”). κληθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg καλέω. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ποιεῖτε. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖτε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ποιεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ποιέω. σπήλαιον. Accusative complement to αὐτὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. λῃστῶν. Possessive genitive or, if σπήλαιον refers to a “hideout” (BDAG, 938), subjective genitive (“a place where bandits hide out”). On λῃστής, see 26:55 and 27:38. Cf. Jer 7:11.



Matthew 21:13-16

157

21:14 καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς. προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. Cf. LXX 2 Sam 5:8. ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. Locative. ἐθεράπευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θεραπεύω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἐθεράπευσεν. 21:15 ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς τὰ θαυμάσια ἃ ἐποίησεν καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς κράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ λέγοντας· ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ Δαυίδ, ἠγανάκτησαν ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς. Nominative subjects of ἠγανάκτησαν. τὰ θαυμάσια. Accusative direct object of ἰδόντες. A NT hapax legomenon. ἃ. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. τοὺς παῖδας. Accusative direct object of ἰδόντες. κράζοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl κράζω (attributive). ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. Locative. λέγοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl λέγω (attributive). ὡσαννὰ. The indeclinable ὡσαννὰ serves here as the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause; see 21:9. τῷ υἱῷ. Dative of possession, in an elliptical construction with an implied equative verb. Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship. ἠγανάκτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀγανακτέω. The verb ἀγανακτέω means to “be indignant against what is assumed to be wrong” (BDAG, 5). 21:16 καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ· ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν; ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς· ναί. οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἶνον; εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπαν. ἀκούεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg ἀκούω.

158

Matthew 21:12-­17

τί. The interrogative pronoun introduces an indirect question and serves as the accusative direct object of λέγουσιν. οὗτοι. Nominative subject of λέγουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ response and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ναί. Particle denoting affirmation. οὐδέποτε. Temporal adverb. ἀνέγνωτε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀναγινώσκω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of ἀνέγνωτε. ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐκ στόματος. Source. νηπίων. Possessive genitive. θηλαζόντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl θηλάζω (substantival). Possessive genitive. κατηρτίσω. Aor mid ind 2nd sg καταρτίζω. The verb καταρτίζω means “to prepare for a purpose” (BDAG, 526.2). αἶνον. Accusative direct object of κατηρτίσω. 21:17 καὶ καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως εἰς Βηθανίαν καὶ ηὐλίσθη ἐκεῖ. καταλιπὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg καταλείπω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of καταλιπὼν. ἐξῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. ἔξω τῆς πόλεως. Locative. εἰς Βηθανίαν. Locative. ηὐλίσθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg αὐλίζομαι. The verb αὐλίζομαι (“to have a temporary sleeping arrangement, spend the night” [BDAG, 150.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 2×; cf. Luke 21:37). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place.



Matthew 21:17-19

159

Matthew 21:18-­22 And in the morning, as he was returning to the city, he was hungry. And when he saw a certain fig tree near the road, he went to it and found nothing on it except only leaves, and he says to it, “May fruit never again come from you.” And the fig tree withered immediately. 20And when the disciples saw it, they were astonished, saying, “How did the fig tree wither immediately?” 21And, answering, Jesus said to them, “I am telling you the truth, if you have faith and do not doubt, you will not only do what was done to the fig tree, but even if you say to this mountain, ‘Be lifted up and thrown into the sea,’ it will happen. 22And all things that you ask in prayer, if you have faith, you will receive.” 18 19

21:18 Πρωῒ δὲ ἐπανάγων εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐπείνασεν. Πρωῒ. Temporal adverb. Instead of the adverb, most witnesses (ℵ2 C K L et al.) have the genitive πρωΐας (cf. Matt 27:1). It is possible that Πρωῒ is a scribal correction, since if πρωΐας were original, the genitive absolute would be defective. Davies and Allison (3:159 n. 19), who favor πρωΐας, suggest assimilation to Mark (11:20). More probably, however, NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ* B D Θ. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπανάγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἐπανάγω (temporal). The verb ἐπανάγω (“to go back toward some point or area, return” [BDAG, 358.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς τὴν πόλιν. Locative. ἐπείνασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πεινάω. 21:19 καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν μίαν ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἦλθεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν καὶ οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῇ· μηκέτι ἐκ σοῦ καρπὸς γένηται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. καὶ ἐξηράνθη παραχρῆμα ἡ συκῆ. ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. συκῆν μίαν. Accusative direct object of ἰδὼν. On the use of εἷς with the force of the indefinite pronoun τις, see 8:19 on εἷς γραμματεὺς. ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ. Locative. The fig tree is presumably near (i.e., alongside) the road. ἐπί functions as a “marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near” (BDAG, 363.1). ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν. Locative. οὐδὲν. Accusative direct object of εὗρεν. Fronted for emphasis.

160

Matthew 21:18-­22

εὗρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. ἐν αὐτῇ. Locative. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). φύλλα. Accusative direct object of an implied εὗρεν. μόνον. Adverbial accusative of measure. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present introduces and grants prominence to Jesus’ pronouncement. αὐτῇ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. μηκέτι. Temporal adverb. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι (prohibitive subjunctive). ἐκ σοῦ. Source. καρπὸς. Nominative subject of γένηται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Temporal. ἐξηράνθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ξηραίνω. Since ξηραίνω is a transitive verb, its voice is passive rather than middle (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 258). The unspecified agent is presumably Jesus’ word. παραχρῆμα. Temporal adverb. ἡ συκῆ. Nominative subject of ἐξηράνθη. The article is anaphoric (cf. 21:19a). 21:20 Καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐθαύμασαν λέγοντες· πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ; ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐθαύμασαν. ἐθαύμασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl θαυμάζω. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων; on ἐθαύμασαν λέγοντες, see 8:27. πῶς. The interrogative particle introduces the clausal complement of λέγοντες. Although πῶς probably introduces a question, as in NA28 (cf. BDAG, 900.1), it could introduce an exclamation (BDAG, 901.2; cf. Mark 10:23-­24). παραχρῆμα. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis. ἐξηράνθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ξηραίνω. See 21:19. ἡ συκῆ. Nominative subject of ἐξηράνθη. The article is anaphoric (cf. 21:19a).



Matthew 21:20-21

161

21:21 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε· ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται· ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. ἔχητε. Pres act subj 2nd pl ἔχω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. πίστιν. Accusative direct object of ἔχητε. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. διακριθῆτε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl διακρίνω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. διακρίνω means “to be uncertain, be at odds w[ith] oneself, doubt, waver” (BDAG, 231.6). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. οὐ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. Here the presence of the adverbial μόνον and καί (κἂν) signals correction by addition. οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς. Fronted for emphasis. μόνον. Adverbial accusative. τὸ τῆς συκῆς. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the genitive noun τῆς συκῆς into the direct object of ποιήσετε. τῆς συκῆς. Objective genitive. The genitive substantive restricts its implied head noun, the cursing of the fig tree. ποιήσετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl ποιέω. κἂν. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐάν. καί is ascensive (see 5:39). ἐάν introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition that stands within the apodosis of the earlier conditional sentence. τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ. Dative indirect object of εἴπητε. εἴπητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἄρθητι. Aor pass impv 2nd sg αἴρω. βλήθητι. Aor pass impv 2nd sg βάλλω. These two passive imperatives illustrate what Wallace describes as “pronouncement imperatives,”

162

Matthew 21:23-­27

in which performative statements are placed in the imperative for rhetorical effect: “Occasionally an imperative in the passive voice is the equivalent of a statement that is fulfilled at the moment of speaking. Such usage is reserved for passives that cannot be fulfilled by the recipient of the imperative” (492; cf. 440 n. 109). εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. Locative. γενήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. 21:22 καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ πιστεύοντες λήμψεσθε. πάντα ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). πάντα. Accusative direct object of λήμψεσθε. ὅσα ἂν. Accusative direct object of αἰτήσητε. αἰτήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl αἰτέω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ. Instrumental or, less likely, temporal or locative (metaphorical). πιστεύοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl πιστεύω (condition [ESV; NET; NLT; CEB; HCSB; LEB; NIV 2011] or manner [so, apparently, NEB; NRSV]). λήμψεσθε. Fut mid ind 2nd pl λαμβάνω. Matthew 21:23-­27 23 And after he entered the temple, the chief priests and elders of the people approached him as he was teaching, saying, “By what authority are you doing these things? And who gave you this authority?” 24And, answering, Jesus said to them: “I also will ask you about one matter. If you tell me that, I also will tell you by what authority I am doing these things. 25The baptism of John, where was it from? From heaven or from humans?” And they were discussing this among themselves, saying, “If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘Why, then, did you not believe him?’ 26But if we say, ‘From humans,’ we are afraid of the crowd, for they all regard John as a prophet.” 27And, answering to Jesus, they said, “We do not know.” He also said to them, “Neither will I tell you by what authority I am doing these things.”



Matthew 21:22-23

163

21:23 Καὶ ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ διδάσκοντι οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ λέγοντες· ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην; ἐλθόντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg ἔρχομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of ἐλθόντος. εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν. Locative. προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. διδάσκοντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg διδάσκω (attributive). On why the participle should not be considered adverbial even if English demands a temporal construction in translation, see 8:23 on ἐμβάντι. The attributive participle focuses attention on αὐτῷ, whose antecedent is Jesus. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. Nominative subjects of προσῆλθον. τοῦ λαοῦ. Genitive of subordination or partitive genitive. It is difficult to be certain whether the genitive modifies both οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς and οἱ πρεσβύτεροι or only the latter. We meet the construction four times in the NT, all in Matthew. Once a single article stands over the two substantives (26:47; cf. the related construction in 2:4); elsewhere, as here, the article is repeated (26:3; 27:1). Perhaps more importantly, nowhere is ἀρχιερεύς modified by λαοῦ when it occurs on its own. Probably, then, Matthew intends to link the elders to the people distinctively. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. Instrumental. Fronted for emphasis. Although some suggest that ποῖος retains its qualitative force here (e.g., Porter 1994, 80: “[B]y what sort of authority do you do these things?”), more probably, as BDAG (844.2.a.γ) suggests, ποῖος simply “takes the place of the gen. of the interrog. τίς.” ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖς. Against Wellhausen (106; cf. Schweizer, 409), ταῦτα (“these things”) may include Jesus’ teaching (21:23) but probably points back principally to the temple incident (21:12-­17). ποιεῖς. Pres act ind 2nd sg ποιέω. τίς. Nominative subject of ἔδωκεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σοι. Dative indirect object of ἔδωκεν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην. Accusative direct object of ἔδωκεν.

164

Matthew 21:23-­27

21:24 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον ἕνα, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπητέ μοι κἀγὼ ὑμῖν ἐρῶ ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ· ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ἐρωτήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ἐρωτάω. ὑμᾶς. Although ἐρωτήσω appears to take two direct objects (ὑμᾶς and λόγον), in reality the semantic recipient ὑμᾶς, which would normally be marked as the dative indirect object, has advanced to the direct object position and is thus accusative (see Culy 2009, 93–­94). See also 27:22 and, for a similar construction where the dative is retained, 21:40. κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. καί is adjunctive and ἐγὼ is the nominative subject of ἐρωτήσω. λόγον ἕνα. Accusative direct object of ἐρωτήσω or, alternatively (see ὑμᾶς above), an accusative of respect. It is possible, as BDF (§247.2) suggests, that in λόγον ἕνα we see another instance of the use of εἷς with the force of the indefinite pronoun τις (see 8:19 on εἷς γραμματεὺς). More probably, however, εἷς retains its typical adjectival force: “I also will ask you about one matter.” ὃν. Accusative direct object of εἴπητέ. The antecedent of the relative is λόγον or, more precisely, the answer to the λόγον Jesus poses. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. εἴπητέ. Aor act subj 2nd pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. μοι. Dative indirect object of εἴπητέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. Καί is adjunctive and ἐγὼ is the nominative subject of ἐρῶ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of ἐρῶ. ἐρῶ. Fut act ind 1st sg λέγω. ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. Instrumental. ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ποιῶ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ποιῶ. Pres act ind 1st sg ποιέω.



Matthew 21:24-25

165

21:25 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου πόθεν ἦν; ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; οἱ δὲ διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς λέγοντες· ἐὰν εἴπωμεν· ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν· διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). τὸ βάπτισμα. Nominative subject of ἦν. Baptism stands, by synecdoche, for the whole of John’s prophetic mission (Davies and Allison, 3:160). τὸ Ἰωάννου. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the genitive Ἰωάννου into an attributive modifier of τὸ βάπτισμα. πόθεν. Interrogative adverb of place. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. Source. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ἐξ ἀνθρώπων. Source. οἱ. Nominative subject of διελογίζοντο. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. διελογίζοντο. Impf mid ind 3rd pl διαλογίζομαι. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. Locative (cf. BDAG, 326.1.d). Matthew uses an idiom (lit. “they were discussing in themselves”) that can refer either to thought or to actual speech (see 3:9 on ἐν ἑαυτοῖς); here it refers to the latter. Caragounis (150) points out that already in the classical era the reflexive pronoun was used instead of the reciprocal pronoun and that this tendency only increased in the postclassical era. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. εἴπωμεν. Aor act subj 1st pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. Source. ἐρεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of ἐρεῖ. διὰ τί. Causal. See 9:11. οὖν. Inference: “So, then, if that is the case, why did you not believe him?” οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐπιστεύσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl πιστεύω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἐπιστεύσατε.

166

Matthew 21:23-­27

21:26 ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν· ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον, πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἴπωμεν. Aor act subj 1st pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἐξ ἀνθρώπων. Source. φοβούμεθα. Pres mid ind 1st pl φοβέω. In Mark the verb is third-­ person plural; Matthew’s first-­person verb eliminates the anacoluthon present in Mark (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:161–­62) and extends the presentation of Jesus’ opponents’ deliberation. τὸν ὄχλον. Accusative direct object of φοβούμεθα. πάντες. Nominative subject of ἔχουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. γὰρ. The explanatory particle introduces the relevant background information that makes sense of the authorities’ fear of the crowd. ὡς προφήτην. Fronted for emphasis. ὡς. A “marker introducing the perspective from which a pers[on], thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as” (BDAG, 1104.3; see also 1105.3.a.γ). προφήτην. Accusative complement to τὸν Ἰωάννην in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Alternatively, one might consider προφήτην a predicate accusative. See 14:5 on προφήτην. ἔχουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἔχω. The verb ἔχω means here “to have an opinion about someth[ing], consider, look upon, view” (BDAG, 421.6). τὸν Ἰωάννην. Accusative direct object of ἔχουσιν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. 21:27 καὶ ἀποκριθέντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἶπαν· οὐκ οἴδαμεν. ἔφη αὐτοῖς καὶ αὐτός· οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. ἀποκριθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative indirect object of ἀποκριθέντες. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. οἴδαμεν. Prf act ind 1st pl οἶδα. On the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. Levinsohn (238) finds the asyndeton here predictable, since there is no development: “Jesus reaffirms the position he stated in v. 24.” αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἔφη.



Matthew 21:26-27

167

καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39). αὐτός. Nominative subject of ἔφη. οὐδὲ ἐγὼ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). οὐδὲ. Development and negation. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of λέγω. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. Instrumental. ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ποιῶ. ποιῶ. Pres act ind 1st sg ποιέω. Matthew 21:28-­32 “How does it seem to you? A man had two children. And, approaching the first, he said, ‘Child, go today, work in my vineyard.’ 29But, answering, he said, ‘I (am going), sir,’ but did not go. 30And, approaching the second, he said the same thing. And, answering, he said, ‘I do not want to.’ Later, however, changing his mind, he went. 31Which of the two did the will of the father?” They say, “The latter.” Jesus says to them, “I am telling you the truth that the tax gatherers and prostitutes are going into the kingdom of God before you. 32For John came to you in the way of righteousness, and you did not believe him. The tax gatherers and prostitutes did believe him; but you, even when you saw this, did not change your mind to believe him.” 28

The parable of the two sons is preserved in the MS tradition in three distinct versions (see Olmstead 2003, 168, for a chart of the readings and their supporting witnesses). In the version adopted by NA28 and SBLGNT, the first son rejects his father’s charge to work in the vineyard but subsequently changes his mind and finds his way to the vineyard. The second promises to go but never does. When Jesus asks which of the two has done his father’s will, the chief priests and elders (21:23) answer, “The first” (ℵ C K L et al.). In the second version, printed in NA25 and preferred by WH, the sons appear in reverse order (the first son pledging obedience but failing to arrive at the vineyard, etc.), and Jesus’ interlocutors appropriately say that “the latter” has done his father’s will (B Θ ƒ13 et al.). The third version follows the order of the first, but the Jewish leaders answer that “the latter” (who only promised to go) did his father’s will (D it [sys.c]). This third reading (obviously the most difficult) has had occasional defenders but, because it undermines the subsequent Matthean narrative, must be rejected (Olmstead 2003, 167–­70). It is, however, much more difficult to judge between the first

168

Matthew 21:28-­32

and second readings than most contemporary commentators acknowledge (the majority preferring the first reading). Both readings receive early and important MS support and, while transcriptional probabilities favor the first reading, intrinsic probabilities stand decisively in favor of the second. In particular, the carefully structured parallels between the three parables in Matthew’s trilogy (21:28-­22:14) strongly suggest that the second reading is to be preferred, since, if it is original, the trilogy features yet another significant parallel (Olmstead 2003, 172). In the second and the third parables, the first addressed spurn the invitation that comes to them and are displaced by those who embrace the reissued invitation. This is also the case in the first of the trilogy’s parables if we accept the second reading (on which the translation above and the notes that follow are based). For a full discussion of the textual issues and support for this conclusion see Foster and Olmstead (2003). For a defense of the reading adopted by NA26 and still preferred by NA28, see K. and B. Aland (1989, 212–­17). 21:28 Τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ; ἄνθρωπος εἶχεν τέκνα δύο. καὶ προσελθὼν τῷ πρώτῳ εἶπεν· τέκνον, ὕπαγε σήμερον ἐργάζου ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι. Τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ. See 17:25 on τί σοι δοκεῖ. Τί. The interrogative functions adverbially (see BDAG, 1007.1.a.β.‫)א‬. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῖν. Dative of reference. δοκεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δοκέω. ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of εἶχεν. Fronted as a topical frame (but LDGNT: “fronted for emphasis”). εἶχεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. τέκνα δύο. Accusative direct object of εἶχεν. καὶ. Connective, linking the clauses. The conjunction is absent from ℵ* L Z e ff1 co but present in ℵ2 B C D et al. NA28 includes it, but SBLGNT, following WH, does not. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τῷ πρώτῳ. Dative complement of προσελθὼν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τέκνον. Vocative. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. σήμερον. Adverb of time. ἐργάζου. Pres mid impv 2nd sg ἐργάζομαι.



Matthew 21:28-30

169

ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι. Locative. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα), but many witnesses (B C2 W Z et al.) make the man’s ownership explicit by adding the possessive pronoun. 21:29 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· ἐγώ, κύριε· καὶ οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἐγώ. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause, with an implied verb like ὑπάγω (which, in fact, Bezae [D] does supply; cf. BDF §441.2). BDAG (275) points to the parallel in LXX Judg 13:11, where ἐγώ means “I (will)” or “yes.” κύριε. Vocative. καὶ. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἀπῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι. 21:30 προσελθὼν δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ εἶπεν ὡσαύτως· ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· οὐ θέλω· ὕστερον δὲ μεταμεληθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῷ δευτέρῳ. Dative complement of προσελθὼν. Against NA28, SBLGNT prefers the strongly supported δευτέρῳ (ℵ2 B C2 L et al.) to ἑτέρῳ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὡσαύτως. Adverbial: “a marker of similarity” (LN 64.16). ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω.

170

Matthew 21:28-­32

οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. θέλω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὕστερον. Adverbial accusative, functioning temporally (BDAG, 1044.2.a). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μεταμεληθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg μεταμέλομαι (attendant circumstance or cause). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. The verb, which is rare in the NT (outside of this parable, only in Matt 27:3; 2 Cor 7:8; Heb 7:21), can point either to a sense of regret or to a change of mind (BDAG, 639.1, 2). Here the latter sense seems primary. ἀπῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι. 21:31 τίς ἐκ τῶν δύο ἐποίησεν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός; λέγουσιν· ὁ ὕστερος. λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. τίς. Nominative subject of ἐποίησεν. ἐκ τῶν δύο. Partitive. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. τὸ θέλημα. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. τοῦ πατρός. Subjective genitive. On τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός in Matthew, see esp. 7:21 and 12:50. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ interlocutors’ response and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. ὁ ὕστερος. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. On the historical present, see λέγουσιν above. The two historical presents in close succession probably underscore the polemical import of the parable. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011] discourse) of λέγω. οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι. Nominative subjects of προάγουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame.



Matthew 21:31-32

171

προάγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl προάγω. While προάγω itself suggests only that Israel’s marginalized enter the kingdom before the leaders, Davies and Allison (3:169–­70) are probably right to conclude that, in this context, “the contrast implies exclusivity: one group enters (or will enter), the other does not (or will not).” ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of προάγουσιν. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τοῦ θεοῦ. Subjective genitive; see 12:28 and 21:43 on the atypical ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ in Matthew. 21:32 ἦλθεν γὰρ Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ, οἱ δὲ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι ἐπίστευσαν αὐτῷ· ὑμεῖς δὲ ἰδόντες οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε ὕστερον τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the verdict Jesus issues in 21:31b. Ἰωάννης. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Spatial (motion toward). ἐν ὁδῷ. Manner. δικαιοσύνης. Attributive or epexegetical genitive. On δικαιοσύνη in Matthew, see 6:33. For ὁδὸς/ὁδοὶ δικαιοσύνης, see LXX Prov 12:28; 16:17; 16:31; 17:23; 21:16; 21:21; Job 24:13; 2 Pet 2:21. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐπιστεύσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl πιστεύω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἐπιστεύσατε. οἱ . . . τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι. Nominative subjects of ἐπίστευσαν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπίστευσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl πιστεύω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἐπίστευσαν. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of μετεμελήθητε. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal or concessive [so Hagner 1995, 614; Quarles, 252]). οὐδὲ. Development and negation. μετεμελήθητε. Aor mid ind 2nd pl μεταμέλομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὕστερον. Adverbial accusative, functioning temporally (BDAG, 1044.2.a).

172

Matthew 21:33-­46

τοῦ πιστεῦσαι. Aor act inf πιστεύω. The infinitive might express result (so Zerwick §383; McKay 1994, §16.3.2) but is probably epexegetical, defining the hypothetical change in mind (so MHT 1:216–­17; Robertson, 1090). αὐτῷ. Dative complement of πιστεῦσαι. Matthew 21:33-­46 “Hear another parable. There was a man, a master of a house, who planted a vineyard, and put a fence around it, and dug a winepress in it, and built a tower, and leased it to tenant farmers, and left on a journey. 34 And when the season of fruits drew near, he sent his slaves to the tenants to get his fruits. 35And the tenants, taking his slaves, beat one, killed another, and stoned yet another. 36Again he sent other slaves, more than the first ones, and they did the same to them. 37Finally, he sent to them his son, saying, ‘They will show deference to my son.’ 38But when the tenants saw the son, they said to themselves, ‘This is the heir; come, let us kill him and have his inheritance.’ 39And, taking him, they threw him outside of the vineyard and killed him. 40So then, when the owner of the vineyard comes, what will he do to those tenants?” 41They say to him, “Those ruthless men, ruthlessly he will destroy them, and the vineyard he will lease to other tenants, who will give back to him the fruits in their seasons.” 42Jesus says to them, “Have you never read in the Scriptures, ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this very one became the head of the corner; this is from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes’? 43Because of this, I say to you that the kingdom of God will be taken from you and given to a nation that produces its fruits. [44And the one who falls on this stone will be shattered; and the one upon whom it falls, it will crush him.]” 45And when the chief priests and Pharisees heard his parables, they knew that he was speaking about them; 46and, although they were seeking to arrest him, they were afraid of the crowds, since they were regarding him as a prophet. 33

21:33 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε. ἄνθρωπος ἦν οἰκοδεσπότης ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα καὶ φραγμὸν αὐτῷ περιέθηκεν καὶ ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν πύργον καὶ ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν. Ἄλλην παραβολὴν. Accusative direct object of ἀκούσατε. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀκούσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀκούω. Cf. 13:18. ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ἦν.



Matthew 21:33-34

173

ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. οἰκοδεσπότης. Nominative in apposition to ἄνθρωπος. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ἐφύτευσεν. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἐφύτευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg φυτεύω. ἀμπελῶνα. Accusative direct object of ἐφύτευσεν. φραγμὸν. Accusative direct object of περιέθηκεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). αὐτῷ. Dative complement of περιέθηκεν. περιέθηκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg περιτίθημι. ὤρυξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὀρύσσω. ἐν αὐτῷ. Locative. ληνὸν. Accusative direct object of ὤρυξεν. ληνός (“an instrument for pressing out the juice of grapes for the making of wine” [LN 7.66]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×). ᾠκοδόμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg οἰκοδομέω. πύργον. Accusative direct object of ᾠκοδόμησεν. ἐξέδετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἐκδίδωμι. Each of the four NT occurrences of ἐκδίδωμι (“let out for hire, lease” [BDAG, 300]) come in this parable and its parallels (Mark 12:1; Luke 20:9). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐξέδετο. γεωργοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐξέδετο. ἀπεδήμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποδημέω. The verb ἀποδημέω means “to travel away from one’s domicile, go on a journey” (BDAG, 109.1). 21:34 ὅτε δὲ ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν, ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς λαβεῖν τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἤγγισεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐγγίζω. ὁ καιρὸς. Nominative subject of ἤγγισεν. τῶν καρπῶν. Genitive of identification (“the season when fruit is harvested”). ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. τοὺς δούλους. Accusative direct object of ἀπέστειλεν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς. Spatial (motion toward). λαβεῖν. Aor act inf λαμβάνω (purpose). Mark (12:2) has ἴνα + subj (λάβῃ) here. τοὺς καρποὺς. Accusative direct object of λαβεῖν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive.

174

Matthew 21:33-­46

21:35 καὶ λαβόντες οἱ γεωργοὶ τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ ὃν μὲν ἔδειραν, ὃν δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, ὃν δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν. λαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ γεωργοὶ. Nominative subject of ἔδειραν. τοὺς δούλους. Accusative direct object of λαβόντες. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ὃν μὲν . . . ὃν δὲ . . . ὃν δὲ. The relative pronouns have the force of demonstratives here: “the one . . . another . . . (yet) another” (cf. BDAG, 727.2.b). While μὲν signals anticipation (see 3:11 on μὲν), δὲ is a marker of development (see 1:2 on δὲ). Cf. Matt 13:8b. ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἔδειραν. ἔδειραν. Aor act ind 3rd pl δέρω. Like ἀπέκτειναν and ἐλιθοβόλησαν, ἔδειραν stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἀπέκτειναν. ἀπέκτειναν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀποκτείνω. ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἐλιθοβόλησαν. ἐλιθοβόλησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λιθοβολέω. The verb λιθοβολέω means to “stone (to death)” (BDAG, 595.2). 21:36 πάλιν ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως. πάλιν. Adverbial, here “pert[aining] to repetition in the same (or similar) manner, again, once more, anew of someth[ing] a pers[on] has already done” (BDAG, 752.2). ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. ἄλλους δούλους. Accusative direct object of ἀπέστειλεν. πλείονας. The comparative adjective is accusative in apposition to ἄλλους δούλους—­“more (slaves) than the first.” τῶν πρώτων. Genitive of comparison. ἐποίησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐποίησαν. ὡσαύτως. Adverbial: “a marker of similarity” (LN 64.16). 21:37 ὕστερον δὲ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων· ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου. ὕστερον. Adverbial accusative, with superlative temporal force: “finally” (cf. BDAG, 1044.2.b.β).



Matthew 21:35-38

175

δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. πρὸς αὐτοὺς. Spatial (motion toward). τὸν υἱὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπέστειλεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἐντραπήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἐντρέπω. As Decker (2014b, 111) explains, “[t]his is a ‘θη middle’ form (see 2:2), but it follows the second future middle/passive pattern, so the θ does not appear.” See further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἐντρέπω can mean either “to cause to turn (in shame), to shame (τινά)” (BDAG, 341.1) or “to show deference to a pers[on] in recognition of special status, turn toward someth[ing]/someone, have regard for” (BDAG, 341.2). Here the latter is obviously intended. τὸν υἱόν. Accusative direct object of ἐντραπήσονται. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 21:38 οἱ δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν εἶπον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος· δεῦτε ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτὸν καὶ σχῶμεν τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ, οἱ . . . γεωργοὶ. Nominative subject of εἶπον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὸν υἱὸν. Accusative direct object of ἰδόντες. εἶπον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. Locative (cf. BDAG, 326.1.d). Matthew uses an idiom (lit. “they were saying in themselves”) that can refer either to thought or to actual speech (see 3:9 on ἐν ἑαυτοῖς); here it refers to the latter. οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ κληρονόμος. Predicate nominative. δεῦτε. An adverb (“[come] here”) that, in the NT, “serves mostly as a hortatory particle” (BDAG, 220); see 4:19.

176

Matthew 21:33-­46

ἀποκτείνωμεν. Aor (or pres) act subj 1st pl ἀποκτείνω (hortatory subjunctive). The present and aorist active subjunctive forms of ἀποκτείνω are identical, but McKay (1994, §9.2), probably correctly, finds an imperfective aspect less likely here. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀποκτείνωμεν. σχῶμεν. Aor act subj 1st pl ἔχω (hortatory subjunctive). τὴν κληρονομίαν. Accusative direct object of σχῶμεν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive (Quarles, 254) or subjective genitive. 21:39 καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος καὶ ἀπέκτειναν. λαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of λαβόντες. ἐξέβαλον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐκβάλλω. ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. Locative. According to Harris (2012, 241), ἔξω serves as a preposition in nineteen of its sixty-­three NT occurrences. ἀπέκτειναν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀποκτείνω. 21:40 ὅταν οὖν ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς ἐκείνοις; ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a question that invites a verdict from Jesus’ interlocutors. ἔλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἔλθῃ. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. Genitive of subordination. τί. The interrogative particle serves as the accusative direct object of ποιήσει. ποιήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. Deliberative future (see 12:11 on κρατήσει). τοῖς γεωργοῖς ἐκείνοις. Dative indirect object of ποιήσει. 21:41 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσει αὐτοὺς καὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἐκδώσεται ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς, οἵτινες ἀποδώσουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς καρποὺς ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) marks the transition to the response of Jesus’ opponents and grants prominence to that response.



Matthew 21:39-42

177

αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. κακοὺς κακῶς. An instance of paronomasia, which, Caragounis (456) suggests, is used “to produce effect, emphasis, and clarity, draw the attention of the listener, and generally, to make the point more effectively.” He continues: “In the parable of the Tenants, Matthew in 21:41 is probably using an old set phrase, when he puts in the mouth of Jesus’ interlocutors the answer: λέγουσί αὐτῷ· κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσει (‘he will destroy those evil men in an evil manner’), thereby laying the emphasis upon the severity of the punishment, which is proportionate to the enormity of their behavior.” κακοὺς. Fronted as a topical frame, picked up by the resumptive αὐτοὺς. κακῶς. Adverb of manner. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀπολέσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσει. τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. Accusative direct object of ἐκδώσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκδώσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἐκδίδωμι. See 21:33 on ἐξέδετο. ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐκδώσεται. οἵτινες. Nominative subject of ἀποδώσουσιν. Several grammars (Burton §125; Robertson, 960; 989; Zerwick §343; Wallace, 664) suggest that this relative clause, with its future indicative verb, expresses purpose. Moule (139), by contrast, finds it difficult to decide whether the future has a final or merely affirmative sense here. Probably the chief function of the relative clause is not to express purpose but instead to characterize these tenants over against the former ones. ἀποδώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἀποδίδωμι. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἀποδώσουσιν. τοὺς καρποὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀποδώσουσιν. ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς. Temporal. αὐτῶν. Genitive of identification (“in their seasons,” i.e., “at the proper [harvest] times”). 21:42 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς· λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας· παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν; Λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. As in 21:41, the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) marks the transition (Jesus speaks again) and grants prominence to the pronouncement that follows. As in 21:31, the two

178

Matthew 21:33-­46

historical presents in close succession grant particular prominence to this part of the account. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of Λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of Λέγει. οὐδέποτε. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀνέγνωτε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀναγινώσκω. ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. Locative. λίθον. Where one might have expected a nominative introducing the topic of the sentence, λίθον is accusative by attraction to the relative that follows and points back to it (on inverse attraction, see BDF §295; Wallace, 339). Fronted as a topical frame and picked up by the resumptive οὗτος (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 625). Cf. LXX Ps 117:22. ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἀπεδοκίμασαν. ἀπεδοκίμασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀποδοκιμάζω. οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl οἰκοδομέω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἀπεδοκίμασαν. οὗτος. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐγενήθη (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐγενήθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. εἰς κεφαλὴν. Occasionally, as here, εἰς + accusative takes the place of the predicate nominative (see BDF §145; Wallace, 47). γωνίας. Partitive genitive. κεφαλὴν γωνίας (lit. “head of the corner”) has been understood both as the cornerstone (i.e., the most important foundation stone) and as the capstone “at the top of the arch of the doorway” (Hagner 1995, 622; cf. BDAG, 542.2.b). παρὰ κυρίου. Source or agency (cf. Harris 2012, 222). Fronted for emphasis. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. αὕτη. Nominative subject of ἐγένετο. Decker’s comments (2014b, 114) on the parallel in Mark 12:11 are instructive here. He notes that the antecedent of the feminine pronoun could be the preceding κεφαλὴν, or the event just described (i.e., οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας), but in that case the feminine gender would be puzzling. More probably, he thinks, the pronoun is feminine under the influence of LXX Ps 117:23 (παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη), where αὕτη is “a very formal translation” of the Hebrew feminine demonstrative ‫זֹאת‬. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. θαυμαστὴ. Predicate adjective.



Matthew 21:43

179

ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. Locative, but the sense is extended metaphorically, so that the preposition becomes a marker of judgment (BDAG, 327.1.e): “in our eyes”—that is, “in our judgment.” ἡμῶν. Possessive genitive. 21:43 διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἀρθήσεται ἀφ᾿ ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς. διὰ τοῦτο. Causal. See 6:25 on Διὰ τοῦτο. But what, precisely, does τοῦτο look back to? Are we to think of reversal initiated by the Lord (21:42; so Luz 2001–­2007, 3:42), of the judgment pronounced by Israel’s leaders (21:41; so Nolland, 878), or of the parable itself (so Hagner 1995, 623)? Since both 21:41 and 21:42 pronounce judgment on those who have rejected the son/stone (the rejection the parable expresses in narrative form), perhaps these readings are not as far apart as one might first think. France (2007, 816) reasonably suggests that Matthew’s διὰ τοῦτο “does double duty. In the first place this verse is the sequel of v. 41 and applies to the chief priests and elders the verdict they have just pronounced on the defaulting tenants. . . . But, in the second place, the ‘therefore’ also takes up the theme of the psalm quotation.” λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NET; NIV 2011; LEB; NJB] or direct [NRSV; ESV] discourse) of λέγω. ἀρθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg αἴρω. ἀφ᾿ ὑμῶν. Separation. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἀρθήσεται. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τοῦ θεοῦ. Subjective genitive. See 12:28 on the atypical ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ in Matthew. Here the departure from the typically Matthean ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν is in keeping with the evangelist’s theocentric rewriting of the parable (Olmstead 2003, 150–­52; cf. Konradt, 173 n. 35). δοθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. Quite clearly, God is the implied agent of both passive verbs; on the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. ἔθνει. Dative indirect object of δοθήσεται. Although the sense of ἔθνος here is hotly disputed, its use elsewhere in this Gospel and its dominant use in the LXX suggest that it simply means “nation” (although the following participial modifier makes it plain that it is no ordinary nation). For a defense of this conclusion, see Olmstead (2011, 115–­32) and, for a counterargument, Konradt (180–­85). ποιοῦντι. Pres act ptc neut dat sg ποιέω (attributive).

180

Matthew 21:33-­46

τοὺς καρποὺς. Accusative direct object of ποιοῦντι. αὐτῆς. Possessive genitive. 21:44 [καὶ ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον συνθλασθήσεται· ἐφ᾽ ὃν δ᾽ ἂν πέσῃ λικμήσει αὐτόν.] The verse in its entirety is absent from D 33 it sys; Or Eussyr but is present in most witnesses (ℵ B C K et al.). A generation ago, most scholars viewed 21:44 as an early interpolation from Luke 20:18. Although Metzger (47) considers evidence to the contrary, he acknowledges that the Committee regarded “the verse to be an accretion to the text, yet because of the antiquity of the reading and its importance to the textual tradition, . . . decided to retain it in the text, enclosed within square brackets.” More recently, however, numerous scholars have concluded that 21:44 is original, for several reasons. “(1) The placement of the verse in Matthew does not follow the Lucan sequence as one would expect if the verse were an interpolation from Luke. (2) The slight differences between the Matthean and Lucan stone saying likewise argue that its presence in Matthew is not the result of an interpolation. (3) The Matthean sequence, which at least initially seems illogical, may have led to the exclusion of the verse. (4) The external evidence stands squarely in favour of the inclusion” (Olmstead 2003, 221 n. 102). Nevertheless, each line of this argument can be challenged. Although a decision is difficult, I am inclined to agree with those earlier scholars who considered 21:44 a scribal addition under the influence of Luke 20:18. For an extended discussion of the problem and defense of this conclusion, see Olmstead (2003, 220–­22 n. 102). ὁ πεσὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πίπτω (substantival). Nominative subject of συνθλασθήσεται. ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον. Locative. συνθλασθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg συνθλάω. In the NT, συνθλάω (“to break or shatter a solid object into pieces” [LN 19.39]) occurs only here (if the text is authentic) and in Luke 20:18. ἐφ᾽ ὃν . . . ἂν. Locative. Fronted as a topical frame and picked up by the resumptive αὐτόν. δ᾽. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πέσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg πίπτω. Subjunctive with ἄν. λικμήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg λικμάω. The verb means “to crush” (LN 19.47). Like συνθλάω, λικμάω appears in the NT only here (if the text is authentic) and in Luke 20:18. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of λικμήσει.



Matthew 21:44-46

181

21:45 Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ ἔγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει· ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀκούσαντες recalls ἀκούσατε (21:33), which, with its echo of 13:18, introduced Matthew’s parable. Here, then, Jesus’ opponents are depicted as those who hear and never understand (13:14). οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of ἔγνωσαν. τὰς παραβολὰς. Accusative direct object of ἀκούσαντες. αὐτοῦ. We might consider the genitive pronoun loosely possessive or, more simply, a genitive of identification (“the parables he told”). ἔγνωσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl γινώσκω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ἔγνωσαν. περὶ αὐτῶν. Reference. Fronted for emphasis. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. As usual in indirect discourse, Greek retains the tense of the direct discourse. 21:46 καὶ ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐπεὶ εἰς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. ζητοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ζητέω (concessive). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of κρατῆσαι. Fronted as a topical frame. κρατῆσαι. Aor act inf κρατέω (complementary). See 14:3 on κρατήσας. ἐφοβήθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl φοβέομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of ἐφοβήθησαν. ἐπεὶ. Introduces a causal clause. εἰς. Introduces an accusative complement. See 14:5 on προφήτην. προφήτην. Accusative complement to τὸν Ἰωάννην in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Alternatively, εἰς + the accusative προφήτην is used instead of a predicate accusative (cf. BDF §157.5). Fronted for emphasis. Cf. 14:5; 21:11, 26. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of εἶχον in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. εἶχον. Impf act ind 3rd pl ἔχω. The verb ἔχω means here “to have an opinion about someth[ing], consider, look upon, view” (BDAG, 421.6).

182

Matthew 22:1-­14

Matthew 22:1-­14 And, in response, Jesus again spoke in parables to them, saying, 2“Heaven’s kingdom is like a man, a king, who gave a wedding feast for his son. 3And he sent his slaves to call those who had been invited to the wedding feast, but they were not willing to come. 4Again, he sent other slaves saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited, “Behold, my dinner I have prepared, my oxen and my fattened calves are slaughtered, and everything is ready; come to the wedding feast.” ’ 5But, ignoring them, they went away, the one to his own field, and the other to his business. 6 And the rest, seizing his slaves, mistreated and killed them. 7And the king became angry and, sending his armies, he destroyed those murderers and burned their city. 8Then he says to his slaves, ‘The wedding feast is ready, but those who were invited were not worthy. 9Therefore, go to where the roads leave the city and invite as many as you find to the wedding feast.’ 10And, going out into the roads, those slaves gathered all whom they found, both evil and good, and the wedding feast was filled with those reclining at table. 11But when the king entered to look at those reclining, he saw there a man who was not wearing a wedding garment, 12and he says to him, ‘Friend, how did you get in here without a wedding garment?’ But he was speechless. 13Then the king said to his servants, ‘Binding his feet and hands, throw him out into outermost darkness, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.’ 14For many are called, but few (are) chosen.” 1

22:1 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν εἶπεν ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς λέγων ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. Although Jesus is not answering any kind of utterance here, probably ἀποκριθεὶς does signal a response to the prior response of his opponents (21:45-­46; cf. Davies and Allison, 3:197 n. 23; Nolland, 585). ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. πάλιν. Adverbial, here a “marker of a discourse or narrative item added to items of a related nature” (BDAG, 753.3). εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἐν παραβολαῖς. Instrumental. Davies and Allison (3:197) suggest that the plural παραβολαῖς “refers to the three parables in 21.28-­22.14 or simply means παραβολικῶς.” Luz (2001–­2007, 3:52) points to 13:10, 13 and rightly suggests that Matthew “is . . . interested in what is basic in



Matthew 22:1-3

183

Jesus’ parabolic address: outsiders, especially the chief priests and Pharisees (21:45), do not understand the parables.” αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. 22:2 ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὅστις ἐποίησεν γάμους τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ. ὡμοιώθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ὁμοιόω. Although one might consider the verb to be passive, probably it is a θη–­middle (see further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). Here the perfective form of the stative verb signals a present state (cf. 3:17 on εὐδόκησα; Fresch 2016, 396–­97). On the use of aorist and future forms of ὁμοιόω to introduce Jesus’ parables, see 7:24 on ὁμοιωθήσεται. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ὡμοιώθη. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative complement of ὡμοιώθη. βασιλεῖ. Dative in apposition to ἀνθρώπῳ. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ἐποίησεν. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. γάμους. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. As BDAG (188) notes, singular and plural forms of γάμος are “oft[en] used interchangeably w[ith] no difference in m[ea]n[in]g.” τῷ υἱῷ. Dative of advantage. Like the son in the parable of the tenants (21:37-­38) but unlike those in the parable of the two sons (21:28), this son is called a υἱός. The distinction is probably deliberate; in the trilogy, Matthew reserves υἱός for characters that point, outside of the story, to the son heaven confesses (3:17; 17:5). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 22:3 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλημένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελον ἐλθεῖν. ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ. Cf. 21:34. ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. τοὺς δούλους. Accusative direct object of ἀπέστειλεν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. καλέσαι. Aor act inf καλέω (purpose). τοὺς κεκλημένους. Prf pass ptc masc acc pl καλέω (substantival). Accusative direct object of καλέσαι. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν.

184

Matthew 22:1-­14

εἰς τοὺς γάμους. With καλέω, the preposition marks the event to which the guests had been invited (Quarles, 257). The article is anaphoric (cf. 22:2). καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἤθελον. Impf act ind 3rd pl θέλω. ἐλθεῖν. Aor act inf ἔρχομαι (complementary). 22:4 πάλιν ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους λέγων· εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις· ἰδοὺ τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα, οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα καὶ πάντα ἕτοιμα· δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. πάλιν ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους. Cf. 21:36. πάλιν. Adverbial, here “pert[aining] to repetition in the same (or similar) manner, again, once more” (BDAG, 752.2). ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. ἄλλους δούλους. Accusative direct object of ἀπέστειλεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. εἴπατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl λέγω. τοῖς κεκλημένοις. Prf pass ptc masc dat pl καλέω (substantival). Dative indirect object of εἴπατε. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and places an accent on the utterance that follows. τὸ ἄριστόν. Accusative direct object of ἡτοίμακα. ἄριστον, which can also refer to an early morning meal (“breakfast” [BDAG, 131.1]), refers here to a meal more generally (cf. BDAG, 131.2). A Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×). μου. Genitive of identification (“the dinner I have had prepared”). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡτοίμακα. Prf act ind 1st sg ἑτοιμάζω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. The verb stands in final position for emphasis (LDGNT). οἱ ταῦροί . . . καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ταῦρος (“bull, ox” [BDAG, 991]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×), and σιτιστός (“fattened”) is a NT hapax legomenon. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τεθυμένα. Prf pass ptc neut nom pl θύω (predicate). The participle stands in final position for emphasis. πάντα. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ἕτοιμα. Predicate adjective in a verbless equative clause.



Matthew 22:4-6

185

δεῦτε. An adverb (“[come] here”) that, in the NT, “serves mostly as a hortatory particle” (BDAG, 220); see further 4:19. εἰς τοὺς γάμους. See 22:3; as in 22:3, the article is anaphoric (cf. 22:2). 22:5 οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες ἀπῆλθον, ὃς μὲν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον ἀγρόν, ὃς δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμπορίαν αὐτοῦ· οἱ. Nominative subject of ἀπῆλθον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀμελήσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀμελέω (attendant circumstance). ἀμελέω (“to neglect, to disregard, to pay no attention to” [LN 30.50]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. ἀπῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπέρχομαι. ὃς μὲν . . . ὃς δὲ. The relatives here function as demonstratives, with the sense, “the one . . . the other” (BDAG, 727.2.b). ὃς. Nominative in apposition to οἱ. Robertson (399) refers to this as “partitive or distributive apposition,” since “the words in apposition do not correspond to the whole.” Fronted as a topical frame. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. εἰς τὸν ἴδιον ἀγρόν. Locative. BDF (§286.1) suggests that εἰς τὸν ἴδιον ἀγρόν is virtually equivalent to εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν αὐτοῦ here (cf. Moule, 121). ὃς. Nominative in apposition to οἱ. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμπορίαν. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 22:6 οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ κρατήσαντες τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν. οἱ . . . λοιποὶ. Nominative subject of ὕβρισαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. κρατήσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl κρατέω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς δούλους. Accusative direct object of κρατήσαντες. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ὕβρισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ὑβρίζω. The verb means “to maltreat in an insolent manner” (LN 88.130). ἀπέκτειναν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀποκτείνω. Both ὕβρισαν and ἀπέκτειναν stand in final, emphatic position (LDGNT).

186

Matthew 22:1-­14

22:7 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ὠργίσθη καὶ πέμψας τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτοῦ ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησεν. ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς. Most witnesses fill in a gap in the text by including a participial form of ἀκούω (“when the king heard”), this basic reading appearing in three distinct forms. But the same gap in the strongly supported reading (ℵ B L 085 et al.) adopted by NA28 and SBLGNT clearly accounts for the rise of these variants. ὁ . . . βασιλεὺς. Nominative subject of ὠργίσθη. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὠργίσθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ὀργίζω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. The middle voice is often employed with verbs denoting emotional states. πέμψας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πέμπω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὰ στρατεύματα. Accusative direct object of πέμψας. BDAG (947) notes that στράτευμα can refer to “a smaller detachment of soldiers” as well as to an “army” and finds the former more natural here. Finding no clear contextual signal that a small detachment is in view, I opt to translate στρατεύματα as “armies.” αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive or genitive of identification. ἀπώλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους. Accusative direct object of ἀπώλεσεν. τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). τὴν πόλιν. Accusative direct object of ἐνέπρησεν. αὐτῶν. Genitive of identification (“their city”—­i.e., “the city in which the murderers live”). ἐνέπρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐμπίμπρημι. The verb ἐμπίμπρημι (“to initiate a process of burning, set on fire, burn” [BDAG, 324.1]) is a NT hapax legomenon. 22:8 τότε λέγει τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ· ὁ μὲν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκ ἦσαν ἄξιοι· τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present helps the reader process the narrative transition to the king’s renewed invitation and, more importantly, grants prominence to that response. τοῖς δούλοις. Dative indirect object of λέγει. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive.



Matthew 22:7-9

187

ὁ . . . γάμος. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. On singular and plural forms of the noun, see 22:2 on γάμους. Fronted as a topical frame. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. ἕτοιμός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οἱ . . . κεκλημένοι. Prf pass ptc masc nom pl καλέω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἦσαν. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. ἄξιοι. Predicate adjective. 22:9 πορεύεσθε οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν καὶ ὅσους ἐὰν εὕρητε καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. πορεύεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl πορεύομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the king’s response to the unworthiness of the first-­invited. ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους. Locative. According to BDAG (244), the rare noun διέξοδος (only here in the NT, but 26× in the LXX) “is somet[imes] taken to mean ‘street-­crossing’, but is prob[ably] the place where a main street cuts (through) the city boundary and goes (out) into the open country, outlet, way out of town.” Cf. Josephus, Ant. 12.346, to which Davies and Allison (3:203 n. 48) point. τῶν ὁδῶν. Genitive of identification. If BDAG (244) understands διεξόδους correctly, then the relationship between this genitive and its head noun is probably quite general: “the outlet of the roads.” ὅσους ἐὰν εὕρητε. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὅσους ἐὰν. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὅσους ἐὰν εὕρητε), serves as the accusative direct object of καλέσατε. Within its clause, ὅσους ἐὰν is the accusative direct object of εὕρητε. εὕρητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl εὑρίσκω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. καλέσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl καλέω. εἰς τοὺς γάμους. See 22:3.

188

Matthew 22:1-­14

22:10 καὶ ἐξελθόντες οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς συνήγαγον πάντας οὓς εὗρον, πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς· καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων. ἐξελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι. Nominative subject of συνήγαγον. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς. Locative. συνήγαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl συνάγω. πάντας. Accusative direct object of συνήγαγον. οὓς. Accusative direct object of εὗρον. εὗρον. Aor act ind 3rd pl εὑρίσκω. πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς. Accusative in apposition to πάντας. On τε καὶ, see BDAG (993.2.c.α). Davies and Allison (3:203) suggest that the order perhaps makes πονηρούς emphatic. In any case, it does prepare the reader for 22:11-­14. ἐπλήσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg πίμπλημι. The verb πίμπλημι means “to cause to be completely full, fill, fulfill” (BDAG, 813.1). ὁ γάμος. Nominative subject of ἐπλήσθη. Some important witnesses (including ℵ and B*) have νυμφών (“wedding hall” or “bridal chamber” [BDAG, 681]) instead of γάμος, and that reading may be in fact be original (as WH thought). But it is more likely an early scribal improvement, since nowhere else does γάμος refer to the place of celebration (cf. BDAG, 189.3; Luz 2001-­2007, 3:46 n. 3). NA28 and SBLGNT follow the majority of witnesses. ἀνακειμένων. Pres mid ptc masc gen pl ἀνάκειμαι (substantival). Genitive of content. 22:11 Εἰσελθὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς θεάσασθαι τοὺς ἀνακειμένους εἶδεν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον ἔνδυμα γάμου, Εἰσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εἰσέρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ βασιλεὺς. Nominative subject of εἶδεν. θεάσασθαι. Aor mid inf θεάομαι (purpose). τοὺς ἀνακειμένους. Pres mid ptc masc acc pl ἀνάκειμαι (substantival). Accusative direct object of θεάσασθαι. εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place.



Matthew 22:10-13

189

ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν. οὐκ. Here, for the only time in Matthew, the participle is negated by οὐ instead of μή (cf. μὴ ἔχων in 22:12). Burton (§485) finds seventeen such examples in the NT. ἐνδεδυμένον. Prf mid ptc masc acc sg ἐνδύω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἔνδυμα. Accusative direct object of ἐνδεδυμένον. γάμου. Attributive genitive. 22:12 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· ἑταῖρε, πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου; ὁ δὲ ἐφιμώθη. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) grants prominence to the king’s question. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ἑταῖρε. Vocative. See 20:13 on ἑταῖρε. πῶς. Introduces a direct question. εἰσῆλθες. Aor act ind 2nd sg εἰσέρχομαι. ὧδε. Adverb of place. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (manner or concessive [Quarles, 259]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἔνδυμα. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. γάμου. Attributive genitive. ὁ. Nominative subject of ἐφιμώθη. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐφιμώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg φιμόω. The verb φιμόω means “to silence, put to silence” (BDAG, 1060.2). 22:13 τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν τοῖς διακόνοις· δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ἐκβάλετε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον· ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ὁ βασιλεὺς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τοῖς διακόνοις. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. δήσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl δέω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive.

190

Matthew 22:15-­22

πόδας καὶ χεῖρας. Accusative direct object of δήσαντες. ἐκβάλετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἐκβάλλω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλετε. εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον. Locative. The comparative adjective is used for the superlative: “outermost” (Quarles, 259; BDAG, 355.2). ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place (lit. “weeping and gnashing of teeth will be there”). ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς. Compound nominative subject of ἔσται. τῶν ὀδόντων. Objective genitive. 22:14 πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί. πολλοὶ. Nominative subject of εἰσιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a saying that, taking up the language of the parable (22:3, 4, 8), offers support for the immediately preceding pronouncement of judgment. εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κλητοί. Predicate adjective. Before both κλητοί and ἐκλεκτοί, a few witnesses (L ƒ1 700 892 sa) include an article, making these two adjectives the subjects of their clauses. ὀλίγοι. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐκλεκτοί. Predicate adjective. On the saying πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί, see Meyer, who notes the absence of comparative forms of the adjective in Hebrew and Aramaic and suggests that the positive adjectives stand for comparative here: more (i.e., all) are called, but less (i.e., not all) are chosen; for a critique, see Olmstead (2003, 127–­28). Matthew 22:15-­22 Then, departing, the Pharisees plotted in order to ensnare him in what he said. 16And they send their disciples to him, along with the Herodians, saying, “Teacher, we know that you are truthful, and you teach the way of God truthfully, and you are not swayed by others; for you are not intimidated by the people’s opinions. 17So then, tell us, how does it seem to you? Is it lawful to pay the poll tax to Caesar or not?” 18But Jesus, recognizing their evil, said, “Why are you testing me, hypocrites? 19 Show me a coin used to pay the poll tax.” And they brought a denarius 15



Matthew 22:14-16

191

to him. 20And he says to them, “Whose is this image and inscription?” 21 They say to him, “Caesar’s.” Then he says to them, “So give back to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s and to God the things that are God’s.” 22 And when they heard this, they were astonished and, leaving him, they went away. 22:15 Τότε πορευθέντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. πορευθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of ἔλαβον. συμβούλιον ἔλαβον. See 12:14. συμβούλιον. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβον. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. ὅπως. As in 12:14, ὅπως introduces either a purpose clause (so LEB, CEB; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:62 n. 9; Quarles, 260; cf. BDAG, 718.2) or the clausal complement of συμβούλιον ἔλαβον that “closely resembles an indirect deliberative question” (Burton §207; so NRSV; NLT; ESV; NET; NIV 2011; cf. BDAG, 718.2.b). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παγιδεύσωσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. παγιδεύσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl παγιδεύω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. παγιδεύω (“set a snare or trap” [BDAG, 747]) is a NT hapax legomenon (cf. LXX 1 Sam 28:9; Eccl 9:12). ἐν λόγῳ. Instrumental (so NET; LEB; Quarles, 260). 22:16 καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν λέγοντες· διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἶ καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διδάσκεις καὶ οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός· οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων, ἀποστέλλουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀποστέλλω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) grants prominence to the event that follows immediately. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἀποστέλλουσιν. τοὺς μαθητὰς. Accusative direct object of ἀποστέλλουσιν. αὐτῶν. Genitive of relationship.

192

Matthew 22:15-­22

μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν. Accompaniment. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner or purpose [Quarles, 260]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ℵ B L 085 have the accusative λέγοντας here, but NA28 and SBLGNT follow the majority of the witnesses here. The accusative may be original (so WH) but is probably an early correction (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 3:61 n. 2), since it was τοὺς μαθητὰς (accusative) who actually spoke. If we accept the nominative reading, the thought is presumably that the Pharisees (22:15) spoke through their disciples (with the Herodians). διδάσκαλε. Vocative. See 8:19 on διδάσκαλε. οἴδαμεν. Prf act ind 1st pl οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of οἴδαμεν. ἀληθὴς. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). τὴν ὁδὸν. Accusative direct object of διδάσκεις. τοῦ θεοῦ. Genitive of identification (“the way of God”—­i.e., “the way of life that God requires”; cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 630: “the way God wants people to live”). ἐν ἀληθείᾳ. Manner. Fronted for emphasis. διδάσκεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg διδάσκω. οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός. An idiom (lit. “it is not a care for you concerning no one”) that describes the (lack of) influence other people hold over a person: “[Y]ou are not swayed by others” (NIV 2011). οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. μέλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg μέλει (impersonal). σοι. Dative of reference or, less likely, dative complement of μέλει (so Decker 2014b, 117). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. περὶ οὐδενός. Reference. οὐ . . . βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων. An idiom (lit. “you do not look toward the face of people”), the force of which, BDAG (179.4) suggests, is “regard someone’s opinion in the sense of being afraid of what someone might think.” οὐ. See above. βλέπεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg βλέπω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clause that offers support for the preceding assertion.



Matthew 22:17-18

193

εἰς πρόσωπον. Locative. εἰς indicates here “direction toward something without ref[erence] to bodily motion” (BDAG, 289.1.b.α). Decker (2014b, 118) considers “respect” (or reference) an option. ἀνθρώπων. Possessive genitive. 22:17 εἰπὲ οὖν ἡμῖν τί σοι δοκεῖ· ἔξεστιν δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι ἢ οὔ; εἰπὲ. Aor act impv 2nd sg λέγω. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the question that follows from the preceding depiction of Jesus (22:16). ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἰπὲ. τί σοι δοκεῖ. See 17:25 on τί σοι δοκεῖ. τί. The interrogative functions adverbially (cf. BDAG, 1007.1.a.β.‫)א‬. σοι. Dative of reference. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. δοκεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δοκέω (impersonal). ἔξεστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔξεστιν (impersonal). δοῦναι. Aor act inf δίδωμι (complementary). κῆνσον. Accusative direct object of δοῦναι. See 17:25 on κῆνσον. Καίσαρι. Dative indirect object of δοῦναι. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). οὔ. A negative particle in an elliptical clause, with ἔξεστιν δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι implied. 22:18 γνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτῶν εἶπεν· τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί; γνοὺς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg γινώσκω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. τὴν πονηρίαν. Accusative direct object of γνοὺς. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). με. Accusative direct object of πειράζετε. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πειράζετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl πειράζω. ὑποκριταί. Vocative.

194

Matthew 22:15-­22

22:19 ἐπιδείξατέ μοι τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσου. οἱ δὲ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δηνάριον. ἐπιδείξατέ. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἐπιδείκνυμι. μοι. Dative indirect object of ἐπιδείξατέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὸ νόμισμα. Accusative direct object of ἐπιδείξατέ. νόμισμα, a NT hapax legomenon that can refer to “anything sanctioned by common usage” (BDAG, 676), refers here to a coin. τοῦ κήνσου. Genitive of identification (“the coin with which the tax is paid” [BDAG, 542]). See 17:25 on κῆνσον. οἱ. Nominative subject of προσήνεγκαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. προσήνεγκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσήνεγκαν. δηνάριον. Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν. 22:20 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή; λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) is the first in a cluster of three in 22:20-­21 that signal narrative transitions and, together, mark the focal point of the pericope. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. τίνος. Genitive of identification or possessive genitive (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 630; Decker 2014b, 119). The genitive interrogative pronoun, fronted for emphasis, modifies two head nouns, indicating whose image and inscription the coin features. ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή. Nominative subjects of a verbless equative clause. Decker (2014b, 119), by contrast, takes αὕτη in the parallel construction in Mark as a predicate nominative. ἐπιγραφή (“inscription”), a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×), is “ordinarily [used] of a document incised on stone, but also of identifying notices on any kind of material” (BDAG, 369). 22:21 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Καίσαρος. τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς· ἀπόδοτε οὖν τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. On the historical present, unique to Matthew here, see 22:20 on λέγει. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. The pronoun is absent from ℵ B syp, and WH thought the omission was original. That may be correct, the pronoun being added either as a natural scribal addition or



Matthew 22:19-22

195

under the influence of the parallel in Mark 12:16. On the other hand, it could have been omitted in assimilation to Luke 20:24. The weight of external evidence presumably leads both NA28 and SBLGNT to include it. Luz (2001–­2007, 3:62 n. 3) thinks the matter must be left open. Καίσαρος. Genitive of identification or possessive genitive (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 630; Decker 2014b, 119) in an elliptical clause, modifying an implied ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present, the third in the cluster (see 22:20 on λέγει), is again unique to Matthew. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ἀπόδοτε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀποδίδωμι. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the conclusion that Jesus draws on the basis of their answer to his question. τὰ Καίσαρος. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the genitive Καίσαρος into the direct object of ἀπόδοτε. Καίσαρος. Possessive genitive. Καίσαρι. Dative indirect object of ἀπόδοτε. τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the genitive τοῦ θεοῦ into the direct object of an implied ἀπόδοτε. τοῦ θεοῦ. Possessive genitive. τῷ θεῷ. Dative indirect object of an implied ἀπόδοτε. 22:22 καὶ ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν, καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθαν. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐθαύμασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl θαυμάζω. ἀφέντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀφίημι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Cf. 4:11, where the devil leaves Jesus after his testing (Luz 2001–­2007, 3:67). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀφέντες. ἀπῆλθαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπέρχομαι. Matthew 22:23-­33 On that day some Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, approached him and asked him, 24saying, “Teacher, Moses said, ‘If anyone dies without having children, his brother shall marry his wife and shall raise up a descendant for his brother.’ 25Now there were seven 23

196

Matthew 22:23-­33

brothers among us; and the first, after he married, died and, since he did not have a descendant, left his wife to his brother. 26In the same way also the second and the third, until the seventh. 27Last of all, the woman died. 28So then, at the resurrection, of which of the seven will she be wife? For they all had her.” 29And, answering, Jesus said to them, “You are mistaken, because you know neither the Scriptures nor the power of God. 30For at the resurrection, they will neither marry nor be given in marriage but will be like angels in heaven. 31And concerning the resurrection of the dead, have you not read what was spoken to you by God, who said, 32‘I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob’? He is not the God of the dead but of the living.” 33And when the crowds heard this, they were astonished at his teaching. 22:23 Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι, λέγοντες μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Temporal. προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. Σαδδουκαῖοι. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (attributive). Before the participle, several witnesses (ℵ2 K L Θ et al.) include an article, making it explicit that the participle is functioning attributively. This scribal clarification probably does reflect a correct understanding of the original syntax, since, especially after the anarthrous Σαδδουκαῖοι, the participle need not be articular to be attributive (so ESV; NET; NIV 2011), and it is probably more natural to understand the second λέγοντες (22:24) as introducing the Sadducees’ address to Jesus (France 2007, 835 n. 1). It must be admitted, however, that Matthew could have removed the ambiguity by making the participle articular (as did later scribes). As it stands, the participle could also be adverbial, and many exegetes understand it so (e.g., Hagner 1995, 640; Davies and Allison, 3:222; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:69; Nolland, 901; NEB; NRSV). μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. εἶναι. Pres act inf εἰμί (indirect discourse). ἀνάστασιν. Accusative subject of the infinitive εἶναι. ἐπηρώτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπερωτάω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐπηρώτησαν.



Matthew 22:23-25

197

22:24 λέγοντες· διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν· ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ἔχων τέκνα, ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). διδάσκαλε. Vocative. See further 8:19 on διδάσκαλε. Μωϋσῆς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἐάν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. τις. Nominative subject of ἀποθάνῃ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀποθάνῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀποθνῄσκω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τέκνα. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. ἐπιγαμβρεύσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἐπιγαμβρεύω. Imperatival future. ἐπιγαμβρεύω (“to become related by marriage . . . , then marry as next of kin, usu[ally] brother-­in-­law of levirate marriage” [BDAG, 368]) is a NT hapax legomenon. ὁ ἀδελφὸς. Nominative subject of ἐπιγαμβρεύσει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. τὴν γυναῖκα. Accusative direct object of ἐπιγαμβρεύσει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἀναστήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀνίστημι. Imperatival future. σπέρμα. Accusative direct object of ἀναστήσει. τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Dative of advantage. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 22:25 ἦσαν δὲ παρ᾿ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί· καὶ ὁ πρῶτος γήμας ἐτελεύτησεν, καὶ μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα ἀφῆκεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ· ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. παρ᾿ ἡμῖν. Locative (cf. BDAG, 757.1.b.β). ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί. Nominative subject of ἦσαν (contra Decker, 2014b, 122, who takes ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί as a predicate nominative in Mark 12:20). ὁ πρῶτος. Nominative subject of ἐτελεύτησεν. Fronted as a topical frame. γήμας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg γαμέω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων.

198

Matthew 22:23-­33

ἐτελεύτησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τελευτάω. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. σπέρμα. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. ἀφῆκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. τὴν γυναῖκα. Accusative direct object of ἀφῆκεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Dative indirect object of ἀφῆκεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 22:26 ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ δεύτερος καὶ ὁ τρίτος ἕως τῶν ἑπτά. ὁμοίως. The comparative adverb introduces the elliptical construction that follow (see ὁ δεύτερος below). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39). ὁ δεύτερος. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (with γήμας ἐτελεύτησεν, καὶ μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα ἀφῆκεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ implied). ὁ τρίτος. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (see ὁ δεύτερος above). ἕως τῶν ἑπτά. ἕως functions here as a “marker of order in a series” (BDAG, 423.4). The cardinal number seems surprising after two ordinals, but ἕβδομος (seventh) is unattested in the Synoptic Gospels (and five of its nine NT occurrences are in Revelation). 22:27 ὕστερον δὲ πάντων ἀπέθανεν ἡ γυνή. ὕστερον. Adverbial accusative with superlative force (cf. BDAG, 1044.2.b.β). ὕστερον replaces Mark’s ἔσχατον, which is “never used as an adverb in Matthew” (Davies and Allison, 3:226 n. 31). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πάντων. Decker suggests that “πάντων functions somewhat like a partitive genitive (though there is no head noun) referring to the entire series of events” just described (2014b, 123–­24). ἀπέθανεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποθνῄσκω. ἡ γυνή. Nominative subject of ἀπέθανεν. 22:28 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει οὖν τίνος τῶν ἑπτὰ ἔσται γυνή; πάντες γὰρ ἔσχον αὐτήν· ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει. Temporal (NIV 2011) or locative (“in the resurrected state” [Davies and Allison, 3:227; cf. France 2007, 839; ESV; NET; NRSV]).



Matthew 22:26-30

199

οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν): “Therefore (i.e., since she was married to all seven), . . .” τίνος. Genitive of relationship, modifying γυνή. Fronted for emphasis. τῶν ἑπτὰ. Partitive genitive. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. γυνή. Predicate nominative. πάντες. Nominative subject of ἔσχον. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clause that concisely expresses the conundrum set before Jesus. ἔσχον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἔχω. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of ἔσχον. 22:29 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· πλανᾶσθε μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφὰς μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ· Ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg αποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. πλανᾶσθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl πλανάω. Cf. BDAG (822.2.c.γ). μὴ . . . μηδὲ. Neither . . . nor. μηδὲ signals both negation and development. εἰδότες. Prf act ptc masc nom pl οἶδα (causal). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων; on the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. τὰς γραφὰς. Accusative direct object of εἰδότες. τὴν δύναμιν. Accusative direct object of εἰδότες. τοῦ θεοῦ. Possessive (Quarles, 263) or subjective genitive. 22:30 ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ εἰσιν. ἐν . . . τῇ ἀναστάσει. Temporal or locative (cf. 22:28). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the twofold grounds that Jesus offers (22:30-­32) for the preceding assertions. οὔτε . . . οὔτε . . . ἀλλ᾿. A point/counterpoint set, in which the final, corrected element receives emphasis. γαμοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl γαμέω. Futuristic present.

200

Matthew 22:23-­33

γαμίζονται. Pres pass ind 3rd pl γαμίζω. Futuristic present. γαμίζω means here “to cause (a woman) to become married, give (a woman) in marriage” (BDAG, 188.1). ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. ἄγγελοι. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “[T]hey are like the angels in heaven (are).” Alternatively, as BDAG (1104.2.c.β) suggests, ὡς introduces the predicate adjective: “[T]hey are similar to angels.” The MS tradition diverges here, ἄγγελοι being articular in some witnesses (Θ ƒ1) and modified by either θεοῦ (ℵ L ƒ13 33 et al.) or τοῦ θεοῦ (K W Γ Δ et al.) in others. Although SBLGNT prefers ἄγγελοι θεοῦ, the anarthrous ἄγγελοι (B D 700) seems most likely to have given rise to the other readings. As Metzger (48) observes, “[t]he addition of [τοῦ] θεοῦ is a natural expansion, which, if present in the text originally, would not have been likely to be omitted.” ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Locative. While the singular οὐρανός with reference to the dwelling place of God may surprise initially (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν), Pennington suggests that “[a]n examination of the 82 occurrences of οὐρανός reveals that in no case does Jesus ever use a plural form when addressing his opponents (with the same possible exception of the mixed crowd in 22:2). Thus, it may be that in 22:30, which takes place in a sharp conflict between Jesus and the Sadducees, the reference to the angels is singular in accordance with the pattern of ‘disciples versus opponents’ language. Thus, in Matthew’s varied use of οὐρανός and other words, at times his patterns irreconcilably conflict with one another. In this instance, ‘outsiders’ language forces the otherwise-­ unexpected plural from of οὐρανός to become singular” (2009, 145–­46). εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. Futuristic present. 22:31 περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λέγοντος· περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). περὶ . . . τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Reference. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῶν νεκρῶν. Objective genitive. The article is generic (cf. MHT 3:180). οὐκ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ἀνέγνωτε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀναγινώσκω.



Matthew 22:31-33

201

τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut acc sg λέγω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἀνέγνωτε. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of ῥηθὲν. ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. Ultimate agency. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). 22:32 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰακώβ; οὐκ ἔστιν [ὁ] θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων. ἐγώ. Nominative subject of εἰμί. Fronted as a topical frame. εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ θεὸς. Predicate nominative. Ἀβραὰμ. Genitive of subordination. ὁ θεὸς. Predicate nominative. Ἰσαὰκ. Genitive of subordination. ὁ θεὸς. Predicate nominative. Ἰακώβ. Genitive of subordination. οὐκ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. See 10:37 on ἔστιν. [ὁ] θεὸς. Predicate nominative. As the square brackets in NA28 indicate, our witnesses vary here: 1. θεὸς: ℵ D W. 2. (+ δέ Θ ƒ13) ὁ θεὸς θεὸς: K Γ Θ 0102 ƒ13 et al. 3. ὁ θεὸς: B L Δ ƒ1 33. Reading (2) appears to be a typical scribal clarification (so Metzger, 48: “in the interest of greater precision,” but Davies and Allison [3:231 n. 75] prefer the second reading and wonder if an original θεὸς fell out by homoeoteleuton). Judging between (1) and (3) is more difficult, but perhaps the original article was omitted under the influence of what appears to have been the best reading of Mark 12:27. νεκρῶν. Genitive of subordination. ζώντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl ζάω (substantival). Genitive of subordination. 22:33 καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ὄχλοι ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ ὄχλοι. Nominative subject of ἐξεπλήσσοντο.

202

Matthew 22:34-­40

ἐξεπλήσσοντο. Impf pass ind 3rd pl ἐκπλήσσομαι. ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ. Cause. αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive. Matthew 22:34-­40 34 Now the Pharisees, when they heard that he had silenced the Sadducees, assembled at the same place, 35and one of them, a lawyer, asked to test him, 36“Teacher, which commandment in the law is the greatest?” 37 And he said to him, “ ‘You shall love the Lord, your God, with the whole of your heart and with the whole of your being and with the whole of your mind.’ 38This is the greatest and first commandment. 39And the second is like it: ‘You shall love your neighbor as yourself.’ 40On these two commandments hang the whole of the law and the prophets.”

22:34 Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ἐφίμωσεν τοὺς Σαδδουκαίους συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, Οἱ . . . Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of ἐφίμωσεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ἀκούσαντες. ἐφίμωσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg φιμόω. See 22:12 on ἐφιμώθη. τοὺς Σαδδουκαίους. Accusative direct object of ἐφίμωσεν. συνήχθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl συνάγω. Although the verb might be considered passive, since no agent is identified, more probably it is a θη–­middle (see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. Locative (cf. BDAG, 363.1.c.β). τὸ αὐτό. The expression “pert[ains] to someth[ing] that is identical with, or closely related to, someth[ing]” (BDAG, 153.3). Without a noun and used in reference to place, τὸ αὐτό can mean “at the same place, together” (BDAG, 153.3.b). 22:35 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν [νομικὸς] πειράζων αὐτόν ἐπηρώτησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπερωτάω. εἷς. Nominative subject of ἐπηρώτησεν. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Partitive.



Matthew 22:34-37

203

[νομικὸς]. Nominative in apposition to εἷς. ƒ1 e sys omit the appositive. The slender support for the omission makes it surprising, at first glance, that NA28 places the word in brackets. Metzger explains, “Despite what seems to be an overwhelming preponderance of evidence supporting the word νομικός, its absence from family 1 as well as from widely scattered versional and patristic witnesses takes on additional significance when it is observed that, apart from this passage, Matthew nowhere else uses the word. It is not unlikely, therefore, that copyists have introduced the word here from the parallel passage in Lk 10.25” (48–­49). The overwhelming support it receives in the MS tradition, however, suggests that νομικὸς is original (cf. SBLGNT; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:75 n. 1). πειράζων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg πειράζω (purpose). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of πειράζων. 22:36 διδάσκαλε, ποία ἐντολὴ μεγάλη ἐν τῷ νόμῳ; διδάσκαλε. Vocative. See further 8:19 on διδάσκαλε. ποία ἐντολὴ. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. Fronted for emphasis. Either ποία (“Which commandment is the greatest?”; so LEB; NET; NRSV) or μεγάλη (“Which is the greatest commandment?”; cf. ESV; NIV 2011; Hart) could modify ἐντολὴ, and unlike Mark 12:28, there is no equative verb present to help settle the matter (but note that Decker 2014b, 129, takes ποία with ἐντολὴ in spite of the fact that they are separated by ἐστὶν). I have taken ποία with ἐντολὴ. But since the adjective μεγάλη that does not modify Matthew’s ἐντολὴ modifies an implied ἐντολὴ, the resulting sense differs little. Here (contra Wallace, 346), ποιός has lost its qualitative force (“What sort of?”) and simply means “which” (= τίς; correctly, BDAG, 843.2.a.α). Jesus responds accordingly (22:37). μεγάλη. Predicate adjective. As occasionally in the NT, the positive adjective has superlative force (cf. BDF §245.2; Wallace, 298). ἐν τῷ νόμῳ. Locative. 22:37 ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτῷ· ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου· ὁ. Nominative subject of ἔφη. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ἀγαπήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ἀγαπάω. Imperatival future.

204

Matthew 22:34-­40

κύριον. Accusative direct object of ἀγαπήσεις. τὸν θεόν. Accusative in apposition to κύριον. σου. Genitive of subordination. On the loss of the accent (4× in 22:37), see 1:20 on σου. ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ. Instrumental. In Mark 10:5, as in LXX Deut 6:5, each of the three prepositional phrases is introduced by ἐξ. Matthew’s ἐν perhaps reflects the influence of the MT here (where the preposition, in each case, is ‫)ב‬. In many witnesses (ℵ* B W Γ et al.), καρδίᾳ is anarthrous; this may well be original (so WH). On the other hand, it is possible that an original τῇ was omitted early in the scribal tradition by homoeoteleuton. NA28 and SBLGNT both print the article. σου. Possessive genitive. ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ. Instrumental. As in the first of the three PPs, some witnesses (B W Γ Δ et al.) omit the article. σου. Possessive genitive. ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ. Instrumental. σου. Possessive genitive. 22:38 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή. αὕτη. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστὶν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή. Predicate nominative. On the use of the positive for the superlative adjective, see 22:36 on ἐντολὴ μεγάλη. πρώτη refers here not to time or sequence but to prominence/importance (BDAG, 893.2.a.α). 22:39 δευτέρα δὲ ὁμοία αὐτῇ· ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν. δευτέρα. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. δὲ is absent from ℵ* B sams bomss and, not surprisingly, WH followed these witnesses. NA28 and SBLGNT follow the large majority of the witnesses. ὁμοία αὐτῇ. The MS tradition presents several alternatives here: 1 . ὁμοία αὕτη: K Γ ƒ13 565 892 1424 pm sa mae 2. ὁμοία αὐτῆς: Δ 0102



Matthew 22:38-40

205

3 . ὁμοία ταύτῃ: D Z*vid bo 4. ὁμοίως: B 5. ὁμοία αὐτῇ: L Θ ƒ1 33 579 700 1241 pm (sine acc. ℵ W Zc 0107) WH adopted reading (1), with the demonstrative. Both NA28 and SBLGNT prefer the personal pronoun to the demonstrative here. They are probably correct (the parallel in Mark 12:31 may have influenced the scribes responsible for K et al.), but a decision is difficult. ὁμοία. Predicate adjective. BDAG (706.a) suggests that ὁμοίος, which is unique to Matthew here, is used here “in a special sense equally great or important, as powerful as, equal (to).” Davies and Allison take up this interpretation: “Hence the following commandment is ‘in no way less important’ than the first: both qualify as ‘the greatest’ imperative (cf. 7.12). Their equality reflects their unity” (3:243; cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 3:83). That Jesus brings the two commands into striking association in this pericope is beyond dispute; that they are both regarded as greatest is less obvious. αὐτῇ. Dative complement of ὁμοία. ἀγαπήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ἀγαπάω. Imperatival future. τὸν πλησίον. Accusative direct object of ἀγαπήσεις. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. σεαυτόν. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause: ὡς (ἀγαπᾷς) σεαυτόν. 22:40 ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται. ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς. Locative (metaphorically). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὅλος ὁ νόμος. Nominative subject of κρέμαται. Fronted for emphasis (cf. LDGNT). κρέμαται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg κρεμάννυμι. The verb, which means “to hang” and can be either transitive or intransitive (as here), is here used figuratively. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. οἱ προφῆται. Nominative subject of κρεμάννυμι.

206

Matthew 22:41-­46

Matthew 22:41-­46 And while the Pharisees were assembled, Jesus asked them, 42saying, “What do you think about the Messiah? Whose son is he?” They say to him, “David’s.” 43He says to them, “How, then, does David by the Spirit call him ‘Lord,’ when he says, 44‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right hand, until I put your enemies under your feet.” ’? 45If, then, David calls him Lord, how is he his son?” 46And no one was able to answer him a word nor, from that day on, did anyone dare to question him any longer. 41

22:41 Συνηγμένων δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς Συνηγμένων. Prf mid ptc masc gen pl συνάγω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. On the voice, see 22:34 on συνήχθησαν; on the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῶν Φαρισαίων. Genitive subject of Συνηγμένων. ἐπηρώτησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπερωτάω. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐπηρώτησεν. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐπηρώτησεν. 22:42 λέγων· τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ; τίνος υἱός ἐστιν; λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· τοῦ Δαυίδ. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ. See 17:25 on τί σοι δοκεῖ. τί. The interrogative functions adverbially. See further BDAG (1007.1.a.β.‫)א‬. ὑμῖν. Dative of reference. δοκεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δοκέω. περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ. Reference. τίνος. The interrogative pronoun serves here as a genitive of relationship. Fronted for emphasis. υἱός. Predicate nominative. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The asyndetic historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) marks the transition to the speech of Jesus’ opponents and grants prominence to the pronouncement that follows. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν.



Matthew 22:41-44

207

τοῦ Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship in an elliptical clause: τοῦ Δαυίδ [υἱός ἐστιν]. The article makes the case of the indeclinable Δαυίδ clear. 22:43 λέγει αὐτοῖς· πῶς οὖν Δαυὶδ ἐν πνεύματι καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον λέγων· λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται), the second of two in the pericope (both of which are unique to Matthew and both of which are linked asyndetically to what precedes) marks the transition to Jesus’ response to his interlocutors and grants prominence to that response. In the two historical presents, Nolland (915) finds “the emphasised centre of the episode.” αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. πῶς. Introduces a direct question (cf. BDAG, 900.1.a.α). οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a real (as opposed to rhetorical; cf. BDAG, 736.1.c.α) question. Δαυὶδ. Nominative subject of καλεῖ. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐν πνεύματι. The PP depicts David as speaking under the influence of God’s Spirit (cf. BDAG, 428.3.c; Quarles, 267). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Gundry (1994, 451) thinks that the advancing of the prepositional phrase in Matthew (from its position in Mark after the verb) “suggests a shift in meaning from David’s speaking by the Holy Spirit to David’s being in the Spirit—­i.e., in a visionary state—­at the time of speaking.” More probably, Matthew’s fronting of the phrase suggests only a shift in emphasis. καλεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg καλέω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of καλεῖ in a double accusative object-­complement construction. κύριον. Accusative complement to αὐτὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (temporal). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. NIV 2011 takes the participle as causal (cf. Quarles, 267). 22:44 εἶπεν κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου· κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. κύριος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. τῷ κυρίῳ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. μου. Genitive of subordination. For the first of four times in this verse, an enclitic loses its accent (see 1:20 on σου).

208

Matthew 22:41-­46

κάθου. Pres mid impv 2nd sg κάθημαι. ἐκ δεξιῶν. Locative. See 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου. Possessive genitive (“at my right hand”). ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. θῶ. Aor act subj 1st sg τίθημι. Subjunctive with ἄν. τοὺς ἐχθρούς. Accusative direct object of θῶ. σου. Genitive of relationship or objective genitive. ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν. Locative. Influenced by LXX Ps 109:1, the parallel in Luke 20:43, or both, most witnesses (K W Δ 0102 et al.) support ὑποπόδιον instead of ὑποκάτω. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the witness of ℵ B D L et al. “ὑποκάτω is probably not a textual variant for LXX Ps 109.1 but a borrowing from LXX Psalm 8 (v. 7: ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου), a psalm which is cited in 21.16 in connexion with the Son of David and which evidently has messianic meaning in the targum” (Davies and Allison, 3:253). σου. Possessive genitive. 22:45 εἰ οὖν Δαυὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν; εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a real (as opposed to rhetorical; cf. BDAG, 736.1.c.α) question. Δαυὶδ. Nominative subject of καλεῖ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). After Δαυὶδ a number of witnesses (D K Δ Θ et al.) add ἐν πνεύματι in assimilation to 22:43 (but Davies and Allison, 3:253 n. 21, consider the prepositional phrase original). καλεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg καλέω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of καλεῖ in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. κύριον. Accusative complement to αὐτὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). πῶς. Introduces a direct question (cf. BDAG, 900.1.a.α). υἱὸς. Predicate nominative. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 22:46 καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησέν τις ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι. οὐδεὶς. Nominative subject of ἐδύνατο. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐδύνατο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι.



Matthew 22:45–23:2

209

ἀποκριθῆναι. Aor mid inf ἀποκρίνομαι (complementary). αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἀποκριθῆναι. λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀποκριθῆναι. οὐδὲ. Development and negation. ἐτόλμησέν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τολμάω. τις. Nominative subject of ἐτόλμησέν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας. Temporal. ἐπερωτῆσαι. Aor act inf ἐπερωτάω (complementary). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐπερωτῆσαι. οὐκέτι. Temporal adverb. Matthew 23:1-­12 1 Then Jesus spoke to the crowds and to his disciples 2saying, “The scribes and Pharisees have taken their seat upon the chair of Moses. 3So, all things that they say to you, do and keep, but in accord with their works do not do; for they speak and do not do. 4They bind heavy burdens and place them upon people’s shoulders, but they, with their finger, are not willing to remove them. 5All their deeds they do to be seen by people; for they enlarge their phylacteries and lengthen their tassels, 6and they love the place of honor at dinners and the seats of honor in the synagogues 7and the greetings in the marketplaces and to be called by people ‘rabbi.’ 8But do not be called ‘rabbi,’ for one is your teacher, and you are all brothers. 9And do not call anyone on earth your father, for one is your heavenly Father. 10And do not be called tutors because your tutor is one, the Messiah. 11The greatest of you shall be your servant. 12Whoever will exalt himself will be humbled, and whoever will humble himself will be exalted.”

23:1 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν τοῖς ὄχλοις καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐλάλησεν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐλάλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαλέω. τοῖς ὄχλοις καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐλάλησεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship, modifying μαθηταῖς. 23:2 λέγων· ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων.

210

Matthew 23:1-­12

ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐπὶ τῆς . . . καθέδρας. Locative. Μωϋσέως. Genitive of identification (“the seat that Moses sat on”). ἐκάθισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl καθίζω. Grammarians often understand this as a gnomic aorist (Robertson, 837, 866; Wallace, 562; Campbell 2008b, 88; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 293; Quarles, 269). Zerwick (§256), however, doubts that the gnomic aorist is found in the NT. Some wonder about Semitic influence (Moule, 11; Davies and Allison, 3:268–­69). BDF simply observe that the aorist can be used of verbs whose effect continues to be felt: “The effect need not always be expressed even though it is present: . . . Mt 23:2 ἐκάθισαν (they are still sitting there)” (§342.1). If we follow BDF, perhaps the rather inelegant English expression “they have taken their seat” might approach the sense here. οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of ἐκάθισαν. 23:3 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν ποιήσατε καὶ τηρεῖτε, κατὰ δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε· λέγουσιν γὰρ καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν. πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). πάντα. Accusative direct object of ποιήσατε and τηρεῖτε. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν). ὅσα ἐὰν. Accusative direct object of εἴπωσιν. After its antecedent πάντα, the relative pronoun is emphatic. εἴπωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἴπωσιν. After the pronoun, many witnesses include an infinitive completing εἴπωσιν, either τηρεῖν (K W Δ 0102 et al.) or ποιεῖν (Γ 700), but both should be considered natural scribal additions. ποιήσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ποιέω. τηρεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl τηρέω. κατὰ . . . τὰ ἔργα. Standard, serving here “as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to” (BDAG, 513.5.b; cf. Quarles, 269). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. ποιεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ποιέω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds Jesus offers for the preceding prohibition.



Matthew 23:3-4

211

καὶ. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ποιοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. 23:4 δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα [καὶ δυσβάστακτα] καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων, αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά. δεσμεύουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl δεσμεύω. δεσμεύω (“to bind, to tie” [LN 18.15]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. φορτία βαρέα [καὶ δυσβάστακτα]. Accusative direct object of δεσμεύουσιν. φορτία (“burdens” [cf. BDAG, 1064.2]) is modified in some witnesses (L ƒ1 892 it et al.) by βαρέα (“burdensome, troublous” [LN 22.30]), in 700 by δυσβάστακτα (“burdensome or difficult to endure” [BDAG, 265]), in ℵ by μεγάλα βαρέα, but in most witnesses (B D(*).1 K W et al.) by φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα. This last reading receives widespread, early, and important support. But it is possible that δυσβάστακτα represents an assimilation to the parallel in Luke 11:46 (its only other occurrence in the NT), with the resulting reading a conflation. SBLGNT, like WH, prefers φορτία βαρέα. Metzger (49) agrees, doubting that, if και δυσβάστακτα were original, we could account for their absence from such a diversity of witnesses. ἐπιτιθέασιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἐπιτίθημι. ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους. Locative. τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Possessive genitive. αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of θέλουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). τῷ δακτύλῳ. Dative of instrument. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. θέλουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl θέλω. κινῆσαι. Aor act inf κινέω (complementary). The verb κινέω means “to cause someth[ing] to be moved from its customary or established place, move away, remove τὶ” (BDAG, 545.1). αὐτά. Accusative direct object of κινῆσαι.

212

Matthew 23:1-­12

23:5 πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· πλατύνουσιν γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσιν τὰ κράσπεδα, πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). πάντα . . . τὰ ἔργα. Accusative direct object of ποιοῦσιν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. ποιοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. θεαθῆναι. Aor pass inf θεάομαι. Used with πρὸς τό to denote purpose. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. The dative may be understood here as a (rare) dative of agency (Quarles, 269; Robertson, 542, thinks Luke 23:15 is the only clear NT example, but he notes that Matt 6:1 and 23:5 are similar) or, perhaps, as the dative complement of θεαθῆναι. Cf. 6:1 on αὐτοῖς. πλατύνουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl πλατύνω. The verb πλατύνω (“to cause someth[ing] to be broad, make broad, enlarge” [BDAG, 823]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a series that extends through 23:7 and offers evidence for the assertion of 23:5a (Nolland, 925). τὰ φυλακτήρια. Accusative direct object of πλατύνουσιν. A NT hapax legomenon, φυλακτήριον refers to “a small leather case containing OT scripture verses and worn on the arm and forehead by Jews, especially when praying” (LN 6.195). αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. μεγαλύνουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl μεγαλύνω. The verb μεγαλύνω (“to cause to be large . . . make large/long, make great” [BDAG, 623.1]) is another Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 8×). τὰ κράσπεδα. Accusative direct object of μεγαλύνουσιν. See 9:20 on τοῦ κρασπέδου. 23:6 φιλοῦσιν δὲ τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις καὶ τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς φιλοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl φιλέω. In what follows (23:6-­7), φιλοῦσιν has a fourfold direct object—­three nouns in the accusative case and one infinitive. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν. Accusative direct object of φιλοῦσιν. πρωτοκλισία (“the place of honor at a dinner” [BDAG, 892]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon. Under the influence of the synoptic parallels (Mark 12:39;



Matthew 23:5-8

213

Luke 20:46) and for a parallel with τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας, several witnesses (ℵ2 L ƒ1 33 892 lat co) have the plural τὰς πρωτοκλισίας here. ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις. Locative. τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας. Accusative direct object of φιλοῦσιν. πρωτοκαθεδρία (“a position or place indicative of special honor for the pers[on] occupying it” [BDAG, 892]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon. ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς. Locative. 23:7 καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς καὶ καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ῥαββί. τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς. Accusative direct object of φιλοῦσιν (23:6). ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς. Locative. καλεῖσθαι. Pres pass inf καλέω. The infinitival clause, καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ῥαββί, functions as the direct object of φιλοῦσιν (23:6). ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Ultimate agency. ῥαββί. The indeclinable ῥαββί serves as an accusative complement to the implied accusative subject of the infinitive καλεῖσθαι in a double accusative subject-­complement construction (see 2:23 on Ναζαρέτ). The (unexpressed) subject and complement are accusatives because they occur in an infinitival construction (see also Culy 2009, 92). Many witnesses include a second ῥαββί. This “more solemn and formal” construction “is probably the result of heightening by copyists” (Metzger, 49). NA28 and SBLGNT both correctly follow the strong testimony of ℵ B L Δ et al. (but Davies and Allison, 3:274 n. 57, suspect a scribal omission of an original, second vocative). 23:8 Ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε ῥαββί· εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ διδάσκαλος, πάντες δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε. Ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of κληθῆτε. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. κληθῆτε. Aor pass subj 2nd pl καλέω (prohibitive subjunctive). ῥαββί. The indeclinable ῥαββί serves as a nominative complement to Ὑμεῖς in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). εἷς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). We meet here the first of “three ‘one’ (εἷς) affirmations [that] remind the readers of the Shema, Israel’s basic confession to the one God. It remains the confession of the Jesus community; here, however, as in

214

Matthew 23:1-­12

1 Cor 8:6, there is added the confession to the one Christ, Israel’s Messiah” (Luz 2001–­2007, 3:107). γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding prohibition. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὑμῶν. Objective genitive or genitive of relationship. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). ὁ διδάσκαλος. Predicate nominative. Most witnesses have καθηγητής (ℵ*.2b D K L et al.) instead of διδάσκαλος, but this appears to be an assimilation (whether intentionally or inadvertently) to 23:10. Similarly, many witnesses (K Γ Δ 0102 et al.) continue with ο χριστός, after the pattern of 23:10. πάντες . . . ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἐστε. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀδελφοί. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 23:9 καὶ πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος. πατέρα. Accusative complement to the implied direct object of καλέσητε in an elliptical double accusative object-­ complement construction: “[D]o not call (anyone) your father.” Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. καλέσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl καλέω (prohibitive subjunctive). ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship modifying πατέρα. Alternatively, the genitive may be partitive, modifying the implied direct object of καλέσητε: “[D]o not call (any) of you father” (so Luz 2001–­2007, 3:96; Nolland, 918). ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. εἷς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis. γάρ. As in 23:8, the explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding prohibition. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). ὁ πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος. Predicate nominative. Instead of the adjective οὐράνιος, most witnesses (D K W Γ et al.) have the common Matthean



Matthew 23:9-12

215

ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, but this appears to be a scribal “correction.” NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ B L 0107 et al. 23:10 μηδὲ κληθῆτε καθηγηταί, ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς ὁ Χριστός. μηδὲ. Negation and development. κληθῆτε. Aor pass subj 2nd pl καλέω (prohibitive subjunctive). καθηγηταί. Nominative complement to the embedded subject of κληθῆτε in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). On καθηγητής in this passage (its only occurrence in biblical Greek), see Winter, who appeals to P.Oxy. 2190 to argue that the word means “tutor.” ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς. The MS tradition displays considerable diversity here, but the reading adopted by NA28 and SBLGNT (and supported by B L 33 892) is to be preferred as the reading that best explains the rise of the others. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding prohibition. καθηγητὴς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. ὑμῶν. Objective genitive (Quarles, 270). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἷς. Predicate nominative. ὁ Χριστός. Nominative in apposition to εἷς. 23:11 ὁ δὲ μείζων ὑμῶν ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος. ὁ . . . μείζων. Nominative subject of ἔσται. The comparative adjective is used here for the superlative. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῶν. Partitive genitive. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. Imperatival future (cf. Zerwick §280). ὑμῶν. Objective genitive. Once more, the preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). διάκονος. Predicate nominative. 23:12 ὅστις δὲ ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθήσεται καὶ ὅστις ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. ὅστις. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety, is fronted as a topical frame and serves as the subject of ταπεινωθήσεται. Within its clause, ὅστις is the nominative subject of ὑψώσει. See 2:6 on ὅστις.

216

Matthew 23:13-­33

δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑψώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ὑψόω. ἑαυτὸν. Accusative direct object of ὑψώσει. ταπεινωθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ταπεινόω. The two future passive verbs in 23:12 point ahead to the final judgment and have God as their implied agent (even if Matthew’s regular use of θεός means that we cannot say, with Luz [2001–­2007, 3:107 n. 96], that the passives are designed “to avoid the divine name”). On the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. ὅστις. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety, is fronted as a topical frame and serves as the subject of ὑψωθήσεται. Within its clause, ὅστις is the nominative subject of ταπεινώσει. See 2:6 on ὅστις. ταπεινώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ταπεινόω. ἑαυτὸν. Accusative direct object of ταπεινώσει. ὑψωθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ὑψόω. Note the chiastic arrangement of the verbs in 23:12. Matthew 23:13-­33 13 “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you shut heaven’s kingdom in people’s faces; for you neither enter nor permit those who are entering to enter. 15 Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you travel about sea and land to make one proselyte and, when he becomes one, you make him twice the son of Gehenna that you are. 16 Woe to you, blind guides, who say, ‘Whoever swears by the temple, that is nothing, but whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he owes.’ 17 Fools and blind men! For which is greater, the gold or the temple that sanctifies the gold? 18And, ‘Whoever swears by the altar, that is nothing, but whoever swears by the gift that is on the altar, he owes.’ 19Blind men! For which is greater, the gift or the altar that sanctifies the gift? 20So then, the one who swears by the altar swears by it and by all that is on it; 21 and the one who swears by the temple swears by it and by the one who dwells in it; 22and the one who swears by heaven swears by the throne of God and by the one who sits on it. 23 Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you tithe mint and dill and cumin, but have neglected the weightier matters of the law—­justice and mercy and faith. These things it was necessary to do and those things not to neglect. 24Blind guides, who strain out a gnat but drink down a camel!



Matthew 23:13

217

Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you clean the outside of the cup and dish, but inwardly they are full of plunder  and self-­indulgence. 26Blind Pharisee! First clean the inside of the cup and dish, in order that the outside might also be clean. 27 Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you are like whitewashed tombs, which outwardly appear to be beautiful but inwardly are full of the bones of the dead and every kind of uncleanness. 28 So you also outwardly appear to people to be righteous but inwardly are full of hypocrisy and lawlessness. 29 Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you build tombs for the prophets and decorate the graves of the righteous, 30and you say, ‘If we had lived in the days of our fathers, we would not have been their partners in the blood of the prophets.’ 31So you testify against yourselves that you are sons of those who murdered the prophets. 32And you, fill up the measure of your fathers. 33Serpents, offspring of vipers! How will you escape the judgment of Gehenna?” 25

23:13 Οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑποκριταί, ὅτι κλείετε τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν. Οὐαὶ. An “interjection denoting pain or displeasure, woe, alas” (BDAG, 734.1) often, as here, “w[ith] dat[ive] of pers[on] or thing concerning whom (which) pain is expressed” (BDAG, 734.1.a). See 11:21. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. δὲ is absent from most witnesses, perhaps to align it with the following six pronouncements of woe. Both NA28 and SBLGNT judge it original. ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage. γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. Vocative. ὑποκριταί. Vocative, in apposition to γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding indictment. κλείετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl κλείω. τὴν βασιλείαν. Accusative direct object of κλείετε. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Locative. BDAG (325.1.b.γ) offers the gloss “in the face of.” ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of εἰσέρχεσθε. Fronted as a topical frame. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the preceding assertion. οὐκ . . . οὐδὲ. “Neither . . . nor.” οὐδὲ signals both negation and development.

218

Matthew 23:13-­33

εἰσέρχεσθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl εἰσέρχομαι. τοὺς εἰσερχομένους. Pres mid ptc masc acc pl εἰσέρχομαι (substantival). Accusative subject of the infinitive εἰσελθεῖν. Fronted as a topical frame. It is common for grammarians to refer to the participle as a “conative present” (e.g., Burton §129; Robertson, 892, 1116; Quarles, 271), since the entrance is attempted but not accomplished. But the fact that the reader learns of this failure from the context rather than the tense illustrates the limitation of such labels. As Nolland (93) observes, “[e]lsewhere in Matthew the language of entering the kingdom relates to the kingdom as future . . . but here the orientation is to the present.” ἀφίετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἀφίημι. εἰσελθεῖν. Aor act inf εἰσέρχομαι (complementary). 23:14 Either before or after 23:13, under the influence of the parallels in Mark 12:40 and Luke 20:47, many witnesses add a verse that was traditionally printed as Matt 23:14 but is absent from most contemporary English versions. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ B D L et al. (cf. Metzger, 50; for a defense of the originality of 23:14, see Ross, 154). 23:15 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑποκριταί, ὅτι περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον, καὶ ὅταν γένηται ποιεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν γεέννης διπλότερον ὑμῶν. Οὐαὶ. See 23:13. ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage. γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. Vocative. ὑποκριταί. Vocative, in apposition to γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding indictment. περιάγετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl περιάγω. τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν. If περιάγετε is transitive here (BDF §150 notes that “[v]erbs otherwise intransitive may be rendered transitive by a preposition in composition”; cf. 1 Cor 9:5), then τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν, “a biblical idiom for completeness” (Davies and Allison, 3:288), serves as the accusative direct object of περιάγετε. If, on the other hand, with BDAG (798.2), we consider the verb intransitive, then the conjoined accusative phrase may be understood as an adverbial accusative of measure. There is an ellipsis here (with τὴν ξηρὰν) of γήν (Robertson, 652, 763; MHT 3:16). ποιῆσαι. Aor act inf ποιέω (purpose).



Matthew 23:14-16

219

ἕνα προσήλυτον. Accusative direct object of ποιῆσαι. προσήλυτος, a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×), refers to “a Gentile who had converted to Judaism” (LN 11.54). ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). ποιεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ποιέω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖτε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. υἱὸν. Accusative complement to αὐτὸν in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. γεέννης. Genitive of relationship. The expression is idiomatic: “sons of light, of darkness, of life, of death, of belial, etc., means simply people worthy of, or associated with light, etc.” (Moule, 174). See 5:22 on γεέννα. διπλότερον. διπλότερον can be taken either as an adverbial accusative (cf. BDAG, 252; BDF §102.4) or as a comparative adjective (cf. BDF §61.2). Perhaps the word order slightly favors the former. ὑμῶν. Genitive of comparison. 23:16 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ οἱ λέγοντες· ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν· ὃς δ᾿ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ, ὀφείλει. Οὐαὶ. See 23:13. ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage. ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ. Vocative. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (attributive). The article indicates that the participle is nominative, but it nevertheless serves as an attributive modifier of the preceding vocative. ὃς ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) in an anacoluthic construction whose sense is, nevertheless, clear. Within its clause, ὃς ἂν is the nominative subject of ὀμόσῃ. ὀμόσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ὀμνύω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἐν τῷ ναῷ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. οὐδέν. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὃς . . . ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirely, is fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT) and serves as the subject of ὀφείλει. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of ὀμόσῃ. δ᾿. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

220

Matthew 23:13-­33

ὀμόσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ὀμνύω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. τοῦ ναοῦ. Genitive of source or partitive genitive (Quarles, 272). ὀφείλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ὀφείλω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 23:17 μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί, τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν; μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί. Vocative. τίς. Nominative subject of ἐστίν. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the rhetorical question that aims to demonstrate the blindness and folly of Jesus’ interlocutors. μείζων. Predicate adjective. ἐστίν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ὁ χρυσὸς. Nominative in apposition to τίς. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ὁ ναὸς. Nominative in apposition to τίς. ἁγιάσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἁγιάζω (attributive). τὸν χρυσόν. Accusative direct object of ἁγιάσας. 23:18 καί· ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, οὐδέν ἐστιν· ὃς δ᾿ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ὀφείλει. ὃς ἂν. As in 23:16, the indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) in an anacoluthic construction whose sense is, nevertheless, clear. Within its clause, ὃς ἂν is the nominative subject of ὀμόσῃ. ὀμόσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ὀμνύω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. οὐδέν. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὃς . . . ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirely, is fronted as a topical frame and serves as the subject of ὀφείλει. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of ὀμόσῃ. δ᾿. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὀμόσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ὀμνύω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἐν τῷ δώρῳ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ.



Matthew 23:17-20

221

τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ into an attributive modifier of δώρῳ. ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. Locative. ὀφείλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ὀφείλω. 23:19 τυφλοί, τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον; τυφλοί. Vocative. In most witnesses, 23:19 begins with μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί. While that reading receives widespread, early, and important support (B C K W et al.), it probably represents an assimilation to 23:17. NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow ℵ D L Z et al. τί. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the rhetorical question that aims to demonstrate the blindness of Jesus’ interlocutors. μεῖζον. Predicate adjective. τὸ δῶρον. Nominative in apposition to τί. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). τὸ θυσιαστήριον. Nominative in apposition to τί. ἁγιάζον. Pres act ptc neut nom sg ἁγιάζω (attributive). τὸ δῶρον. Accusative direct object of ἁγιάζον. 23:20 ὁ οὖν ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ· ὁ οὖν ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὁ . . . ὀμόσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὀμνύω (substantival). Nominative subject of ὀμνύει. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν). ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. ὀμνύει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ὀμνύω. ἐν αὐτῷ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. ἐν πᾶσιν. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ into an attributive modifier of πᾶσιν. ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. Locative.

222

Matthew 23:13-­33

23:21 καὶ ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ ναῷ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν, καὶ ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ ναῷ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὁ ὀμόσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὀμνύω (substantival). Nominative subject of ὀμνύει. ἐν τῷ ναῷ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. ὀμνύει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ὀμνύω. ἐν αὐτῷ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. ἐν τῷ κατοικοῦντι. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. τῷ κατοικοῦντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg κατοικέω (substantival). αὐτόν. Accusative of location. Cf. Culy and Parsons (17) on Acts 1:19: “Although the place where the subject lives (κατοικέω) is typically introduced by the preposition εἰς (2:5; 7:4) or ἐν (1:20; 7:2, 4), the location is sometimes simply expressed in the accusative case (cf. 2:9-­11, 14; 19:10, 17).” 23:22 καὶ ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ὀμνύει ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. καὶ ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὁ ὀμόσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὀμνύω (substantival). Nominative subject of ὀμνύει. ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Probably the implicit heaven/earth contrast prompts Matthew to prefer the singular οὐρανός here (see, once more, 5:34). ὀμνύει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ὀμνύω. ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. τοῦ θεοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐν τῷ καθημένῳ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. τῷ καθημένῳ. Pres mid ptc masc dat sg κάθημαι (substantival). ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. Locative. 23:23 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑποκριταί, ὅτι ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον καὶ τὸ κύμινον καὶ ἀφήκατε τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου, τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὸ ἔλεος καὶ τὴν πίστιν· ταῦτα [δὲ] ἔδει ποιῆσαι κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι. Οὐαὶ. See 23:13. ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage. γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. Vocative. ὑποκριταί. Vocative, in apposition to γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι.



Matthew 23:21-23

223

ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding indictment. ἀποδεκατοῦτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἀποδεκατόω. The verb ἀποδεκατόω (“to give one tenth, tithe” [BDAG, 109.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). τὸ ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον καὶ τὸ κύμινον. Accusative direct objects of ἀποδεκατοῦτε. ἡδύοσμον (“mint” [BDAG, 435]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 2×); ἄνηθον (“dill” [BDAG, 78]) and κύμινον (“cumin, an annual herb” [BDAG, 575]) are NT hapax legomena. καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. ἀφήκατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀφίημι. τὰ βαρύτερα. Accusative direct object of ἀφήκατε. τοῦ νόμου. Partitive genitive. τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὸ ἔλεος καὶ τὴν πίστιν. Accusatives in apposition to βαρύτερα. Whether the final term in the triad refers to “faith” (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:294) or to “faithfulness” (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 3:124) is disputed, but one wonders if it is always possible to distinguish sharply between these senses. ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ποιῆσαι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). [δὲ]. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. The textual decision here is difficult. Both the presence and the absence of the conjunction receive significant support in the textual tradition. SBLGNT follows ℵ D Γ Θ et al., judging its absence original, but it seems more likely to me that it is original and omitted by scribes who found its presence here puzzling. ἔδει. Impf act ind 3rd sg δεῖ (impersonal). Porter (1994, 35–­36), followed by Mathewson and Emig (131), refers to this as a “non-­past use” of the imperfect: “It is necessary.” But it is not obvious to me that reference either to a past or to a present obligation would be inappropriate in this context. That being the case, our wider conclusions about whether the indicative mood grammaticalizes time as well as aspect will guide our translation here. ποιῆσαι. Aor act inf ποιέω (complementary). κἀκεῖνα. Accusative direct object of ἀφιέναι (formed by crasis from καὶ ἐκεῖνα). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἀφιέναι. Pres act inf ἀφίημι (complementary [completing an implied ἔδει]). ℵ B L 892 have the second aorist ἀφεῖναι, which the editors of the UBS text considered “an Alexandrian refinement of the present tense ἀφιέναι” (Metzger, 50). NA28 and SBLGNT follow C D K W et al.

224

Matthew 23:13-­33

23:24 ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα, τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες. ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί. Vocative. οἱ διϋλίζοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl διϋλίζω (attributive). διϋλίζω (“to filter or strain out substances from a liquid” [LN 46.17]) is a NT hapax legomenon. As in 23:16, the article indicates that the participle is nominative, but it nevertheless serves as an attributive modifier of the preceding vocative. The article is missing from ℵ2a B D* L samss, and WH thought its absence original. Probably, however, NA28 and SBLGNT rightly include it. It might have fallen out either inadvertently (after ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί) or because there is no article immediately preceding the following participle. τὸν κώνωπα. Accusative direct object of διϋλίζοντες. The article is generic. κώνωψ (“gnat, mosquito” [BDAG, 580]) is a NT hapax legomenon. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὴν . . . κάμηλον. Accusative direct object of καταπίνοντες. The article is generic. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT: fronted for emphasis). καταπίνοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl καταπίνω (attributive). The verb καταπίνω means “to drink down, swallow” (BDAG, 524.1). My translation follows Hart’s. A Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 7×). Probably the article stands over both participles. Note the minor chiasm. 23:25 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑποκριταί, ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας. Οὐαὶ. See 23:13. ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage. γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. Vocative. ὑποκριταί. Vocative, in apposition to γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding indictment. καθαρίζετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl καθαρίζω. τὸ ἔξωθεν. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb ἔξωθεν into the accusative direct object of καθαρίζετε. On the question of whether ἔξωθεν here and ἐντὸς/ἐκτὸς in 23:26 function as adverbs or prepositions, see Harris (2012, 244–­46). He thinks they are “probably adverbial” (cf. Moule, 83) but in each case acknowledges the possibility that they are simply prepositions (here: “the outside-­the cup”). τοῦ ποτηρίου. Partitive genitive. τῆς παροψίδος. Partitive genitive. “In this one NT context in which παροψίς occurs, it seems to refer to any kind of plate or dish, though in



Matthew 23:24-26

225

contexts outside the NT, παροψίς is often employed to refer to a dish used for serving certain choice foods and delicacies” (LN 6.135). ἔσωθεν. Adverb of place. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γέμουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl γέμω. The verb γέμω means “to be full of someth[ing]” (BDAG, 191). ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας. After verbs that denote filling, ἐκ sometimes serves (as here) as a marker indicating that with which something is filled (cf. BDAG, 297.4.a.ζ). ἀκρασία, which occurs in the NT only here and in 1 Cor 7:5, denotes a “lack of self-­control, self-­indulgence” (BDAG, 38). 23:26 Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ, καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτοῦ καθαρόν. Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ. Vocative. καθάρισον. Aor act impv 2nd sg καθαρίζω. πρῶτον. Adverbial accusative (cf. 6:33). τὸ ἐντὸς. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb ἐντὸς into the accusative direct object of καθάρισον. τοῦ ποτηρίου. Partitive genitive. After ποτηρίου, most witnesses (including ℵ and B) have καὶ τῆς παροψίδος. Although the external support is impressive, Metzger (50) thinks it more likely that the words were a scribal addition: “The weight of the external evidence appears to support the longer text. At the same time the presence of αὐτοῦ (instead of αὐτῶν) in B* ƒ1.13 et al. seems to be a hint that the archetype lacked καὶ τῆς παροψίδος. On balance, there is a slight probability that the words were inserted by copyists from ver. 25.” On the other hand, the shorter reading (supported by D Θ ƒ1 700 et al.) may have arisen as a deliberate abbreviation after 23:25. Against NA28, SBLGNT (probably correctly) prefers the longer reading. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose or, less likely, a result (Quarles, 274) clause. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:38). τὸ ἐκτὸς. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb ἐκτὸς into the nominative subject of γένηται. αὐτοῦ. Partitive genitive. Instead of the singular αὐτοῦ (B* D Θ ƒ1.13 et al.), many witnesses (ℵ B2 C K et al.) have the plural αὐτῶν, but this is probably a scribal correction, bringing the pronoun into concord with its antecedents, the cup and the dish. καθαρόν. Predicate adjective.

226

Matthew 23:13-­33

23:27 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑποκριταί, ὅτι παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας. Οὐαὶ. See 23:13. ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage. γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. Vocative. ὑποκριταί. Vocative, in apposition to γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding indictment. παρομοιάζετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl παρομοιάζω. The verb παρομοιάζω (“to be quite similar to, be like τινί someth[ing]” [BDAG, 780]) is a biblical hapax legomenon. τάφοις. Dative complement of παρομοιάζετε. κεκονιαμένοις. Prf pass ptc masc dat pl κονιάω (attributive). “κονιᾶν has to do etymologically with the use of anything finely ground (κονία), from ash to sand to soil to lime. It is used in the LXX for decoration, and it probably means ‘plaster’ there. Since whitewashing was a common form of basic decoration and made use of powdered lime, κονιᾶν can mean ‘whitewash’ too” (Nolland, 941). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. οἵτινες. Nominative subject of φαίνονται. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἔξωθεν. Adverb of place. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. φαίνονται. Pres mid ind 3rd pl φαίνω. ὡραῖοι. Predicate adjective. ἔσωθεν. Adverb of place. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γέμουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl γέμω. See 23:25 on γέμουσιν. ὀστέων . . . καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας. Genitive of content. νεκρῶν. Possessive genitive. Alternatively, νεκρῶν could simply be an attributive adjective: “dead bones” (cf. CEB). 23:28 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνεσθε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δίκαιοι, ἔσωθεν δέ ἐστε μεστοὶ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας. οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric (cf. 23:27). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39). ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of φαίνεσθε. Fronted as a topical frame. ἔξωθεν. Adverb of place. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. φαίνεσθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl φαίνω.



Matthew 23:27-30

227

τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Dative complement of φαίνεσθε. δίκαιοι. Predicate adjective. ἔσωθεν. Adverb of place. δέ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. μεστοὶ. Predicate adjective. ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας. Genitive of content. 23:29 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑποκριταί, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων, Οὐαὶ. See 23:13. ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage. γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. Vocative. ὑποκριταί. Vocative, in apposition to γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding indictment. οἰκοδομεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl οἰκοδομέω. τοὺς τάφους. Accusative direct object of οἰκοδομεῖτε. τῶν προφητῶν. Possessive genitive (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 405) or genitive of identification (“the tombs in which the prophets are placed”). κοσμεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl κοσμέω. τὰ μνημεῖα. Accusative direct object of κοσμεῖτε. τῶν δικαίων. Possessive genitive or genitive of identification (“the graves in which the righteous are laid”). 23:30 καὶ λέγετε· εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα αὐτῶν κοινωνοὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν. λέγετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl λέγω. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a second-­class condition (see 11:21). ἤμεθα. Impf act ind 1st pl εἰμί. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις. Temporal. τῶν πατέρων. Genitive of identification (“the days in which our fathers lived”). ἡμῶν. Genitive of relationship. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἂν. Marker of contingency in the apodosis of the second-­ class condition. ἤμεθα. Impf act ind 1st pl εἰμί.

228

Matthew 23:13-­33

αὐτῶν. Genitive of relationship (“their partners”). Wallace (129) calls this a genitive of association. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). κοινωνοὶ. Predicate nominative. ἐν τῷ αἵματι. Specification (cf. BDAG, 330.12). τῶν προφητῶν. Possessive genitive or, if the metaphor is unpacked (“the killing of the prophets”), objective genitive. 23:31 ὥστε μαρτυρεῖτε ἑαυτοῖς ὅτι υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας. ὥστε. Introduces the conclusion, drawn inferentially, from the preceding argument (BDAG, 1107.1.a). μαρτυρεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl μαρτυρέω. ἑαυτοῖς. Dative of disadvantage. Caragounis (150) notes that already in the classical era the third-­person reflexive pronoun could stand for the first or, as here, the second person; this tendency becomes more common in the postclassical era. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of μαρτυρεῖτε. υἱοί . . . τῶν φονευσάντων. On the idiom, see 5:9 on υἱοὶ θεοῦ. υἱοί. Predicate nominative. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. τῶν φονευσάντων. Aor act ptc masc gen pl φονεύω (substantival). Genitive of relationship. τοὺς προφήτας. Accusative direct object of φονευσάντων. 23:32 καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of πληρώσατε. Fronted as a topical frame. It is possible that καὶ ὑμεῖς should be read with the preceding sentence (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 3:131 n. 130). πληρώσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl πληρόω. Several grammars refer to the imperative as a “permissive imperative” (Robertson, 948; Wallace, 489; Quarles, 276). But probably we do not have a special use of the imperative here; instead the challenge is ironic (as Robertson [948] himself notes). Davies and Allison (3:306) point to “other prophetic texts containing ironic imperatives to do wrong” (Isa 8:9-­10; Jer 7:21; Amos 4:4-­5; Rev 22:11; to this list France [2007, 877 n. 55] adds Isa 6:9; 29:9; Jer 44:25). Not surprisingly, this harsh challenge is softened somewhat in two variant readings, both indicative (πληρώσετε: B* ℓ 844 e sams; ἐπληρώσατε D; Acac).



Matthew 23:31-34

229

τὸ μέτρον. Accusative direct object of πληρώσατε. τῶν πατέρων. Genitive of identification (“the measure that your fathers [partly] filled”). ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. 23:33 ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς γεέννης; ὄφεις. Vocative. γεννήματα. Vocative in apposition to ὄφεις. ἐχιδνῶν. Genitive of relationship. Cf. 3:7. πῶς. Introduces a direct (rhetorical) question. φύγητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl φεύφω (deliberative subjunctive). ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως. Separation. τῆς γεέννης. Genitive of identification (“the judgement whose verdict will be Gehenna” [Davies and Allison, 3:306]) or epexegetical genitive. See 5:22 on γεέννα. Matthew 23:34-­39 “Because of this, behold, I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes, some of whom you will kill and crucify, and some of whom you will scourge in your synagogues and pursue from city to city, 35in order that upon you might come all the righteous blood spilled upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zechariah, son of Barachiah, whom you murdered between the sanctuary and the altar. 36I am telling you the truth, all these things will come upon this generation. 37 Jerusalem, Jerusalem—­you who kills the prophets and stones those sent to you—­how often I wished to gather your children, like a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, and you did not wish it. 38Behold, your house is left to you desolate. 39For, I am telling you, you will surely not see me from now on until you say, ‘Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord.’ ” 34

23:34 Διὰ τοῦτο ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας καὶ σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς· ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενεῖτε καὶ σταυρώσετε καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν μαστιγώσετε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ὑμῶν καὶ διώξετε ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν· Διὰ τοῦτο. Causal. See 6:25 on Διὰ τοῦτο. In this context, τοῦτο seems to look back principally to 23:32: the commission of the prophets et al. (23:34) becomes the occasion for the fulfilment of the ironic imperative (23:32).

230

Matthew 23:34-­39

ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) places an accent over the utterance that follows. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of ἀποστέλλω. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀποστέλλω. Pres act ind 1st sg ἀποστέλλω. That the reception of the prophets is future probably suggests that the present tense has at least some future force here (cf. Hagner 1995, 675). On the futuristic present, see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται. πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Spatial (motion toward). προφήτας καὶ σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς. Accusative direct objects of ἀποστέλλω. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Partitive. The PP serves here as a noun phrase (with τινας elided), the accusative direct object of ἀποκτενεῖτε and σταυρώσετε (see further MHT 3:208; Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 407). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἀποκτενεῖτε. Fut act ind 2nd pl ἀποκτείνω. σταυρώσετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl σταυρόω. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Partitive. As it does earlier in the verse, the PP serves as a noun phrase (with τινας elided), here the accusative direct object of μαστιγώσετε and διώξετε. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). μαστιγώσετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl μαστιγόω. See 10:17 on μαστιγώσουσιν. ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς. Locative. ὑμῶν. The genitive is loosely possessive (“your synagogues”—­i.e., “the synagogues in which you gather”). See 4:23. διώξετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl διώκω. ἀπὸ πόλεως. Source (cf. BDAG, 205.2.a). εἰς πόλιν. Locative. 23:35 ὅπως ἔλθῃ ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἅβελ τοῦ δικαίου ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου υἱοῦ Βαραχίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose or, less likely, a result clause. Boyer (1986, 8) finds only four clear NT examples in which the subjunctive expresses result and twelve other possible instances in which he “lean[s] toward their being result.” This instance belongs to the latter group. Burton (§222), on the other hand, is confident that ὅπως never expresses result. A decision here is difficult. It is hard to imagine Jesus’ interlocutors deliberately acting to bring judgment upon themselves. On the other hand, it is also hard to find other instances where ὅπως + subjunctive expresses result. Perhaps the key is to find here an irony similar to that present in 23:32. Jesus, who has charged Israel’s leaders to fill up the cup



Matthew 23:35-36

231

of their fathers’ rebellion now suggests that their rebellion will ironically fulfill this purpose—­to elicit God’s judgment. But see also Davies and Allison (3:317) who warn that “too much should not be read into ὅπως,” which “can indicate result as well as purpose.” ἔλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Subjunctive with ὅπως. ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς. Spatial (metaphorically). ἐπί functions here as a “marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth[ing] is done, to, on, about” (BDAG, 366.14.b.β). πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον. Nominative subject of ἔλθῃ. ἐκχυννόμενον. Pres pass ptc neut nom sg ἐκχύννω (attributive). Matthew employs an idiom here, αἷμα . . . ἐκχύννω, “(literally ‘to pour out blood’) to cause the death of someone by violent means” (LN 20.84). ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος. Extent/limitation. Together, the two prepositions, ἀπό and ἕως, mark the limits (i.e., the first [ἀπό] and last [ἕως] instance) of the spilled blood envisioned here (cf. BDAG, 105.2.b.β). Ἅβελ τοῦ δικαίου. Possessive genitive. δικαίου is probably just attributive, but could be substantival, in apposition to Ἅβελ (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 3:150). ἕως τοῦ αἵματος. Extent/limitation. Used here as a preposition, ἕως serves as a marker of limitation (see ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος above). Ζαχαρίου. Possessive genitive. “Considering the context in the Gospels it is worth noting that the Scripture in both these cases speaks of vengeance. The blood of Abel cried to God from the ground (Gen 4:10), and when Zechariah was dying he said: ‘May the Lord see and avenge!’ (2 Chron 24:22)” (Lövestam, 75–­76). υἱοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Ζαχαρίου. Βαραχίου. Genitive of relationship. ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἐφονεύσατε. ἐφονεύσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl φονεύω. μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. Locative. 23:36 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἥξει ταῦτα πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἥξει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἥκω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. ταῦτα πάντα. Nominative subject of ἥξει. The demonstrative ταῦτα points back to the judgment announced in 23:35.

232

Matthew 23:34-­39

ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. Spatial (metaphorically). See 23:35 on ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς and 11:16 on τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. 23:37 Ἰερουσαλὴμ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου, ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε. Ἰερουσαλὴμ Ἰερουσαλήμ, . . . καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Ἰερουσαλὴμ Ἰερουσαλήμ. Vocative. “The double vocative here adds, as Clement of Alexandria, Paid. 1.9.79, saw, emphasis and pathos (cf. Acts 9.4)” (Davies and Allison, 3:316). ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg ἀποκτείνω. Like λιθοβολοῦσα below, the participle could be either attributive (cf. LEB) or substantival (cf. NRSV; NIV 2011), the nominative participle standing in apposition to the vocative Ἰερουσαλήμ. τοὺς προφήτας. Accusative direct object of ἀποκτείνουσα. λιθοβολοῦσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λιθοβολέω. See ἀποκτείνουσα above. τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους. Prf pass ptc masc acc pl ἀποστέλλω (substantival). Accusative direct object of λιθοβολοῦσα. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. πρὸς αὐτήν. Spatial (motion toward). Since Jerusalem is being addressed directly, some witnesses (D lat sys) modify αὐτήν to σε. For the sake of consistency in translation, I employ the second person (“you”), but αὐτήν is clearly original. ποσάκις. Adverb of time: “a number of related points of time, occurring in interrogative or exclamatory contexts—­‘how often, so often’ ” (LN 67.14). ἠθέλησα. Aor act ind 1st sg θέλω. ἐπισυναγαγεῖν. Aor act inf ἐπισυνάγω (complementary). τὰ τέκνα. Accusative direct object of ἐπισυναγαγεῖν. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὃν τρόπον. The internally headed relative clause (see 7:2 on ἐν ᾧ . . . κρίματι, and Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 473) introduces a comparative clause: “in the manner in which = (just) as” (BDAG, 1017.1). ὄρνις. Nominative subject of ἐπισυνάγει. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐπισυνάγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐπισυνάγω. τὰ νοσσία. Accusative direct object of ἐπισυνάγει. νοσσίον (“the young of a bird” [BDAG, 679]) is a NT hapax legomenon.



Matthew 23:37-39

233

αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship. ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας. Locative. καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἠθελήσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl θέλω. 23:38 ἰδοὺ ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) places an accent over the utterance that follows. ἀφίεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. On the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage. ὁ οἶκος. Nominative subject of ἀφίεται. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. ἔρημος. Nominative complement to ὁ οἶκος in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). A few witnesses (𝔓77vid B L ff2 et al.), omit ἔρημος, perhaps under the influence of the parallel in Luke 13:34. NA28 and SBLGNT, probably correctly, follow ℵ C D K et al. WH, however, thought the omission original. 23:39 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, οὐ μή με ἴδητε ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι ἕως ἂν εἴπητε· εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου. λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a saying that offers support for the indictment of 23:38. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. με. Accusative direct object of ἴδητε. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἴδητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ὁράω. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι. Temporal. ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. εἴπητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ἄν. εὐλογημένος. Prf pass ptc masc nom sg εὐλογέω (adjectival). Predicate participle in a verbless equative clause. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὁ ἐρχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause.

234

Matthew 24:1-­8

ἐν ὀνόματι. Manner. The prepositional phrase could modify either εὐλογημένος or ὁ ἐρχόμενος, but the word order favors the latter (Nolland, 839). κυρίου. Possessive genitive. Matthew 24:1-­8 And going out from the temple, Jesus was departing, and his disciples came to him to point out to him the buildings of the temple. 2But, answering, he said to them, “You see all these things, do you not? I am telling you the truth, a stone will surely not be left here upon a stone, which will not be thrown down.” 3And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately, saying, “Tell us, when will these things be, and what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?” 4And, answering, Jesus said to them, “See that no one leads you astray. 5For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am the Messiah,’ and will lead many astray. 6And you will hear of wars and rumors of wars. Watch! Do not be alarmed, for it is necessary for this to happen, but the end is not yet. 7For nation will rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom, and there will be famines and earthquakes in various places. 8All these things are the beginning of birthpangs.” 1

24:1 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο, καὶ προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτῷ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς τοῦ ἱεροῦ. ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐπορεύετο. ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Separation. ἐπορεύετο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg πορεύομαι. προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἐπιδεῖξαι. Aor act inf ἐπιδείκνυμι (purpose). αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἐπιδεῖξαι. τὰς οἰκοδομὰς. Accusative direct object of ἐπιδεῖξαι. τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Partitive genitive. Decker (2014b, 144) suggests that “[t]he noun ἱερόν normally refers to the entire temple complex (in contrast to ναός, the sanctuary proper, which Mark uses only in 14:58; 15:29, 38).” ναός occurs nine times in Matthew and ἱερόν eleven times; while the contexts in which these nouns are set do not always allow us to



Matthew 24:1-3

235

distinguish sharply between the temple complex and the sanctuary, the pattern that Decker observes seems generally to hold in Matthew as well. 24:2 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα; ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. οὐ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. βλέπετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl βλέπω. ταῦτα πάντα. Accusative direct object of βλέπετε. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἀφεθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg ἀφίημι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. ὧδε. Adverb of place. λίθος. Nominative subject of ἀφεθῇ. ἐπὶ λίθον. Locative. ὃς. Nominative subject of καταλυθήσεται. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. καταλυθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg καταλύω. 24:3 Καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ κατ᾿ ἰδίαν λέγοντες· εἰπὲ ἡμῖν, πότε ταῦτα ἔσται καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος; Καθημένου. Pres mid ptc masc gen sg κάθημαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of Καθημένου. ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους. Locative. Mark has εἰς τὸ ὄρος, but Matthew usually does not employ εἰς with verbs of rest (see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν). τῶν ἐλαιῶν. Genitive of identification.

236

Matthew 24:1-­8

προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. κατ᾿ ἰδίαν. An idiom (lit. “according to oneself ”) that means “by oneself, privately” (BDAG, 467.5). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. εἰπὲ. Aor act impv 2nd sg λέγω. ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἰπὲ. πότε. The interrogative adverb introduces a question, probably a direct (“tell us, when will these things be?”) but possibly an indirect question (“tell us when these things will be”; cf. BDAG, 856). ταῦτα. Nominative subject of ἔσται. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. τί. Predicate nominative. τὸ σημεῖον. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. τῆς σῆς παρουσίας καὶ συντελείας. Objective genitive. Most witnesses include a second article before συντελείας, but NA28 and SBLGNT follow the strong testimony of ℵ B C L et al. On this reading, the single article standing over the two substantives suggests a conceptual unity between the two but, since the nouns are impersonal, the Granville-­ Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply. τοῦ αἰῶνος. Partitive genitive. See 13:39 on αἰῶνός. Quarles, who takes αἰῶνος to be subjective when it modifies συντελεία in 13:39, 40, 49, thinks that here it is “prob. objective” (282). 24:4 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ· ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. βλέπετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl βλέπω. μή. As BDAG (646.2.a; cf. Burton §89; Decker 2014b, 147) points out, after verbs of fearing (here βλέπετε), μή can serve as a conjunction. Here, then, μή introduces the clausal complement of βλέπετε. τις. Nominative subject of πλανήσῃ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of πλανήσῃ.



Matthew 24:4-6

237

πλανήσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg πλανάω. Subjunctive after a verb of fearing. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 24:5 πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ χριστός, καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν. πολλοὶ. Nominative subject of ἐλεύσονται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the reason for the wariness urged in 24:4. ἐλεύσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἔρχομαι. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί. The preposition serves as a “marker in idiom of authorization . . . : the formula . . . focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen.” (BDAG, 366.17). μου. Possessive genitive or genitive of identification. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. Decker (2014b, 147) takes the participle in the parallel in Mark 13:6 to be attributive. ἐγώ. Nominative subject of εἰμι. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ χριστός. Predicate nominative. πολλοὺς. Accusative direct object of πλανήσουσιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). πλανήσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl πλανάω. 24:6 μελλήσετε δὲ ἀκούειν πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων· ὁρᾶτε μὴ θροεῖσθε· δεῖ γὰρ γενέσθαι, ἀλλ᾿ οὔπω ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος. μελλήσετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl μέλλω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀκούειν. Pres act inf ἀκούω (complementary). πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς. Accusative direct objects of ἀκούειν. πολέμων. Objective genitive (cf. BDF §163). ὁρᾶτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὁράω. μὴ. Unlike 24:4, where the imperative βλέπετε is followed by μή + subjunctive, here the imperative ὁρᾶτε is followed by μή + imperative. Here μή does not serve as a conjunction, but it has a typical adverbial force. The two imperatives are linked asyndetically (cf. Burton §89; BDF §461.1). See also 9:30 on γινωσκέτω. θροεῖσθε. Pres pass impv 2nd pl θροέω.

238

Matthew 24:1-­8

δεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δέω (impersonal). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the preceding prohibition. γενέσθαι. Aor mid inf γίνομαι (complementary). For δεῖ γενέσθαι elsewhere in the NT, see (in addition to the parallels in Mark 13:7 and Luke 21:9) Matt 26:54; Rev 1:1; 4:1; 22:6. In the LXX, see Dan 2:28-­ 29. Before γενέσθαι, most witnesses include an accusative subject of the infinitive (πάντα, ταῦτα, or πάντα ταῦτα), but these are natural scribal clarifications. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ B D L et al. ἀλλ᾿. See 4:4 on ἀλλ᾽. οὔπω. Predicate adverb. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. τὸ τέλος. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. 24:7 ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν καὶ ἔσονται λιμοὶ καὶ σεισμοὶ κατὰ τόπους· ἐγερθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for what precedes, either for 24:6b or further support for 24:6a. ἔθνος. Nominative subject of ἐγερθήσεται. ἐπὶ ἔθνος. Opposition. βασιλεία. Nominative subject of an implied ἐγερθήσεται. ἐπὶ βασιλείαν. Opposition. ἔσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl εἰμί. λιμοὶ καὶ σεισμοὶ. Nominative subjects of ἔσονται. κατὰ τόπους. Distributive: “in various places” (cf. BDAG, 512.B.1.d). 24:8 πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων. πάντα . . . ταῦτα. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. As in 23:36 and 24:2, but in reversed order (except in W ƒ1.13 lat sys.p), πάντα . . . ταῦτα is unique to Matthew (Mark simply has ταῦτα). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀρχὴ. Predicate nominative. ὠδίνων. Partitive genitive. ὠδίν (“birth-­pain[s]” [BDAG, 1102.a]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×).



Matthew 24:7-10

239

Matthew 24:9-­14 “Then they will hand you over to tribulation and they will kill you, and you will be hated by all the nations because of my name. 10And then many will fall away, and they will hand one another over and hate one another. 11And many false prophets will arise and will lead many astray; 12 and because lawlessness is multiplied, the love of many will grow cold. 13 But the one who endures to the end—­this one will be saved. 14And this gospel of the kingdom will be proclaimed in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations, and then the end will come.” 9

24:9 Τότε παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. παραδώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl παραδίδωμι. The plural subject of παραδώσουσιν (as of ἀποκτενοῦσιν below) is not specified. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of παραδώσουσιν. εἰς θλῖψιν. Goal. ἀποκτενοῦσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἀποκτείνω. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἀποκτενοῦσιν. ἔσεσθε. Fut act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. μισούμενοι. Pres pass ptc masc nom pl μισεώ (future periphrastic). See Caragounis (157–­58) on the rise of the future periphrastic “to express the idea of duration.” ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν. Ultimate agency. διὰ τὸ ὄνομά. Causal. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 24:10 καὶ τότε σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ καὶ ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσιν καὶ μισήσουσιν ἀλλήλους· τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. σκανδαλισθήσονται. Fut mid or pass ind 3rd pl σκανδαλίζω. Here the verb has the sense of “falling away”—that is, of abandoning allegiance to Jesus (cf. BDAG, 926.1.a). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. πολλοὶ. Nominative subject of σκανδαλισθήσονται. ἀλλήλους. Accusative direct object of παραδώσουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. παραδώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl παραδίδωμι. The verb means to “hand over, turn over, give up a person . . . ‘hand over into [the] custody [of]’ ” (BDAG, 762.1.b).

240

Matthew 24:9-­14

μισήσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl μισεώ. ἀλλήλους. Accusative direct object of μισήσουσιν. 24:11 καὶ πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐγερθήσονται καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς· πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται. Nominative subject of ἐγερθήσονται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐγερθήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. πλανήσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl πλανάω. πολλούς. Accusative direct object of πλανήσουσιν. 24:12 καὶ διὰ τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν. πληθυνθῆναι. Aor pass inf πληθύνω. Used with διὰ τὸ to indicate cause. In the NT, Campbell points out, “there are only 6 instances in which the διὰ τό + infinitive construction employs infinitives that are not ­present. . . . Of these 1 is an aorist (Matthew 24:12), while the others are perfect infinitives” (2008a, 108 n. 10). τὴν ἀνομίαν. Accusative subject of the infinitive πληθυνθῆναι. ψυγήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ψύχω. The verb ψύχω (“make cool/ cold” [BDAG, 1100]) is a NT hapax legomenon. ἡ ἀγάπη. Nominative subject of ψυγήσεται. τῶν πολλῶν. Subjective genitive (pace Brown 1979, 9: objective genitive). Wallace (297) thinks that the positive adjective has comparative force here: “the love of most . . .” 24:13 ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος οὗτος σωθήσεται. ὁ . . . ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος. The participial clause in its entirety serves as the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive οὗτος. ὁ . . . ὑπομείνας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὑπομένω (substantival). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰς τέλος. Temporal. οὗτος. Nominative subject of σωθήσεται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σωθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg σῴζω.



Matthew 24:11-14

241

24:14 καὶ κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καὶ τότε ἥξει τὸ τέλος. κηρυχθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg κηρύσσω. τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. Nominative subject of κηρυχθήσεται. τῆς βασιλείας. As in 4:23 and 9:35, the only other NT occurrences of τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας, the genitive is loosely objective: “the good news about the kingdom” (cf. Young, 27, and Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 95 n. 35, who consider it a genitive of content). If those earlier occurrences are to guide us, this Gospel is chiefly that in Jesus’ mission heaven’s long-­awaited kingdom has arrived. For Davies and Allison (3:344), however, “ ‘[t]he gospel of the kingdom’ (= ‘the word of the kingdom’, 13.19) . . . is both what Jesus preached and what is preached about him.” See the discussion in 3:2 and 4:17. ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ. Locative. οἰκουμένη (“the earth as inhabited area” [BDAG, 699.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 15×). εἰς μαρτύριον. Purpose. πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Dative of advantage. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἥξει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἥκω. τὸ τέλος. Nominative subject of ἥξει. Matthew 24:15-­22 15 “So, when you see the desolating abomination that was spoken of through the prophet Daniel standing in the holy place (let the reader understand), 16then let those in Judea flee to the mountains, 17let the one who is on a rooftop not go down to take the things from his house, 18and let the one who is in the field not turn back to get his cloak. 19But alas to those who are pregnant and to those who are nursing in those days. 20 And pray that your flight might not happen in winter or on a Sabbath. 21 For at that time there will be great tribulation, such as has never been from the beginning of the world until now, and will surely never happen again. 22And if those days were not shortened, no one would be saved; but for the sake of the elect, those days will be shortened.”

242

Matthew 24:15-­22

24:15 Ὅταν οὖν ἴδητε τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου ἑστὸς ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ, ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω, Ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. οὖν. The conjunction may be inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the necessary response either to the warnings of 24:9-­13 generally (so Quarles, 284) or to a particular expression of the lawlessness to which 24:12 points. Alternatively, οὖν may simply be resumptive, after the parenthetical comment at 24:14. ἴδητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ὁράω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). τὸ βδέλυγμα. Accusative direct object of ἴδητε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. βδέλυγμα (here “someth[ing] that is totally defiling, abomination, pollutant” [BDAG, 172.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 6×). τῆς ἐρημώσεως. Attributive genitive (“the desolating abomination”) or epexegetical genitive (Davies and Allison, 3:346). Cf. Dan 9:27; 11:31; 12:11; 1 Macc 1:54. As Luz (2001–­2007, 3:196) observes, for Matthew’s readers, “the word ‘desolation’ (ἐρήμωσις) was a direct reminder that according to Jesus’ prediction of 23:38 the temple would be left ‘desolate’ (ἔρημος).” τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut acc sg λέγω (attributive). διὰ Δανιὴλ. Intermediate agency. τοῦ προφήτου. Genitive in apposition to Δανιὴλ. ἑστὸς. Prf act ptc neut acc sg ἵστημι. Accusative complement to τὸ βδέλυγμα in a double accusative object-­complement construction. In the parallel in Mark 13:14, ἑστηκότα is masculine (perhaps a constructio ad sensum; see Decker 2014b, 154); in Matthew, the participle agrees in gender with the object (τὸ βδέλυγμα) it completes. ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ. Locative. ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). See Pitre (309–­13) for the intriguing argument (with reference to the Markan parallel) that the words “are meant . . . to be taken as the words of Jesus to the disciples, calling their attention to the book of Daniel (to which he has just alluded), not to the Gospel itself ” (309–­10; cf. Davies and Allison, 3:346; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:195). If anything, the preceding reference to Daniel makes this interpretation more plausible in Matthew than Mark. But it is difficult to discount the possibility that the traditional interpretation has it right: the evangelist leaves a parenthetical comment for the reader of his Gospel (cf. Nolland, 972). ὁ ἀναγινώσκων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἀναγινώσκω (substantival). Nominative subject of νοείτω. Fronted as a topical frame. νοείτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg νοέω.



Matthew 24:15-17

243

24:16 τότε οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὄρη, τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ into the nominative subject of φευγέτωσαν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ. Locative. φευγέτωσαν. Pres act impv 3rd pl φεύγω. εἰς τὰ ὄρη. Locative. Instead of εἰς (supported by B D Δ Θ et al.), a number of witnesses (ℵ K L W et al.) have ἐπί. A decision is extraordinarily difficult. εἰς τὸ ὄρος is not unfamiliar in Matthew (5:1; 14:23; 15:29; 21:1; 26:30; 28:16; cf. εἰς ὄρος: 4:8; 17:1). Elsewhere in Matthew ὄρος is the object of ἐπί once where, notably, ὄρος is plural: ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη (18:12). Intrinsic considerations probably favor εἰς. On the other hand, transcriptional probabilities favor ἐπὶ, (1) precisely because εἰς τὸ ὄρος is as common as it is in Matthew, scribal modification of an original ἐπὶ would not surprise; and (2) both of the synoptic parallels (Mark 13:14; Luke 21:21) have εἰς τὰ ὄρη, and assimilation may be a factor. Against NA28, SBLGNT prefers ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:347 n. 124). Two considerations may tip the balance slightly in favor of εἰς τὰ ὄρη: (1) the only time ὄρος is the object of ἐπί in Matthew, the notion is of rest on the mountains and not movement toward them; and (2) nowhere else is ὄρος plural as the object of εἰς; this may have been enough to prompt an alert scribe to assimilate this text to 18:12 (ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη). 24:17 ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ, ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος into the nominative subject of καταβάτω. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος. Locative. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. καταβάτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg καταβαίνω. Wallace (487 n. 99) points out that there are only eight aorist imperatives found in prohibitions in the NT, each in the third person. Seven of the eight stand in this pericope and its synoptic parallels. More typically, of course, aorist prohibitions are found in the subjunctive mood. ἆραι. Aor act inf αἴρω (purpose). τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας. The article again functions as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας into the accusative direct object of ἆραι.

244

Matthew 24:15-­22

ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας. Separation. Moule (74) finds here a “pregnant” use of ἐκ: “to take from his house the things which are in it.” αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 24:18 καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ. ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ into the nominative subject of ἐπιστρεψάτω. Mark has εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν, but Matthew probably prefers ἐν over εἰς, since there is no movement signaled by the implied verb: “the one who is in the field” (see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ. Locative. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. ἐπιστρεψάτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg ἐπιστρέφω. See 24:17 on καταβάτω. ὀπίσω. Adverb of position (one of two NT uses of ὀπίσω as an adverb [Harris 2012, 248]). ἆραι. Aor act inf αἴρω (purpose). τὸ ἱμάτιον. Accusative direct object of ἆραι. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 24:19 οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. οὐαὶ. An “interjection denoting pain or displeasure, woe, alas” (BDAG, 734.1), often, as here, “w[ith] dat[ive] of pers[on] or thing concerning whom (which) pain is expressed” (BDAG, 734.1.a). See 11:21. Here, however, the interjection expresses sympathy because of the difficult circumstances envisioned and not displeasure. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις. An idiom (lit. “to those having in the womb”) for being pregnant (cf. BDAG, 190.2). ταῖς . . . ἐχούσαις. Pres act ptc fem dat pl ἔχω (substantival). Dative of disadvantage. ἐν γαστρὶ. Locative. ταῖς θηλαζούσαις. Pres act ptc fem dat pl θηλάζω (substantival). Dative of disadvantage. “θηλάζειν is used both of a baby nursing at the breast and of a mother nursing a baby. It is used of babies in 21:16, but since the feminine form is used here, it refers this time to mothers” (Nolland, 973). ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. Temporal.



Matthew 24:18-21

245

24:20 προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν χειμῶνος μηδὲ σαββάτῳ. προσεύχεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl πορσεύχομαι. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of προσεύχεσθε. μὴ . . . μηδὲ. “Neither . . . nor.” γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ἡ φυγὴ. Nominative subject of γένηται. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. χειμῶνος. Genitive of time. BDAG (1082) points out that χειμών can be used “in var[ious] senses relating to inclement/bad weather,” to stormy weather itself (1082.1) or to the season of inclement weather—­that is, winter (1082.2). Most English versions opt for the latter translation here. Although a decision is difficult, as Davies and Allison (3:350) observe, “they amount to the same thing; for winter was the rainy season and so brought floods and muddy roads (to hinder flight: Josephus, Bell. 4.433).” σαββάτῳ. Dative of time. On the distinction between the use of the genitive and dative, respectively, to express time, see Wallace (157; cf. Robertson, 522). 24:21 ἔσται γὰρ τότε θλῖψις μεγάλη οἵα οὐ γέγονεν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς κόσμου ἕως τοῦ νῦν οὐδ᾿ οὐ μὴ γένηται. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding imperative. τότε. Used with the conjunction γάρ, τότε does not signal development (see 2:7 on τότε) but instead emphasizes that the crisis Jesus’ envisions will take place at that time. θλῖψις μεγάλη. Nominative subject of ἔσται. οἵα. Nominative subject of γέγονεν. The qualitative relative (cf. BDAG, 701) points back to its antecedent, θλῖψις. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. γέγονεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. Instead of the perfect, a few witnesses (ℵ D Θ 700; Ir) have the (negated) aorist indicative οὐκ ἐγένετο. Caragounis (110) finds here an example of the blurring of the distinction between aorist and perfect tenses: “From [postclassical] times on the [classical, mainly Attic] feeling for the difference between the aorist and the perfect was lost, as a result of which these two tenses often came to be exchanged for one another.” On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν.

246

Matthew 24:15-­22

ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς. Temporal. Together, ἀπό and ἕως mark the temporal limits of the action (BDAG, 105.2.b.β; cf. Matt 11:12; 23:35). κόσμου. Genitive of identification. ἕως τοῦ νῦν. Temporal; see ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς above. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb νῦν into the object of the preposition ἕως. οὐδ᾿. Development and negation. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. Turner notes “the amalgam of οὐδέ and οὐ μή to form a very strong but pleonastic οὐδ᾿ οὐ μὴ” (MHT 3:286). 24:22 καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ· διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι. εἰ μὴ. εἰ introduces the protasis of a second-­class condition. See 11:21. Although the negative particle μή is normally used with nonindicative verbs, here εἰ μή appears to function idiomatically (Decker 2014b, 157), correcting the statement that follows by introducing an exception (see 11:27). ἐκολοβώθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl κολοβόω. The verb κολοβόω means “to reduce the duration of someth[ing]” (BDAG, 556.2). Each of the four NT uses of the verb occur here and in the parallel in Mark 13:20. Davies and Allison (3:351) refer to the aorist verbs in 24:22 as “prophetic pasts: God has already decided about the future.” αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι. Nominative subject of ἐκολοβώθησαν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἂν. Marker of contingency in the apodosis of the second-­ class condition. ἐσώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg σῴζω. The verb refers here to preservation from death (cf. BDAG, 982.1.a; NIV 2011: “no one would survive”). πᾶσα σάρξ. Nominative subject of ἐσώθη. The Semitic οὐ . . . πᾶσα σάρξ (Zerwick §446; MHT 3:196) does not mean “not everyone” but “no one.” διὰ . . . τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς. Causal. Harris, however, finds here one of “a few examples where διά could be rendered ‘for the benefit of ’ and so approaches a prospective sense” (2012, 80). Fronted for emphasis. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. κολοβωθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl κολοβόω. As with the preceding ἐκολοβώθησαν, God is the implied agent of the shortening (cf. the active verbs in the Markan parallel). On the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι. Nominative subject of κολοβωθήσονται.



Matthew 24:22-24

247

Matthew 24:23-­28 “At that time, if anyone says to you, ‘Look, here is the Messiah!’ or ‘Here he is!’ do not believe it. 24For false messiahs and false prophets will arise and will produce great signs and wonders, so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect. 25Behold, I have told you in advance. 26So, if they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness!’ do not go out; ‘Behold, he is in the inner rooms!’ do not believe it. 27For just as the lightning comes out of the east and shines to the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man. 28 Wherever the carcass is, there will the vultures gather.” 23

24:23 Τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ· ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ χριστός, ἤ· ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε· Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἐάν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. τις. Nominative subject of εἴπῃ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἴπῃ. εἴπῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) grants prominence to the following speech. That this is the first of four occurrences of the word in the span of four verses suggests to Davies and Allison (3:352) that “the narrative is coming to its climax.” ὧδε. Predicate adverb of place. ὁ χριστός. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ἤ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ὧδε. Predicate adverb of place, completing the implied equative verb. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. πιστεύσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl πιστεύω (prohibitive subjunctive). The object, which must be supplied, could be either personal (“that person”) or impersonal (“it”). 24:24 ἐγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται καὶ δώσουσιν σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα ὥστε πλανῆσαι, εἰ δυνατόν, καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς. ἐγερθήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Decker (2014b, 159) notes that “[t]his verb is often used of the appearance of a prophet on the scene (see Matt 11:11; Luke 7:16; John 7:52).” γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding prohibition.

248

Matthew 24:23-­28

ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται. Nominative subjects of ἐγερθήσονται. δώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl δίδωμι. The verb is used here with the sense “to cause to happen, esp. in ref[erence] to physical phenomena, produce, make, cause” (BDAG, 242.4). σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα. Accusative direct objects of δώσουσιν. ὥστε. Introduces a result or purpose clause. πλανῆσαι. Aor act inf πλανάω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι) or, less likely, purpose (cf. 10:1 on ἐκβάλλειν). In the parallel in Mark 13:22, the infinitive (πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν) clearly signals purpose, and many think this is also true of the Matthean construction (Robertson, 990, 1428; Young, 169, 192; Hagner 1995, 706; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 362 n. 20; cf. also the discussions at Moule, 143; Zerwick §352). But probably Boyer (1985, 11; cf. Quarles, 287) is correct that here ὥστε plus the infinitive signals the actual result (as it typically does), but a result that would follow if the condition were met. The following εἰ δυνατόν, of course, implies that the condition will not be met. See Davies and Allison (3:352) on the verbal parallels between 24:24 and LXX Deut 13:2, 6. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of an elliptical second-­class condition in which “the addition of ἄν to the apodosis is no longer obligatory” (BDF §360.1). See 11:21. Decker (2014b, 159), however, considers the parallel construction in Mark 13:22 as the protasis of a first-­class condition. δυνατόν. Predicate adjective in a verbless equative clause. καὶ. Ascensive (see 5:39 on καὶ). τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς. Accusative direct object of πλανῆσαι. 24:25 ἰδοὺ προείρηκα ὑμῖν. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ), unique to Matthew (as often), places an accent over the utterance that follows. προείρηκα. Prf act ind 1st sg προλέγω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of προείρηκα. 24:26 ἐὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν· ἰδοὺ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε· ἰδοὺ ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ πιστεύσητε· ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a prohibition that follows from the warning in 24:24. εἴπωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν.



Matthew 24:25-27

249

ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἴπωσιν. ἰδοὺ. In both of its appearances in 24:26, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) places an accent over the assertion that follows. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Locative. The PP completes the equative verb. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστίν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. ἐξέλθητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἐξέρχομαι (prohibitive subjunctive). ἰδοὺ. See ἰδοὺ above. ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις. Locative. The PP completes the implied equative verb: “(he is) in the inner rooms.” See 6:6 on ταμεῖον. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. πιστεύσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl πιστεύω (prohibitive subjunctive). As in 23:26, the object of the verb could be either personal (“that person”) or impersonal (“it”). 24:27 ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· ὥσπερ. Introduces the protasis of a comparison in which οὕτως introduces the apodosis (cf. BDAG, 1106.a). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces further support for the prohibitions of 24:26. ἡ ἀστραπὴ. Nominative subject of ἐξέρχεται. ἐξέρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν. Spatial. Together, the two prepositions, ἀπό and ἕως, mark the limits, here the spatial boundaries, of the action (BDAG, 105.2.b.β; cf. Matt 23:35). φαίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg φαίνω. ἕως δυσμῶν. Spatial. ἕως is used here as a preposition; see ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν above. οὕτως. Introduces the apodosis of the comparison (see ὥσπερ above). ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἡ παρουσία. Nominative subject of ἔσται. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. τοῦ υἱοῦ. Subjective genitive. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship.

250

Matthew 24:29-­35

24:28 ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί. ὅπου ἐὰν. Introduces an indefinite locative clause (cf. BDAG, 717.1.a.δ) that is the “topic of what follows and is picked up with the resumptive locative adverb ἐκεῖ” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 560). ᾖ. Pres act subj 3rd sg εἰμί. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τὸ πτῶμα. Nominative subject of ᾖ. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place (see ὅπου ἐὰν above). συναχθήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl συνάγω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. οἱ ἀετοί. Nominative subject of συναχθήσονται. “In Re 12.14 the emphasis is upon strength and speed, and therefore a term meaning ‘eagle’ is probably more satisfactory, but in Mt 24.28 (and the parallel passages in Lk 17.37) the reference is to the eating of dead flesh, and therefore a word meaning ‘vultures’ is more appropriate. The basic distinction between eagles and vultures is that the former either capture their prey or feed upon dead carcasses, while vultures only feed upon dead carcasses. Only in the Western Hemisphere are there two distinct families of birds: (1) birds of prey, which also feed upon dead bodies (eagles) and (2) vultures, which never take live prey, but only feed upon carcasses” (LN 4.42). For the suggestion that ἀετοί points not to any vultures but to the Roman eagles, see Brown (1979, 12); Wright (360). Matthew 24:29-­35 29 “And immediately after the tribulation of those days, the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light, and the stars will fall from the sky, and the powers of the heavens will be shaken. 30And at that time the sign of the Son of Man will appear in the sky, and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of the sky with great power and glory. 31And he will send his angels with a great trumpet, and they will gather his elect from the four winds, from one end of the sky until the other. 32Now, from the fig tree learn the parable: when its branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves, you know that the summer is near. 33So also you, when you see all these things, you know that it is near—­at the door. 34I am telling you the truth that this generation will surely not pass away until all these things take place. 35Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will surely not pass away.”



Matthew 24:28-29

251

24:29 Εὐθέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς, καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες πεσοῦνται ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. Εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν. Temporal. τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων. Genitive of identification (“after the tribulation that comes in those days”). Τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων recalls the same expression in 24:19, 22. “Immediately after the tribulation of those days” presumably means, then, “immediately after the tribulation just described in 24:15-­22” (cf. Gibbs, 188). ὁ ἥλιος. Nominative subject of σκοτισθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. σκοτισθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg σκοτίζω. In the context of this discussion of cosmic signs, God is the implied agent of the passive verb (cf. Decker 2014b, 160). ἡ σελήνη. Nominative subject of δώσει. Fronted as a topical frame. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. τὸ φέγγος. Accusative direct object of δώσει. αὐτῆς. Subjective genitive or genitive of source (Quarles, 289). οἱ ἀστέρες. Nominative subject of πεσοῦνται. Fronted as a topical frame. πεσοῦνται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl πίπτω. ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Separation. As usual in Matthew, the singular οὐρανός (see further 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν) refers to part of the created order (“the sky”). αἱ δυνάμεις. Nominative subject of σαλευθήσονται. Fronted as a topical frame. τῶν οὐρανῶν. On the parallel in Luke 21:26, Culy, Parsons, and Stigall comment, “The genitive appears to refer to the place where αἱ δυνάμεις are either located (with αἱ . . . δυνάμεις referring to the sun, moon, and stars) or rule (with αἱ . . . δυνάμεις referring to spiritual powers)” (654). In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανός (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν) refers here not to the created order but to the invisible, divine realm. Thus by “the powers of the heavens” Matthew probably means the powers that inhabit that realm. σαλευθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl σαλεύω.

252

Matthew 24:29-­35

24:30 καὶ τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ τότε κόψονται πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς· τότε. Temporal adverb, meaning either “after that” (cf. BDAG, 1012.2) or, perhaps more likely, “at that time” (cf. BDAG, 1012.1.b). φανήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg φαίνω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. τὸ σημεῖον. Nominative subject of φανήσεται. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. τοῦ υἱοῦ. One’s understanding of the genitive here is inextricably bound up with the interpretation of 24:29-­31 more generally. It could be epexegetical (“the sign that is the Son of Man”; cf. Gundry 1994, 488; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:202), subjective (“the sign/ensign that the Son of Man raises”; cf. Davies and Allison, 3:359–­60; MHT 3:214), or objective (“the sign that heralds the Son of Man”; so NEB; cf. Gibbs, 198, followed by France 2007, 925–­26). In my view, this last alternative is most likely. The sign that heralds the Son of Man is probably not to be distinguished from either the heavenly portents of 24:29 or the coming of the Son of Man in 24:30c: Jesus takes up different images to speak of the divine visitation that is about to fall upon the city and the temple (cf. Gibbs, 189–­204). τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐν οὐρανῷ. Locative. See 24:29 on ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ and 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. See Gibbs (198–­99) for the argument that that PP is attributive, modifying τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου: “the Son of Man [who is] in heaven.” More probably, the PP is adverbial: “at that time the sign of the Son of Man will appear in the sky . . .” In most witnesses οὐρανῷ is articular, and SBLGNT (against NA28) follows the majority here. While it is possible that the article was original and fell out accidentally in transmission, more probably, as the strong testimony of ℵ B L Θ 700 suggests, the article was a scribal addition. τότε. Temporal adverb. Again, the sense may be either “after that” or “at that time.” κόψονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl κόπτω. The verb, which can simply mean “to cut (off)” (BDAG, 559.1), is clearly used here, as in Zech 12:10, from which it is drawn, to refer to “an act of mourning” (BDAG, 559.2). Whether, however, the mourning should be understood as leading to repentance or as “grief at the prospect of judgment” (Nolland, 984; cf. Gibbs, 200) is disputed (see below on πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ).



Matthew 24:30-31

253

πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ. Nominative subject of κόψονται and ὄψονται. While it is consistently recognized that Matthew draws upon both Zech 12:10 and Dan 7:13 here, much less frequently observed (but see Brown 1979, 13–­14; Wilcox, 201–­2) is that Matt 24:30, like Rev 1:7, also alludes to Gen 12:3. Bauckham (318–­22) thinks that the striking commonalities between Matt 24:30 and Rev 1:7 are best explained by the conclusion that they both drew upon a traditional testimonium. Moreover, the allusion to Gen 12:3 has implications for the meaning of τῆς γῆς (which is probably universal, in keeping with the Genesis promise) and the sense of κόψονται. On the latter, he writes, “Since it alludes to the promise to Abraham that through him and his offspring all the nations of the world would be blessed, it follows that in early Christian use of this testimonium κόψονται must have been understood in a positive sense and expects the salvation of the nations” (322). τῆς γῆς. Genitive of place. ὄψονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ὁράω. “Linked nicely by the paronomasia of the juxtaposition of κόψονται (‘will mourn’) and ὄψονται (‘will see’), the echo of Zechariah now gives way to the echo of Dn. 7:13–­14, possibly with ‘they will see’ as the bridge” (Nolland, 984). τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. τὸν υἱὸν. Accusative direct object of ὄψονται in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐρχόμενον. Pres mid ptc masc acc sg ἐρχομαι. Accusative complement to τὸν υἱὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν. Locative. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Genitive of place. See further 24:29 on ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ and 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. Manner (Decker 2014b, 162) or attendant circumstance (BDAG, 637.3.b; cf. Harris 2012, 163: “accompanied by”). Although it is possible that πολλῆς modifies only δόξης, more probably it modifies both δυνάμεως and δόξης, governed as they are by a single preposition (so, rightly, NEB: “great power and glory”). 24:31 καὶ ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης, καὶ ἐπισυνάξουσιν τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων ἀπ᾿ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως [τῶν] ἄκρων αὐτῶν. ἀποστελεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. τοὺς ἀγγέλους. Accusative direct object of ἀποστελεῖ. While ἄγγελος can refer to either human or angelic messengers, probably in this highly

254

Matthew 24:29-­35

allusive context the reference is to the latter (pace Gibbs, 202), even if the mission of Jesus’ followers is in view (cf. France 2007, 927–­28). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης. Attendant circumstance (cf. BDAG, 637.3.b: “of other accompanying phenomena”). ἐπισυνάξουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἐπισυνάγω. τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐπισυνάξουσιν. αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive. ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων. Source (cf. Decker 2014b, 162). ἀπ᾿ ἄκρων. Spatial. Together, the two prepositions, ἀπό and ἕως, mark the limits, here the spatial boundaries, of the action (cf. BDAG, 105.2.b.β; Matt 23:35). ἄκρον (“the extreme limit of a space—­‘extreme boundary, final limit, end” [LN 80.7]) occurs in Matthew only in this verse (NT: 6×). οὐρανῶν. Partitive genitive (cf. BDF §270.2). On what seems at first to be a surprising use of the plural οὐρανός (3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν) here, see Pennington (2009, 158–­60). ἕως [τῶν] ἄκρων. Spatial. ἕως is used here as a preposition; see ἀπ᾿ ἄκρων above. As the square brackets indicate, the authenticity of the article is disputed; most witnesses omit it, perhaps influenced by the preceding ἀπ᾿ ἄκρων. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the distinctive reading supported by B Θ ƒ1.13 33 700 892. αὐτῶν. Partitive genitive. 24:32 Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν· ὅταν ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται ἁπαλὸς καὶ τὰ φύλλα ἐκφύῃ, γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος· Ἀπὸ . . . τῆς συκῆς. Source. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). The article is generic (Quarles, 290). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μάθετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl μανθάνω. τὴν παραβολήν. Accusative direct object of μάθετε. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ἤδη. Temporal adverb. ὁ κλάδος. Nominative subject of γένηται and ἐκφύῃ. αὐτῆς. Partitive genitive. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). ἁπαλὸς. Predicate adjective. ἁπαλός (“tender” [BDAG, 96]) appears in the NT only here and in the parallel in Mark 13:28.



Matthew 24:32-33

255

τὰ φύλλα. Accusative direct object of ἐκφύῃ. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐκφύῃ. Pres act subj 3rd sg ἐκφύω. Subjunctive with ὅταν. γινώσκετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl γινώσκω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of γινώσκετε. ἐγγὺς. Predicate adverb of time in a verbless equative clause. Fronted for emphasis. τὸ θέρος. Nominative subject in a verbless equative clause. 24:33 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ἴδητε πάντα ταῦτα, γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric (cf. 23:32). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the link between the tender fig tree and πάντα ταῦτα. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἴδητε. Fronted as a topical frame. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ἴδητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ὁράω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). πάντα ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ἴδητε. Only Matthew has πάντα ταῦτα here (cf. 23:36; 24:2, 8). γινώσκετε. Pres act ind/impv 2nd pl γινώσκω. Some English translations presume that the mood is indicative (NRSV; ESV; NIV 2011), while others that it is imperative (NET; HCSB; LEB). Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (657) and Decker (2014b, 164) think that the context (in the saying in Luke and Mark, respectively) favors the imperative mood, but it is difficult to rule out either possibility (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:366). ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of γινώσκετε. ἐγγύς. Predicate adverb of time in a verbless equative clause. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. The embedded subject could be either personal (“he”; cf. NRSV; ESV; NET; HCSB; LEB; Davies and Allison, 3:366: “probably”) or impersonal (“it”; cf. NIV 2011; NEB: “the end”; Wright, 364). ἐπὶ θύραις. The locative prepositional phrase is epexegetical to ἐγγύς.

256

Matthew 24:29-­35

24:34 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011] discourse) of λέγω. παρέλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg παρέρχομαι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη. Nominative subject of παρέλθῃ. See 11:16 on τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. πάντα ταῦτα. Nominative subject of γένηται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). The fifth occurrence of πάντα ταῦτα/ταῦτα πάντα since 23:36 (also 24:2, 8, 33), this is the only one that is demonstrably traditional: the Markan parallel (Mark 13:30) has ταῦτα πάντα. Hagner (1995, 715) represents many when he writes, of πάντα ταῦτα, “ ‘all these things,’ of this verse can include no more than the same phrase in the preceding verse and thus cannot include the coming of the Son of Man.” The clear echo of 23:36, however, suggests that πάντα ταῦτα refers here to what it did there and stands over the whole unit: the imminent judgment falls within a generation. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἄν. 24:35 Ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται, οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν. Ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ. Compound nominative subject of παρελεύσεται. On οὐρανός, see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν; on “heaven and earth” pairings, see 6:10 on οὐρανός. Fronted as a topical frame. παρελεύσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg παρέρχομαι. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. The Markan and Lukan parallels (Mark 13:31; Luke 21:35) have the plural παρελεύσονται, but Matthew prefers the singular, probably because Ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ forms a merism for the whole of the created order (cf. Pennington 2009, 3–­4). In conception, then, the subject is singular. In many witnesses the verb is plural, but this is almost certainly a scribal “correction.” NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ℵ2b B D L et al. οἱ . . . λόγοι. Nominative subject of παρέλθωσιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT).



Matthew 24:34-36

257

δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. παρέλθωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl παρέρχομαι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. Matthew 24:36-­44 “But concerning that day and hour, no one knows—­neither the angels in heaven nor the Son—­except the Father alone. 37For just as the days of Noah were, so will be the coming of the Son of Man. 38For just as in those days before the flood, they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the very day Noah entered the ark, 39and they did not know until the flood came and took them all away, so also will be the coming of the Son of Man. 40At that time two men will be in the field—­one will be taken and one left; 41two women will be grinding grain at the mill—­one will be taken and one left. 42Keep watch, therefore, because you do not know on what day your Lord is coming. 43But this you do know, that if the householder had known at what watch the thief was coming, he would have kept watch and would not have permitted his house to be broken into. 44Because of this, you also be ready, because at an hour you do not expect the Son of Man is coming.” 36

24:36 Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν οὐδὲ ὁ υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ πατὴρ μόνος. Περὶ δὲ. Decker observes that “[t]he use of περὶ δέ at the beginning of a paragraph typically indicates a transition in the discussion . . . , whether to a new topic altogether or to a new aspect of the topic already under discussion” (2014b, 166). Cf. Matt 22:31. Περὶ . . . τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας. Reference. Although one article (and one preposition) stands over two nouns linked by καί, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply, since the nouns are impersonal. Nevertheless, the construction does suggest a conceptual unity: as Wallace (287) points out, in this case the second noun (ὥρας) is a subset of the first (ἡμέρας). “ ‘That day’ is the OT’s ‘day of the Lord’, which in the NT is the parousia; and ‘that hour’ is a further specification that is effectively synonymous” (Davies and Allison, 3:378). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐδεὶς. Nominative subject of οἶδεν. Fronted for emphasis. οἶδεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg οἶδα. On the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8. οὐδὲ . . . οὐδὲ. “[N]ot even . . . and not even” (BDAG, 735.3). οἱ ἄγγελοι. Nominative subject of an implied οἴδασιν.

258

Matthew 24:36-­44

τῶν οὐρανῶν. Genitive of place. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανός refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). οὐδὲ ὁ υἱός. The majority of witnesses (ℵ2a K L W et al.) omit οὐδὲ ὁ υἱός—­very likely an early scribal omission designed to honor the Son. If the omission were original, the addition would presumably have been made under the influence of the parallel in Mark 13:33. NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow ℵ*.2b B D Θ et al. ὁ υἱός. Nominative subject of an implied οἶδεν. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). ὁ πατὴρ μόνος. Nominative subject of an implied οἶδεν. 24:37 Ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Ὥσπερ. Introduces the protasis of a comparison in which οὕτως (24:38) introduces the apodosis (cf. BDAG, 1106.a). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the assertion of 24:36. αἱ ἡμέραι. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “just as the days of Noah (were) . . .” τοῦ Νῶε. Genitive of identification (“the days of Noah”—­i.e., “the days when Noah lived”). Cf. 2:1 on Ἡρῴδου. The article marks the indeclinable Νῶε as genitive. οὕτως. Introduces the apodosis of a comparison. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἐιμί. ἡ παρουσία. Nominative subject of ἔσται. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. τοῦ υἱοῦ. Subjective genitive. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. 24:38 ὡς γὰρ ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις [ἐκείναις] ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες, ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν, ὡς. Introduces the protasis of a comparison in which οὕτως (24:39) introduces the apodosis (Quarles, 291). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clarification. ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί.



Matthew 24:37-39

259

ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις [ἐκείναις]. Temporal. ἐκείναις is absent from most witnesses (ℵ K L W et al.). SBLGNT judges the unqualified ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις original, but it seems as likely to be a deliberate scribal omission as a scribal addition. If internal considerations are not decisive, the external evidence (B D 579 it et al.) probably favors the inclusion of ἐκείναις. ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ into an attributive modifier of ταῖς ἡμέραις [ἐκείναις]. πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ. Temporal. τρώγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl τρώγω (imperfect periphrastic). The verb τρώγω (“to bite or chew food, eat” [BDAG, 1019]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 6×). McKay (1994, §1.9.4), however, takes τρώγοντες and the three participles that follow to be adverbial, modifying ἦσαν: “as they were in the days before the flood, eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage . . .” πίνοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl πίνω (imperfect periphrastic). γαμοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl γαμέω (imperfect periphrastic). γαμίζοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl γαμίζω (imperfect periphrastic). See 22:30 on γαμίζονται. ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας. Temporal, introducing an internally headed relative clause that probably produces an intensive statement (see 7:2 on ἐν ᾧ . . . κρίματι): “until the very day.” εἰσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εἰσέρχομαι. Νῶε. Nominative subject of εἰσῆλθεν. εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν. Locative. κιβωτός (“sea-­faring vessel, boat, ark” [BDAG, 544.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 6×). 24:39 καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἦρεν ἅπαντας, οὕτως ἔσται [καὶ] ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔγνωσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl γινώσκω. ἕως. Introduces a temporal clause. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ὁ κατακλυσμὸς. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. ἦρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg αἴρω. ἅπαντας. Accusative direct object of ἦρεν. οὕτως. Introduces the apodosis of the comparison (see ὥς in 24:38). ἔσται. Fut mid 3rd sg εἰμί. [καὶ]. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel already explicitly signaled by ὡς . . . οὕτως. Most witnesses (ℵ K L W et al.) include

260

Matthew 24:36-­44

the disputed καὶ, but an important minority (B D 892 et al.) omits it, and WH judged the omission original. SBLGNT, by contrast, considers καὶ original. A decision is difficult, but perhaps the presence of καὶ in witnesses that omit it in 24:37 (ℵ L Γ 33 700) favors its originality here. ἡ παρουσία. Nominative subject of ἔσται. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. τοῦ υἱοῦ. Subjective genitive. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. 24:40 Τότε δύο ἔσονται ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, εἷς παραλαμβάνεται καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται· Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. δύο. Nominative subject of ἔσονται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). δύο here refers to two men and in 21:40 to two women, as indicated by the distinct pronouns that follow (21:40: εἷς; 21:41: μία). ἔσονται. Fut mid 3rd pl εἰμί. ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ. Locative. εἷς. Nominative subject of παραλαμβάνεται. Fronted as a topical frame. παραλαμβάνεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. The first of four futuristic presents (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται) in 24:40-­41 (in each case, Luke’s parallel verb is future). The commentators divide over whether the one taken (here and in 24:41) is taken in judgment (e.g., Wright, 366; France 2007, 941) or deliverance (e.g., Luz 2001–­2007, 3:214; Nolland, 994). εἷς. Nominative subject of ἀφίεται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀφίεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. The second of four futuristic presents (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). 24:41 δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλῳ, μία παραλαμβάνεται καὶ μία ἀφίεται. δύο. Nominative subject of an implied ἔσονται. As McKay (1994, §7.2.3) observes, “[o]ne of a pair of co-­ordinate clauses is often shortened by the omission of a word (or words) if the same phrase occurs in the other clause.” Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀλήθουσαι. Pres act ptc fem nom pl ἀλήθω (future periphrastic with an implied ἔσονται). BDF (§418.2), however, takes the participle to be conditional and Quarles (292) temporal. LN (46.16) note that “the reference is evidently to a hand mill, which was normally operated by two women working together.”



Matthew 24:40-43

261

ἐν τῷ μύλῳ. Locative or instrumental (cf. NET; NIV 2011). μία. Nominative subject of παραλαμβάνεται. Fronted as a topical frame. παραλαμβάνεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. The third of four futuristic presents (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). μία. Nominative subject of ἀφίεται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀφίεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. The fourth of four futuristic presents (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). 24:42 Γρηγορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ κύριος ὑμῶν ἔρχεται. Γρηγορεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl γρηγορέω. On γρηγορέω in Mark 13:34, Decker comments, “There is no simple English equivalent, since it implies both staying awake and being alert. One can be awake without being alert, and though alertness would normally assume being awake, it does not specify wakefulness” (2014b, 168). οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. οἴδατε. Prf act ind 2nd pl οἶδα. On the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8. ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ. Dative of time. ποίᾳ introduces an indirect question. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται. ὑμῶν. Genitive of subordination. ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Futuristic present. 24:43 Ἐκεῖνο δὲ γινώσκετε ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ. Ἐκεῖνο. Accusative direct object of γινώσκετε. Cataphoric, pointing forward to the clause introduced by ὅτι. Fronted for emphasis. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γινώσκετε. Pres act ind/impv 2nd pl γινώσκω. I have taken the verb as indicative, in which case a statement about what the disciples do know (24:43) follows an assertion of what they do not know (24:42; cf. Davies and Allison, 3:384; Hart). But it is certainly possible to understand it as an imperative, as in fact most English versions do. ὅτι. Introduces a clause that is epexegetical to Ἐκεῖνο. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a second-­class condition.

262

Matthew 24:36-­44

ᾔδει. Plprf act ind 3rd sg οἶδα. ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης. Nominative subject of ᾔδει. ποίᾳ φυλακῇ. Dative of time. ποίᾳ introduces an indirect question. ὁ κλέπτης. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται. ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Futuristic present (cf. BDF §323.2). ἐγρηγόρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg γρηγορέω. ἂν. Marker of contingency in the apodosis of the second-­ class condition. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἂν. See above. εἴασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐάω. The verb ἐάω (“to allow someone to do someth[ing]” [BDAG, 269.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 11×). διορυχθῆναι. Aor pass inf διορύσσω (complementary). See 6:19 on διορύσσουσιν. τὴν οἰκίαν. Accusative subject of the infinitive διορυχθῆναι. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 24:44 διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι, ὅτι ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. διὰ τοῦτο. Causal. See 6:25 on Διὰ τοῦτο. The demonstrative is probably anaphoric, pointing back in particular to 24:42, with the following ὅτι clause offering further support for the imperative (καὶ ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι). But for Quarles (293) the ὅτι clause suggests that τοῦτο is “primarily” cataphoric. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39). ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of γίνεσθε. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γίνεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl γίνομαι. ἕτοιμοι. Predicate adjective. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ᾗ . . . ὥρᾳ. Dative of time, introducing an internally headed relative clause (see 7:2 on ἐν ᾧ . . . κρίματι) that probably produces an intensive sense: “at the very hour.” οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δοκεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl δοκέω. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship.



Matthew 24:44-45

263

ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Futuristic present (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). Matthew 24:45-­51 “Who, then, is a faithful and wise slave, whom the master has set over his household slaves, to give them food at the proper time? 46Blessed is that slave whom, when his master comes, he will find so doing. 47I am telling you the truth that he will set him over all his possessions. 48But if that evil slave says in his heart, ‘My master is delayed,’ 49and he begins to beat his fellow-­slaves, and eats and drinks with drunkards, 50the master of that slave will come on a day that he does not expect and in an hour that he does not know, 51and he will cut him in two and assign him a place with the hypocrites; in that place, there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” 45

24:45 Τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ; Τίς. Predicate nominative. ἄρα. Inferential, linking the question of 24:45 to the preceding imperative (24:44). Cf. BDAG (127.1.b). ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. Turner notes that “[w]here in class. Greek there are several attributes, the art[icle] may or may not be repeated (Gildersleeve II § 669)” (MHT 3:186; cf. Robertson, 782; BDF §269.5). Here too, in spite of the fact that the article is not repeated before φρόνιμος, both adjectives function attributively (as they do in Luke 12:42, where, by contrast, the article is repeated: ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος). The article is generic. ὃν. Accusative direct object of κατέστησεν. κατέστησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg καθίστημι. The verb καθίστημι means “to assign someone a position of authority” (BDAG, 492.2). ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of κατέστησεν. ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας. Subordination. ἐπὶ functions here as a “marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth[ing]” (BDAG, 365.9). οἰκετεία (“the group of servants working in a particular household” [LN 46.6]) is a NT hapax legomenon, which is replaced in some witnesses by the more familiar οἰκία and in others by θεραπεία, probably

264

Matthew 24:45-­51

in assimilation to the parallel in Luke 12:42. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow B L W Δ et al. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. τοῦ δοῦναι. Aor act inf δίδωμι (purpose). αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of δοῦναι. τὴν τροφὴν. Accusative direct object of δοῦναι. ἐν καιρῷ. Temporal. 24:46 μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει οὕτως ποιοῦντα· μακάριος. Predicate adjective. See 5:3 on Μακάριοι. Fronted for emphasis. ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ὃν. Accusative direct object of εὑρήσει in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of εὑρήσει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination. εὑρήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. οὕτως. Anaphoric adverb of manner. ποιοῦντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg ποιέω. Accusative complement to ὃν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. 24:47 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011; NJB] discourse) of λέγω. ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν. Subordination. ἐπὶ functions here as a “marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth[ing]” (BDAG, 365.9). Fronted for emphasis. τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν. Pres act ptc neut dat pl ὑπάρχω (substantival). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. καταστήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg καθίστημι. See 24:45 on κατέστησεν. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of καταστήσει.



Matthew 24:46-50

265

24:48 ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ· χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος, ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἴπῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. εἴπῃ . . . ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ. “ ‘To say in his heart’ is a Hebrew idiom meaning ‘to think.’ It often connotes self-­deception” (Davies and Allison, 3:388). Cf. Deut 8:17; Isa 47:8-­9; Rev 18:7; T. Ab. A 6.6. ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος. Nominative subject of εἴπῃ. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. χρονίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg χρονίζω. μου ὁ κύριος. Either in assimilation to the parallel in Luke 12:45 or simply supplying a natural complement, most witnesses include a complementary infinitive (ἐλθεῖν or, in ƒ1, ἔρχεσθαι) here. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the distinctive reading that receives strong support from ℵ B 33 700 et al. μου. Genitive of subordination. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of χρονίζει. 24:49 καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους αὐτοῦ, ἐσθίῃ δὲ καὶ πίνῃ μετὰ τῶν μεθυόντων, ἄρξηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg ἄρχω. Subjunctive with ἐάν (24:48). τύπτειν. Pres act inf τύπτω (complementary). τοὺς συνδούλους. Accusative direct object of τύπτειν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἐσθίῃ. Pres act subj 3rd sg ἐσθίω. Subjunctive with ἐάν (24:48). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πίνῃ. Pres act subj 3rd sg πίνω. Subjunctive with ἐάν (24:48). μετὰ τῶν μεθυόντων. Association/accompaniment. τῶν μεθυόντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl μεθύω (substantival). μεθύω (“to drink to a point of intoxication” [BDAG, 626]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×). 24:50 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει, ἥξει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἥκω. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἥξει.

266

Matthew 25:1-­13

τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου. Genitive of subordination. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Temporal. ᾗ. The relative may serve as the direct object of προσδοκᾷ; if so, its case has been attracted to the case of its antecedent, ἡμέρᾳ. Alternatively, it may be dative as the object of an implied preposition, ἐν. As McKay notes, “[w]here both the antecedent and the relative pronoun would be in the same case and governed by the same preposition, the preposition is sometimes omitted in the relative clause” (1994, §20.1.2; cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 439). On relative pronouns, agreement with their antecedents, and attraction, see McKay (1994, §20.1.2–­20.1.5) and Wallace (338–­39). οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. προσδοκᾷ. Pres act ind 3rd sg προσδοκάω. ἐν ὥρᾳ. Temporal. ᾗ. See above. οὐ. See above. γινώσκει. Pres act ind 3rd sg γινώσκω. 24:51 καὶ διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει· ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. διχοτομήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg διχοτομέω. In the NT, διχοτομέω (“cut in two of the dismemberment of a condemned person” [BDAG, 253]) occurs only here and in the parallel in Luke 12:46. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of διχοτομήσει. τὸ μέρος. Accusative direct object of θήσει. Fronted as a topical frame. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν. Association/accompaniment. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). θήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg τίθημι. ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place (lit. “weeping and gnashing of teeth will be there”). ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς. Compound nominative subject of ἔσται. τῶν ὀδόντων. Objective genitive. Matthew 25:1-­13 1 “At that time heaven’s kingdom will be like ten virgins, who, taking their torches, went out to meet the bridegroom. 2Five of them were foolish and



Matthew 24:51–25:1

267

five wise. 3For, you see, the foolish ones, when they took their torches, took no oil with them. 4But the wise ones took oil in their flasks along with their torches. 5When the bridegroom delayed in coming, they all grew drowsy and fell asleep. 6But in the middle of the night a cry went up, ‘Behold, the bridegroom! Come out to meet him.’ 7Then all those virgins got up and prepared their torches. 8But the foolish ones said to the wise, ‘Give us some of your oil, because our torches are going out.’ 9 But the wise ones answered, saying, ‘Lest there certainly not be enough for us and for you, go instead to the merchants and buy some for yourselves.’ 10Now when they were gone away to make their purchase, the bridegroom came, and those who were ready entered with him to the wedding feast, and the door was shut. 11But afterward, the remaining virgins also come saying, ‘Lord, lord, open up for us.’ 12But, answering, he said, ‘I am telling you the truth, I do not know you.’ 13 Keep watch, then, because you know neither the day nor the hour.” 25:1 Τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις, αἵτινες λαβοῦσαι τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. Here “τότε (cf. 24.40) refers back to 24.44 and 50, that is, to the Son of Man’s parousia (cf. v. 13)” (Davies and Allison, 3:394). ὁμοιωθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ὁμοιόω. Although one might consider the verb to be passive, probably it is a θη–­middle (see further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). On the use of aorist and future forms of ὁμοιόω to introduce Jesus’ parables, see 7:24 on ὁμοιωθήσεται. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ὁμοιωθήσεται. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. δέκα παρθένοις. Dative complement of ὁμοιωθήσεται. δέκα is indeclinable. παρθένος, which can be either masculine or feminine, probably refers to “female[s] of marriageable age w[ith] focus on virginity” (BDAG, 777.a). The term can be used, however, “without focus on virginity” (BDAG, 777). On the lack of precision in the comparison to heaven’s kingdom, see 13:24 on ἀνθρώπῳ. Here “[t]he kingdom of heaven is likened not to the virgins but to the story of what happens to them” (Hagner 1995, 728). αἵτινες. Nominative subject of ἐξῆλθον. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις.

268

Matthew 25:1-­13

λαβοῦσαι. Aor act ptc fem nom pl λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὰς λαμπάδας. Accusative direct object of λαβοῦσαι. It is difficult to decide whether λαμπάς refers here to a lamp (Davies and Allison, 3:394) or, as more typically, to a torch (Luz 2001–­2007, 3:229; cf. LN 6.102: “a stick or bundle of sticks carried about as a light—­‘torch’ ”), but the more usual sense (“torch”) suits an outdoor procession well. ἑαυτῶν. Possessive genitive. ἐξῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐξέρχομαι. εἰς ὑπάντησιν. Purpose (cf. BDAG, 290.4.f). τοῦ νυμφίου. Objective genitive. 25:2 πέντε δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἦσαν μωραὶ καὶ πέντε φρόνιμοι. πέντε δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). πέντε. Nominative subject of ἦσαν. Like δέκα (25:1), πέντε is indeclinable. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Partitive. ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. μωραὶ. Predicate adjective. πέντε. Nominative subject of an implied ἦσαν. Fronted as a topical frame. φρόνιμοι. Predicate adjective. 25:3 αἱ γὰρ μωραὶ λαβοῦσαι τὰς λαμπάδας αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον. αἱ . . . μωραὶ. Nominative subject of ἔλαβον. Fronted as a topical frame. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader from the mainline of the (parable’s) narrative to supply the necessary background information. λαβοῦσαι. Aor act ptc fem nom pl λαμβάνω (temporal or concessive [Quarles, 296]). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὰς λαμπάδας. Accusative direct object of λαβοῦσαι. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. μεθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν. Accompaniment. ἔλαιον. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβον.



Matthew 25:2-6

269

25:4 αἱ δὲ φρόνιμοι ἔλαβον ἔλαιον ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις μετὰ τῶν λαμπάδων ἑαυτῶν. αἱ . . . φρόνιμοι. Nominative subject of ἔλαβον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. ἔλαιον. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβον. ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις. Locative. ἀγγεῖον (“vessel, flask, container” [BDAG, 8]) is a NT hapax legomenon. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). In most witnesses the personal pronoun αὐτῶν modifies ἀγγείοις, but the inclusion of the pronoun should be regarded as a natural scribal clarification. NA28 and SBLGNT follow the strong testimony of ℵ B D L et al. μετὰ τῶν λαμπάδων. Accompaniment. ἑαυτῶν. Possessive genitive. 25:5 χρονίζοντος δὲ τοῦ νυμφίου ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον. χρονίζοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg χρονίζω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοῦ νυμφίου. Genitive subject of χρονίζοντος. ἐνύσταξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl νυστάζω. The verb νυστάζω (“to be almost asleep, nod, become drowsy, doze” [BDAG, 683]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon that appears in the NT elsewhere only in 2 Pet 2:3. πᾶσαι. Nominative subject of ἐνύσταξαν. ἐκάθευδον. Impf act ind 3rd pl καθεύδω. In contrast to the preceding ἐνύσταξαν, ἐκάθευδον is imperfective in aspect, depicting the action internally, as a process (cf. Robertson, 838). “The same verb pair and tense sequence are found in the LXX of 2 Sa. 4:6” (Nolland, 1006 n. 174). 25:6 μέσης δὲ νυκτὸς κραυγὴ γέγονεν· ἰδοὺ ὁ νυμφίος, ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν [αὐτοῦ]. μέσης . . . νυκτὸς. Genitive of time (Quarles, 297; cf. Acts 26:13). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. κραυγὴ. Nominative subject of γέγονεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γέγονεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. Some (Robertson, 897; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 301 n. 52; Quarles, 297) find here the so-called dramatic perfect, and the interjection that follows immediately

270

Matthew 25:1-­13

could be understood to offer support. Similarly, Nolland (1007) thinks that it functions here as a historical present does, to “highlight focal moments in the narrative.” Caragounis, however, counters: “From [postclassical] times on the [classical, mainly Attic] feeling for the difference between the aorist and the perfect was lost, as a result of which these two tenses often came to be exchanged for one another. Thus, the NT offers a number of examples in which the perfect is used in place of the aorist” (110; cf. Burton §80). See further 13:46 on πέπρακεν. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) highlights the approach of the bridegroom. ὁ νυμφίος. As part of a verbless clause, νυμφίος could be understood as (1) a nominative of exclamation (cf. Wallace, 59–60), (2) a nominative absolute, (3) part of a nominal clause (cf. Porter 1994, 85), or (4) the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. See 3:17 on φωνὴ. ἐξέρχεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl ἐξέρχομαι. εἰς ἀπάντησιν. Purpose (cf. BDAG, 290.4.f). Luz (2001–­2007, 3:233 n. 46) points out that “[t]he Hebrew ‫ יָ צָ א לִ ְק ַראת‬is translated in the LXX with ἐξέρχεσθαι εἰς συνάντησιν (about 32 times), with ἐξέρχεσθαι εἰς ἀπάντησιν (about 16 times), or with ἐξέρχεσθαι εἰς ὑπάντησιν (4 times). The three substantives have the same meaning and often appear as text-­ critical variants.” [αὐτοῦ]. Objective genitive. As the square brackets indicate, the authenticity of pronoun is disputed. SBLGNT follow the testimony of the large majority of witnesses, which include αὐτοῦ after ἀπάντησιν. The main alternative to the reading adopted by SBLGNT agrees with it in having ἀπάντησιν as the object of εἰς, but with no pronoun following (so ℵ B 700). WH favored this final reading, and they may have been right. It both receives support from important witnesses and easily explains the rise of the other readings. 25:7 τότε ἠγέρθησαν πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι καὶ ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἠγέρθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. As Aubrey (619) observes, the middle is appropriate, since “[t]his is a motion -­(θ)η-­that shifts primary attention to the mover who undergoes a change in location.” πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι. Nominative subject of ἠγέρθησαν. ἐκόσμησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κοσμέω. The verb κοσμέω means “to put in order” (BDAG, 560.1). τὰς λαμπάδας. Accusative direct object of ἐκόσμησαν.



Matthew 25:7-9

271

ἑαυτῶν. Possessive genitive. For the fourth time in this pericope (cf. 25:1, 3, 4), the extant witnesses divide over whether the personal or reflexive pronoun is original. Here most (C D K W et al.) have the personal pronoun αὐτῶν. But NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the less common but strongly supported (ℵ A B L Z 892) reflexive pronoun. 25:8 αἱ δὲ μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπαν· δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται. αἱ . . . μωραὶ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ταῖς φρονίμοις. Dative indirect object of εἶπαν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. δότε. Aor act impv 2nd pl δίδωμι. ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of δότε. ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου. Partitive. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. αἱ λαμπάδες. Nominative subject of σβέννυνται. ἡμῶν. Possessive genitive. σβέννυνται. Pres pass ind 3rd pl σβέννυμι. The verb σβέννυμι means to “extinguish, put out” (BDAG, 917.a). 25:9 ἀπεκρίθησαν δὲ αἱ φρόνιμοι λέγουσαι· μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν· πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς. ἀπεκρίθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἀποκρίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αἱ φρόνιμοι. Nominative subject of ἀπεκρίθησαν. λέγουσαι. Pres act ptc fem nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). μήποτε. Only here in the NT is μήποτε followed by οὐ μή (if οὐ μή is original) and the sense of the construction is elusive. Probably, however, μήποτε introduces a negated purpose clause (cf. BDAG, 648.2; Quarles, 297, who points to the parallel in Did. 4:10), with the double negation intended to signal emphasis (cf. Nolland, 1008). Both Burton (§225) and Robertson (995) suggest that a verb of fearing may be implied. ἀρκέσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀρκέω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. ἀρκέω (“be enough, sufficient, adequate” [BDAG, 131.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 8×). In most witnesses (ℵ A L Z et al.), the awkwardness

272

Matthew 25:1-­13

of the reading (see μήποτε above) is eased with οὐκ instead of οὐ μὴ negating ἀρκέσῃ. But this in itself suggests that this is a scribal “correction.” NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow B C D K et al. ἡμῖν. Dative of advantage. ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. πορεύεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl πορεύομαι. μᾶλλον. The adverb serves as a “marker of an alternative to someth[ing], rather in the sense instead” (cf. BDAG, 614.3.a.β). πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας. Spatial (motion toward). τοὺς πωλοῦντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl πωλέω (substantival). ἀγοράσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀγογάζω. ἑαυταῖς. Dative of advantage. Caragounis (150) notes that already in the classical era the third-­person reflexive pronoun could stand for the first or, as here, the second person; this tendency becomes more common in the postclassical era. 25:10 ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἀγοράσαι ἦλθεν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ αἱ ἕτοιμοι εἰσῆλθον μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς γάμους καὶ ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα. ἀπερχομένων. Pres mid ptc fem gen pl ἀπέρχομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of ἀπερχομένων. ἀγοράσαι. Aor act inf ἀγοράζω (purpose). Both here and in 25:11 (ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν), since the object is left implicit, I follow Hart’s translation (here, “to make their purchase”). ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ὁ νυμφίος. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. αἱ ἕτοιμοι. Nominative subject of εἰσῆλθον. Fronted as a topical frame. On ἕτοιμος, which when it is singular has masculine, feminine, and neuter forms, cf. BDAG (401): “an adj. of two endings in pl. according to Jdth 9:6; Mt 25:10.” These are, in fact, the only two feminine plural forms of the adjective in biblical Greek. In Josephus, the feminine accusative plural form can be either ἑτοίμας (Ant. 15.309) or ἑτοίμους (J.W. 2.383). εἰσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl εἰσέρχομαι. μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Accompaniment. εἰς τοὺς γάμους. Locative. See 22:2 on γάμους. ἐκλείσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg κλείω. ἡ θύρα. Nominative subject of ἐκλείσθη.



Matthew 25:10-12

273

25:11 ὕστερον δὲ ἔρχονται καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ παρθένοι λέγουσαι· κύριε κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν. ὕστερον. Adverbial accusative, functioning temporally (BDAG, 1044.2.a). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔρχονται. Pres mid ind 3rd pl ἔρχομαι. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) marks the narrative transition to the arrival of the five foolish virgins and grants prominence to that arrival. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39). αἱ λοιπαὶ παρθένοι. Nominative subject of ἔρχονται. λέγουσαι. Pres act ptc fem nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κύριε κύριε. The vocative, repeated for emphasis (cf. BDF §493.1), recalls 7:21, 22, the only other place in the Gospel where one meets the doubled κύριε (elsewhere in the NT only in Luke 6:46 and nowhere in the LXX or Josephus; but cf. T. Ab. A 9.4; 10:6, 9, 11; L.A.E. 25.3; 3 Macc 2:2). ἄνοιξον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀνοίγω. ἡμῖν. Dative of advantage. 25:12 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). Not incidentally, apart from this bridegroom and the king in 25:40, 45, only Jesus speaks this way in this Gospel. ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. οἶδα. Prf act ind 1st sg οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of οἶδα. Cf. Matt 7:23.

274

Matthew 25:14-­30

25:13 Γρηγορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν. Γρηγορεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl γρηγορέω. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing an imperative that explicates the necessary response to Jesus’ parable. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. οὐκ . . . οὐδὲ. “Neither . . . nor.” οὐδὲ signals both negation and development. οἴδατε. Prf act ind 2nd pl οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. τὴν ἡμέραν. Accusative direct object of οἴδατε. τὴν ὥραν. Accusative direct object of οἴδατε. Matthew 25:14-­30 “For just as a man leaving on a journey called his own slaves and entrusted to them his possessions, 15and to one he gave five talents, and to another two, and to another one—­to each according to his capacity—­and he left on the journey. Immediately, 16going, the one who had received five talents conducted business with them and gained five others; 17similarly, the one who received the two talents gained two others. 18But the one who received the one, going away, dug up the ground and hid his master’s silver. 19Now after a long time, the master of those slaves comes and settles accounts with them. 20And, approaching, the one who had received the five talents brought five other talents, saying, ‘Master, five talents you handed over to me; see, five other talents I have gained.’ 21His master said to him, ‘Well done, good and faithful slave. Over a few things you were faithful; over many things I will set you. Enter into the joy of your master.’ 22Also approaching, the one who had received the two talents said, ‘Master, two talents you handed over to me; see, two other talents I have gained.’ 23His master said to him, ‘Well done, good and faithful slave. Over a few things you were faithful; over many things I will set you. Enter into the joy of your master.’ 24And also approaching, the one who had received the one talent said, ‘Master, I knew you—­that you are a harsh man, reaping where you did not sow, and gathering from where you did not scatter, 25and, because I was afraid, going away, I hid your talent in the ground; see, you have what is yours.’ 26And, answering, his master said to him, ‘You evil and lazy slave, did you know that I reap where I did not sow and gather from where I did not scatter? 27So then, it was necessary for you to take my money to the bankers, and, when I returned, I would have recovered what was mine with interest. 28Therefore, take from him the talent and give it to 14



Matthew 25:13-15

275

the one who has the ten talents. 29For to everyone who has it will be given, and he will have an abundance, and from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken from him. 30And the worthless slave cast out into outer darkness, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.’ ” 25:14 Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς ἰδίους δούλους καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ, Ὥσπερ. The construction is anacoluthic (Quarles, 299). Ὥσπερ introduces the protasis of a comparison that is left without an apodosis. “The implicit subject of this abbreviated introduction is the kingdom of God . . . (cf. 25.1)” (Davies and Allison, 3:404). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) links the parable to 25:13. Although BDF (§453.4) denies “any close connection to what precedes,” more probably γὰρ introduces another explanation of what it means to “keep watch” (25:13; cf. Davies and Allison, 3:405). ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ἐκάλεσεν. ἀποδημῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἀποδημέω (attributive [but Luz 2001–­2007, 3:246, considers it temporal]). ἐκάλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg καλέω. τοὺς ἰδίους δούλους. Accusative direct object of ἐκάλεσεν. παρέδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παραδίδμωι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of παρέδωκεν. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα. Pres act ptc neut acc pl ὑπάρχω (substantival). Accusative direct object of παρέδωκεν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 25:15 καὶ ᾧ μὲν ἔδωκεν πέντε τάλαντα, ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν, ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν, καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν. εὐθέως ᾧ. Dative indirect object of ἔδωκεν. Fronted as a topical frame. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. ἔδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg δίδμωι. πέντε τάλαντα. Accusative direct object of ἔδωκεν. See 18:24 on μυρίων ταλάντων. ᾧ. Dative indirect object of an implied ἔδωκεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. δύο. Accusative direct object of an implied ἔδωκεν. ᾧ. Dative indirect object of an implied ἔδωκεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.λέγω.

276

Matthew 25:14-­30

ἕν. Accusative direct object of an implied ἔδωκεν. ἑκάστῳ. Dative in apposition to the preceding relatives (ᾧ). κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν. Standard. Cf. Josephus, Ant. 3.108. ἀπεδήμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποδημέω. The verb ἀποδημέω means “to travel away from one’s domicile, go on a journey” (BDAG, 109.1). εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. εὐθέως πορευθεὶς [25:16]. Whether the sentence ends before or after εὐθέως is disputed, as is both the authenticity and placement of δε. NA28 outlines three alternatives: 1 . εὐθέως. πορευθεὶς δέ ℵ2 A C D et al. 2. εὐθέως δὲ πορευθείς Θ ƒ1 700 it sa mae 3. εὐθέως πορευθείς (sed sine interp.) ℵ* B b g1 Metzger offers the following assessment: “Although the external evidence supporting the reading adopted for the text is limited in extent, it is good in quality. More important, this reading best explains the origin of the other readings, which arose when copyists sought to eliminate the asyndeton as well as the ambiguity of where εὐθέως belongs, by inserting δέ before or after πορευθείς. The punctuation adopted for the text is in accord with the usage elsewhere in Matthew (where εὐθέως or εὐθύς invariably belongs to what follows) and with the sense of the parable (there is no point in the master’s departing immediately; there is much point in the servant’s immediately setting to work)” (53). 25:16 πορευθεὶς ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν ἠργάσατο ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε· πορευθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ . . . λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἠργάσατο. τὰ πέντε τάλαντα. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. ἠργάσατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἐργάζομαι. When ἐργάζομαι (“to engage in activity that involves effort, work” [BDAG, 389.1]) is applied to financial enterprise, such as a sum of money, it means to “do business/ trade with them” (BDAG, 389.1). ἐν αὐτοῖς. Instrumental. ἐκέρδησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κερδαίνω.



Matthew 25:16-18

277

ἄλλα πέντε. Accusative direct object of ἐκέρδησεν. Most witnesses (ℵ A C D et al.) include the substantive, τάλαντα, that is implied on the reading preferred by NA28, but this is very probably a scribal clarification. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow B L Θ 33 et al. 25:17 ὡσαύτως ὁ τὰ δύο ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο. ὡσαύτως. Comparative adverb. ὁ τὰ δύο. Nominative subject of ἐκέρδησεν. The construction is elliptical; after ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν (25:16), neither the accusative noun nor the participle is repeated. ὁ τὰ δύο, then, stands for ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβὼν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐκέρδησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κερδαίνω. In most witnesses, ἐκέρδησεν is followed by καὶ αὐτός; in D καὶ αὐτός precedes the verb. Nevertheless, the reading adopted by NA28 and SBLGNT is to be preferred because of the strong support it receives (ℵ B C* L et al.) and because the alternatives appear to be natural scribal expansions. ἄλλα δύο. Accusative direct object of ἐκέρδησεν. 25:18 ὁ δὲ τὸ ἓν λαβὼν ἀπελθὼν ὤρυξεν γῆν καὶ ἔκρυψεν τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ. ὁ . . . λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (substantival). Nominative subject of ὤρυξεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὸ ἓν. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. ἀπελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὤρυξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὀρύσσω. The verb ὀρύσσω means “to loosen material by digging, w[ith] focus on the activity as such, dig (up) τὶ someth[ing]” (BDAG, 725.1). γῆν. Accusative direct object of ὤρυξεν. Instead of the accusative γῆν, most witnesses have the PP ἐν (-­C2 579) τῇ γῇ—­a natural scribal improvement. NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow ℵ B L 33. ἔκρυψεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κρύπτω. τὸ ἀργύριον. Accusative direct object of ἔκρυψεν. τοῦ κυρίου. Possessive genitive. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination.

278

Matthew 25:14-­30

25:19 Μετὰ δὲ πολὺν χρόνον ἔρχεται ὁ κύριος τῶν δούλων ἐκείνων καὶ συναίρει λόγον μετ᾿ αὐτῶν. Μετὰ . . . πολὺν χρόνον. Temporal. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ἔρχεται is the first of two historical presents (cf. συναίρει below) in this sentence that, together, grant prominence to master’s return and the accompanying settling of accounts. They mark, as Nolland (1016) suggests, “the key moment of the parable.” ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται. τῶν δούλων ἐκείνων. Genitive of subordination. συναίρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg συναίρω. BDAG (964) notes that συναίρω is used “in our lit. only in a commercial sense συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts.” Cf. 18:23, the only NT use of συναίρω outside of this parable. λόγον. Accusative direct object of συναίρει. In this context, λόγος refers to “a record of assets and liabilities—­‘account, credit, debit’ ” (LN 57.228). μετ᾿ αὐτῶν. Association (cf. BDAG, 637.2.c.α). 25:20 καὶ προσελθὼν ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν προσήνεγκεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα λέγων· κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας· ἴδε ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ . . . λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (substantival). Nominative subject of προσήνεγκεν. τὰ πέντε τάλαντα. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. προσήνεγκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προσφέρω. ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα. Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κύριε. Vocative. πέντε τάλαντά. Accusative direct object of παρέδωκας. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μοι. Dative indirect object of παρέδωκας. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. παρέδωκας. Aor act ind 2nd sg παραδίδωμι.



Matthew 25:19-21

279

ἴδε. On ἴδε, which occurs four times in Matthew (but 3× in this parable), cf. BDAG (466): “properly impv. of εἶδον, but stereotyped as a particle, and hence used when more than one pers. is addressed, and when that which is to be observed is in the nom.” Here the interjection places an accent over what the slave says next (cf. 1:20 on ἰδοὺ). ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα. Accusative direct object of παρέδωκας. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐκέρδησα. Aor act ind 1st sg κερδαίνω. 25:21 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ· εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ, ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω· εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. In most witnesses, δέ follows ἔφη, relieving the asyndeton. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow 𝔓35 ℵ B C et al. Levinsohn (238 n. 6) suggests that if δέ is absent from vv. 21–­22, “the story develops only as the third servant approaches (v. 24).” αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἔφη. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination. εὖ. The adverb functions as an interjection: “Bravo!” “Well done!” (BDF §102.3; Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 597). δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ. Vocative. ἐπὶ ὀλίγα. Subordination (cf. BDAG, 365.9) or reference (Quarles, 300; cf. BDAG, 365.8). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). On any reading, the faithfulness of the servant “over a few things” grounds his promotion to greater authority; in a few witnesses (D lat co; Irlat), this grounding is made explicit (ἐπεὶ ἐπ’). ἦς. Impf act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. πιστός. Predicate adjective. ἐπὶ πολλῶν. Subordination. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σε. Accusative direct object of καταστήσω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καταστήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg καθίστημι. See 24:45 on κατέστησεν. εἴσελθε. Aor act impv 2nd sg εἰσέρχομαι. εἰς τὴν χαρὰν. Goal. τοῦ κυρίου. Subjective genitive. σου. Genitive of subordination. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

280

Matthew 25:14-­30

25:22 Προσελθὼν [δὲ] καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα εἶπεν· κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας· ἴδε ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα. Προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. [δὲ]. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. δὲ is absent from ℵ* B sa, and WH judged that absence original. On the other hand, the large majority of witnesses include it. The juxtaposition of δὲ καί does not seem to cause regular problems elsewhere in the textual tradition (cf., in Matthew, 10:18, 30; 18:17; 24:49; 25:24!). Both NA28 and SBLGNT include it. A decision is difficult, but I am inclined to agree with WH. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between the first two slaves. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. As in 25:17, the construction is elliptical; after ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν (25:20), the participle is not repeated. In fact, the ellipsis is absent from most witnesses, which include the participle as a scribal clarification. NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow the strong testimony of 𝔓35 A B C et al. τὰ δύο τάλαντα. Accusative direct object of an implied λαβών. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. κύριε. Vocative. δύο τάλαντά. Accusative direct object of παρέδωκας. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μοι. Dative indirect object of παρέδωκας. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. παρέδωκας. Aor act ind 2nd sg παραδίδωμι. ἴδε. See 25:20. ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα. Accusative direct object of ἐκέρδησα. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐκέρδησα. Aor act ind 1st sg κερδαίνω. 25:23 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ· εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ, ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω· εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of ἔφη. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination. εὖ. See 25:21. δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ. Vocative.



Matthew 25:22-24

281

ἐπὶ ὀλίγα. Subordination (cf. BDAG, 365.9) or reference (Quarles, 300; cf. BDAG, 365.8). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). As in 25:21, a few witnesses (D latt co; Irlat) make the grounding function that this clause has explicit by adding ἐπεί before the preposition (ἐπ’). ἦς. Impf act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. πιστός. Predicate adjective. ἐπὶ πολλῶν. Subordination. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σε. Accusative direct object of καταστήσω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καταστήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg καθίστημι. εἴσελθε. Aor act impv 2nd sg εἰσέρχομαι. εἰς τὴν χαρὰν. Goal. τοῦ κυρίου. Subjective genitive. σου. Genitive of subordination. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 25:24 Προσελθὼν δὲ καὶ ὁ τὸ ἓν τάλαντον εἰληφὼς εἶπεν· κύριε, ἔγνων σε ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας, Προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between this slave and the previous two. ὁ . . . εἰληφὼς. Prf act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (substantival). Nominative subject of εἶπεν. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. τὸ ἓν τάλαντον. Accusative direct object of εἰληφὼς. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. κύριε. Vocative. ἔγνων. Aor act ind 1st sg γινώσκω. σε. Accusative direct object of ἔγνων. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. The omission of the pronoun from some witnesses (D Θ et al.) streamlines the syntax (in these witnesses ὅτι introduces the clausal complement of ἔγνων). In witnesses that (rightly) include the pronoun, we have an instance of prolepsis—­“i.e., the anticipation of the subject . . . of the subordinate clause by making it the object of the main clause” (BDF §476; cf. Decker 2014b, 133 [on Mark 12:34]). ὅτι. Introduces a clause that is epexegetical to σε. σκληρὸς . . . ἄνθρωπος. Predicate nominative; σκληρὸς is fronted for emphasis.

282

Matthew 25:14-­30

εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. θερίζων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg θερίζω (attributive, modifying ἄνθρωπος). ὅπου. Marker of place (BDAG, 717.1). οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔσπειρας. Aor act ind 2nd sg σπείρω. συνάγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg συνάγω (attributive, modifying ἄνθρωπος). ὅθεν. Adverb of place. According to McKay (1994, §20.5.2), “[a]ttraction of the relative adverb to the form of its antecedent is found in the NT only in Mt 25:24 . . . συνάγων ὅθεν (= ἐκεῖθεν οὗ) οὐ διεσκόρπισας, . . . gathering (from) where you have not scattered, and similarly Mt 25:26.” Cf. BDF §437. οὐ. See οὐκ above. διεσκόρπισας. Aor act ind 2nd sg διασκορπίζω. The verb διασκορπίζω means to “scatter [seed], unless it could be taken to mean winnow” (BDAG, 236.1). 25:25 καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ· ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν. φοβηθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg φοβέομαι (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔκρυψα. Aor act ind 1st sg κρύπτω. τὸ τάλαντόν. Accusative direct object of ἔκρυψα. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐν τῇ γῇ. Locative. ἴδε. See 25:20. ἔχεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg ἔχω. τὸ σόν. Accusative direct object of ἔχεις. 25:26 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ, ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα; Ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction.



Matthew 25:25-27

283

δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ. Vocative. ὀκνηρός (“possessing ὄκνος [a state involving shrinking from someth(ing), ‘holding back, hesitation, reluctance’], idle, lazy, indolent” [BDAG, 702.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×). ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα. With NA28 and SBLGNT, I understand the sentence as a question, but it could also be taken as an assertion. ᾔδεις. Plprf act ind 2nd sg οἶδα. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ᾔδεις. θερίζω. Pres act ind 1st sg θερίζω. ὅπου. Marker of place (BDAG, 717.1). οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔσπειρα. Aor act ind 1st sg σπείρω. συνάγω. Pres act ind 1st sg συνάγω. ὅθεν. Adverb of place. See 25:24. οὐ. See οὐκ above. διεσκόρπισα. Aor act ind 1st sg διασκορπίζω. See 25:24 on διεσκόρπισας. 25:27 ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζίταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ. ἔδει. Impf act ind 3rd sg δεῖ (impersonal). σε οὖν. The order is reversed in many witnesses, but this is probably a scribal “correction,” moving the postpositive οὖν into its more typical position as the second word in the clause. NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow the strong testimony of ℵ B C L et al. σε. Accusative subject of the infinitive βαλεῖν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a conclusion drawn from the slave’s assessment of his master’s character. βαλεῖν. Aor act inf βάλλω (complementary). τὰ ἀργύριά. Accusative direct object of βαλεῖν. In most witnesses τὸ ἀργύριον is singular, perhaps under the influence of the parallel in Luke 19:23. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the plural form supported by ℵ* B W Θ 700 samss.

284

Matthew 25:14-­30

μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῖς τραπεζίταις. Dative indirect object of βαλεῖν. τραπεζίτης (“a person who manages or works in a bank” [LN 57.216]) is a NT hapax legomenon. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of ἐκομισάμην. The pronoun introduces the apodosis of a second-­class condition marked by ἂν (see 11:21), in which ἐλθὼν is “an unreal-­temporal protasis as it were” (BDF §360.2). ἐκομισάμην. Aor mid ind 1st sg κομίζω. The verb κομίζω (“to get back someth[ing] that is one’s own or owed to one, get back, recover” [BDAG, 557.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 10×). τὸ ἐμὸν. Accusative direct objet of ἐκομισάμην. σὺν τόκῳ. Addition (“along with interest” [BDAG, 962.3.a.α]). 25:28 ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα· ἄρατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl αἴρω. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), depicting the master’s judgment as the consequence of the slave’s (in-­)action. ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Separation. τὸ τάλαντον. Accusative direct object of ἄρατε. δότε. Aor act impv 2nd pl δίδωμι. τῷ ἔχοντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg ἔχω (substantival). Dative indirect object of δότε. τὰ δέκα τάλαντα. Accusative direct object of ἔχοντι. 25:29 Τῷ γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Τῷ γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Τῷ . . . παντὶ. Dative indirect object of δοθήσεται. In an “improvement” of the syntax, D W syp omit παντὶ; the syntax in Luke’s parallel (Luke 19:26) is also smoother. ἔχοντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg ἔχω (attributive). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) might introduce a justification for the master’s verdict, but probably Nolland (1019) is correct (cf. Matt 13:12): “Structurally v. 29 should be treated as an explanatory aside (probably earlier a concluding comment) by Jesus rather than



Matthew 25:28-30

285

as part of the parable proper. Matthew links with an explanatory γάρ (‘for’), whereas Luke has ‘I say to you that’ to mark a fresh start.” δοθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. περισσευθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg περισσεύω. On the voice, see 13:12. τοῦ . . . ἔχοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg ἔχω (substantival). Genitive of separation. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. καὶ ὃ ἔχει. Fronted for emphasis. καὶ. Ascensive (see 5:39). ὃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (ὃ ἔχει; see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that serves as the subject of ἀρθήσεται. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of ἔχει. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. Several witnesses (L Δ 33 892 et al.) make the saying less enigmatic, replacing ἔχει (“what he has”) with δοκεῖ ἔχειν (“what he thinks he has”). ἀρθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg αἴρω. If v. 29 is parenthetical (see γάρ above), then God is the agent of its three passive verbs (but on the so-­ called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται). ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Separation. 25:30 καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον· ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλετε. ἀχρεῖος (“pert[aining] to being of no use or profit, esp. economic, useless, worthless of slaves” [BDAG, 160.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon found elsewhere in the NT only in Luke 17:10. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκβάλετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἐκβάλλω. εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον. Locative. ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place (lit. “weeping and gnashing of teeth will be there”). ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς. Compound nominative subject of ἔσται. τῶν ὀδόντων. Objective genitive. Matthew 25:31-­46 31 “When the Son of Man comes in his glory and all the angels with him, then he will sit on his glorious throne. 32And before him will be gathered

286

Matthew 25:31-­46

all the nations, and he will separate the people from one another, as a shepherd separates sheep from goats, 33and he will place the sheep at his right and the goats at his left. 34Then the king will say to those on his right, ‘Come, you who have been blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. 35For I was hungry and you gave me to eat, I was thirsty and you gave me drink, I was a stranger and you welcomed me, 36naked and you clothed me, sick and you visited me, I was in prison and you came to me.’ 37Then the righteous will answer him, saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungering and feed you, or thirsting and give you drink? 38When did we see you a stranger and welcome you, or naked and clothe you? 39When did we see you sick or in prison and come to you?’ 40And, answering, the king will say to them, ‘I am telling you the truth, in so far as you did it to one of the least of these brothers of mine, you did it to me.’ 41Then he will also say to those on his left, ‘Depart from me, you who are cursed, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels. 42For I was hungry and you did not give me to eat, I was thirsty and you did not give me drink, 43I was a stranger and you did not welcome me, naked and you did not clothe me, sick and in prison and you did not visit me.’ 44Then they also will answer, saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungering or thirsting or a stranger or naked or sick or in prison and did not attend to you?’ 45Then he will answer them, saying, ‘I am telling you the truth, in so far as you did not do it to one of the least of these, you did not do it to me.’ 46And these ones will go away to eternal punishment, but the righteous to life eternal.” 25:31 Ὅταν δὲ ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, τότε καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ· Ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Dan 7:13-­14 “provides language in which the scene is set in v. 31” (France 2007, 959). ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἔλθῃ. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐν τῇ δόξῃ. The preposition functions as a “marker of a state or condition” (BDAG, 327.2). Cf. Matt 6:29; 16:27. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive: the glory in view is that which properly belongs to and so characterizes the Son of Man. Alternatively, we might consider the genitive subjective (so Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 314,



Matthew 25:31-32

287

regarding the identical construction in Luke 9:26) or genitive of source (Quarles, 304: glory that “emanates from the Son of Man”). Cf. 6:29; 16:27. πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι. Nominative subject of an implied ἔλθωσιν. Most witnesses support ἅγιοι instead of ἄγγελοι here, perhaps because early copyists rightly detected an echo of Zech 14:5 (cf. 1 Thess 3:13; 2 Thess 1:7, 10). NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow the strong testimony of ℵ B D L et al. μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Accompaniment. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. καθίσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg καθίζω. ἐπὶ θρόνου. Locative. δόξης. Attributive genitive. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive, modifying θρόνου (ESV, NET, NIV 2011, LEB) or δόξης (NRSV). Cf. 19:28. 25:32 καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ ἀφορίσει αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων, συναχθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl συνάγω. In a number of witnesses (A W Γ Δ et al.), the verb is singular (συναχθήσεται), probably because neuter plural subjects often take singular verbs. But Matthew typically prefers plural verbs for neuter plural subjects when they are personal (see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν). NA28 and SBLGNT rightly adopt the plural form. ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ. Locative (“in the presence of ” [BDAG, 325.1.b.β]). πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. Nominative subject of συναχθήσονται. Whether πάντα τὰ ἔθνη refers here to “all the Gentiles” (Hooker, 368; Hare and Harrington, 365) or “all the nations” (Meier 1977, 100–­101; Davies and Allison, 3:422) is disputed. Since elsewhere Matthew appears to envision a single, universal judgment (8:11-­ 12; 11:20-­ 24; 12:41-­ 42; 13:36-­43), the latter is more probable. ἀφορίσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀφορίζω. The verb ἀφορίζω means “to remove one party from other parties so as to discourage or eliminate contact, separate, take away” (BDAG, 158.1). αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀφορίσει. That the pronoun is masculine while its antecedent is neuter suggests that the separation in view is a separation of the people that comprise the nations (i.e., it is a judgment of individuals and not of nations as nations). ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων. Separation.

288

Matthew 25:31-­46

ὥσπερ. Introduces a comparative clause. ὁ ποιμὴν. Nominative subject of ἀφορίζει. The final three articles in 25:32 are all generic. ἀφορίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀφορίζω. τὰ πρόβατα. Accusative direct object of ἀφορίζει. ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων. Separation. ἔριφος (“kid, he-­goat”; “pl[ural] w[ith] πρόβατα prob[ably] simply goats” [BDAG, 392]) appears in the NT only here and in Luke 15:29. 25:33 καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων. στήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἵστημι. τὰ . . . πρόβατα. Accusative direct object of στήσει. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. ἐκ δεξιῶν. Locative; see 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. τὰ . . . ἐρίφια. Accusative direct object of an implied στήσει. ἐρίφιον (a diminutive of ἔριφος, thus “properly ‘kid’ but also goat” [BDAG, 392]) is a NT hapax legomenon. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐξ εὐωνύμων. Locative; see 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν. 25:34 Τότε ἐρεῖ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ· δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἐρεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὁ βασιλεὺς. Nominative subject of ἐρεῖ. τοῖς ἐκ δεξιῶν. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the preposition ἐκ δεξιῶν into the dative indirect object of ἐρεῖ. See 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν. ἐκ δεξιῶν. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. δεῦτε. An adverb (“[come] here”) that, in the NT, “serves mostly as a hortatory particle” (BDAG, 220); see 4:19. οἱ εὐλογημένοι. Prf pass ptc masc nom pl εὐλογέω (substantival). Nominative for vocative. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. τοῦ πατρός. Subjective genitive. BDF (§183) and Wallace (126) call this a genitive of agency.



Matthew 25:33-35

289

μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κληρονομήσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl κληρομομέω. τὴν . . . βασιλείαν. Accusative direct object of κληρονομήσατε. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. ἡτοιμασμένην. Prf pass ptc fem acc sg ἑτοιμάζω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. Elsewhere in the NT, the PP is found in (the textually uncertain) Matt 13:35; Luke 11:50; Heb 4:3; 9:26; Rev 13:8; 17:8. See also Eph 1:4; 1 Pet 1:20; As. Mos. 1.14. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς. Temporal. κόσμου. Objective genitive. 25:35 ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με, ἐπείνασα. Aor act ind 1st sg πεινάω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the preceding verdict. ἐδώκατέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl δίδωμι. μοι. Dative indirect object of ἐδώκατέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. φαγεῖν. Aor act inf ἐσθίω (direct object of ἐδώκατέ). BDF (§390.2), however, considers this an infinitive of purpose (cf. MHT 3:135; Quarles, 305). ἐδίψησα. Aor act ind 1st sg διψάω. ἐποτίσατέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl ποτίζω. με. Accusative direct object of ἐποτίσατέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ξένος. Predicate nominative. Used substantivally, the adjective refers here to “one who comes as a stranger” (BDAG, 684.2.a.2). Fronted for emphasis. ἤμην. Impf act ind 1st sg εἰμί. συνηγάγετέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl συνάγω. The verb συνάγω means “to extend a welcome to, invite/receive as a guest” (BDAG, 963.4). με. Accusative direct object of συνηγάγετέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

290

Matthew 25:31-­46

25:36 γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με. γυμνὸς. Predicate adjective (with ἤμην implied). περιεβάλετέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl περιβάλλω. με. Accusative direct object of περιεβάλετέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἠσθένησα. Aor act ind 1st sg ἀσθενέω. ἐπεσκέψασθέ. Aor mid ind 2nd pl ἐπισκέπτομαι. The verb ἐπισκέπτομαι means “to go to see a pers[on] with helpful intent” (BDAG, 378.2). με. Accusative direct object of ἐπεσκέψασθέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐν φυλακῇ. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. ἤμην. Impf act ind 1st sg εἰμί. ἤλθατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἔρχομαι. πρός με. Spatial (motion toward). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 25:37 τότε ἀποκριθήσονται αὐτῷ οἱ δίκαιοι λέγοντες· κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν; τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἀποκριθήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἀποκρίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἀποκριθήσονται. οἱ δίκαιοι. Nominative subject of ἀποκριθήσονται. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). κύριε. Vocative. πότε. The interrogative adverb of time introduces a direct question. σε. Accusative direct object of εἴδομεν in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. The pronoun is probably fronted for emphasis, but LDGNT thinks that the emphasis falls on πότε. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἴδομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ὁράω. πεινῶντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg πεινάω. Accusative complement to σε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐθρέψαμεν. Aor act ind 1st pl τρέφω. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). διψῶντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg διψάω. Accusative complement to σε in a double accusative object-­complement construction, with both the verb (εἴδομεν) and direct object (σε) implied. ἐποτίσαμεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ποτίζω.



Matthew 25:36-39

291

25:38 πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν; πότε. See 25:37. δέ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. σε. Accusative direct object of εἴδομεν in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. On the question of emphasis, see 25:37. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἴδομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ὁράω. ξένον. Accusative complement to σε in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. See 25:35 on ξένος. συνηγάγομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl συνάγω. See 25:35 on συνηγάγετέ. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). γυμνὸν. Accusative complement to σε in a double accusative object-­ complement construction, with both the verb (εἴδομεν) and direct object (σε) implied. περιεβάλομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl περιβάλλω. 25:39 πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενοῦντα ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε; πότε. See 25:37. δέ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. σε. Accusative direct object of εἴδομεν in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. On the question of emphasis, see 25:37. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἴδομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ὁράω. ἀσθενοῦντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg ἀσθενέω. Accusative complement to σε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Most witnesses (ℵ A K L et al.) have the adjective ἀσθενῆ instead of the participle, but the adjective probably arose under the influence of the adjectives in 25:38. NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow B D Θ 0281; Cl. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ἐν φυλακῇ. Locative. ἤλθομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ἔρχομαι. πρός σε. Spatial (motion toward). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

292

Matthew 25:31-­46

25:40 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾿ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὁ βασιλεὺς. Nominative subject of ἐρεῖ. ἐρεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐρεῖ. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἐφ᾿ ὅσον. Measure (“to the degree that, in so far as” [BDAG, 366.13]), but Robertson (963) thinks the preposition has causal (cf. Porter 1994, 250) and Quarles (306; cf. NLT) temporal force. ἐποιήσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ποιέω. ἑνὶ. Dative of advantage. τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν . . . τῶν ἐλαχίστων. Partitive genitive. BDF (§60.2) suggests that the superlative ἐλαχίστων has elative force here (“very little”), but in this partitive construction the regular superlative force makes very good sense: “one of the least . . .” Like πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (25:32), the identification of τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν is controversial. Probably Davies and Allison (3:428) speak for the majority of contemporary interpreters when they identify “these brothers” as “everyone in need.” Matthew’s use of the relevant terms, however, probably suggests otherwise. As Stanton observes, “Matthew uses οἱ ἀδελφοί 18 times to refer to fellow members of the Christian family; no fewer than 12 of the 18 are redactional” (216). See esp. 12:50 and 28:10. With respect to ἐλαχίστων, it is significant that in 10:42; 18:5, 10, 14, ἕνα [ἑνός/ἕν] τῶν μικρῶν τούτων becomes a way of describing Jesus’ followers. As Nolland (1032) rightly observes, “[d]espite the use of the superlative rather than the positive form of the adjective, the presence of τῶν ἐλαχίστων (‘the least’) in 25:40 makes it almost impossible not to find an echo of ‘one of these little ones’ in ‘one of the least of these my brothers and sisters.’ ” Indeed in 10:40-­42, we find both a verbal and a conceptual link to this passage. “The one who receives you,” Jesus says, “receives me” (10:42). Thus “whoever gives even a cup of cold water to one of these little ones because he is a disciple (εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ) . . . will surely not lose his reward” (10:42).



Matthew 25:40-41

293

μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου. These words are absent from B* 0128* 1424 ff1 et al. Davies and Allison (3:492 n. 53) wonder whether the early Christian tendency to identify “the least of these” as Christians led to the inclusion of these words as a scribal addition. More probably, they represent a scribal omission, under the influence of the parallel in 25:45. ἐμοὶ. Dative of advantage. Fronted for emphasis. ἐποιήσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ποιέω. 25:41 Τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων· πορεύεσθε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ [οἱ] κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἐρεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg λέγω. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39). τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐξ εὐωνύμων into the dative indirect object of ἐρεῖ. ἐξ εὐωνύμων. Locative. πορεύεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl πορεύομαι. ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Separation. [οἱ] κατηραμένοι. Prf pass ptc masc nom pl καταράομαι (substantival). Nominative for vocative (or simply vocative if the noun is anarthrous). Matthew’s reserve is noteworthy: whereas the agent of the parallel prf pass ptc in 25:34 (οἱ εὐλογημένοι) is made explicit (τοῦ πατρός μου), here it is left implicit. The article is omitted in a few witnesses (ℵ B L 0128 0281 33). Both the quality of those witnesses and the fact that is easier to account for a scribal addition than omission in this case (unless the omission were accidental) suggest that WH may have been right in judging the omission original (against both NA28 and SBLGNT). εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον. Goal (cf. BDAG, 290.4.a). ἡτοιμασμένον. Prf pass ptc neut acc sg ἑτοιμάζω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. The implied agent of the passive verb is Israel’s God (but on the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται). Indeed, a few witnesses (D ƒ1 it syhmg mae; Irlat Cyp), in which a relative clause replaces the attributive participle, make this explicit (ὁ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ πατήρ μου). NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow the very strong testimony of 𝔓45 ℵ A B et al.

294

Matthew 25:31-­46

τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις. Dative of disadvantage. Once again, the contrast between 25:34 and 25:41 is instructive: the kingdom was “prepared (ἡτοιμασμένην) for you from the foundation of the world” (25:34); the eternal fire was “prepared (ἡτοιμασμένον) for the devil and his angels” (25:41). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 25:42 ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με, ἐπείνασα. Aor act ind 1st sg πεινάω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the preceding verdict. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐδώκατέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl δίδωμι. μοι. Dative indirect object of ἐδώκατέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. φαγεῖν. Aor act inf ἐσθίω (direct object of ἐδώκατέ). ἐδίψησα. Aor act ind 1st sg διψάω. οὐκ. See above. ἐποτίσατέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl ποτίζω. με. Accusative direct object of ἐποτίσατέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 25:43 ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με. ξένος. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. See 25:35. ἤμην. Impf act ind 1st sg εἰμί. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. συνηγάγετέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl συνάγω. See 25:35. με. Accusative direct object of συνηγάγετέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. γυμνὸς. Predicate adjective (with ἤμην implied). οὐ. See above. περιεβάλετέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl περιβάλλω. με. Accusative direct object of περιεβάλετέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀσθενὴς. Predicate adjective (with ἤμην implied). ἐν φυλακῇ. Locative. οὐκ. See οὐ above. ἐπεσκέψασθέ. Aor mid ind 2nd pl ἐπισκέπτομαι.



Matthew 25:42-44

295

με. Accusative direct object of ἐπεσκέψασθέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 25:44 τότε ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ λέγοντες· κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα ἢ διψῶντα ἢ ξένον ἢ γυμνὸν ἢ ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι; τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἀποκριθήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἀποκρίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39). αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of ἀποκριθήσονται. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). κύριε. Vocative. πότε. See 25:37. σε. Accusative direct object of εἴδομεν in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. On the question of emphasis, see 25:37. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἴδομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ὁράω. πεινῶντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg πεινάω. The first of five consecutive accusative complements to σε in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. ἢ . . . ἢ . . . ἢ . . . ἢ . . . ἢ. Disjunctive particles (cf. BDAG, 432.1). διψῶντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg διψάω. The second of five ­consecutive accusative complements to σε in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. ξένον. The third of five consecutive accusative complements to σε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. γυμνὸν. The fourth of five consecutive accusative complements to σε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἀσθενῆ. The fifth of five consecutive accusative complements to σε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐν φυλακῇ. Locative. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. διηκονήσαμέν. Aor act ind 1st pl διακονέω. The verb refers here to “meet[ing] an immediate need” (BDAG, 229.3). I follow Hart’s translation. σοι. Dative complement of διηκονήσαμέν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

296

Matthew 25:31-­46

25:45 τότε ἀποκριθήσεται αὐτοῖς λέγων· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾿ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἀποκριθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἀποκρίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἀποκριθήσεται. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἐφ᾿ ὅσον. Cf. 25:40. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐποιήσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ποιέω. ἑνὶ. Dative of advantage. τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων. Partitive genitive. In keeping with the abridgment in 25:44, ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων refers back, in abbreviated form, to ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων (25:40). There is no change in meaning here (rightly, Hagner 1995, 746). οὐδὲ. Negation and development. ἐμοὶ. Dative of advantage. Fronted for emphasis. ἐποιήσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ποιέω. 25:46 καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον, οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. ἀπελεύσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἀπέρχομαι. οὗτοι. Nominative subject of ἀπελεύσονται. εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον. Goal (cf. BDAG, 290.4.a). κόλασις, which appears in the NT only here and in 1 John 4:18, refers to “infliction of suffering or pain in chastisement, punishment” (BDAG, 555.1). The context must of course supply information about the nature of the punishment. οἱ . . . δίκαιοι. Nominative subject of an implied ἀπελεύσονται. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Goal (cf. BDAG, 290.4.a).



Matthew 25:45–26:2

297

Matthew 26:1-­5 And when Jesus had finished all these words, he said to his disciples, “You know that after two days the Passover is coming, and the Son of Man will be handed over to be crucified.” 3Then the chief priests and elders of the people gathered together at the palace the chief priest, who was called Caiaphas, 4and they plotted together to seize Jesus by stealth and to kill him. 5But they were saying, “Not at the feast, lest there be a riot among the people.” 1 2

26:1 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. See 7:28. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐτέλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τελέω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐτέλεσεν. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους. Accusative direct object of ἐτέλεσεν. Appropriately, at the conclusion of his fifth and final discourse, Matthew notes that Jesus has completed all (πάντας) these words (contrast 7:28, 11:1, 13:53, and 19:1). Cf. Deut 31:1, 24; 32:45-­46. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 26:2 οἴδατε ὅτι μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας τὸ πάσχα γίνεται, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι. αὐτοῦ (26:1)· οἴδατε. D omits these two words, perhaps on the rationale that the disciples did not know that Jesus would be handed over at Passover (so Nolland, 1038). In D ὅτι introduces the clausal complement of εἶπεν instead of οἴδατε. οἴδατε. Prf act ind 2nd pl οἶδα. Although the mood of the verb is probably indicative, it is not impossible to understand it as an imperative (cf. Hagner 1995, 754). On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of οἴδατε. μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας. Temporal. τὸ πάσχα. Nominative subject of γίνεται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).

298

Matthew 26:1-­5

γίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. Futuristic present (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). καὶ. Connective, linking the clauses. “If καί stands under οἴδατε, then the disciples are being reminded of what they already know. If καί is not dependent upon οἴδατε then Jesus is telling them something new—­now is the time for the Son of man to suffer” (Davies and Allison, 3:438). Probably the latter sense is more natural; in the narrative, at least, there is no indication that the handing over of the Son of Man has previously been linked to the Passover. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of παραδίδοται. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. παραδίδοται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. Futuristic present (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). σταυρωθῆναι. Aor pass inf σταυρόω. Used with εἰς τό to indicate purpose. 26:3 Τότε συνήχθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. συνήχθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl συνάγω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Although συνήχθησαν may be passive, more probably it is a θη-­middle; there is, at least, no indication in the context of an agent who gathered the chief priests and elders. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. Nominative subjects of συνήχθησαν. τοῦ λαοῦ. Genitive of subordination or partitive genitive. It is difficult to be certain whether the genitive modifies both οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς and οἱ πρεσβύτεροι or only the latter. Perhaps here the repetition of the article suggests the latter. Cf. 21:23. εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν. Locative. αὐλή, which can simply refer to a “walled enclosure . . . ‘courtyard’ or ‘sheepfold’ ” (LN 7.56), can also be used, as probably here, of “any dwelling having an interior courtyard (often a relatively elaborate structure)—­‘dwelling, palace, mansion’ ” (LN 7.6). τοῦ ἀρχιερέως. Possessive genitive. λεγομένου. Pres pass ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). Καϊάφα. Genitive complement in a double genitive object–­ complement construction. See 1:16 on Χριστός as well as Culy and Parsons (12) on Ἐλαιῶνος in Acts 1:12.



Matthew 26:3-5

299

26:4 καὶ συνεβουλεύσαντο ἵνα τὸν Ἰησοῦν δόλῳ κρατήσωσιν καὶ ἀποκτείνωσιν· συνεβουλεύσαντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl συμβουλεύω. The verb συμβουλεύω (“to be involved with others in plotting a course of action” [BDAG, 957.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). Here “[t]he word gives the deliberation a formal setting: the leaders are in council” (Davies and Allison, 3:439). ἵνα. Introduces either a purpose clause (cf. ESV; LEB; Gundry 1994, 518; Quarles, 308) or, more probably, the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of συνεβουλεύσαντο (cf. NRSV; NET; Robertson, 993). τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Accusative direct object of κρατήσωσιν and ἀποκτείνωσιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δόλῳ. Dative of manner. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). For ἀποκτείνω + δόλῳ, see LXX Exod 21:14; Josephus, Ant. 10.164. κρατήσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl κρατέω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ἀποκτείνωσιν. Pres/Aor act subj 3rd pl ἀποκτείνω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. Present and aorist subjunctive forms are identical in liquid verbs (Decker 2014b, 171). 26:5 ἔλεγον δέ· μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ θόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ λαῷ. ἔλεγον. Impf act ind 3rd pl λέγω. δέ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μὴ. Negative particle introducing an elliptical prohibition (see ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ). ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ. Temporal. In this elliptical construction, the verb, its subject, and its object must all be supplied from 26:4. ἵνα. Introduces a (negative) purpose clause. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. θόρυβος. Nominative subject of γένηται. θόρυβος (“a state or condition of varying degrees of commotion, turmoil, excitement, uproar” [BDAG, 458.3]) occurs only here and in 27:24 in Matthew (NT: 7×). Fronted for emphasis. ἐν τῷ λαῷ. Locative (“among”; cf. BDAG, 326.d). Matthew 26:6-­13 Now when Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, 7a woman who had an alabaster jar of expensive ointment approached him and poured it on his head as he was reclining at table. 8But, when the

6

300

Matthew 26:6-­13

disciples saw this, they became indignant, saying, “Why this waste? 9For this could have been sold for a large amount and given to the poor.” 10But knowing this, Jesus said to them, “Why do you cause trouble for the woman? For she has done a beautiful thing for me; 11for always the poor you have with you, but me you do not always have; 12for when she put this ointment on my body, she did it to prepare me for burial. 13I am telling you the truth, wherever this gospel is proclaimed in the whole world, what she did will also be spoken to remember her.” 26:6 Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γενομένου ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, Τοῦ . . . Ἰησοῦ. Genitive subject of γενομένου. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γενομένου. Aor mid ptc masc gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἐν Βηθανίᾳ. Locative. ἐν οἰκίᾳ. Locative. Σίμωνος. Possessive genitive. τοῦ λεπροῦ. Genitive in apposition to Σίμωνος. See 8:2 on λεπρὸς. 26:7 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου καὶ κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου. προσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθεν. γυνὴ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθεν. ἔχουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg ἔχω (attributive). Alternatively, the participle could be adverbial, describing the manner of the woman’s approach to Jesus (cf. Matt 15:30). ἀλάβαστρον. Accusative direct object of ἔχουσα. The noun can occur in all three genders (BDAG, 40). μύρου βαρυτίμου. Genitive of content. Probably influenced by the parallel in John 12:3, a number of witnesses (ℵ A D L et al.) support πολυτίμου instead of βαρυτίμου. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the distinctive βαρυτίμου (“of great value, very expensive” [BDAG, 168]), a NT hapax legomenon supported by B K W Γ et al. κατέχεεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg καταχέω. ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς. Locative. In the parallel in Mark 14:3, αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς follows κατέχεεν, without a preposition, and indicates “over what the liquid is poured” (Decker 2014a, 173). Davies and Allison



Matthew 26:6-9

301

(3:444 n. 25) ask, “Has Matthew’s construction been influenced by Mark? Or LXX Ps 132.2 (μύρον ἐπὶ κεφαλῆς)? Cf. also LXX Job 41.15: καταχέει ἐπ ͗αὐτόν.” They also add that “Josephus consistently uses the genitive after καταχέω but without ἐπί” (noted by Schlatter, 735). In most witnesses (𝔓45 A K L et al.) the preposition has an accusative object (τὴν κεφαλήν), but NA28 and SBLGNT follow ℵ B D Θ et al. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of ἀνακειμένου. Alternatively, the genitive is possessive, modifying τῆς κεφαλῆς, as in Mark, where the pronoun precedes its head noun. ἀνακειμένου. Pres mid ptc masc gen sg ἀνάκειμαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης; on genitive absolutes that follow the main verb, see 28:13 on κοιμωμένων. Alternatively, if the preceding genitive (αὐτοῦ) is possessive, then ἀνακειμένου is simply attributive. 26:8 ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἠγανάκτησαν λέγοντες· εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη; ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἠγανάκτησαν. After μαθηταὶ, most witnesses (A K W Γ et al.) include αὐτοῦ. Probably, however, the pronoun should be considered a scribal clarification (but see Elliott, 236–­37, and 14:15 on οἱ μαθηταὶ). NA28 and SBLGNT follow the strong testimony of 𝔓45vid.64vid ℵ B D et al. ἠγανάκτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀγανακτέω. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (result). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. εἰς τί. Purpose: “Why?” (cf. BDAG, 290.4.f). Fronted for emphasis. ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. ἀπώλεια, which occurs elsewhere in Matthew only in 7:13, here denotes “destruction, waste” (BDAG, 127.1). 26:9 ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι πτωχοῖς. ἐδύνατο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the reason for the disciples’ indignation. τοῦτο. Nominative subject of ἐδύνατο. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Under the influence of the parallel in Mark 14:5, several witnesses (K Γ ƒ13 33) include τὸ μύρον after τοῦτο; NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the distinctive reading.

302

Matthew 26:6-­13

πραθῆναι. Aor pass inf πιπράσκω (complementary). πολλοῦ. Genitive of price. δοθῆναι. Aor pass inf δίδωμι (complementary). πτωχοῖς. Dative indirect object of δοθῆναι. 26:10 Γνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί; ἔργον γὰρ καλὸν ἠργάσατο εἰς ἐμέ· Γνοὺς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg γινώσκω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. τί κόπους. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). κόπους. Accusative direct object of παρέχετε. παρέχετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl παρέχω. τῇ γυναικί. Dative indirect object of παρέχετε. ἔργον . . . καλὸν. Accusative direct object of ἠργάσατο. The object is cognate to its verb. Fronted for emphasis. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) is the first of three in 26:10-­12 that introduce support for the exhortation implicit in Jesus’ rhetorical question (26:10b). ἠργάσατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἐργάζομαι. εἰς ἐμέ. Advantage. 26:11 πάντοτε γὰρ τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε· πάντοτε. Temporal adverb. γὰρ. The second of three explanatory particles in 26:10-­12; see 26:10. τοὺς πτωχοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἔχετε. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἔχετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἔχω. μεθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν. Accompaniment. Caragounis (150) notes that already in the classical era the third-­person reflexive pronoun could stand for the first or, as here, the second person; this tendency becomes more common in the postclassical era. ἐμὲ. Accusative direct object of ἔχετε. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT).



Matthew 26:10-13

303

δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐ. As usual, the negative particle οὐ is used with an indicative verb; here it negates the whole clause but calls particular attention to the adverb that it immediately precedes. πάντοτε. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἔχετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἔχω. This second use of the present-­tense ἔχετε in 26:11, and perhaps also the first, is futuristic (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). Quarles (310), by contrast, thinks both have gnomic force. 26:12 βαλοῦσα γὰρ αὕτη τὸ μύρον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματός μου πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με ἐποίησεν. βαλοῦσα. Aor act pc fem nom sg βάλλω (temporal [so NET; NIV 2011; LEB] or means [so NRSV; CEB; HCSB]). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. γὰρ. The third of three explanatory particles in 26:10-­12; see 26:10. αὕτη. Nominative subject of ἐποίησεν. τὸ μύρον τοῦτο. Accusative direct object of βαλοῦσα. ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματός. Locative. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐνταφιάσαι. Aor act inf ἐνταφιάζω. Used with πρὸς τό to denote purpose. με. Accusative direct object of ἐνταφιάσαι. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. 26:13 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ, λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅπου ἐὰν. Introduces an indefinite locative clause (cf. BDAG, 717.1.a.δ). κηρυχθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg κηρύσσω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο. Nominative subject of κηρυχθῇ. In part because Mark 14:9 simply has τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, the referent of τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο is much discussed. Probably, however, it is not to be distinguished from τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (24:14), the only

304

Matthew 26:14-­16

other appearance of the phrase in the NT. Like 26:13, 24:14 anticipates a worldwide proclamation (24:14: ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ) of this Gospel. ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ. Locative. Since λαλέω is a verb of rest, Matthew prefers ἐν to Mark’s εἰς here (see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν). λαληθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg λαλέω. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between the proclamation of the Gospel and of what this woman has done. ὃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη), serves as the subject of λαληθήσεται. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. αὕτη. Nominative subject of ἐποίησεν. εἰς μνημόσυνον. Purpose. Apart from its use here and in the parallel in Mark 14:9, μνημόσυνον (“an instrument or means designed to cause to remember—­‘memorial’ ” [LN 29.12]) occurs in the NT only in Acts 10:4. αὐτῆς. Objective genitive. For the less probable conclusion that the genitive is subjective, see Greenlee (245). Matthew 26:14-­16 14 At that time one of the Twelve, the one called Judas Iscariot, going to the chief priests, 15said, “What do you wish to give to me, and I will hand him over to you?” And they weighed out for him thirty pieces of silver. 16And from that time he was looking for an opportunity to hand him over.

26:14 Τότε πορευθεὶς εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριώτης, πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. πορευθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριώτης. Contrast Mark 14:10: Καὶ Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριὼθ ὁ εἷς τῶν δώδεκα. By advancing εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, Matthew places greater accent on Judas’ role as an insider. εἷς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν (26:15). τῶν δώδεκα. Partitive genitive. ὁ λεγόμενος. Pres pass ptc masc nom sg λέγω. The participle is attributive, modifying εἷς (NRSV; ESV), or substantival, in apposition to εἷς (NET; NIV 2011; LEB; Hart; Quarles, 311).



Matthew 26:14-15

305

Ἰούδας. Nominative complement to εἷς in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). Ἰσκαριώτης. Nominative in apposition to Ἰούδας. πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς. Spatial (motion toward). 26:15 εἶπεν· τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι, κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν; οἱ δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τί. The interrogative introduces a direct question that serves as the clausal complement of εἶπεν. Within its clause, τί functions as the accusative direct object of δοῦναι. θέλετέ. Pres act ind 2nd pl θέλω. μοι. Dative indirect object of δοῦναι. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. δοῦναι. Aor act inf δίδωμι (complementary). κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. ἐγώ is the nominative subject of παραδώσω. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Robertson (1183) observes that “[s]ometimes καί seems imitative of the Hebrew ְ‫ו‬ by almost having the sense of ὅτι or ἵνα (‘that’) as in Mt. 26:15.” Similarly, BDF (§442.2): “Καί with a connotation of purpose is related [to consecutive καί]: Rev 14:15 . . . and after an interrogative clause Mt 26:15.” Both of these comments are helpful, if we remember that this sense of purpose that emerges here is not a function of καί, which is simply connective, but instead of the relationship between the clauses that are linked. A final observation: if it is right, as Robertson and BDF suggest, to think that the second clause specifies the purpose of the first (“What will you give me to get me to hand him over?”), it is also true that the entire construction is implicitly conditional, as many grammarians (Burton §269; Robertson, 951; Wallace, 688) point out: “If you pay me, I will hand him over to you.” ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of παραδώσω. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). παραδώσω. Fut act ind 1st sg παραδίδωμι. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of παραδώσω. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἔστησαν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔστησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἵστημι. The verb ἵστημι, which has a broad semantic range, sometimes means “to specify contractually” (BDAG, 482.6) or, more specifically, to “determine a monetary amount” (BDAG, 482.6.b) or even “to pay, possibly in the sense of to

306

Matthew 26:17-­30

weigh out or to count out a sum of money” (LN 57.158). The translation adopted above (“they weighed out”) aims to help signal the probable allusion to Zech 11:12, where ἔστησαν translates ‫“( וַ יִ ְש ְקלו‬and they weighed out”). See further Davies and Allison (3:452); Luz (2001–­2007, 3:344 n. 2); and, for a dissenting opinion, France (2007, 976 n. 1). αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔστησαν. τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. Accusative direct object of ἔστησαν. 26:16 καὶ ἀπὸ τότε ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ. ἀπὸ τότε. Temporal. In its two occurrences in Matthew (4:17; 16:21), the PP signals a major turning point in the narrative. The commentators divide over whether it also does here. Luz (2001–­2007, 3:346) thinks that “[t]he last major section in the story of Jesus has now begun, the time of his suffering.” Davies and Allison (3:453 n. 23) are skeptical, insisting that 26:1-­5 signals the inception of the passion. Levinsohn (2000, 272 n. 2) sides with Davies and Allison and attributes the difference to the fact that the earlier two instances are asyndetic, whereas the PP phrase here is introduced by καί. See Hagner (1995, 761) for a mediating position. ἐζήτει. Impf act ind 3rd sg ζητέω. εὐκαιρίαν. Accusative direct object of ἐζήτει. In the NT, εὐκαιρία (“favorable opportunity, the right moment” [BDAG, 407]) occurs only here and in the parallel in Luke 22:6. ἵνα. Introduces either a purpose clause (Hagner 1995, 760; LEB; Quarles, 312) or, more probably, a clause that is epexegetical to εὐκαιρίαν (Mathewson and Emig, 171; NIV 2011: “an opportunity to hand him over”). Luke (22:6) prefers an infinitive construction, τοῦ παραδοῦναι; there it is the infinitive that is epexegetical to εὐκαιρίαν (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 664). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παραδῷ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). παραδῷ. Aor act subj 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Matthew 26:17-­30 Now on the first day of Unleavened Bread, the disciples came to Jesus, saying, “Where do you want us to prepare for you to eat the Passover?” 18 And he said, “Go into the city to a certain person and say to him, ‘The teacher says, “My time is near; I will keep the Passover at your house 17



Matthew 26:16-17

307

with my disciples.” ’ ” 19And the disciples did as Jesus commanded them and prepared the Passover. 20 And when it was late, he was reclining at table with the twelve disciples. 21And as they were eating, he said, “I am telling you the truth that one of you will hand me over.” 22And, being exceedingly grieved, they began to ask him, each one, “Surely I am not he, Lord?” 23And, answering, he said, “The one who dips his hand with me in this bowl, this one will hand me over. 24The Son of Man is going just as it has been written about him, but woe to that person through whom the Son of Man is handed over; it would be better for him if this man had not been born.” 25 And, answering, Judas, the one handing him over, said, “Surely I am not he, Lord?” He says to him, “You have said so.” 26And as they were eating, Jesus, taking bread and pronouncing a blessing, broke it and, giving it to the disciples, said, “Take, eat, this is my body.” 27And, taking a cup and giving thanks, he gave it to them, saying, “Drink from it, all of you, 28 for this is my blood of the covenant, which is poured out for many, for the forgiveness of sins. 29And I say to you, from now on I will surely not drink from this fruit of the vine until that day when I drink it with you, new, in the kingdom of my Father.” 30And when they had sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives. 26:17 Τῇ δὲ πρώτῃ τῶν ἀζύμων προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ λέγοντες· ποῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμέν σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα; Τῇ . . . πρώτῃ τῶν ἀζύμων. As commentators regularly observe, the Feast of Unleavened Bread properly begins after Passover. But Matthew’s imprecise reckoning may have been common: Josephus (J.W. 5.99; Ant. 2.317; 17.213; 18.29; 20.106), at least, also refers to the entire festival that begins with Passover as Unleavened Bread (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 3:353). Τῇ . . . πρώτῃ. Dative of time. Unlike Mark (14:12: τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ), Matthew leaves the noun that the adjective πρώτῃ modifies unstated. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῶν ἀζύμων. Partitive genitive. In both NT and LXX, ἄζυμος (“without fermentation,” “unleavened” [BDAG, 23]) is always plural and can refer either to unleavened bread (BDAG, 23.1) or to the Feast of Unleavened Bread (BDAG, 23.2). See BDF (§141.3) on the use of plurals for names of festivals. προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων.

308

Matthew 26:17-­30

ποῦ. The interrogative particle introduces a direct question. θέλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg θέλω. ἑτοιμάσωμέν. Aor act subj 1st pl ἑτοιμάζω (deliberative subjunctive). Burton (§171) observes that when deliberative subjunctive follows θέλεις, θέλετε, or βούλεσθε, it is never introduced by a conjunction. σοι. Dative of advantage. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. φαγεῖν. Aor act inf ἐσθίω (purpose). Quarles (313) takes the infinitive to be complementary. Both Mark (14:12) and Luke (22:8) employ ἵνα + subjunctive in their parallels. Turner points out “that Mt often prefers infin[itive] after verbs when Mk does not” (MHT 3:135); see, for example, 3:13 (par Mark 1:9); 4:17 (par Mark 1:14-­15); 12:46 (par Mark 3:31); 12:47 (par Mark 3:32); 13:11 (par Mark 4:11); 14:7 (par Mark 6:23); 15:32 (par Mark 8:3); 21:34 (par Mark 12:2); 26:17 (par Mark 14:12); 28:1 (par Mark 16:1-­2). τὸ πάσχα. Accusative direct object of φαγεῖν. BDAG, pointing out that τὸ πάσχα can denote the annual festival (“Passover”; 784.1), to the meal at the center of the festival (784.3), or to the lamb sacrificed in observance of the festival (784.2), finds reference here to the lamb itself and, in 26:18-­19, to the meal. This is possible, but τὸ πάσχα may equally refer here, as in the two following verses, to the Passover meal more generally (cf. France 2007, 980 n. 1). 26:18 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ· ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει· ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν, πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. ὁ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὑπάγετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὑπάγω. εἰς τὴν πόλιν. Locative. πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα. Spatial (motion toward). A biblical hapax legomenon, δεῖνα, which is here masculine, can appear in all three genders to refer to “a pers[on] or thing one cannot or does not wish to name, so-­and-­so, somebody” (BDAG, 215; cf. BDF §64.5). Probably Nolland (1062) correctly suggests that “[i]n Matthew’s scene it represents some name Jesus is understood to have actually mentioned.” εἴπατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἴπατε. ὁ διδάσκαλος. Nominative subject of λέγει. Fronted as a topical frame.



Matthew 26:18-19

309

λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὁ καιρός μου. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὁ καιρός. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. μου. Genitive of identification: in the context of the developing narrative, “my time” must refer to the completion of Jesus’ mission in suffering, death, and exaltation (cf. 16:21-­23; 17:22-­23; 20:17-­19; 26:2; subsequently, 26:45-­46). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐγγύς. Predicate adverb of time. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πρὸς σὲ. Locative. “πρός, which more typically denotes motion, can also denote position” (Moule, 52). So, too, most English versions; but note LEB: “with you” (cf. Gundry 1994, 525). That the preposition does not signal association/accompaniment (“with you”) is suggested by the explicit identification of those with whom Jesus would observe Passover in this verse (μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν) and in 26:20 (μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα). Fronted for emphasis. ποιῶ. Pres act ind 1st sg ποιέω. Futuristic present (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται, and Caragounis, 160, 554–­55). τὸ πάσχα. Accusative direct object of ποιῶ. See 26:17. The idiom, ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα, which is found in the NT only here and in Heb 11:28, occurs with some frequency in the LXX (Exod 12:48; Num 9:2, 4, 6, 10; Deut 16:1; Josh 5:10; Ezra 6:19). μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν. Association/accompaniment. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 26:19 καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὡς συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. ἐποίησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐποίησαν. ὡς. Introduces a clause (ὡς συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς) that serves as the object of ἐποίησαν: “they did as (i.e., that which) Jesus commanded them” (cf. BDAG, 1104.1.b.β). Cf. 1:24. συνέταξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg συντάσσω. αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of συνέταξεν. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of συνέταξεν. καὶ. Epexegetical. καί introduces not a second action in which the disciples engage but an explication of the first (“they did as Jesus commanded them, that is, they prepared the Passover”; cf. CEB). Strictly speaking, the conjunction simply binds the two clauses together; the

310

Matthew 26:17-­30

semantics of the two clauses linked by καί suggests that the second clause explicates the first (cf. BDAG, 495.1.c). ἡτοίμασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἑτοιμάζω. τὸ πάσχα. Accusative direct object of ἡτοίμασαν. See 26:17. 26:20 Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης ἀνέκειτο μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. Ὀψίας. Genitive subject of γενομένης. ὀψίος (“late” [BDAG, 746.1]) is often used substantivally and, in combination with γενομένης, means something like “when evening came” (BDAG, 746.2; e.g., Matt 8:16; 20:8). On the other hand, the same construction probably means “when it was late” in Matt 14:23 and if, as France (2007, 983) suggests, Passover was typically observed at night and not in the early evening, that may be the sense intended here as well. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἀνέκειτο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg ἀνακείμαι. μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. Association/accompaniment. After δώδεκα, a number of witnesses (ℵ A L W et al.) include μαθητῶν (and a few others support μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ). NA28 follows the strong testimony of 𝔓37vid.45vid B D et al. A decision is difficult. On the one hand, μαθητῶν would be a natural addition in the process of transmission; on the other hand, an original μαθητῶν could have been omitted under the influence of the parallel in Mark 14:12. I am inclined, tentatively, to agree with WH and SBLGNT, against NA28, in judging μαθητῶν original. Metzger (53), for whom the external evidence is decisive here, favors the shorter reading (adopted by NA28). 26:21 καὶ ἐσθιόντων αὐτῶν εἶπεν· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με. ἐσθιόντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl ἐσθίω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of ἐσθιόντων. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011; NJB] discourse) of λέγω.



Matthew 26:20-23

311

εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). εἷς. Nominative subject of παραδώσει. ἐξ ὑμῶν. Partitive. παραδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. με. Accusative direct object of παραδώσει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 26:22 καὶ λυπούμενοι σφόδρα ἤρξαντο λέγειν αὐτῷ εἷς ἕκαστος· μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, κύριε; λυπούμενοι. Pres pass ptc masc nom pl λυπέω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. σφόδρα. Adverb of measure, denoting “a very high point on a scale of extent” (LN 78.19). ἤρξαντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἄρχω. λέγειν. Pres act inf λέγω (complementary). αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγειν. εἷς ἕκαστος. Nominative in apposition to the embedded subject of ἤρξαντο. The partitive genitive (αὐτῶν) that follows ἕκαστος in a wide array of witnesses should be regarded as a natural scribal complement, added in the process of transmission. μήτι ἐγώ. Fronted for emphasis. μήτι. Unlike οὐ, the negative particle μή (see 7:9) introduces a question that expects a negative answer. μήτι is “somewhat more emphatic than the simple μή” (BDAG, 649). ἐγώ. Nominative subject of εἰμι. εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κύριε. Vocative. 26:23 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ οὗτός με παραδώσει. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὁ ἐμβάψας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐμβάπτω (substantival). The nominative participle introduces the topic of the sentence (see

312

Matthew 26:17-­30

4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive οὗτός. Commentators regularly find more in the tense of the participle than is justified. We learn from the tense neither, for example, “that the betrayer had already dipped his bread into the bowl” (Hagner 1995, 767) nor that the action is located “in the immediate past” (Nolland, 1066). Outside of the indicative mood, tense is concerned with aspect rather than time; here the perfective aspect simply depicts the action externally. Jesus’ remark probably does not yet identify the betrayer but instead repeats, in a different idiom, the sentiment of 26:21: Jesus will be handed over by one of his intimate associates. μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Accompaniment/association. τὴν χεῖρα. Accusative direct object of ἐμβάψας. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ. Locative. In the NT, τρύβλιον (“bowl, dish” [BDAG, 1018]) occurs only here and in the parallel in Mark 14:20. Somewhat atypically (see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν), after a verb of motion, Matthew employs ἐν (cf. Robertson, 585). οὗτός. Nominative subject of παραδώσει. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). με. Accusative direct object of παραδώσει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. παραδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. 26:24 ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι᾿ οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται· καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος. ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ . . . υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ὑπάγει. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. The first of four occurrences of ἄνθρωπος in this verse. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. ὑπάγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ὑπάγω. Futuristic present (Quarles, 314; see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). ὑπάγω (frequently “to depart” or “to go”) is here used euphemistically for “the journey of death” (BDAG, 1028.3). καθὼς. Introduces a comparative clause. γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, which underscores the current relevance of the scriptural word, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. περὶ αὐτοῦ. Reference.



Matthew 26:24

313

οὐαὶ. An “interjection denoting pain or displeasure, woe, alas” (BDAG, 734.1). See 11:21. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ. Dative of disadvantage. The second of four occurrences of ἄνθρωπος in this verse. δι᾿ οὗ. Intermediate agency, on the significance of which Nolland (1067) comments: “If nothing else, the parallel [in Matt 18:7] encourages us to give δι᾿ οὗ its literal sense, ‘through him’, rather than treating it as a loosely expressed ‘by him.’ The sense of scriptural necessity, and behind that the will of God, allows Judas to be viewed here as an, albeit unwitting, instrument of the purposes of God.” ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of παραδίδοται. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. The third of four occurrences of ἄνθρωπος in this verse. παραδίδοται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. καλὸν. Predicate adjective. The positive adjective has comparative force here (“it would be better for him”). On the use of the positive for the comparative, see Zerwick (§145) and Wallace (297). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. αὐτῷ. Dative of reference (Quarles, 314) or dative of advantage (Decker 2014b, 187). εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a second-­class condition, in which the apodosis (καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ) stands first and from which ἄν is absent. According to Smyth (§2313), “ἄν may be omitted in the apodosis of an unreal condition when the apodosis consists of an imperfect indicative denoting unfulfilled obligation, possibility, or propriety. Such are the impersonal expressions ἔδει, χρῆν, ἐξῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, καλὸν ἦν, etc. with the infinitive, the action of which is (usually) not realized” (see further Burton §249; Robertson, 920, 1014; BDF §360.1). οὐκ. The negative particle in the protasis of a second-­class condition is typically μή. According to Moule (149), the use of οὐκ here and in the parallel in Mark 14:21 comprise the only NT exceptions. “The distinction (at times a subtle one) of classical usage between the negatives οὐ (‘objective’ or ‘factual’) and μή (‘subjective’ or ‘conceptual’) is so simplified in Hellenistic Greek that it may be said that in practice for the NT οὐ is used with the indicative and μή with the other moods, including the infinitive and the participle” (Zerwick §440). In a note, Zerwick adds, “So even in ‘real’ conditions and once even in a ‘unreal’ one, Mt 26,24 = Mk 14,21” (§440 n. 1). ἐγεννήθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg γεννάω.

314

Matthew 26:17-­30

ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος. Nominative subject of ἐγεννήθη. The fourth of four occurrences of ἄνθρωπος in this verse. 26:25 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν εἶπεν· μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, ῥαββί; λέγει αὐτῷ· σὺ εἶπας. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Ἰούδας. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. ὁ παραδιδοὺς. Pres act ptc masc nom sg παραδίδωμι (substantival). Nominative in apposition to Ἰούδας. Alternatively, the participle could simply be attributive. The imperfective aspect of the participle depicts the action internally, as a process but, in itself, the tense of the participle says nothing about whether that handing over has already begun (contra Hagner 1995, 769; France 2007, 986 n. 6). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παραδιδοὺς. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. μήτι ἐγώ. Fronted for emphasis. μήτι. See 25:22. As Jesus’ response indicates, a question that invites a negative response does not always receive one (cf. MHT 3:283; BDF §427.2). ἐγώ. Nominative subject of εἰμι. εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. ῥαββί. Vocative. Whereas the other disciples address Jesus as κύριε (26:22), Judas calls Jesus ῥαββί. An indeclinable noun borrowed from Aramaic, ῥαββί is an honorary title for “a Jewish teacher and scholar recognized for expertise in interpreting the Jewish Scriptures” (LN 33.246). In Matthew’s Gospel, however, Jesus’ other disciples never address him as διδάσκαλος or ῥαββί but do regularly call him κύριος. Here, then, Judas employs the language of an outsider (Kingsbury 1988a, 143; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:360). λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ response and grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶπας. Fronted as a topical frame. εἶπας. Aor act ind 2nd sg λέγω. Although σὺ εἶπας (lit. “you said”) is itself ambiguous, the context makes it plain that readers are to hear, “It is as you have said; you are the one.”



Matthew 26:25-26

315

26:26 Ἐσθιόντων δὲ αὐτῶν λαβὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἄρτον καὶ εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν καὶ δοὺς τοῖς μαθηταῖς εἶπεν· λάβετε φάγετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου. Ἐσθιόντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl ἐσθίω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of Ἐσθιόντων. λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἔκλασεν and εἶπεν. ἄρτον. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν (and the implied direct object of [εὐλογήσας, perhaps; see below], ἔκλασεν, δοὺς, λάβετε, and φάγετε). καὶ εὐλογήσας. Probably influenced by the parallel in Luke 22:19, a number of witnesses instead support καὶ εὐχαριστήσας. NA28 and SGLGNT correctly follow the strong testimony of 𝔓45 ℵ B C et al. εὐλογήσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εὐλογέω (attendant circumstance [so, on εὐχαριστήσας in the parallel text in Luke 22:19, Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 670] or temporal [Quarles, 315]). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. As in 14:19, the implicit object of the blessing may be either the bread or God himself, but the parallels in 15:36 and, in this context, 26:27 favor the latter. See also 1 Cor 11:24. ἔκλασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κλάω. δοὺς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg δίδωμι (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of δοὺς. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. λάβετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl λαμβάνω. φάγετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἐσθίω. τοῦτό. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). As Decker observes with respect to the parallel in Mark 14:22, “[t]he antecedent is ἄρτον which Jesus has taken, blessed, broken, and given, even though the gender is neuter (ἄρτον is masculine), the gender apparently being attracted to σῶμα following” (2014b, 188–­89). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. The precise sense of ἐστιν has been hotly disputed, but as Davies

316

Matthew 26:17-­30

and Allison (3:471) wisely observe, “The truth is that ἐστίν has a range of uses and one cannot build anything on the word itself.” τὸ σῶμά. Predicate nominative. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 26:27 καὶ λαβὼν ποτήριον καὶ εὐχαριστήσας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων· πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες, λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ποτήριον. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. εὐχαριστήσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εὐχαριστέω (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἔδωκεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. πίετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl πίνω. ἐξ αὐτοῦ. Source. πάντες. Vocative. 26:28 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. τοῦτο. The anaphoric demonstrative, whose antecedent is ποτήριον (26:27), serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame. γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the preceding imperative. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. See 26:26 on ἐστιν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὸ αἷμά. Predicate nominative. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. According to Nolland (1078), “[w]hen blood is used with a possessive pronoun in the OT, the reference is almost always to death, and nearly always to violent death.” τῆς διαθήκης. Genitive of identification. Jesus’ words recall Exod 24:3-­8 (and perhaps also Jer 31:31-­34 and Zech 9:11). Against that backdrop, the genitive construction probably means “my blood that ratifies the covenant” (cf. HCSB: “that establishes the covenant”; NLT: “which



Matthew 26:27-29

317

confirms the covenant”). Similarly, Decker (2014b, 190), if with slightly different terminology: “The genitive τῆς διαθήκης identifies the purpose of the blood, i.e., the reason for Jesus’ death was to provide the basis of the covenant. . . . As the old covenant was ratified by blood, so is the new.” Most witnesses include an adjectivizing article before τῆς διαθήκης and, influenced by the parallels in Luke 22:20 and 1 Cor 11:25, many of the same witnesses support τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης. In both cases, the strongly supported readings preferred by NA28 and SBLGNT are secure. ἐκχυννόμενον. Pres pass ptc neut nom sg ἐκχύννω (attributive). Israel’s Scriptures refer to the pouring out of blood both literally, in sacrificial contexts (Exod 29:12; Lev 4:7, 18, 25, 30), and idiomatically, to refer to violent death (Gen 9:6; 37:22; Num 35:33; Deut 19:10; 21:7). Both are relevant here. Matt 26:28 ironically recalls Matt 23:35 (Matthew’s only other use of ἐκχύννω): the spilled blood of the prophets (including Jesus) elicits judgment, but the spilled blood of the Son also brings forgiveness. περὶ πολλῶν. Advantage. Mark’s parallel has ὑπὲρ πολλῶν. As many (e.g., Senior, 67–­68) have suggested, Matthew may have been influenced here by Isa 53:4, 10. “The frequent interchange of ὑπέρ and περί is due partly to their affinity, but more particularly to their partial homophony (iper-­peri)” (Jannaris §1686; cf. §§1684–­85; cf. Harris 2012, 210). On the meaning of πολλῶν, see 20:28; as there, so here the word denotes not a large number but instead all. εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. In the synoptic Last Supper accounts, only Matthew includes this PP. Elsewhere in the NT, it occurs only in Mark 1:4 (par Luke 3:3) and Luke 24:47 (cf. Acts 2:38: εἰς ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν). That Matthew fails to include it in his parallel to Mark 1:4 but includes it here suggests, as many Matthean scholars have observed, that he wishes to depict the death of Jesus alone as the basis for the forgiveness of sins. εἰς ἄφεσιν. Purpose. ἁμαρτιῶν. Objective genitive. 26:29 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ πίω ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι ἐκ τούτου τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρός μου. λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω.

318

Matthew 26:31-­35

πίω. Aor act subj 1st sg πίνω. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι. Temporal. As it was in 23:39, and as it will be in 26:64, the PP is unique to Matthew here. ἐκ τούτου τοῦ γενήματος. Source. τῆς ἀμπέλου. Genitive of source or genitive of producer (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 670, on the parallel in Luke 22:18). ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης. Temporal. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause that is epexegetical to τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης (Decker 2014b, 192). αὐτὸ. Accusative direct object of πίνω. Fronted as a topical frame. πίνω. Pres act subj 1st sg πίνω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν. Accompaniment/association. καινὸν. Adverbial accusative of manner. Alternatively, but less probably, the adjective is substantival (οἶνον καινόν) or adjectival, modifying αὐτό. My translation follows Hart’s (see further Nolland, 1085; Decker 2014b, 192–­93). ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τοῦ πατρός. Subjective genitive. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 26:30 Καὶ ὑμνήσαντες ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν. ὑμνήσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὑμνέω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐξῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐξέρχομαι. εἰς τὸ ὄρος. Locative. τῶν ἐλαιῶν. Genitive of identification. Matthew 26:31-­35 31 Then Jesus says to them, “All of you will fall away because of me on this night, for it is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock will be scattered.’ 32But after I am raised, I will go before you into Galilee.” 33And, answering, Peter said to him, “If all fall away because of you, I will never fall away.” 34Jesus said to him, “I am telling you the truth that on this night, before the rooster crows, three times you will deny me.” 35Peter says to him, “Even if it is necessary for me to die with you, I will never deny you.” So also all the disciples said.



Matthew 26:30-31

319

26:31 Τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ, γέγραπται γάρ· πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition from the Last Supper to Jesus’ anticipation of the scattering of the disciples and grants prominence to that anticipation. As Nolland (1089) points out, Matthew preserves Mark’s historical present in 26:31, eliminates it at 26:32, and adds his own historical present at 26:35, so “allow[ing] the emphasis of the unit to fall on Jesus’ opening assertion and Peter’s emphatic denial.” αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. πάντες ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of σκανδαλισθήσεσθε. Fronted as a topical frame. σκανδαλισθήσεσθε. Fut pass ind 2nd pl σκανδαλίζω. The passive form of σκανδαλίζω here, as occasionally elsewhere in Matthew (11:6; 13:57; 26:33), means “to be repelled by someone” (BDAG, 926.1.b). In this context, being repelled because of Jesus, and so falling away, is expressed in denying him (26:34; Hagner 1995, 776). ἐν ἐμοὶ. Cause. ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ. Temporal. γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, which (as in 26:24) underscores the current relevance of the scriptural word, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the citation from Zechariah in support of the preceding assertion. πατάξω. Fut act ind 1st sg πατάσσω. τὸν ποιμένα. Accusative direct object of πατάξω. διασκορπισθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl διασκορπίζω. Instead of the 3rd pl, a number of witnesses (𝔓37.45 D K et al.) support the 3rd sg διασκορπισθήσεται here, probably because neuter plural subjects often take singular verbs. But in Matthew (see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν), neuter plural subjects that are personal (as is τὰ πρόβατα here) typically take plural verbs. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the strong testimony of 𝔓53 ℵ A B et al. τὰ πρόβατα. Nominative subject of διασκορπισθήσονται. τῆς ποίμνης. Epexegetical or, less probably, partitive genitive. ποίμνη (“flock” [BDAG, 843]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×).

320

Matthew 26:31-­35

26:32 μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐγερθῆναί. Aor pass (or –­θη middle; cf. Decker 2014b, 194) inf ἐγείρω. Used with μετὰ τό to denote antecedent time. With only one exception (Heb 10:15), infinitives used with μετὰ τό in the NT are aorist in tense. But as Burton (§105) observes, this “is natural, since in dating one event by another the latter is usually conceived of simply as an event without reference to its progress.” με. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἐγερθῆναί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. προάξω. Fut act ind 1st sg προάγω. It is possible, with Davies and Allison (3:486), to find in προάξω a continuation of the shepherd imagery (“to lead”; cf. BDAG, 864.1), but 28:7, 10, 16-20 suggest that the sense is more probably chronological (“to precede”; cf. BDAG, 864.2.b). ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of προάξω. εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Locative. 26:33 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ· εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί, ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε σκανδαλισθήσομαι. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. πάντες. Nominative subject of σκανδαλισθήσονται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σκανδαλισθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl σκανδαλίζω. See 26:31 on σκανδαλισθήσεσθε. ἐν σοί. Cause. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of σκανδαλισθήσομαι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). οὐδέποτε. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σκανδαλισθήσομαι. Fut pass ind 1st sg σκανδαλίζω.



Matthew 26:32-35

321

26:34 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ἀμὴν λέγω σοι ὅτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. Unlike Mark’s (καὶ λέγει), Matthew’s construction is asyndetic. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἔφη. ἀμὴν λέγω σοι. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. σοι. Dative indirect object of λέγω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011; NJB] discourse) of λέγω. ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ. Temporal. Presumably influenced by the parallel in Mark 14:30, 𝔓37 D omit the preposition here. ἀλέκτορα. Accusative subject of the infinitive φωνῆσαι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). φωνῆσαι. Aor act inf φωνέω. Used with πρίν to denote subsequent time. τρὶς. Adverb of measure, modifying ἀπαρνήσῃ. Fronted for emphasis. ἀπαρνήσῃ. Fut mid ind 2nd sg ἀπαρνέομαι. με. Accusative direct object of ἀπαρνήσῃ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 26:35 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος· κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι. ὁμοίως καὶ πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπαν. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. See 26:31 on λέγει. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of λέγει. κἂν. Formed by crasis (cf. 2:8 on κἀγὼ) from καὶ ἐάν. καί is ascensive (see 5:39); ἐάν introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δέῃ. Pres act subj 3rd sg δεῖ. Subjunctive with ἐάν. Hagner (1995, 777) finds particular significance in the use of the subjunctive here: “That he regards the possibility of such a threat to be remote is indicated by the rare subjunctive verb δέῃ (lit. even if ‘it might be necessary’).” Such a conclusion is, however, tenuous. The third-­class condition, which employs a subjunctive verb, simply projects a possibility (with no implication that it is or is not remote). If there is any signal of remoteness here, it comes rather from the ascensive καί.

322

Matthew 26:36-­46

με. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἀποθανεῖν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. σὺν σοὶ. Association/accompaniment. ἀποθανεῖν. Aor act inf ἀποθνῄσκω (complementary). The verb stands in final, emphatic position. σε. Accusative direct object of ἀπαρνήσομαι. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀπαρνήσομαι. Fut mid ind 1st sg ἀπαρνέομαι. Used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation (see 15:6 on τιμήσει). The verb stands in final, emphatic position. ὁμοίως. Comparative adverb. καὶ πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between Peter and all the (other) disciples. Where ℵ B C D et al. have καί and a few witnesses (69 samss bopt) have δέ, most conflate the two (δὲ καί: A K W Γ et al.). πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. Matthew 26:36-­46 36 Then Jesus goes with them to a place called Gethsemane, and he says to his disciples, “Sit here while, going over there, I pray.” 37And, taking with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, he began to be grieved and to suffer distress. 38Then he says to them, “My soul is deeply grieved, to the point of death; stay here and keep watch with me.” 39And, going a little further, he fell on his face, praying and saying, “My Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me. Yet, not as I will but as you will.” 40And he comes to the disciples and finds them sleeping, and says to Peter, “So, you were not able to keep watch for one hour with me! 41Keep watch and pray, so that you may not enter into temptation; the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak.” 42Again, for a second time, going away, he prayed, saying, “My Father, if this cannot pass by if I do not drink it, your will be done.” 43And, coming, again he found them sleeping, for their eyes had grown heavy. 44And leaving them again, going away, he prayed for the third time, saying the same thing again. 45Then he comes to the disciples and says to them, “Are you still sleeping and resting? Behold, the hour has come, and the Son of Man is handed over into the hands of sinners. 46 Rise, let us go! Behold, the one handing me over has come.”



Matthew 26:36

323

26:36 Τότε ἔρχεται μετ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς χωρίον λεγόμενον Γεθσημανὶ καὶ λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς· καθίσατε αὐτοῦ ἕως [οὗ] ἀπελθὼν ἐκεῖ προσεύξωμαι. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Alongside of τότε, Matthew’s use of the historical present signals a new development in the narrative (as Jesus enters Gethsemane with his disciples) but also marks the narrative prominence of that development. μετ᾿ αὐτῶν. Accompaniment. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται. εἰς χωρίον. Locative. χωρίον (“a piece of land other than a populated area, place, piece of land, field” [BDAG, 1095.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 10×). λεγόμενον. Pres pass ptc neut acc sg λέγω (attributive). Γεθσημανὶ. An indeclinable noun, Γεθσημανὶ is accusative here as the complement in a subject-­complement double accusative construction (see 2:23 on Ναζαρέτ). λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present here helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ speech and, more importantly, grants prominence to what he says. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. Apparently influenced by the parallel in Luke 22:40, a few witnesses prefer the personal pronoun αὐτοῖς to τοῖς μαθηταῖς. More difficult is whether or not τοῖς μαθηταῖς is qualified by αὐτοῦ (ℵ A C D et al.), but the fact that the pronoun is present in Mark 14:32 and that it could be added as a natural complement favor its original absence here (see, however, Elliott 1980, 236–­37, and 14:15 on οἱ μαθηταὶ). If, as I think, the pronoun was originally absent, in this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). καθίσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl καθίζω. αὐτοῦ. Here, as occasionally elsewhere (Luke 9:27; Acts 18:19; 21:4), the genitive singular pronoun serves as an adverb of place (BDF §103). ἕως [οὗ]. See 1:25 on ἕως οὗ ἔτεκεν υἱόν. As in 14:22, ἕως, which usually signals the end of a period (“until”; BDAG, 422.1), probably denotes “contemporaneousness” (“while”; BDAG, 423.2) in this context (cf. Robertson, 976; pace Burton §325; Davies and Allison, 3:494). As the square brackets indicated, the authenticity of the relative οὗ is disputed, but it is probably to be preferred on external grounds and is adopted by the major critical editions.

324

Matthew 26:36-­46

ἀπελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. προσεύξωμαι. Aor mid subj 1st pl προσεύχομαι. Subjunctive with ἕως οὗ. 26:37 καὶ παραλαβὼν τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν. παραλαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg παραλαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς. Accusative direct objects of παραλαβὼν. Ζεβεδαίου. Genitive of relationship. ἤρξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἄρχω. λυπεῖσθαι. Pres pass inf λυπέω (complementary). ἀδημονεῖν. Pres act inf ἀδημονέω (complementary). ἀδημονέω (“to be distressed and troubled, with the probable implication of anguish” [LN 25.247]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (elsewhere in the NT: Mark 14:33; Phil 2:26). 26:38 τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς· περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕως θανάτου· μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Alongside of τότε (as at 26:36), the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) signals a new development in the narrative (as Jesus speaks to the three disciples accompanying him) but also grants prominence to what Jesus says. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. περίλυπός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡ ψυχή. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἕως θανάτου. Used here as a preposition, ἕως serves as a “marker of degree and measure, denoting the upper limit” (BDAG, 424.5). Cf. LXX Judg 16:16; Jonah 4:9; Sir 37:2. μείνατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl μένω. ὧδε. Adverb of place.



Matthew 26:37-39

325

γρηγορεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl γρηγορέω. Unlike the preceding aorist imperative (which is perfective in aspect), γρηγορεῖτε is imperfective, depicting the action internally, as a process. μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Association/accompaniment. As μετ᾿ αὐτῶν was unique to Matthew in 26:36, so is μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ here. 26:39 Καὶ προελθὼν μικρὸν ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ προσευχόμενος καὶ λέγων· πάτερ μου, εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν, παρελθάτω ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο· πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω ἀλλ᾿ ὡς σύ. προελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. A strong majority of witnesses, including 𝔓53, ℵ, and A support προσελθών. Both NA28 and SBLGNT, however, prefer the reading supported by 𝔓37 B et al. Although it is possible that προελθών represents an assimilation to Mark 14:35, more probably an original προελθών (which occurs only here in Matthew) was modified in the process of copying, either deliberately or inadvertently, to the much more common προσελθών (51× in the NA28 text of Matthew). μικρὸν. Adverbial accusative of measure. ἔπεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πίπτω. ἐπὶ πρόσωπον. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. προσευχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg προσεύχομαι (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. πάτερ. Vocative. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. δυνατόν. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. παρελθάτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg παρέρχομαι. ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Separation. τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο. Nominative subject of παρελθάτω. πλὴν. A marker “of contrast, implying the validity of something irrespective of other considerations—­‘but, nevertheless, except’ ” (LN 89.130).

326

Matthew 26:36-­46

οὐχ . . . ἀλλ᾿. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ὡς. As BDAG (1104.1.b.β) points out, “ὡς and the words that go w[ith] it can be the subj[ect] or obj[ect] of a clause.” Here, both ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω and ὡς σύ [θέλεις] serve as subjects of an implied verb (such as γενηθήτω). ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of θέλω. θέλω. Pres act ind 1st sg θέλω. ὡς. See above. σύ. Nominative subject of an implied θέλεις. 26:40 καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, καὶ λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ· οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ; ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. The first of three historical presents (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) in this verse together grant special prominence to the events described here and, in particular, to the words Jesus addresses to Peter. πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς. Spatial (motion toward). εὑρίσκει. Pres act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. The second of three historical presents in this verse (see ἔρχεται above). αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of εὑρίσκει in a double accusative object-­complement construction. καθεύδοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl καθεύδω. Accusative complement to αὐτοὺς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The third of three historical presents in this verse (see ἔρχεται above). τῷ Πέτρῳ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric, introducing either a question or, more probably, an exclamation that underscores the disciples’ failure. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἰσχύσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἰσχύω. In contrast to Mark’s 2nd sg verb (ἰσχύσας), Matthew’s plural verb makes it clear that Jesus refers not only to Peter but also to the sons of Zebedee. Typically, questions introduced by οὐ expect a positive answer, but after the preceding explanation that they had fallen asleep, no positive answer is possible here (contra Quarles, 320). Commenting on the parallel in Mark 14:37, Decker (2014b, 204) suggests that either this particular use οὐ to introduce a question does not fit the general pattern or there is an exclamation rather than question here. He sensibly follows Gundry (1993, 855) in favoring the latter alternative.



Matthew 26:40-41

327

μίαν ὥραν. Adverbial accusative of time. Fronted for emphasis. γρηγορῆσαι. Aor act inf γρηγορέω (complementary). μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Association/accompaniment. For the third time in the pericope (cf. 26:36, 38), μετά introduces a PP that is unique to Matthew. 26:41 γρηγορεῖτε καὶ προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν· τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής. γρηγορεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl γρηγορέω. Both γρηγορεῖτε and προσεύχεσθε are imperfective in aspect, depicting the action internally, as a process. προσεύχεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl προσεύχομαι. ἵνα. Introduces either a (negative) purpose clause (NIV 2011) or the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of προσεύχεσθε (LEB). Elsewhere in the NT (i.e., apart from this passage and its synoptic parallels), ἵνα seems always to introduce a clausal complement when it follows προσεύχομαι (Matt 24:20//Mark 13:18; Mark 14:35; 1 Cor 14:13; Phil 1:9; Col 1:9; 4:3; 2 Thess 1:11; 3:1). In none of these constructions, however, is προσεύχομαι linked to γρηγορεῖτε as it is here. If ἵνα is to be construed only with προσεύχεσθε, then it introduces a clausal complement. If, as I think, it is linked to both προσεύχεσθε and γρηγορεῖτε, then it introduces the purpose of both (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:499). μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. εἰσέλθητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl εἰσέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. εἰς πειρασμόν. Locative (metaphorically) or goal (cf. BDAG, 289.4.a). On πειρασμός, see Matt 6:13; in this context, the disciples’ allegiance to Jesus in the face of hostile opposition is about to be tested (cf. France 2007, 1005–­6). τὸ . . . πνεῦμα. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. Fronted as a topical frame. μὲν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. πρόθυμον. Predicate adjective. Apart from it use here and in the parallel in Mark 14:38, πρόθυμος, “pertaining to being eager to do something” (LN 25.69), is found in the NT only in Rom 1:15. ἡ . . . σὰρξ. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. Fronted as a topical frame. “Flesh” probably points not so much to human sinfulness as to human frailty—­the inability to carry out one’s best intentions (Luz 2001–­2007, 3:397; France 2007, 1006). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀσθενής. Predicate adjective.

328

Matthew 26:36-­46

26:42 Πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου ἀπελθὼν προσηύξατο λέγων· πάτερ μου, εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου. Πάλιν. Adverbial, here “pert[aining] to repetition in the same (or similar) manner” (BDAG, 752.2). ἐκ δευτέρου. Temporal (cf. BDAG, 298.5.b.β). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀπελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. προσηύξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg προσεύχομαι. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. πάτερ. Vocative. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δύναται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι. τοῦτο. Accusative subject of the infinitive παρελθεῖν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). The demonstrative is anaphoric, pointing back to τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο (26:39). Indeed, a number of witnesses make the identification explicit; NA28 and SBLGNT, however, rightly follow the strong testimony of 𝔓37 ℵ A B et al. in preferring the demonstrative alone. παρελθεῖν. Aor act inf παρέρχομαι (complementary). ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition that is embedded within the first-­class condition introduced by εἰ. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. αὐτὸ. Accusative direct object of πίω. Fronted as a topical frame. πίω. Aor act subj 1st sg πίνω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου. The phrase, which is unique to Matthew (but cf. Luke 22:42), echoes 6:10, where it was also distinctively Matthean. In the garden, the model pray-­er prays the model prayer. γενηθήτω. Aor pass impv 3rd sg γίνομαι. τὸ θέλημά. Nominative subject of γενηθήτω. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 26:42-44

329

26:43 καὶ ἐλθὼν πάλιν εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. πάλιν. See 26:42. εὗρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of εὗρεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. καθεύδοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl καθεύδω. Accusative complement to αὐτοὺς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces material that takes the reader away from the narrative mainline to provide the necessary background information. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ. Nominative subject of ἦσαν . . . βεβαρημένοι. βεβαρημένοι. Prf pass ptc masc nom pl βαρέω (pluperfect periphrastic). Following Burton (§91), Moule (19) finds here reference not to any original action but only to the existing result, so that “the participle is virtually an adjective.” It is not obvious to me, however, that this is so. 26:44 Καὶ ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς πάλιν ἀπελθὼν προσηύξατο ἐκ τρίτου τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπὼν πάλιν. ἀφεὶς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀφίημι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀφεὶς. πάλιν. See 26:42. ἀπελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. προσηύξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg προσεύχομαι. ἐκ τρίτου. Temporal (cf. BDAG, 298.5.b.β). τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of εἰπὼν. αὐτὸν serves here as an identical adjective: “the same word.” Fronted for emphasis. εἰπὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων.

330

Matthew 26:36-­46

πάλιν. See 26:42. While the punctuation could either precede or follow πάλιν, probably NA28 rightly places it after the adverb. τότε (26:45) is a Matthean favorite (90×; NT: 160×) and, while it very frequently introduces clauses and sentences, nowhere else does it follow an adverb at the beginning of a clause. The authenticity of πάλιν is itself disputed: most witnesses omit it, probably judging it redundant. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow 𝔓37 ℵ B L et al. in including it. 26:45 τότε ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· καθεύδετε [τὸ] λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε· ἰδοὺ ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. As in v. 40 (but unlike v. 43), Matthew employs a historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) to depict Jesus’ return to the disciples. In v. 40 it was the first of three historical presents clustered together. Here it is the first of two that, together, place an accent on this part of the narrative, including, especially, the words Jesus utters. πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς. Spatial. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. On the historical present, see ἔρχεται above. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. καθεύδετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl καθεύδω. While both καθεύδετε and ἀναπαύεσθε could be either indicative or imperative (Hagner 1995, 784), the clause that follows (ἰδοὺ ἤγγικεν . . .) and 26:46 make it much more natural to understand them both as indicatives (unless one understands the imperatives ironically; so, e.g., France 2007, 1007–­8). Whether they pose a question (“Are you still sleeping?”) or form an assertion (“You are still sleeping!”) is more difficult, but the sense differs little: both probably “form a mild rebuke” (BDAG, 602.3.a.α). [τὸ] λοιπὸν. Adverbial accusative of time (BDAG, 602.3.a.α): either “still sleeping” or, if καθεύδετε is imperative, “Sleep from now on!”—­that is, “enjoy the rest of your sleep” (France 2007, 1007 n. 25). Cf. Josephus, Ant. 18.272. As the square brackets indicate, the authenticity of the article is disputed. SBLGNT, following 𝔓37 ℵ A D et al., regards it original; WH, following B C L W et al., judged it a later addition. The problem is complicated by the fact that the same variants appear in the parallel in Mark 14:41. There, however, the case for the authenticity of the article is stronger, and I am inclined to think its presence there in many of the best witnesses may have influenced later copyists to include it here as well.



Matthew 26:45-46

331

ἀναπαύεσθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl ἀναπαύω. See καθεύδετε above. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent upon, the following utterance. ἤγγικεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg ἐγγίζω. The perfect tense underscores the current relevance (from the vantage point of the speaker) of the completed action. See 4:17 on ἤγγικεν; as there, so here (cf. 26:46-­47) the verb seems to signal not merely the nearness but also the actual arrival of the subject—­there the kingdom and here the hour. ἡ ὥρα. Nominative subject of ἤγγικεν. This hour is, in the first place, the hour of Jesus’ handing over/betrayal, as the following clause makes explicit (cf. France 2007, 1008, who warns against finding a Johannine usage of ὥρα here). But since 17:22 (cf. 20:18), this handing over has been tightly linked to Jesus’ impending passion, and so it seems artificial to isolate the hour of Jesus’ betrayal from the hour of his death. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of παραδίδοται. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. παραδίδοται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. Although the agent of the “handing over” is not specified, so that we might think of the God of Israel (Davies and Allison, 3:501), probably the description of Judas in 26:46 (ὁ παραδιδούς) suggests that the evangelist has him in mind. εἰς χεῖρας. Goal. On the idiom παραδίδμωι εἰς χεῖρας, see 17:22. ἁμαρτωλῶν. Possessive genitive. 26:46 ἐγείρεσθε ἄγωμεν· ἰδοὺ ἤγγικεν ὁ παραδιδούς με. ἐγείρεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl ἐγείρω. ἄγωμεν. Pres act subj 1st pl ἄγω (hortatory subjunctive). ἰδοὺ. As at 26:45, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent upon, the following utterance. ἤγγικεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg ἐγγίζω. See 26:45 and 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὁ παραδιδούς. Pres act ptc masc nom sg παραδίδωμι (substantival). Nominative subject of ἤγγικεν. με. Accusative direct object of παραδιδούς. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Matthew 26:47-­56 And while he was still speaking, behold, Judas, one of the Twelve, came and with him a great crowd with swords and clubs from the chief priests and elders of the people. 48Now the one handing him over gave them a 47

332

Matthew 26:47-­56

sign, saying, “Whomever I kiss, he is the one; arrest him.” 49And immediately, approaching Jesus, he said, “Greetings, rabbi,” and he kissed him. 50 And Jesus said to him, “Friend, why are you here?” Then, approaching, they laid hands on Jesus and arrested him. 51And, behold, one of those with Jesus, stretching out his hand, drew his sword and, striking the slave of the high priest, cut off his ear. 52Then Jesus says to him, “Return your sword to its place; for all who take a sword by a sword will perish. 53 Do you really think that I am unable to call upon my Father, and he would put at my disposal at once more than twelve legions of angels? 54 How, then, would the Scriptures be fulfilled, that it must happen in this way?” 55In that hour Jesus said to the crowds, “Have you come out to arrest me as against an insurrectionist, with swords and clubs? Daily in the temple I was sitting teaching, and you did not arrest me. 56But all of this has happened in order that the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled.” Then all the disciples, leaving him, fled. 26:47 Καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ἰδοὺ Ἰούδας εἷς τῶν δώδεκα ἦλθεν καὶ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ. ἔτι. Temporal adverb. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of λαλοῦντος. λαλοῦντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λαλέω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and draws particular attention to, Judas, who will be a major participant in the scene. Ἰούδας εἷς τῶν δώδεκα. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Ἰούδας. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. εἷς. Nominative in apposition to Ἰούδας. τῶν δώδεκα. Partitive genitive. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Accompaniment. ὄχλος πολὺς. Nominative subject (together with Ἰούδας) of ἦλθεν or, less likely, nominative subject of an implied equative verb (NRSV; NET; NIV 2011). μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων. Attendant circumstance, here introducing “concrete objects, which serve as equipment” (BDAG, 637.A.3.c). ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων. Source. Since these substantives are not singular, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply (see Wallace, 270–­90). Nevertheless, the single article standing



Matthew 26:47-49

333

over the two substantives binds them together in a conceptual unity: together, the chief priest and elders give the crowd its marching orders. τοῦ λαοῦ. Genitive of subordination or partitive genitive. See 21:23. 26:48 ὁ δὲ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς σημεῖον λέγων· ὃν ἂν φιλήσω αὐτός ἐστιν, κρατήσατε αὐτόν. ὁ δὲ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὁ . . . παραδιδοὺς. Pres act ptc masc nom sg παραδίδωμι (substantival). Nominative subject of ἔδωκεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παραδιδοὺς. ἔδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἔδωκεν. σημεῖον. Accusative direct object of ἔδωκεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ὃν ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that specifies the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive αὐτός. Within its clause, ὃν ἂν serves as the accusative direct object of φιλήσω. φιλήσω. Aor act subj 1st sg φιλέω. Subjunctive with ἄν. The verb refers here not to love or affection for someone (LN 25.33) but to a kiss (LN 34.62). αὐτός. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κρατήσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl κρατέω. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of κρατήσατε. 26:49 καὶ εὐθέως προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἶπεν· χαῖρε, ῥαββί, καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative complement of προσελθὼν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. χαῖρε. Pres act impv 2nd sg χαίρω. The imperative of χαίρω functions as “a formalized greeting wishing one well” (BDAG, 1075.2). In

334

Matthew 26:47-­56

this idiomatic use, the imperative does not maintain its typical, directive force (Mathewson and Emig, 189). ῥαββί. Vocative. See 26:25. κατεφίλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg καταφιλέω. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of κατεφίλησεν. 26:50 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἑταῖρε, ἐφ᾿ ὃ πάρει. τότε προσελθόντες ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ἑταῖρε, ἐφ᾿ ὃ πάρει. Lit. “Friend, for which you are here.” The clause is ambiguous and has been variously understood (for a brief survey of interpretations, see Brown 1994, 1385–­88). It can be understood either as an assertion or as a question. Brown (1994, 1386–­87) observes that most of the Church Fathers preferred the latter option (“Friend, why are you here?” Cf. KJV; RSV; HCSB) but also notes that grammarians are divided over whether the relative is ever used to introduce a direct question. If the clause is an assertion, it can be variously understood. Most English versions (NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011; LEB) supply an imperative verb: “Do that for which you are here.” Brown himself, following BDF (§300.2) in appealing to a toast on a drinking glass, finds here a “set colloquial phrase” (1994, 1387) meaning “that’s what you’re here to do.” “To the irony that Judas comes with a kiss and says, ‘Hail, Rabbi,’ Jesus responds with equal irony, ‘Friend, that’s what you are here for’ ” (1994, 1388). Caragounis, however, argues that the relative can introduce a direct question and does here: “Another point of interest is the use of the relative pronoun in direct questions, which—­once the construction was established in indirect questions—­invaded also the province of direct questions. Unlike classical style, however, where the construction occurs sparingly, [postclassical and Byzantine] writings show a profusion of this construction” (203). In the NT, he contends, the construction is “limited almost exclusively to the second Gospel” (203 n. 219). Matt 26:50 is the one text outside of Mark’s Gospel to which he points. That the earliest extant treatments of this text take the construction to be interrogative and that Caragounis finds both evidence of this use in the NT and proliferation in the post-­NT era lead me to prefer an interrogative understanding as well (so also Davies and Allison, 3:509–­10; Turner, 635). The common objection that Jesus knows why Judas has



Matthew 26:50-51

335

come (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 3:418; Osborne, 983) wrongly assumes that questions have a single rhetorical function. ἑταῖρε. Vocative. See 20:13 on ἑταῖρε. ἐφ᾿ ὃ. Purpose. Cf. Josephus, J.W. 2.615. πάρει. Pres act ind 2nd sg πάρειμι. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας. ἐπιβάλλειν τὰς χεῖρας τινί/ἐπί τινα (“to lay hands on someone”) often connotes violence (cf. BDAG, 367.1.b). ἐπέβαλον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπιβάλλω. τὰς χεῖρας. Accusative direct object of ἐπέβαλον. ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Goal (BDAG, 364.4.b.γ). ἐκράτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κρατέω. See 14:3 on κρατήσας. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of ἐκράτησαν. 26:51 Καὶ ἰδοὺ εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν μάχαιραν αὐτοῦ καὶ πατάξας τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and draws particular attention to, one of Jesus’ followers who will feature prominently in the scene. As Davies and Allison (3:510) observe, “Matthew’s introduction connotes surprise.” εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ. Fronted as a topical frame. εἷς. Nominative subject of ἀπέσπασεν. τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase μετὰ Ἰησοῦ into a (partitive) genitive modifying εἷς. μετὰ Ἰησοῦ. Association/accompaniment. ἐκτείνας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐκτείνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὴν χεῖρα. Accusative direct object of ἐκτείνας. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). ἀπέσπασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποσπάω. The verb ἀποσπάω (“to pull/draw out” [BDAG, 120.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). τὴν μάχαιραν. Accusative direct object of ἀπέσπασεν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive.

336

Matthew 26:47-­56

πατάξας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πατάσσω (means). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὸν δοῦλον. Accusative direct object of πατάξας. τοῦ ἀρχιερέως. Possessive genitive. ἀφεῖλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀφαιρέω. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). τὸ ὠτίον. Accusative direct object of ἀφεῖλεν. ὠτίον (“ear”) is the diminutive of οὖς “but equivalent to it in late Gk.” (BDAG, 1107). In the NT, it occurs only three times, each time in relation to this incident (elsewhere: Luke 22:51; John 18:26). 26:52 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς· πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Alongside of τότε (as in 26:36), the historical present signals a new development in the narrative as Jesus responds to the violence perpetrated by his follower but also grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. ἀπόστρεψον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀποστρέφω. τὴν μάχαιράν. Accusative direct object of ἀπόστρεψον. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἰς τὸν τόπον. Locative. αὐτῆς. Genitive of identification or (loosely) possessive genitive (“the place designed to hold the sword”). πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν. Fronted as a topical frame. πάντες . . . οἱ λαβόντες. Nominative subject of ἀπολοῦνται. οἱ λαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (substantival). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds Jesus offers for the preceding imperative. μάχαιραν. Accusative direct object of λαβόντες. ἐν μαχαίρῃ. Instrumental. ἀπολοῦνται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἀπόλλυμι. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT).



Matthew 26:52-53

337

26:53 ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων; ἢ. If we accept the spelling adopted by NA28 and SBLGNT, then ἢ is a marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). But Caragounis has convincingly challenged this conclusion, arguing that 26:53 is introduced by the adverb ἦ, “truly” (cf. BDAG, 433): “Do you really think . . . ?” Whereas “[a] disjunctive particle presupposes a double question,” here and elsewhere the η “introduces simple direct, questions” (Caragounis, 208). See further 12:10 on εἰ. δοκεῖς. Pres act ind 2nd sg δοκέω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of δοκεῖς. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δύναμαι. Pres mid ind 1st sg δύναμαι. παρακαλέσαι. Aor act inf παρακαλέω (complementary). τὸν πατέρα. Accusative direct object of παρακαλέσαι. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. παραστήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg παρίστημι. The verb παρίστημι (“put at someone’s disposal” [BDAG, 778.1.a]) occurs only here in Matthew but forty-­one times in the NT. μοι. Dative of advantage. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἄρτι. Temporal adverb. πλείω. “More than.” Although comparative forms are typically followed by a genitive of comparison or by ἤ, a marker of comparison (“than”), occasionally (as here) that marker is omitted before numbers (BDF §185.4). Robertson (666) points to similar examples in Acts 4:22; 23;13; 24:11; and 25:6. But the construction Matthew employs here does seem to have given scribes difficulty: (1) In what appears to be a natural scribal “improvement,” most witnesses include the marker of comparison (ἤ) before δώδεκα λεγιῶνας. (2) In a number of witnesses “twelve legions” is genitive rather than accusative. (3) Instead of the neuter accusative plural πλείω (so ℵ* B D), most witnesses have the masculine accusative plural πλείους. δώδεκα λεγιῶνας. Accusative direct object of παραστήσει. ἀγγέλων. Genitive of identification or genitive of content (“legions comprised of angels”).

338

Matthew 26:47-­56

26:54 πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι; πῶς. Introduces a direct (rhetorical) question. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν): “If I did call upon my father, then how . . . ?” (cf. Levinsohn, 129 n. 29). πληρωθῶσιν. Aor pass subj 3rd pl πληρόω (deliberative subjunctive). αἱ γραφαὶ. Nominative subject of πληρωθῶσιν. ὅτι. Although the conjunction could be causal (Quarles, 323), more probably it introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of πληρωθῶσιν in an elliptical construction: πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ (αἱ λέγουσαι) ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι (“How then would the Scriptures be fulfilled, [which declare] that it must happen so?” Cf. NEB; NRSV; NET; NIV 2011). οὕτως. Adverb of manner. Fronted for emphasis. δεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δέω (impersonal). γενέσθαι. Aor mid inf γίνομαι (complementary). 26:55 Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς ὄχλοις· ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν με; καθ᾿ ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων καὶ οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με. Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ. Temporal. “As in 18:1, ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ (lit. ‘in that hour’) marks a new item as being in thematic continuity with what precedes” (Nolland, 1114). εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. τοῖς ὄχλοις. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν με. As the NA28 apparatus indicates, the clause could be punctuated with a semicolon instead of a question mark. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν. Fronted for emphasis. ὡς. Comparative. ἐπὶ λῃστὴν. Spatial (“specifying direction . . . of motion that takes a particular direction” [BDAG, 364.4.b.α]). While λῃστής could simply refer to a common thief (France 2007, 1014; cf. BDAG, 594.1), that a great armed crowd comes out against Jesus perhaps suggests a more dangerous foe: a rebel or an insurrectionist (so BDAG, 594.2). ἐξήλθατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἐξέρχομαι. μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων. Attendant circumstance, here (as in 26:47) introducing “concrete objects, which serve as equipment” (BDAG, 637.A.3.c). συλλαβεῖν. Aor act inf συλλαμβάνω (purpose).



Matthew 26:54-56

339

με. Accusative direct object of συλλαβεῖν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καθ᾿ ἡμέραν. Distributive. ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. Locative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐκαθεζόμην. Impf mid ind 1st sg καθέζομαι. διδάσκων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg διδάσκω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐκρατήσατέ. Aor act ind 2nd pl κρατέω. με. Accusative direct object of ἐκρατήσατέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 26:56 τοῦτο δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Τότε οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἔφυγον. τοῦτο . . . ὅλον. Nominative subject of γέγονεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γέγονεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause (see 1:22). πληρωθῶσιν. Aor pass subj 3rd pl πληρόω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. αἱ γραφαὶ. Nominative subject of πληρωθῶσιν. τῶν προφητῶν. Subjective genitive. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες. Nominative subject of ἔφυγον. Fronted as a topical frame. After μαθηταὶ, some witnesses (B 0281vid it vgmss sys sa) add αὐτοῦ, probably as a natural scribal clarification (but see Elliott, 236–­37). ἀφέντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀφίημι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀφέντες. ἔφυγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl φεύγω. Matthew 26:57-­68 Those who had arrested Jesus led him away to Caiaphas, the high priest, where the scribes and the elders had gathered. 58And Peter was following him from a distance as far as the courtyard of the high priest and, entering in, he was sitting with the servants to see the end. 57

340

Matthew 26:57-­68

59 Now the chief priests and the whole council were seeking false witness against Jesus in order that they might put him to death, 60but they found none, though many false witnesses came forward. Finally, two, coming forward, 61said, “This man said, ‘I am able to destroy the temple of God and, within three days, to build it.’ ” 62At this, rising, the high priest said, “Do you answer nothing about what these people accuse you of?” 63But Jesus remained silent. And the high priest said to him, “I adjure you, by the living God, that you tell us whether you are the Messiah, the Son of God.” 64Jesus says to him, “You have said so. But I say to you, from now on you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of the Power and coming on the clouds of the sky.” 65Then the high priest tore his garments, saying, “He has blasphemed. Why do we still have need of witnesses? Behold, you have just now heard the blasphemy. 66 How does it seem to you?” And, answering, they said, “He deserves death.” 67 Then they spat in his face and beat him, and some slapped him, 68 saying, “Prophesy to us, Messiah! Who is the one who struck you?”

26:57 Οἱ δὲ κρατήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήγαγον πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι συνήχθησαν. Οἱ . . . κρατήσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl κρατέω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἀπήγαγον. Although the participle could be adverbial (“arresting Jesus, they led him away”; see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες and Wallace, 212), since Jesus’ arrest has already been narrated (26:50), it is probably substantival. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Accusative direct object of κρατήσαντες. ἀπήγαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπάγω. πρὸς Καϊάφαν. Spatial (motion toward). τὸν ἀρχιερέα. Accusative in apposition to Καϊάφαν. ὅπου. Marker of place (BDAG, 717.1). οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. Nominative subjects of συνήχθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. συνήχθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd sg συνάγω. Although the verb could be passive in voice, since there is no indication of an agent who assembles the leaders, more probably it is a θη–­middle. See further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction.



Matthew 26:57-59

341

26:58 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἕως τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω ἐκάθητο μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν ἰδεῖν τὸ τέλος. ὁ . . . Πέτρος. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθει. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἠκολούθει. Impf act ind 3rd sg ἀκολουθέω. Contra France (2007, 1021), it is not the case that the imperfect tense “perhaps conveys a note of tentativeness”; of course ἀπὸ μακρόθεν suggests precisely that. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθει. ἀπὸ μακρόθεν. Separation. Together with its object, the preposition marks the distance at which Peter followed (cf. BDAG, 106.4; 612). Perhaps influenced by the parallel in Luke 22:54 and/or because the adverb makes good sense on its own, some witnesses omit the preposition here. ἕως τῆς αὐλῆς. Used here as a preposition, ἕως marks the limit (BDAG, 423.3.a) of Peter’s following: “as far as the courtyard of the high priest.” τοῦ ἀρχιερέως. Possessive genitive. εἰσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εἰσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔσω. Adverb of place. ἐκάθητο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg κάθημαι. μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν. Accompaniment. ὑπηρέτης denotes someone “who functions as a helper” (BDAG, 1035, cf. LN 35.20) and so can be used of a wide array of helpers. English versions often translate the term here as “guards”; Nolland (1124) thinks of the “support staff ” of the members of the council. ἰδεῖν. Aor act inf ὁράω (purpose). τὸ τέλος. Accusative direct object of ἰδεῖν. τέλος refers here to “the result of an event or process . . . ‘outcome, result, end’ ” (LN 89.40). 26:59 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον ἐζήτουν ψευδομαρτυρίαν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν, Οἱ . . . ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον. Nominative subjects of ἐζήτουν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐζήτουν. Impf act ind 3rd pl ζητέω. ψευδομαρτυρίαν. Accusative direct object of ἐζήτουν. κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Opposition.

342

Matthew 26:57-­68

ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of θανατώσωσιν. θανατώσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl θανατόω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. 26:60 καὶ οὐχ εὗρον πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων. ὕστερον δὲ προσελθόντες δύο καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. εὗρον. Aor act ind 3rd pl εὑρίσκω. The object of the verb must be supplied and is presumably not simply “false witness” (26:59), of which there was plenty (26:60), but “false witness” that served the leaders’ purpose. πολλῶν . . . ψευδομαρτύρων. Genitive subject of προσελθόντων. The adjective is fronted for emphasis within the concessive clause (LDGNT). προσελθόντων. Aor act ptc masc gen pl προσέρχομαι (genitive absolute, concessive); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης; on genitive absolutes that follow the main verb, see 28:13 on κοιμωμένων. ὕστερον. Adverbial accusative with superlative force: “finally” (cf. BDAG, 1044.2.b.β). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δύο. Nominative subject of εἶπαν (26:61). Unlike Mark, Matthew does not say that these two (Mark: τινες) also bore false witness, and most Matthean scholars (Hagner 1995, 798; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:426–­27; Nolland, 1126) think Matthew considers their testimony true. He does not, however, make this explicit either, and it seems equally likely that he thinks these two also provide false witness but (finally) deliver a testimony that the high priest deems valid. It is at least noteworthy that most witnesses (no doubt in part influenced by Mark) have understood the text this way, adding after δύο either ψευδομάρτυρες or τινες ψευδομάρτυρες. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the harder reading, supported by ℵ B L Θ et al. 26:61 εἶπαν· οὗτος ἔφη· δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. οὗτος. Nominative subject of ἔφη. Fronted as a topical frame.



Matthew 26:60-62

343

ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. δύναμαι. Pres mid ind 1st sg δύναμαι. καταλῦσαι. Aor act inf καταλύω (complementary). τὸν ναὸν. Accusative direct object of καταλῦσαι. τοῦ θεοῦ. Possessive genitive. διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν. Temporal (“within three days” [BDAG, 224.2.b]). Decker notes that “[t]his is standard usage in the papyri, but differs from classical usage” (2014b, 220; see further Zerwick §115; BDF §223.1). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). οἰκοδομῆσαι. Aor act inf οἰκοδομέω (complementary). Not surprisingly, in light of the natural scribal tendency toward increased explicitness, most witnesses include an explicit object, αὐτόν, either before or after the infinitive. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow B Θ ƒ1.13 700*; Or. 26:62 καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; ἀναστὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀνίστημι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν. SBLGNT finds two separate questions here (cf. NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:427 n. 1) while NA28 finds one (cf. NEB; HCSB; Hart; Caragounis, 231; France 2007, 1015). My translation follows NA28. For France, “the high priest’s question is not about the content of the accusation, but about Jesus’ response to it, so that a single colloquially expressed sentence is preferable” (2007, 1015 n. 2). οὐδὲν. Accusative direct object of ἀποκρίνῃ. Fronted for emphasis. Caragounis (231) notes that the “territory” of οὐ and μή “is . . . increasingly invaded by their neuter compounds οὐδέν and μηδέν,” which serve as “emphatic equivalents.” ἀποκρίνῃ. Pres mid ind 2nd sg ἀποκρίνομαι. τί. The interrogative pronoun probably introduces an indirect question that stands in apposition to οὐδὲν: “Do you answer nothing, i.e., about why these men . . .” Within its clause, τί acts as an adverbial accusative, modifying καταμαρτυροῦσιν. If there are two separate questions here (see οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν above), then the interrogative introduces a direct question but still serves as an adverbial accusative.

344

Matthew 26:57-­68

οὗτοί. Nominative subject of καταμαρτυροῦσιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). σου. Genitive complement of καταμαρτυροῦσιν. Decker (2014b, 221) calls the Markan parallel a genitive of reference, but καταμαρτυρέω regularly takes a genitive complement (cf. LXX 1 Kgs 20:10, 13; Prov 25:28; Job 15:6; Dan 6:25; Philo, Alleg. Interp. 3:199; Spec. Laws 4:48). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καταμαρτυροῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl καταμαρτυρέω. In the NT, καταμαρτυρέω (“bear witness against” [BDAG, 522]) occurs only here, in the parallel in Mark 14:60 and in Matt 27:13. In all three instances, καταμαρτυρέω is modified by an adverbial accusative and takes a genitive complement: καταμαρτυρέω + τί τινος (“testify someth[ing] against someone” [BDAG, 522]). The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 26:63 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐσιώπα. καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐσιώπα. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐσιώπα. Impf act ind 3rd sg σιωπάω. ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ἐξορκίζω. Pres act ind 1st sg ἐξορκίζω. The verb ἐξορκίζω (“to put someone under oath to warrant the truth of what is said” [BDAG, 351.2]) is a NT hapax legomenon (but cf. variant readings of Acts 19:13, 14). σε. Accusative direct object of ἐξορκίζω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος. Modifying ἐξορκίζω, the preposition denotes “what one swears by” (BDAG, 511.2.a). Cf. Heb 6:13, 16. ζῶντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg ζάω (attributive). ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of ἐξορκίζω. ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἴπῃς. Fronted for emphasis. εἴπῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. εἰ. Introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of εἴπῃς. σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. ὁ χριστὸς. Predicate nominative.



Matthew 26:63-64

345

ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative in apposition to χριστὸς. τοῦ θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. See also 16:16 for ὁ χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 26:64 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· σὺ εἶπας. πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present here helps the reader process the narrative transition to Jesus’ speech and, more importantly, grants prominence to what he says, “identify[ing] Jesus’ words here as the high point of this unit” (Nolland, 1131). αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. σὺ εἶπας. NA28 (correctly, in my judgment) punctuates the sentence with a period but, as the apparatus indicates, the sentence could also be understood as a question. As in 26:25 (cf. 27:11), Jesus’ response is to be understood as an affirmation (cf. Catchpole, 213–­26), but probably a qualified affirmation: “Jesus may well be implying that the High Priest has no idea what he is actually saying” (Schweizer, 499). σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶπας. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἶπας. Aor act ind 2nd sg λέγω. πλὴν. A marker of contrast (LN 89.130). Since Jesus answers in the affirmative to the high priest’s question, some (Catchpole, 221–­23; Hagner 1995, 800; Davies and Allison, 3:529; Nolland, 1131) are hesitant to find a contrast signaled here. But even if Jesus affirms the high priest’s word, he proceeds to depict his mission is strikingly different terms (as, in fact he also did in 16:21-­23 after the confession of 16:16). Jesus’ contrasting depiction is suitably introduced by πλὴν. λέγω ὑμῖν. The metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν), which is unique to Matthew in this context, grants prominence to the following saying. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι. Temporal. BDF (§12.3; cf. Davies and Allison, 3:530-­31) discusses the possibility that this construction should instead be read as ἀπαρτί, an adverb that BDAG (97) glosses “exactly, certainly, expressly.” But in its two other uses in this Gospel (23:39; 26:29), contextual factors (esp. οὐ μή . . . ἀπ ἄρτι . . . ἕως [ἄν] . . .) secure the temporal sense, making a temporal sense more likely here as well. As in 23:39 and 26:29, the PP is unique to Matthew here (elsewhere in the NT: John 13:19; 14:7; Rev 14:13) and, as in 23:39 and 26:29, it marks an immediate temporal

346

Matthew 26:57-­68

turning point: from now on Jesus’ opponents will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of power (cf. Ps 110:1//LXX 109:1) and coming on the clouds of heaven (cf. Dan 7:13-­14). Against most Matthean scholars, the PP raises the serious possibility that Matthew does not look exclusively to the parousia to find fulfilment either of Ps 110:1 or, more strikingly, of Dan 7:13-­14. For Caird (262–­63), “[t]hese two words leave no doubt that he thought of the coming of the Son of Man on the clouds of heaven as a continuous process which would begin with the crucifixion.” The possibility of such a reading is obscured in such English translations as NIV (1978), NLT, and HCSB: “in the future you will see . . .” ὄψεσθε. Fut mid ind 2nd pl ὁράω. τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. τὸν υἱὸν. Accusative direct object of ὄψεσθε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. καθήμενον. Pres mid ptc masc acc sg κάθημαι. Accusative complement to τὸν υἱὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐκ δεξιῶν. Locative. See 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν. τῆς δυνάμεως. In this periphrasis for the divine name, the genitive is possessive: Jesus’ opponents will see the Son of Man sitting at the right (hand) of the Power,—­that is, of Israel’s God. The periphrasis probably does not so much aim to avoid the use of the divine name (since Matthew can use it freely elsewhere [see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν]) as to emphasize the position of authority now granted to Jesus (cf. France 2007, 1028). ἐρχόμενον. Pres mid ptc masc acc sg ἔρχομαι. Accusative complement to τὸν υἱὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν. Locative. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Genitive of place. As usual in Matthew, the singular οὐρανός (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν) refers to part of the created order (“the sky”). 26:65 Τότε ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ λέγων· ἐβλασφήμησεν· τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων; ἴδε νῦν ἠκούσατε τὴν βλασφημίαν· Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς. Nominative subject of διέρρηξεν. Fronted as a topical frame. διέρρηξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg διαρρήγνυμι. διαρρήγνυμι (“to tear or rip in two” [LN 19.32]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×). τὰ ἱμάτια. Accusative direct object of διέρρηξεν.



Matthew 26:65-66

347

αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἐβλασφήμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg βλασφημέω. τί ἔτι χρείαν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). ἔτι. Temporal adverb (cf. BDAG, 400.1.b.β). χρείαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχομεν. ἔχομεν. Pres act ind 1st pl ἔχω. μαρτύρων. Objective genitive. ἴδε. The interjection places an accent over what the high priest says next (cf. 1:20 on ἰδοὺ). See 25:20. νῦν. Temporal adverb (cf. BDAG, 681.1.b). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἠκούσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. τὴν βλασφημίαν. Accusative direct object of ἠκούσατε. On what constituted blasphemy in the first century CE, see Bock (1998). 26:66 τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ; οἱ δὲ ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν· ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν. τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ. See 17:25 on τί σοι δοκεῖ. τί. The interrogative functions adverbially (cf. BDAG, 1007.1.a.β.‫)א‬. ὑμῖν. Dative of reference. δοκεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg δοκέω. οἱ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. ἔνοχος θανάτου. Fronted for emphasis. ἔνοχος. Predicate adjective. θανάτου. Genitive complement of ἔνοχος. Decker (2014b, 225) follows BDAG (338.2.b.α–­γ) in pointing out that “[w]ith ἔνοχος a noun in the genitive may indicate the punishment deserved (as here), the crime, or the person against whom a sin has been committed.” ἐστίν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν.

348

Matthew 26:57-­68

26:67 Τότε ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκολάφισαν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ ἐράπισαν Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἐνέπτυσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐμπτύω. The verb ἐμπτύω (“spit on/at τινί someone” [BDAG, 325]) occurs in Matthew, only here and in 27:30 (NT: 6×). εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐκολάφισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κολαφίζω: “to strike or beat with the fist” (LN 19.7). A Matthean hapax legemenon (NT: 5×). αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of ἐκολάφισαν. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἐράπισαν. Fronted as a topical frame. Porter (1994, 113) suggests that in constructions like this, the article has two major uses: “anaphoric and partitive.” Most English versions prefer the latter here: “and some . . .” (NRSV; ESV; NET); LEB (and apparently Porter himself) prefers the former: “and they . . .” δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐράπισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ῥαπίζω. As Luz (2001–­2007, 3:448) observes, “ ‘Slap’ (ῥαπίζειν) is already the third root word that reminds the readers of the Servant of God poem in Isa 50:6”: ἐνέπτυσαν/ ἐμπτυσμάτων; πρόσωπον/πρόσωπον; ἐράπισαν/ῥαπίσματα. 26:68 λέγοντες· προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, χριστέ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, χριστέ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε. Clausal complement of λέγοντες. προφήτευσον. Aor act impv 2nd sg προφητεύω. ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of προφήτευσον. χριστέ. Vocative. τίς. Predicate nominative. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ παίσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg παίω (substantival): “to strike or hit an object” (LN 19.1). A Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×). Nominative subject of ἐστιν. σε. Accusative direct object of παίσας. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 26:67-69

349

Matthew 26:69-­75 Now Peter was sitting outside in the courtyard; and a lone maidservant approached him, saying, “You also were with Jesus, the Galilean.” 70 But he denied it before them all, saying, “I do not know what you are saying.” 71And when he went out toward the gate, another maidservant saw him and says to those who were there, “This man was with Jesus, the Nazarene.” 72And again he denied it with an oath, “I do not know the man.” 73After a little while, those standing there, approaching, said to Peter, “Truly, you also are one of them, for even your speech makes you conspicuous.” 74Then he began to curse and to swear, “I do not know the man.” And immediately a rooster crowed. 75And Peter remembered the word of Jesus, who had said, “Before the rooster crows, three times you will deny me.” And, going outside, he wept bitterly. 69

26:69 Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐκάθητο ἔξω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ· καὶ προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ μία παιδίσκη λέγουσα· καὶ σὺ ἦσθα μετὰ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Γαλιλαίου. Ὁ . . . Πέτρος. Nominative subject of ἐκάθητο. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. It is precarious to suggest, as Davies and Allison (3:544) do, that “Matthew’s δέ underlines the contrast between Peter and Jesus.” But the narrative itself will proceed to make the contrast plain. ἐκάθητο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg κάθημαι. ἐκάθητο recalls 26:58; its imperfective aspect (depicting the action as a process) is perhaps designed to inform the reader that, while Jesus was confronting the examination of the high priest inside, Peter was sitting outside, where he too was challenged. ἔξω. Adverb of place. ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ. Locative. προσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσῆλθεν. μία παιδίσκη. Nominative subject of προσῆλθεν. Although εἷς can be used with the force of the indefinite pronoun τις (see 8:19 on εἷς γραμματεὺς), here “it may have its proper meaning, ‘one’ (in contrast to ἄλλη in v. 71)” (Davies and Allison, 3:545). My translation follows Hart’s. λέγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. καὶ σὺ. Fronted for emphasis. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39).

350

Matthew 26:69-­75

σὺ. Nominative subject of ἦσθα. ἦσθα. Impf act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. On the form, which in the NT occurs only here and in the parallel in Mark 14:67, Decker comments, “This is an old form, in Attic it was a perfect, but it survived in later Greek as an alternate spelling for ἦς (see MHT 2:203)” (2014b, 228). μετὰ Ἰησοῦ. Association/accompaniment. τοῦ Γαλιλαίου. Genitive in apposition to Ἰησοῦ. 26:70 ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο ἔμπροσθεν πάντων λέγων· οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις. ὁ. Nominative subject of ἠρνήσατο. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἠρνήσατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἀρνέομαι. ἔμπροσθεν πάντων. Locative. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. οἶδα. Prf act ind 1st sg οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. τί. Introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of οἶδα. Within its clause, τί is the accusative direct object of λέγεις. λέγεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg λέγω. 26:71 Ἐξελθόντα δὲ εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα εἶδεν αὐτὸν ἄλλη καὶ λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ· οὗτος ἦν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου. Ἐξελθόντα. Aor act ptc masc acc sg ἐξέρχομαι (attributive). On why the participle should not be considered adverbial (contra LEB) even if English demands a temporal construction in translation, see 8:23 on ἐμβάντι. The attributive participle focuses attention on αὐτὸν, whose antecedent is Peter. The construction, however, does seem to have caused difficulty to the scribes. Most witnesses have ἐξελθόντα δὲ αὐτόν, bringing the pronoun into closer proximity with the participle and making the subsequent αὐτόν resumptive. D lat opt for the more typical genitive absolute: ἐξελθόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the more difficult but strongly supported (ℵ B L Z et al.) reading. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα. Locative. εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν. ἄλλη. Nominative subject of εἶδεν.



Matthew 26:70-73

351

λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) places an accent over what the woman is about to say. Nolland (1141) suggests that “[t]his [historical present] may not be to give any specific emphasis to the second denial but only to mark the centre point of the threefold denial.” τοῖς ἐκεῖ. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb of place ἐκεῖ into the dative indirect object of λέγει. οὗτος. Nominative subject of ἦν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. μετὰ Ἰησοῦ. Association/accompaniment. τοῦ Ναζωραίου. Genitive in apposition to Ἰησοῦ. 26:72 καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. πάλιν. Adverbial, here “pert[aining] to repetition in the same (or similar) manner” (BDAG, 752.2). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἠρνήσατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἀρνέομαι. Cf. 10:33. μετὰ ὅρκου. Attendant circumstance (cf. BDAG, 637.3.b). ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of ἠρνήσατο. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. οἶδα. Prf act ind 1st sg οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of οἶδα. 26:73 Μετὰ μικρὸν δὲ προσελθόντες οἱ ἑστῶτες εἶπον τῷ Πέτρῳ· ἀληθῶς καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ, καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ. Μετὰ μικρὸν. Temporal. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they ­modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ ἑστῶτες. Prf act ptc masc nom pl ἵστημι (substantival). Nominative subject of εἶπον. εἶπον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. τῷ Πέτρῳ. Dative indirect object of εἶπον. ἀληθῶς. The adverb lends emphasis. καὶ σὺ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39). σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶ. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Partitive.

352

Matthew 26:69-­75

εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. καὶ . . . ἡ λαλιά σου. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Ascensive (see 5:39). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds that the bystanders offer for the preceding charge (“you also are one of them”). ἡ λαλιά. Nominative subject of ποιεῖ. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. δῆλόν. Accusative complement to σε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. I follow Hart in translating δῆλόν “conspicuous.” σε. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖ in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ποιεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. 26:74 τότε ἤρξατο καταθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύειν ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. καὶ εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἤρξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἄρχω. καταθεματίζειν. Pres act inf καταθεματίζω (complementary). A biblical hapax legomenon (Luz [2001–­2007, 3:456] notes that the word appears here “for the first time in ancient literature”), καταθεματίζω means “to invoke divine harm . . . ‘to curse’ ” (LN 33.472). The related ἀναθεματίζω (Mark 14:71) elsewhere takes a direct object. None is specified here and, while some think Peter invokes a curse upon himself (cf. LN 33.472), others suggest that Peter curses Jesus (Gerhardsson, 54–­55; Davies and Allison, 3:544; Luz 2001–­2007, 3:456; France 2007, 1034; cf. Merkel, 66–­71 [on ἀναθεματίζω in Mark]). ὀμνύειν. Pres act inf ὀμνύω (complementary). ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of ὀμνύειν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. οἶδα. Prf act ind 1st sg οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of οἶδα. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. ἀλέκτωρ. Nominative subject of ἐφώνησεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐφώνησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg φωνέω.



Matthew 26:74–27:1

353

26:75 καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με· καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἔξω ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς. ἐμνήσθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg μιμνῄσκομαι. On the voice (a θη–­middle [Aubrey, 607–­8]), see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of ἐμνήσθη. τοῦ ῥήματος. Genitive complement of ἐμνήσθη. Ἰησοῦ. Subjective genitive. εἰρηκότος. Prf act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of εἰρηκότος. ἀλέκτορα. Accusative subject of the infinitive φωνῆσαι. φωνῆσαι. Aor act inf φωνέω. Used with πρίν to denote subsequent time. τρὶς. An adverb (“three times”). ἀπαρνήσῃ. Fut mid ind 2nd sg ἀπαρνέομαι. με. Accusative direct object of ἀπαρνήσῃ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔξω. Adverb of place. ἔκλαυσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κλαίω. πικρῶς. Adverb of manner. A Matthean hapax legomenon, πικρῶς (“bitterly” [BDAG, 813]) is found elsewhere in the NT only in Luke 22:62. Matthew 27:1-­2 Now when the morning came, all the chief priests and the elders of the people took counsel against Jesus to put him to death. 2And, binding him, they led him away and handed him over to Pilate, the governor. 1

27:1 Πρωΐας δὲ γενομένης συμβούλιον ἔλαβον πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν· Πρωΐας. Genitive subject of γενομένης. πρωΐα (the “early part of the daylight period, [early] morning” [BDAG, 892]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 2×; cf. John 21:4). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης.

354

Matthew 27:1-­2

συμβούλιον ἔλαβον. See 12:14. συμβούλιον. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβον. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. Nominative subjects of ἔλαβον. τοῦ λαοῦ. Genitive of subordination or partitive genitive. On whether the genitive modifies both οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς and οἱ πρεσβύτεροι or only the latter, see 21:23. κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Opposition. θανατῶσαι. Aor act inf θανατόω. Used with ὥστε to indicate purpose (cf. NRSV; LEB; Robertson, 990; Moule, 140; Zerwick §352; McKay 1994, §16.2.2; Wallace, 591 n. 5). See further 10:1 on ἐκβάλλειν. Alternatively, it is possible that the infinitive is epexegetical, “defining the content of the plan, rather than expressing the purpose of making it” (Burton §371). αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of θανατῶσαι. 27:2 καὶ δήσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγαγον καὶ παρέδωκαν Πιλάτῳ τῷ ἡγεμόνι. δήσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl δέω (attendant circumstance or temporal [HCSB; LEB]). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of δήσαντες. ἀπήγαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπάγω. παρέδωκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl παραδίδωμι. Πιλάτῳ. Dative indirect object of παρέδωκαν. Although Πιλάτῳ is preceded by Ποντίῳ in most witnesses, Metzger (54) thinks that “[i]f Ποντίῳ had been present originally, there is no good reason why it should have been deleted. On the other hand, its insertion by copyists is natural at the first passage where Pilate’s name occurs in the Gospels.” Probably this is too confident. As France (2007, 1035 n. 2), who thinks Ποντιω is original, points out, it is possible that it was eliminated by scribes in assimilation to the synoptic parallels (Mark 15:1; Luke 23:1). Nevertheless, it seems more likely that Ποντίῳ was a later scribal addition. Not only is it absent from important witnesses (ℵ B et al.); it is also true that “Pontius Pilate,” “which found its way into the creeds . . . was commonly used in the second-­and third-­century Christianity” (Davies and Allison, 3:553 n. 5). τῷ ἡγεμόνι. Dative in apposition to Πιλάτῳ.



Matthew 27:2-3

355

Matthew 27:3-­10 Then Judas, the one who handed him over, when he saw that Jesus was condemned, moved by remorse, returned the thirty pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders, 4saying, “I have sinned by handing over innocent blood.” But they said, “What is that to us? You see to it!” 5And throwing the pieces of silver into the temple, he withdrew and, going away, he hanged himself. 6But the chief priests, taking the silver coins, said, “It is not lawful to put them into the treasury, since it is the price for blood.” 7And, taking counsel, they purchased with them the potter’s field, as a burial place for strangers. 8For this reason, that field has been called Field of Blood until today. 9Then what was spoken through Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled, who said, “And I took the thirty pieces of silver, the price of the one who had been priced, on whom some of the sons of Israel had set a price, 10and I gave them for the potter’s field, just as the Lord commanded me.” 3

27:3 Τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ὅτι κατεκρίθη, μεταμεληθεὶς ἔστρεψεν τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Ἰούδας. Nominative subject of ἔστρεψεν. ὁ παραδιδοὺς. Pres act ptc masc nom sg παραδίδωμι (substantival). Nominative in apposition to Ἰούδας. Alternatively, the participle could simply be attributive. Cf. 26:25. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παραδιδοὺς. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ἰδὼν. κατεκρίθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg κατακρίνω. Although the subject is not made explicit, the narrative context (26:59-­66; 27:1-­2) makes it plain that it is Jesus and not Judas himself. μεταμεληθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg μεταμελέω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Whether μεταμεληθεὶς (“to have regrets about someth[ing], in the sense that one wishes it could be undone, be very sorry, regret” [BDAG, 639.1]; “to change one’s mind about someth[ing], without focus on regret, change one’s mind, have second thoughts” [BDAG, 639.2]) refers to genuine repentance here, or something short of it, can only be determined

356

Matthew 27:3-­10

by the wider narrative. Davies and Allison (3:561–­62), Luz (2001–­2007, 3:470), and Nolland (1150, 1153) all challenge the traditional interpretation that finds here regret but not repentance. But 26:24 poses an important challenge to any reading that finds a full repentance here. ἔστρεψεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg στρέφω. τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. Accusative direct object of ἔστρεψεν. The article is anaphoric (Quarles, 331; cf. 26:15). τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις. Dative indirect object of ἔστρεψεν. Since these substantives are not singular, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply (see further Wallace, 270–­90). Nevertheless, the single article standing over the two substantives binds them together in a conceptual unity (in fact, most witnesses include a second article before πρεσβυτέροις, but NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the strong testimony of ℵ B C L et al). Even though Matthew’s report of the agreement Judas strikes with Israel’s leaders makes reference only to the chief priests (26:14-­17), the chief priests and elders here make up a united front against Jesus: they have conspired against Jesus (26:3-­5) and have handed him over to Pilate (27:1-­2). 27:4 λέγων· ἥμαρτον παραδοὺς αἷμα ἀθῷον. οἱ δὲ εἶπαν· τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς; σὺ ὄψῃ. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἥμαρτον. Aor act ind 1st sg ἁμαρτάνω. παραδοὺς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg παραδίδωμι (means [Wallace, 629; LEB; Hart] or cause [Robertson, 1128; Young, 155; McKay 1994, §6.2.5; Quarles, 331]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. αἷμα ἀθῷον. Accusative direct object of παραδοὺς. In several witnesses, the adjective is δικαιον rather than ἀθῷον, perhaps under the influence of Matt 23:35 (cf. Metzger, 55). Both adjectives are important in the development of Matthew’s innocent blood motif. οἱ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. οἱ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. τί. Predicate nominative in an elliptical construction with ἐστίν implied. πρὸς ἡμᾶς. Reference (cf. BDAG, 875.e.γ). σὺ. Nominative subject of ὄψῃ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).



Matthew 27:4-6

357

ὄψῃ. Fut mid ind 2nd sg ὄψομαι. Imperatival future. BDF (§362) finds a Latinism here: “videris . . . see to it yourself.” 27:5 καὶ ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν ἀνεχώρησεν, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο. ῥίψας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ῥίπτω (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὰ ἀργύρια. Accusative direct object of ῥίψας. εἰς τὸν ναὸν. Locative. In most witnesses, the PP is instead ἐν τῷ ναῷ. But Matthew prefers εἰς with verbs of motion (see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν), and the reading adopted by NA28 and SBLGNT receives important support from ℵ B L Θ et al. ἀνεχώρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναχωρέω. ἀπελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπήγξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἀπάγχω. Moulton (1908, 155) wonders whether “the English intransitive choke is not a truer parallel than the reflexive hang oneself.” More probably, however, the middle voice does have reflexive force here (cf. Zerwick §232; MHT 3:54; Young, 79, 134; Wallace, 417; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 195). 27:6 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια εἶπαν· οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν. Οἱ . . . ἀρχιερεῖς. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὰ ἀργύρια. Accusative direct object of λαβόντες. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔξεστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔξεστιν (impersonal). βαλεῖν. Aor act inf βάλλω (complementary). αὐτὰ. Accusative direct object of βαλεῖν. εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν. Locative. κορβανᾶς (“temple treasury” [BDAG, 559]) is a NT hapax legomenon. ἐπεὶ. Introduces a causal clause (cf. BDAG, 360.2). τιμὴ αἵματός. Fronted for emphasis. Cf. T. Zeb. 3.3.

358

Matthew 27:3-­10

τιμὴ. Predicate nominative. τιμὴ refers here to “the amount at which someth[ing] is valued” (BDAG, 1005.1). αἵματός. Genitive of identification (“the money paid for a bloody deed” [BDAG, 1005.1] or, perhaps better, “the price paid for someone’s life,” since αἷμα refers, by metonymy, to “the life of an individual” [cf. BDAG, 26.2]). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 27:7 συμβούλιον δὲ λαβόντες ἠγόρασαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως εἰς ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις. συμβούλιον . . . λαβόντες. See 12:14. συμβούλιον. Accusative direct object of λαβόντες. Fronted for emphasis. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἠγόρασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀγοράζω. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Means. Quarles (332) follows BDAG (297.4.b) in finding here a periphrasis for the genitive of price. τὸν ἀγρὸν. Accusative direct object of ἠγόρασαν. τοῦ κεραμέως. Possessive genitive. Outside of this pericope, κεραμεύς (“potter” [BDAG, 540]) occurs in the NT only in Rom 9:21. εἰς ταφὴν. Purpose. ταφή (“burial-­place” [BDAG, 991.2]) is a NT hapax legomenon. τοῖς ξένοις. Dative of advantage (MHT 3:238). 27:8 διὸ ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀγρὸς αἵματος ἕως τῆς σήμερον. διὸ. Inferential. ἐκλήθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg καλέω. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος. Nominative subject of ἐκλήθη. ἀγρὸς. Nominative complement to ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). αἵματος. Genitive of identification (“the field purchased with blood money”; cf. 27:6) or attributive genitive (“Blood Acre” [NEB]). ἕως τῆς σήμερον. Temporal. ἕως is used here as a preposition with temporal force. Probably ἡμέρας is to be supplied (BDAG, 423.b.α; cf. Rom 11:8).



Matthew 27:7-9

359

27:9 τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε and, on the use of τότε instead of ἵνα, see 2:17. ἐπληρώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg πληρόω. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐπληρώθη. διὰ Ἰερεμίου. Intermediate agency. Not surprisingly, since the citation comes principally from Zech 11:13, our witnesses exhibit some diversity here (if there is a surprise, it is that there is not more diversity); 22 syhmg support Ζαχαρίου instead of Ἰερεμίου; 21 l opt for Ἰησαΐου, while Φ 33 a b sys.p boms omit the name of the prophet entirely. For a survey of proposals explaining the attribution to Jeremiah, see Knowles (60–­81). τοῦ προφήτου. Genitive in apposition to Ἰερεμίου. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 1st sg / 3rd pl λαμβάνω. The embedded subject could be either “I” (as it is in Zechariah; cf. Nolland, 1156) or “they,” with reference to the chief priests in Matthew’s narrative (27:6; cf. Davies and Allison, 3:569, along with most English versions). See the related discussion of ἔδωκαν at 27:10. τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβον. τὴν τιμὴν. Accusative in apposition to τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. τοῦ τετιμημένου. Prf pass ptc masc gen sg τιμάω (substantival). Genitive of identification (“the price of the one who had been priced”). ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἐτιμήσαντο. ἐτιμήσαντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl τιμάω. ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ. Partitive (NRSV; ESV; CEB; Stendahl, 126). The syntax is difficult. If ἐτιμήσαντο were passive, the PP would offer a rare example of ἀπό signaling agency (NET; NIV 2011). But the fact that the verb is middle makes that understanding of the preposition extraordinarily difficult (Nolland, 157). The preposition probably has partitive force, with a form like τινές understood (“some of the sons of Israel”; MHT 3:208), and the phrase serves as the nominative subject of ἐτιμήσαντο (so, rightly, NRSV). Cf., similarly, ἀπὸ τῆς τριχὸς (LXX 2 Sam 14:11) and ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν (John 16:17), together with the other examples cited at BDF (§164.2).

360

Matthew 27:11-­14

27:10 καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν μοι κύριος. ἔδωκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl δίδωμι (cf. BDAG, 242.6.a). Like ἔλαβον in 27:9, the person and number of this verb are disputed, not (in contrast to ἔλαβον) because the form is ambiguous but because of the variant readings that emerge in the MS tradition. A*vid has the 3rd sg (ἔδωκεν). But the decision is really whether the verb was originally 1st sg (ἔδωκα: ℵ B2vid W sy; Eus) or 3rd pl (ἔδωκαν: Ac B* C K et al.; so both NA28 and SBLGNT). On the one hand, that the preceding ἔλαβον (27:9) is 1st sg in Zechariah and that Matt 27:10 concludes with a first-­person pronoun (μοι) favor ἔδωκα. If ἔδωκα was original, it was probably changed to ἔδωκαν by a scribe who (wrongly) understood ἔλαβον (27:9) to be 3rd pl (cf. Nolland, 1156; France 2007, 1037 n. 8, 1044–­45). On the other, it is possible that an original ἔδωκαν was modified to ἔδωκα under the influence of the Zechariah citation and the following μοι (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:570 n. 52). A decision is difficult, but perhaps the final pronoun, μοι, tips the balance in favor of the authenticity of the 1st sg ἔδωκα (see further Metzger, 55). αὐτὰ. Accusative direct object of ἔδωκαν. εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν. Goal (BDAG, 290.4.d). τοῦ κεραμέως. Possessive genitive. See 27:7. καθὰ. Introduces a comparative clause. καθὰ (“just as, in comparison to” [LN 64.14]) is a NT hapax legomenon. συνέταξέν. Aor act ind 3rd sg συντάσσω. μοι. Dative complement of συνέταξέν. κύριος. Nominative subject of συνέταξέν. Matthew 27:11-­14 11 And Jesus stood before the governor; and the governor asked him, saying, “Are you the king of the Jews?” And Jesus said, “You say so.” 12And as he was being accused by the chief priests and elders, he gave no answer. 13 Then Pilate says to him, “You hear, do you not, how many things they are testifying against you?” 14And he did not answer him, not even with reference to one charge, with the result that the governor was marveling greatly.



Matthew 27:10-12

361

27:11 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος· καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμὼν λέγων· σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἔφη· σὺ λέγεις. Ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐστάθη. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐστάθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἵστημι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. Locative (“in the presence of ”; BDAG, 325.1.b.β: “esp. of appearance before a judge”). ἐπηρώτησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπερωτάω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐπηρώτησεν. ὁ ἡγεμὼν. Nominative subject of ἐπηρώτησεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶ. Fronted for emphasis. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. ὁ βασιλεὺς. Predicate nominative. τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Genitive of subordination. As in 2:2, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων is placed on Gentile lips. Jesus’ Jewish contemporaries, by contrast, will refer to him (derisively) as the βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ (27:42). ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἔφη. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. σὺ λέγεις. Although this clause could also be understood as a question, like the similar responses in 26:25, 64, σὺ λέγεις is probably to be understood as a (qualified) affirmation: “Pilate has unwittingly spoken the truth and Jesus does not deny it” (Davies and Allison, 3:581). σὺ. Nominative subject of λέγεις. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). λέγεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg λέγω. 27:12 καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. κατηγορεῖσθαι. Pres pass inf κατηγορέω. Used with ἐν τῷ to denote contemporaneous time. αὐτὸν. Accusative subject of the infinitive κατηγορεῖσθαι. ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων. Ultimate agency. Since these substantives are not singular, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply (see further Wallace, 270–­90). Nevertheless, the single article standing over the two substantives binds them together in a conceptual unity: as in 27:3, the chief priests and elders compose a united front against Jesus.

362

Matthew 27:11-­14

οὐδὲν. Accusative direct object of ἀπεκρίνατο. Fronted for emphasis. See further Caragounis (231), who notes the increasing, emphatic, use of οὐδέν and μηδέν for οὐ and μή. ἀπεκρίνατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἀποκρίνομαι. 27:13 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Πιλᾶτος· οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Alongside of τότε (as in 26:36, 38, 52), the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) signals a new development in the narrative as Pilate responds to Jesus’ silence but also grants prominence to that response (cf. Nolland, 1163). αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Πιλᾶτος. Nominative subject of λέγει. οὐκ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ἀκούεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg ἀκούω. πόσα. The interrogative pronoun (cf. BDAG, 856.2.b.α) introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of ἀκούεις. Within its clause, πόσα serves as an adverbial accusative, modifying καταμαρτυροῦσιν. σου. Genitive complement of καταμαρτυροῦσιν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καταμαρτυροῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl καταμαρτυρέω. See 26:62 on καταμαρτυροῦσιν. 27:14 καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἀπεκρίθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἀποκρίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἀπεκρίθη. πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα. Reference (BDAG, 875.3.e.α). Cf. LXX Job 9:3: ἵνα μὴ ἀντείπῃ πρὸς ἕνα λόγον αὐτοῦ ἐκ χιλίων (NETS: “lest he contest one charge of his out of a thousand”). ῥῆμα could be understood either (as in my translation) as the object of the preposition or as the direct object of ἀπεκρίθη: “he did not answer a word with respect even to one (charge).” ὥστε. Introduces a result clause.



Matthew 27:13-15

363

θαυμάζειν. Pres act inf θαυμάζω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι). τὸν ἡγεμόνα. Accusative subject of the infinitive θαυμάζειν. λίαν. Adverb of measure, modifying θαυμάζειν. Matthew 27:15-­23 Now at each festival the governor was accustomed to release for the crowd one prisoner whom they would choose. 16And at that time they had a well-­known prisoner named Jesus Barabbas. 17So when they had gathered together, Pilate said to them, “Whom do you wish that I release for you, Jesus Barabbas or Jesus who is called Messiah?” 18For he knew that it was because of envy that they had handed him over. 19And while he was sitting on the judicial platform, his wife sent word to him, saying, “Have nothing to do with this righteous man; for I have suffered greatly today in a dream because of him.” 20But the chief priests and the elders persuaded the crowds that they should ask for Barabbas and destroy Jesus. 21And, answering, the governor said to them, “Which of the two do you wish me to release for you?” And they said, “Barabbas.” 22Pilate says to them, “Then what shall I do with Jesus, who is called Messiah?” They all say, “Let him be crucified!” 23But he said, “Why? What evil has he done?” But they were crying out more intently, saying, “Let him be crucified!” 15

27:15 Κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν εἰώθει ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἀπολύειν ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον ὃν ἤθελον. Κατὰ . . . ἑορτὴν. Distributive (“at each festival” [BDAG, 512.B.2.c]). Although Matthew does not make it explicit, probably he is thinking of each Passover festival (cf. John 18:39; France 2007, 1052). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰώθει. Plprf act ind 3rd sg εἴωθα. The verb εἴωθα is “pf. of an obsolete pres. ἔθω” and means “to maintain a custom or tradition, be accustomed” (BDAG, 295). In the NT, the word occurs only here and in Mark 10:1; Luke 4:16; Acts 17:2. ὁ ἡγεμὼν. Nominative subject of εἰώθει. ἀπολύειν. Pres act inf ἀπολύω (complementary). ἕνα . . . δέσμιον. Accusative direct object of ἀπολύειν. Alternatively, ἕνα could be substantival and serve as the direct object, in which case δέσμιον would be accusative in apposition to ἕνα (Quarles, 334). τῷ ὄχλῳ. Dative of advantage. ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἤθελον. ἤθελον. Impf act ind 3rd pl θέλω.

364

Matthew 27:15-­23

27:16 εἶχον δὲ τότε δέσμιον ἐπίσημον λεγόμενον [ Ἰησοῦν] Βαραββᾶν. εἶχον. Impf act ind 3rd pl ἔχω. Although left unspecified, the subject of the verb is probably the Romans who hold the prisoner. France (2007, 1053), by contrast, argues that the subject is the Jerusalem crowd. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τότε. Adverb of time. For the only time in the Gospel, τότε (which typically serves as a [temporal] development marker; see 2:7) immediately follows δέ. δέσμιον ἐπίσημον. Accusative direct object of εἶχον in a double accusative object-­complement construction. The adjective ἐπίσημος, which occurs in the NT only here and in Rom 16:7, refers to “being well known or outstanding, either because of positive or negative characteristics” (LN 28.31). Because it modifies δέσμιον here, most English versions (NRSV; NET; ESV) suggest negative connotations: “notorious” (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:584). But a more neutral translation (“well-­ known” [NIV 2011]; France 2007, 1054) leaves open the possibility that the prisoner was viewed differently in different quarters. λεγόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg λέγω (attributive). [ Ἰησοῦν] Βαραββᾶν. Accusative complement to δέσμιον ἐπίσημον in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Ἰησοῦν is absent from the large majority of witnesses, including ℵ A B D, but its presence in Θ ƒ1 700* ℓ 844 sys intrigues. Moreover, in the third century (predating the extant Greek witnesses), Origen, who rejects the reading on the grounds that “in the whole range of the scriptures we know that no one who is a sinner [is called] Jesus” (quoted in Metzger, 56), observes that Barabbas is not called Jesus in many witnesses. But this of course suggests that he was called Jesus in (many?) others. Because it is difficult to imagine an early Christian scribe creating the name Ἰησοῦν Βαραββᾶν but easy to see why Ἰησοῦν would be eliminated, most Matthean scholars (probably correctly; but see Dunkerley, 126–­27) consider Ἰησοῦν original. SBLGNT deems Ἰησοῦν original (while NA28 indicates its uncertainty by placing it in square brackets). See further Metzger (56). 27:17 συνηγμένων οὖν αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Πιλᾶτος· τίνα θέλετε ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν, [ Ἰησοῦν τὸν] Βαραββᾶν ἢ Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον χριστόν; συνηγμένων. Prf pass ptc masc gen pl συνάγω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν.



Matthew 27:16-17

365

οὖν. Resumptive. After the offline, background information supplied in 27:15-­16, οὖν signals a return to the narrative mainline. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of συνηγμένων. The pronoun, which is plural in a constructio ad sensum, has as its antecedent (the singular) τῷ ὄχλῳ (27:15). εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὁ Πιλᾶτος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. τίνα. The interrogative pronoun introduces a direct question and serves as the accusative direct object of ἀπολύσω. θέλετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl θέλω. ἀπολύσω. Aor act subj (or fut act ind) 1st sg ἀπολύω (deliberative subjunctive). On the use of the deliberative subjunctive after θέλεις, θέλετε, or βούλεσθε, see Burton (§171). ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. [ Ἰησοῦν]. Accusative direct object of an implied ἀπολύσω. [τὸν] Βαραββᾶν. As in 27:16, in several witnesses Barabbas appears as Jesus Barabbas, either Ἰησοῦν Βαραββᾶν (Θ [579: Βαραββᾶν Ἰησοῦν] 700* ℓ 844; Orlat) or Ἰησοῦν τὸν Βαραββᾶν (ƒ1 sys; Ormss). SBLGNT once again presumes that Ἰησοῦν is original and prefers the articular form τὸν Βαραββᾶν, perhaps because it helps to explain the presence of the article in B; Or (τὸν Βαραββᾶν). The large majority of witnesses has Βαραββᾶν (ℵ A D K et al.) alone. The syntax functions slightly differently in the various options: 1. If, as I think, Ἰησοῦν τὸν Βαραββᾶν is original, then τὸν Βαραββᾶν is accusative in apposition to Ἰησοῦν. 2. If Ἰησοῦν Βαραββᾶν is original, then Ἰησοῦν Βαραββᾶν is the accusative direct object of an implied ἀπολύσω. 3. If Ἰησοῦν is a later addition, then [τὸν] Βαραββᾶν is the accusative direct object of an implied ἀπολύσω. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον χριστόν. Cf. Josephus, Ant. 20.200. Ἰησοῦν. Accusative direct object of an implied ἀπολύσω in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τὸν λεγόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg λέγω (attributive). χριστόν. Accusative complement to Ἰησοῦν in a double accusative object-­complement construction.

366

Matthew 27:15-­23

27:18 ᾔδει γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παρέδωκαν αὐτόν. ᾔδει. Plprf act ind 3rd sg οἷδα. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader from the narrative mainline to introduce the necessary background information, here explaining “why Pilate asked the preceding question” (Decker 2014b, 241). ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ᾔδει. διὰ φθόνον. Causal. Fronted for emphasis. παρέδωκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl παραδίδωμι. Although the subject of the verb is not specified, 27:1-­2 suggests that Matthew thinks here of the chief priests and elders. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of παρέδωκαν. 27:19 Καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ λέγουσα· μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ· πολλὰ γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον κατ᾿ ὄναρ δι᾿ αὐτόν. Καθημένου. Pres mid ptc masc gen sg κάθημαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of Καθημένου. ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος. Locative. “The ‘bema’ (cf. Latin tribunal and sella curulis, rabbinic bêmâ) = ‘judicial platform’ ” (Davies and Allison, 3:586). Elsewhere in the NT, the term occurs in John 19:13; Acts 18:12, 16-­17; 25:6, 10, 17; Rom 14:10; 2 Cor 5:10; cf. Josephus, J.W. 2.172, 301. ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. πρὸς αὐτὸν. Spatial (motion toward). ἡ γυνὴ. Nominative subject of ἀπέστειλεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. λέγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ. An idiom (lit. “nothing [is] to you and to this righteous man”) reminiscent of τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί in 8:29. Here the sense is apparently “have nothing to do with this righteous man.” μηδὲν. Nominative subject in a verbless equative clause. σοὶ . . . τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ. Datives of reference or possession (cf. 8:29 on ἡμῖν . . . σοί). πολλὰ. Adverbial accusative (“I have suffered greatly”) or accusative direct object of ἔπαθον (“I have suffered many things”). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).



Matthew 27:18-21

367

γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding exhortation. ἔπαθον. Aor act ind 1st sg πάσχω. σήμερον. Adverb of time. κατ᾿ ὄναρ. See 1:20. δι᾿ αὐτόν. Causal. 27:20 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεισαν τοὺς ὄχλους ἵνα αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν. Οἱ . . . ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. Nominative subjects of ἔπεισαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔπεισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl πείθω. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of ἔπεισαν. ἵνα. Introduces indirect discourse (in spite of the fact that indirect commands are more frequently expressed by an infinitival clause [McKay 1994, §14.1]). αἰτήσωνται. Aor mid subj 3rd pl αἰτέω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. τὸν Βαραββᾶν. Accusative direct object of αἰτήσωνται. τὸν . . . Ἰησοῦν. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσωσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀπολέσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ἀπόλλυμι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Cf. 2:13; 12:14. 27:21 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἡγεμὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· τίνα θέλετε ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν; οἱ δὲ εἶπαν· τὸν Βαραββᾶν. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ ἡγεμὼν. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. τίνα θέλετε ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν. On the rhetorical force of this set question, see Estes, 115, 120. τίνα. The interrogative pronoun introduces a direct question and serves as the accusative direct object of ἀπολύσω. θέλετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl θέλω. ἀπὸ τῶν δύο. Partitive.

368

Matthew 27:15-­23

ἀπολύσω. Aor act subj (or fut act ind) 1st sg ἀπολύω (deliberative subjunctive). Cf. 27:17. ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. οἱ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. οἱ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. τὸν Βαραββᾶν. The accusative direct object in an elliptical clause: (θέλομέν σε ἀπολῦσαι ἡμῖν) τὸν Βαραββᾶν. 27:22 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πιλᾶτος· τί οὖν ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον χριστόν; λέγουσιν πάντες· σταυρωθήτω. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Both of the historical presents in 27:22 (see λέγουσιν below) are linked asyndetically to what precedes them, perhaps, as Levinsohn (237) suggests, because Matthew envisions no narrative development here. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Πιλᾶτος. Nominative subject of λέγει. τί. Introduces a direct question (“What, then, . . .”) and serves as the accusative direct object of ποιήσω. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the question that emerges as a consequence of the crowds’ request for Barabbas’ release. ποιήσω. Aor act subj (or fut act ind) 1st sg ποιέω (deliberative subjunctive). Ἰησοῦν. Although ποιήσω appears to take two direct objects (τί and Ἰησοῦν), in reality the semantic recipient Ἰησοῦν, which would normally be marked as the dative indirect object, has advanced to the direct object position and is thus accusative (see Culy 2009, 93–­94). See also 21:24 and, for a similar construction where the dative is retained, 21:40. Alternatively, Ἰησοῦν could be viewed as an accusative of respect. τὸν λεγόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg λέγω (attributive). χριστόν. Accusative complement to Ἰησοῦν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to the crowds’ speech and, more importantly, grants prominence to what they say. Together, the two historical presents place an accent over this part of Matthew’s story (cf. Gundry 1994, 563). πάντες. Nominative subject of σταυρωθήτω. σταυρωθήτω. Aor pass impv 3rd sg σταυρόω.



Matthew 27:22-23

369

27:23 ὁ δὲ ἔφη· τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν; οἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἔκραζον λέγοντες· σταυρωθήτω. ὁ δὲ ἔφη. Although the governor is explicitly named as the subject in a number of witnesses, NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer ὁ δὲ ἔφη, which receives support from important witnesses (ℵ B Θ 0281 et al.) and quite naturally explains the rise of the other, more explicit, readings. ὁ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. ὁ. Nominative subject of ἔφη. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. τί . . . κακὸν. Introduces a direct question and serves as the accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) is sometimes used in questions “where the English idiom leaves the word untransl[ated]” (BDAG, 189.1.f). BDAG translates the clause: “Why, what crime has he committed?” But even if untranslated, the particle serves to underscore the fact that the question posed asks for an explanation, a reason for the crowds’ demand. It should not (pace Porter 1994, 207; Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 714) be regarded as inferential. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. οἱ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἔκραζον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. περισσῶς. Adverbial: a “marker of exceptionally high degree on a scale of intensity” (BDAG, 806). ἔκραζον. Impf act ind 3rd pl κράζω. The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process (in contrast to Mark’s ἔκραζαν). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). σταυρωθήτω. Aor pass impv 3rd sg σταυρόω. Matthew 27:24-­26 Now Pilate, seeing that he was gaining nothing but instead that a riot was erupting, taking water, washed his hands before the crowd, saying, “I am innocent of the blood of this righteous man. You see to it.” 25And, answering, all the people said, “His blood be upon us and upon our children.” 26Then he released to them Barabbas, but after scourging him, he handed Jesus over to be crucified. 24

370

Matthew 27:24-­26

27:24 Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Πιλᾶτος ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται, λαβὼν ὕδωρ ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου λέγων· ἀθῷός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος τούτου· ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε. Ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Πιλᾶτος. Nominative subject of ἀπενίψατο. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of Ἰδὼν. οὐδὲν . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. οὐδὲν. Although οὐδὲν could serve as the nominative subject of ὠφελεῖ (so apparently BDAG, 1107.1.c), more probably it is the accusative direct object of ὠφελεῖ (cf. 26:62 on οὐδὲν). The subject could be either impersonal (“it was profiting nothing”; cf. Hart) or personal (“he was gaining nothing”; cf. NRSV; NET; NIV 2011). Fronted for emphasis. ὠφελεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ὠφελέω. μᾶλλον. A “marker of an alternative to someth[ing], rather in the sense instead (of someth[ing])” (BDAG, 614.3). θόρυβος. Nominative subject of γίνεται. Fronted for emphasis. γίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὕδωρ. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. ἀπενίψατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἀπονίπτω. The verb means “to wash off a part of the body” (LN 47.10). A NT hapax legomenon (LXX: 1 Kgs 22:38; Prov 30:12, 30). τὰς χεῖρας. Accusative direct object of ἀπενίψατο. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession. Cf. LXX Deut 21:6 (to which Matthew probably alludes): νίψονται τὰς χεῖρας. ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου. Composed of three “proper” prepositions (ἀπό, ἐν, and ἀντί; Harris 2012, 243), the “improper” preposition ἀπέναντι has locative force here (cf. BDAG, 101.1.b.α). λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἀθῷός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος. Separation (BDAG, 105.1.b).



Matthew 27:24-25

371

τούτου. Possessive genitive. Instead of the simple demonstrative, supported by B D Θ ℓ 844 et al. and adopted by both NA28 and SBLGNT, most witnesses include τοῦ δικαίου, either before or after the demonstrative: “I am innocent of the blood of this righteous/innocent man.” A decision is difficult. If the text was modified deliberately, the addition of δίκαιος is much easier to explain than its deletion (cf. Metzger, 56–­57). But like τούτου, the disputed words end in –­ου, raising the possibility of an accidental omission “by scribal leap” (Davies and Allison, 3:590 n. 52). “Moreover . . . the presence of δίκαιος here would certainly tally with the distinctive Matthean predilection for this term in this part of his narrative” (Olmstead 2003, 196 n. 74). Against NA28 and SBLGNT, I am inclined to consider τοῦ δικαίου τούτου original. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ὄψεσθε. Fronted for emphasis. ὄψεσθε. Fut mid ind 2nd pl ὁράω. Imperatival future. Cf. 27:4. 27:25 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς εἶπεν· τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. On the significance of the shift from ὄχλος to λαός here, see Senior (118–­19). For the contrasting conclusion that the term is not “a term burdened with salvation-­ historical weight, but a social and political description of the main body of Israel associated with the center: Jerusalem and its leadership,” see Saldarini (32–­34). εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν. “The phrase . . . is a technical expression (Lev 20:9; Josh 2:19; Ezek 18:13; II Sam 1:16; 3:29; Jer 28:35 [LXX]; Acts 18:6) for accepting responsibility for someone’s death” (Levine, 268). τὸ αἷμα. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. Ellipses are common in formulas and proverbs (BDF §480.5). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς. Spatial (metaphorically). ἐπί functions here as a “marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth[ing] is done, to, on, about” (BDAG, 366.14.b.β). Cf. 23:35. ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα. Spatial (metaphorically). ἡμῶν. Genitive of relationship.

372

Matthew 27:27-­31

27:26 τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἀπέλυσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπολύω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἀπέλυσεν. τὸν Βαραββᾶν. Accusative direct object of ἀπέλυσεν. τὸν . . . Ἰησοῦν. Accusative direct object of φραγελλώσας. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. φραγελλώσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg φραγελλόω (temporal). In the NT, φραγελλόω (“flog, scourge, a punishment inflicted on slaves and provincials after a sentence of death had been pronounced on them” [BDAG, 1064]) occurs only here and in the parallel in Mark 15:15. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. παρέδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. “He has Jesus ‘delivered’ (the meaningful word παραδίδωμι appears here for the last time in the Gospel of Matthew) to his last station, the crucifixion” (Luz 2001–­2007, 3:503). ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. σταυρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg σταυρόω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. Matthew 27:27-­31 Then the governor’s soldiers, taking Jesus to the governor’s residence, gathered the whole cohort to him. 28And, after stripping him, they placed a scarlet cloak around him, 29and, weaving a crown from thorns, they placed it on his head and a reed in his right hand, and, kneeling before him, they mocked him, saying, “Hail, King of the Jews!” 30And, after spitting at him, they took the reed and were striking him on his head. 31And when they had mocked him, they stripped him of the cloak and put his own garment on him, and led him away to crucify him. 27

27:27 Τότε οἱ στρατιῶται τοῦ ἡγεμόνος παραλαβόντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον συνήγαγον ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. οἱ στρατιῶται. Nominative subject of συνήγαγον. Fronted as a topical frame. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. Genitive of identification or possessive genitive.



Matthew 27:26-29

373

παραλαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl παραλαμβάνω (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Accusative direct object of παραλαβόντες. εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον. Locative. πραιτώριον, a Latin loanword (BDAG, 859) and a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 8×), refers to “the governor’s official residence. . . . But it is a matter of dispute whether it refers to the palace of Herod in the western part of the city . . . or to the fortress Antonia northwest of the temple area” (BDAG, 859). συνήγαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl συνάγω. ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν. Spatial. ἐπί functions here as a marker “of closeness to someth[ing] or someone” (BDAG, 364.4.b.δ) or, perhaps, of opposition (Davies and Allison, 3:601). ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν. Accusative direct object of συνήγαγον. 27:28 καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ, ἐκδύσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐκδύω (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. A few important witnesses (ℵ2a B D 1424 it vgmss) prefer ἐνδύσαντες to ἐκδύσαντες, perhaps, as Metzger (57) suggests, because Jesus’ presumed stripping for the prior flogging (27:26) invited a “correction.” αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐκδύσαντες. χλαμύδα κοκκίνην. Accusative direct object of περιέθηκαν. χλαμύς (“ ‘a loose outer garment worn by men’, then gener[ally] a military cloak, mantle . . . worn by Roman soldiers” [BDAG, 1085]) occurs in the NT only here and in 27:31. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). περιέθηκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl περιτίθημι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of περιέθηκαν. 27:29 καὶ πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες· χαῖρε, βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, πλέξαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl πλέκω (attendant circumstance). In the NT, πλέκω (“to interlace strands, either by braiding or weaving” [LN 49.27]) occurs only here, in Mark 15:17, and in John 19:2, each time with reference to the soldiers’ weaving of a crown for Jesus. στέφανον. Accusative direct object of πλέξαντες.

374

Matthew 27:27-­31

ἐξ ἀκανθῶν. Source or, more specifically, material (cf. BDAG, 297.3.h). ἐπέθηκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπιτίθημι. ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. κάλαμον. Accusative direct object of ἐπέθηκαν. ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ. Locative. As in 6:3, δεξιά is elliptical, referring to τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρί (cf. BDAG, 217.1.a). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. γονυπετήσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl γονυπετέω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. On the absence of προσκυνέω (present in Mark 15:19), see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ. Locative (cf. BDAG, 325.1.b.α). ἐνέπαιξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐμπαίζω. Cf. 20:19. Most witnesses prefer the imperfect ἐνέπαιζον, depicting the action internally, as a process. NA28 and SBLGNT follow the strong testimony of ℵ B D L et al. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἐνέπαιξαν. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. χαῖρε. Pres act impv 2nd sg χαίρω. See 26:49. βασιλεῦ. Vocative. τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Genitive of subordination. See 27:11. 27:30 καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἔλαβον τὸν κάλαμον καὶ ἔτυπτον εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. ἐμπτύσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐμπτύω (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς αὐτὸν. Locative. ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. τὸν κάλαμον. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβον. The article is anaphoric (cf. 27:29). ἔτυπτον. Impf act ind 3rd pl τύπτω. Unlike ἔλαβον, ἔτυπτον is imperfective in aspect and so depicts the action internally, as a process. Perhaps, however, we should not place too much stress here, since there are no aorist forms of τύπτω in the NT, LXX, Josephus, or the Apostolic Fathers (there are occasional aorist forms in Philo and the Pseudepigrapha). If, as the grammars often suggest (Wallace, 547; Campbell 2008a, 77; Köstenberger, Merkle, and Plummer, 268 n. 46), the action



Matthew 27:30-31

375

envisioned is iterative, this would be a conclusion drawn from the context and not the tense of the verb itself (so, rightly, Decker 2014b, 248). εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν. Spatial. εἰς is a marker “of movement directed at a surface of an area on” (BDAG, 289.1.a.γ). For τύπτω + εἰς, see LXX Prov 26:22, to which Nolland points, but note also his suggestion that “the choice of εἰς was determined less by an interest in precision of meaning than by a desire to play with the sound similarities of ἐμπτυ-­εἰς and ἐτυπτ-­εἰς (stripping off the endings to highlight the similarity)” (1184). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 27:31 Καὶ ὅτε ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ, ἐξέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὴν χλαμύδα καὶ ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σταυρῶσαι. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐνέπαιξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐμπαίζω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἐνέπαιξαν. ἐξέδυσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐκδύω. αὐτὸν. Although ἐξέδυσαν appears to take two direct objects (αὐτὸν and τὴν χλαμύδα; cf. Young, 17; McKay 1994, §1.11.4; Quarles, 338; Decker 2014b, 249, finds an object and its complement in the parallel construction in Mark), in reality the semantic recipient αὐτὸν, which would normally be marked as the dative indirect object, has advanced to the direct object position and is thus accusative (see Culy 2009, 93–­94). See 27:22. τὴν χλαμύδα. Accusative direct object of ἐξέδυσαν. ἐνέδυσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐνδύω. αὐτὸν. Although, like ἐξέδυσαν, ἐνέδυσαν appears to take two direct objects (αὐτὸν and τὰ ἱμάτια), in reality the semantic recipient αὐτὸν, which would normally be marked as the dative indirect object, has advanced to the direct object position and is thus accusative (see Culy 2009, 93–­94). τὰ ἱμάτια. Accusative direct object of ἐνέδυσαν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἀπήγαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπάγω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπήγαγον. σταυρῶσαι. Aor act inf σταυρόω. Used with εἰς τό to indicate purpose.

376

Matthew 27:32-­38

Matthew 27:32-­38 And as they were going out, they found a man, a Cyrenian—­Simon by name; this one they pressed into service to carry his cross. 33And when they came to the place called Golgotha (which means Skull Place), 34they gave to him wine mixed with gall to drink; but when he had tasted it, he did not want to drink it. 35And when they had crucified him, they divided his garments by casting lots, 36and, as they were sitting down, they were keeping watch over him there. 37And they placed over his head the written charge against him: “This is Jesus, the king of the Jews.” 38 At that time two revolutionaries are crucified with him, one at his right and one at his left. 32

27:32 Ἐξερχόμενοι δὲ εὗρον ἄνθρωπον Κυρηναῖον ὀνόματι Σίμωνα, τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. Ἐξερχόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl ἐξέρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Matthew does not say whether they are leaving the city or simply the governor’s residence, but perhaps the former is more likely “since executions usually take place outside the cities where the necropolises are also located” (Luz 2001–­2007, 3:527). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εὗρον. Aor act ind 3rd pl εὑρίσκω. ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of εὗρον. Κυρηναῖον. Accusative in apposition to ἄνθρωπον. BDAG (575), by contrast, takes Κυρηναῖον to be adjectival. ὀνόματι. Dative of reference. Σίμωνα. Accusative in apposition to ἄνθρωπον. τοῦτον. Accusative direct object of ἠγγάρευσαν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἠγγάρευσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀγγαρεύω. See 5:41 on ἀγγαρεύσει. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. ἄρῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg αἴρω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. τὸν σταυρὸν. Accusative direct object of ἄρῃ. “By ‘cross’ here is meant (by synecdoche) the cross bar and not the whole cross. The upright will already be in position at the place of execution” (Nolland, 1188). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of identification (“the cross intended for Jesus”) or possessive genitive.



Matthew 27:32-34

377

27:33 Καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν Κρανίου Τόπος λεγόμενος, ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς τόπον. Locative. λεγόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg λέγω (attributive). Γολγοθᾶ. Accusative complement to τόπον in a double accusative subject-­complement construction (see 2:23 on Ναζαρέτ). Since τόπον is the conceptual subject of the passive verb (λεγόμενον), it requires a complement in the same case. ὅ. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. In spite of the fact that its antecedent (τόπον) is masculine, the relative is neuter, since “[i]n explanatory phrases Koine employs the neuter ὅ ἐστιν, τοῦτ ͗ἔστιν (τουτέστιν) ‘that is to say’, a formulaic phrase used without reference to the gender of the word explained or to that of the word which explains” (BDF §132.2; cf. Robertson, 411, 714). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Κρανίου Τόπος. Fronted for emphasis. Κρανίου. Attributive genitive. Τόπος. Nominative complement to ὅ in a double nominative subject-­ complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός) or predicate nominative (see λεγόμενος below). λεγόμενος. Pres pass ptc masc nom sg λέγω (present periphrastic). The syntax of the verse can be variously understood: the participle could also be either adverbial (so Moule, 17: “which means [lit. is, when said, or translated] Skull Place [instead of which is being translated . . .]”) or attributive, modifying Τόπος (so McKay 1994, §1.9.4: “to a place called Golgotha, which is a place called ‘Skull [Place]’ ”). On either of these alternatives, Τόπος completes the equative verb as a predicate nominative. That many witnesses (A K N W et al.) place the participle immediately after ἐστιν perhaps suggests that they understood the construction to be periphrastic. 27:34 ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον· καὶ γευσάμενος οὐκ ἠθέλησεν πιεῖν. ἔδωκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl δίδωμι. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔδωκαν. πιεῖν. Aor act inf πίνω (purpose).

378

Matthew 27:32-­38

οἶνον. Accusative direct object of ἔδωκαν. In an assimilation to LXX Ps 68:22 (MT: Ps 69:22; Eng.: 69:21), most witnesses support ὄξος instead of οἶνον. NA28 and SBLGNT correctly follow ℵ B D K et al. μετὰ χολῆς. Association/accompaniment (BDAG, 637.2.e). χολή (“lit. a substance w[ith] an unpleasant taste, someth[ing] bitter, gall” [BDAG, 1086.1]) appears in the NT only here and in Acts 8:23. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μεμιγμένον. Prf pass ptc masc acc sg μίγνυμι (attributive). μίγνυμι (“to mix or mingle, either of liquids or solids, often involving substances which do not normally go together” [LN 63.10]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. καὶ. Connective; on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. γευσάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg γεύομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἠθέλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θέλω. πιεῖν. Aor act inf πίνω (complementary). 27:35 Σταυρώσαντες δὲ αὐτὸν διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ βάλλοντες κλῆρον, Σταυρώσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl σταυρόω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. It is striking, as Hagner (1995, 834) notes, that Matthew relegates his narration of the crucifixion to a subordinate, participial clause; the emphasis of the sentence seems to fall on the fulfilment of Scripture. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of Σταυρώσαντες. διεμερίσαντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl διαμερίζω. The middle voice is used here appropriately of the soldiers’ division of Jesus’ clothes among themselves (BDAG, 233.2). τὰ ἱμάτια. Accusative direct object of διεμερίσαντο. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. βάλλοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl βάλλω (means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κλῆρον. Accusative direct object of βάλλοντες. Typically, in the LXX, κλῆρος is plural when it follows βάλλω. But in LXX Ps 21:19 (MT: 22:19; Eng.: 22:18), whose language Matthew adopts here, κλῆρος is singular (after κλῆρον, under the influence of John 19:24, some witnesses make the scriptural allusion explicit [see Metzger, 57]).



Matthew 27:35-38

379

27:36 καὶ καθήμενοι ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ. καθήμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl κάθημαι (temporal [Quarles, 339]). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐτήρουν. Impf act ind 3rd pl τηρέω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐτήρουν. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. 27:37 Καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπάνω τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένην· οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. ἐπέθηκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπιτίθημι. ἐπάνω τῆς κεφαλῆς. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. τὴν αἰτίαν. Accusative direct object of ἐπέθηκαν. αἰτία refers here to “the content of legal charges brought against someone” (LN 56.5). αὐτοῦ. Objective genitive. γεγραμμένην. Prf pass ptc fem acc sg γράφω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. Although Wallace (619) understands γεγραμμένην as a predicate participle, it is instead attributive, standing in the so-­called third attributive position (see Wallace, 307). Although the third attributive position is relatively rare for adjectives, it “is frequent when the modifier is other than an adj. (such as a participle, prepositional phrase, or gen. adjunct)” (Wallace, 307 n. 42). οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Ἰησοῦς. Predicate nominative. ὁ βασιλεὺς. Nominative in apposition to Ἰησοῦς. τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Genitive of subordination. 27:38 Τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί, εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. σταυροῦνται. Pres pass ind 3rd pl σταυρόω. Alongside of τότε (as at 26:36, 38, 52; 27:13), the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) signals a new development in the narrative as the evangelist turns to write about those crucified with Jesus but also grants prominence to that development.

380

Matthew 27:39-­44

σὺν αὐτῷ. Association/accompaniment. δύο λῃσταί. Nominative subject of σταυροῦνται. While λῃστής could simply refer to a common thief (so BDAG, 594.1), common thieves were not typically crucified (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:616 n. 42). More probably the word refers here to a more dangerous foe: a rebel or an insurrectionist (cf. BDAG, 594.2). εἷς. Nominative in apposition to δύο λῃσταί. ἐκ δεξιῶν. Locative; see 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν (which, together with 20:23, many think Matthew deliberately recalls here). εἷς. Nominative in apposition to δύο λῃσταί. ἐξ εὐωνύμων. Locative; see 20:21 on ἐκ δεξιῶν. “After the words ‘one on the right’ and ‘one on the left’ the Old Latin codex Colbertinus (itc) supplies names for the two robbers who were crucified with Jesus: nomine Zoatham and nomine Camma respectively” (Metzger, 57–­58). Matthew 27:39-­44 Those who were passing by were maligning him, shaking their heads and saying, “You who are going to destroy the temple and in three days build it again, save yourself! If you are God’s Son, come down from the cross.” 41In the same way also the chief priests, mocking along with the scribes and elders, were saying, 42“Others he saved; himself he cannot save. He is the king of Israel; let him come down from the cross now, and we will believe in him. 43He has trusted in God; let him deliver him now if he delights in him; for he said, ‘I am God’s Son.’ ” 44In the same way also the revolutionaries who were crucified with him were reviling him. 39 40

27:39 Οἱ δὲ παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτὸν κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν Οἱ . . . παραπορευόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl παραπορεύομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐβλασφήμουν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐβλασφήμουν. Impf act ind 3rd pl βλασφημέω. The verb means “to speak in a disrespectful way that demeans, denigrates, maligns” (BDAG, 178). It is especially reprehensible when the speech is aimed at the divine name or person (BDAG, 178.b). Here, translation into English is difficult. On the one hand, the passersby presumably intend to malign but not to blaspheme. On the other hand, given the depiction of Jesus that emerges in this narrative, the evangelist probably finds in the reproach



Matthew 27:39-40

381

of the passersby the more serious offense. Moreover, Matthew may well intend to remind his readers of 26:65, where Jesus is accused of blasphemy. I reluctantly opt to translate “were maligning.” αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐβλασφήμουν. κινοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl κινέω (manner). Cf. Decker (2014b, 254) on Mark 15:29: “Although taking the participle as manner might make sense for κινοῦντες, the parallel with the conjoined λέγοντες suggests that means is the better explanation.” Probably, however, the conjoined participles explicate the action of the main verb (on adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων), but do so in slightly different ways. τὰς κεφαλὰς. Accusative direct object of κινοῦντες. Cf. LXX Ps 21:8 (ἐκίνησαν κεφαλήν); Lam 2:15 (πάντες οἱ παραπορευόμενοι ὁδόν, ἐσύρισαν καὶ ἐκίνησαν τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν). αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. 27:40 καὶ λέγοντες· ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν, σῶσον σεαυτόν, εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, [καὶ] κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (means). See κινοῦντες above (27:39). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ καταλύων . . . καὶ . . . οἰκοδομῶν. The participial construction introduces the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive σεαυτόν. The single article that stands over the two substantival participles, neither of which is plural, impersonal, or a proper noun, signals their identity (the Granville-­Sharp rule: see 7:26 on ποιῶν). Cf. 26:61. ὁ καταλύων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg καταλύω (substantival). τὸν ναὸν. Accusative direct object of καταλύων. ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις. Temporal. Fronted for emphasis. οἰκοδομῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg οἰκοδομέω (substantival). σῶσον. Aor act impv 2nd sg σῴζω. σεαυτόν. Accusative direct object of σῶσον. εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ. Cf. 4:3, 6. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. υἱὸς. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. Colwell’s rule, which states that “definite predicate nouns which precede the verb usually lack the article” (20), applies here. Mathewson and Emig (84–­85) stress what many others have rightly observed—­namely, that Colwell’s rule “is not a rule about determining definiteness but an observation of a

382

Matthew 27:39-­44

pattern: predicate nominatives that are already determined to be definite tend to lack the article when they precede the verb εἶναι.” Nevertheless, the pattern is significant and should remind us that anarthrous preverbal predicate nominatives may not be considered indefinite simply because they lack the article. When the context suggests that the PN is not indefinite, as it does here, we should not be surprised. See 4:3, 27:54 on υἱὸς. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. τοῦ θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. [καὶ]. In this context, the conjunction is epexegetical but, as the square brackets in NA28 indicate, its authenticity is disputed. The large majority of witnesses (ℵ2 B K L et al.) omit it; its inclusion is supported by ℵ* A D it sy(s).p. As Metzger (58) observes, “On the one hand, καί may have been omitted due to confusion with the first syllable of the following word; on the other hand, it may have been inserted by those who took the conditional clause (εἰ . . . θεοῦ) with what precedes.” I am inclined to agree with Luz (2001–­2007, 3:536 n. 1), who appeals to the weight of the MS evidence in favor of the shorter reading. κατάβηθι. Aor act impv 2nd sg καταβαίνω. ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. Separation. 27:41 ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἐμπαίζοντες μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων ἔλεγον· ὁμοίως. Comparative adverb. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between the passersby (27:39) and Israel’s leaders. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς. Nominative subject of ἔλεγον. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐμπαίζοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ἐμπαίζω (manner). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων. Association/accompaniment. The single article that stands over the two substantives suggests a conceptual unity, but since the nouns are plural, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:24 on μὴ ποιῶν) does not apply. ἔλεγον. Impf act ind 3rd pl λέγω. See 12:23 on ἔλεγον. 27:42 ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι· βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. ἄλλους. Accusative direct object of ἔσωσεν. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσωσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg σῴζω.



Matthew 27:41-43

383

ἑαυτὸν. Accusative direct object of δύναται. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δύναται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). It is possible to understand this sentence as a question (cf. NA28 apparatus), but whether we take it as a defiant assertion or a defiant question, its rhetorical force is similar. σῶσαι. Aor act inf σῴζω (complementary). βασιλεὺς. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. Colwell’s rule (see 27:40 on υἱὸς) applies here: not surprisingly, the definite preverbal predicate nominative is anarthrous. Before βασιλεὺς, most witnesses include the particle εἰ, perhaps, as Metzger (58) suggests, because some scribes failed to understand “the irony implied by the statement, ‘He is the King of Israel.’ ” NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the strong testimony of ℵ B D L et al. Ἰσραήλ. Genitive of subordination. See 27:11 on σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καταβάτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg καταβαίνω. νῦν. Temporal adverb. ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. Separation. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force. πιστεύσομεν. Fut act ind 1st pl πιστεύω. ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. The preposition serves as a “marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w[ith] acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope” (BDAG, 366.15). As Harris (2012, 235) observes in passing, there is an “idea of metaphorical movement (ἐπί = ‘directed toward,’ . . .) implied” here and elsewhere when ἐπί occurs with πιστεύω or πίστις. 27:43 πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν· εἶπεν γὰρ ὅτι θεοῦ εἰμι υἱός. πέποιθεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg πείθω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν. See ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν (27:42). ῥυσάσθω. Aor mid impv 3rd sg ῥύομαι. νῦν. Temporal adverb. Instead of the temporal adverb (supported by ℵ B L 33 et al.), one group of witnesses has αὐτόν (cf. LXX Ps 21:9,

384

Matthew 27:45-­54

to which, along with Wis 2:18-­20, Matt 27:43a alludes); another group (D K W Δ et al.) offers a conflation: νῦν αὐτόν. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition (that is preceded by its apodosis: ῥυσάσθω νῦν). θέλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg θέλω. In Ps 22:8 (LXX 21:9) θέλει translates ‫ח ֵפץ‬,ָ “to delight.” θέλω has that sense here “to take pleasure in” (BDAG, 448.3; cf. BDF §148.2). αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of θέλει. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clause that explains the rationale undergirding the leaders’ mocking challenge. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of εἶπεν. θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. Fronted for emphasis. εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. υἱός. Predicate nominative. 27:44 Τὸ δ᾿ αὐτὸ καὶ οἱ λῃσταὶ οἱ συσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον αὐτόν. Τὸ . . . αὐτὸ. Adverbial accusative of manner: “in the same way” (cf. BDAG, 153.3.b). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. καὶ οἱ λῃσταὶ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39) or ascensive (NEB, LEB, HCSB, NLT), underscoring the parallel between the insurrectionists and Israel’s leaders in their reproach of Jesus. οἱ λῃσταὶ. Nominative subject of ὠνείδιζον. See 27:38 on λῃσταί. οἱ συσταυρωθέντες. Aor pass ptc masc nom pl συσταυρόω (attributive). σὺν αὐτῷ. Association/accompaniment. ὠνείδιζον. Impf act ind 3rd pl ὀνειδίζω. Cf. LXX Ps 21:7 (ὄνειδος ἀνθρώπου); 68;10 (οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ). αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of ὠνείδιζον. Matthew 27:45-­54 45 And darkness came over the whole land, from the sixth hour until the ninth hour. 46And about the ninth hour, Jesus cried out with a loud voice, saying, “Eli, Eli, lema sabachthani”—that is, “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” 47Some of those standing there, when they heard this, were saying, “This man is calling Elijah.” 48And immediately, one of them, running and taking a sponge, and filling it with sour wine and



Matthew 27:44-46

385

placing it on a reed, was giving it to him to drink. 49And the rest were saying, “Let us see if Elijah is coming to save him.” 50And Jesus, again crying out with a loud voice, released his spirit. 51And, behold, the curtain of the temple was torn into two, from top to bottom, and the earth was shaken, and the rocks were split, 52and the tombs were opened, and many bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised, 53and, coming out of their tombs, they entered into the holy city after his resurrection and appeared to many. 54But the centurion and those who were with him keeping watch over Jesus, upon seeing the earthquake and the things that transpired, were extremely frightened, saying, “Truly this man was God’s Son.” 27:45 Ἀπὸ δὲ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης. Ἀπὸ . . . ἕκτης ὥρας. Temporal. Together, ἀπό and ἕως mark the temporal limits of the action (cf. BDAG, 105.2.b.β). Cf. Matt 11:12; 24:21. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. σκότος. Nominative subject of ἐγένετο. Fronted for emphasis. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. Spatial. ἐπὶ functions as a marker of movement: “from one point to another across, over” (BDAG, 364.4.b.β). While τὴν γῆν may refer here to the earth (cf. BDAG, 196.1), probably the more natural reference is to the land (i.e., Israel; so BDAG, 196.3). ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης. Temporal; see Ἀπὸ . . . ἕκτης ὥρας above. 27:46 περὶ δὲ τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγων· ηλι ηλι λεμα σαβαχθανι; τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν· θεέ μου θεέ μου, ἱνατί με ἐγκατέλιπες; περὶ . . . τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν. Temporal. The article is anaphoric (cf. ὥρας ἐνάτης, 27:45 [MHT 3:178–­79]). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀνεβόησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναβοάω. The verb means “cry out” (BDAG, 59). A NT hapax legomenon. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀνεβόησεν. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ. Dative of instrument. Cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 727, on φωνῇ μεγάλῃ in Luke 23:46: “In terms of syntax, dative of instrument. In terms of semantics, the manner in which he shouted (cf. 4:33; 8:28; 19:37; Acts 7:57, 60; 8:7).” λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων.

386

Matthew 27:45-­54

ηλι ηλι λεμα σαβαχθανι. On the variant spellings of this ­transliteration from Aramaic in the extant witnesses, see Williams (2004). τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν. Introduces Matthew’s translation of the Aramaic utterance. Like ὅ ἐστιν (1:23; 27:33), τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν (“that is”) is used idiomatically “without much regard to the gender (not to say number) of antecedent or predicate” (Robertson, 411). τοῦτ᾿. Nominative subject of ἔστιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. θεέ. Vocative. Only here (twice in this verse) does θεός appear in the vocative case in the NT. Elsewhere, the nominative is used for the vocative, as it is in the parallel in Mark 15:34 and in LXX Ps 21:2, which our text echoes. μου. Genitive of subordination. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἱνατί. Whether we read the text as one word, ἱνατί (an “interrogative expressio[n] of reason” [LN 89.38]) or two, ἵνα τί (“to what end?” “for what purpose?”), the interrogative asks the question “Why?” με. Accusative direct object of ἐγκατέλιπες. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Fronted for emphasis. ἐγκατέλιπες. Aor act ind 2nd sg ἐγκαταλείπω. The verb means “to separate connection with someone or someth[ing], forsake, abandon, desert” (BDAG, 273.2). A Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 10×). 27:47 τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστηκότων ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον ὅτι Ἠλίαν φωνεῖ οὗτος. τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστηκότων. Fronted as a topical frame. τινὲς. Nominative subject of ἔλεγον. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῶν . . . ἑστηκότων. Prf act ptc masc gen pl ἵστημι (substantival). Partitive genitive. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔλεγον. Impf act ind 3rd pl λέγω. See 12:23 on ἔλεγον. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of ἔλεγον. Ἠλίαν. Accusative direct object of φωνεῖ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). φωνεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg φωνέω. οὗτος. Nominative subject of φωνεῖ.



Matthew 27:47-49

387

27:48 καὶ εὐθέως δραμὼν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ λαβὼν σπόγγον πλήσας τε ὄξους καὶ περιθεὶς καλάμῳ ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. δραμὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg τρέχω (attendant circumstance). Decker (2014b, 259) observes that this string of participles of attendant circumstance (3 in Mark; 4 in Matthew) is “unusual in modifying an imperfect rather than the more common aorist verb.” On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἷς. Nominative subject of ἐπότιζεν. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Partitive. λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). σπόγγον. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. πλήσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πίμπλημι (attendant circumstance). τε. Connective, here marking “a close relationship between sequential events or states” (LN 89.88). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὄξους. Genitive of content. ὄξος, which in the NT is found only in the Gospel passion narratives (Matt 27:48//Mark 15:36; Luke 23:36; John 19:29-­30), refers to “sour wine, wine vinegar,” which “relieved thirst more effectively than water and, being cheaper than regular wine, . . . was a favorite beverage of the lower ranks of society and of those in moderate circumstances” (BDAG, 715). Cf. LXX Ps 68:22 (καὶ εἰς τὴν δίψαν μου ἐπότισάν με ὄξος). περιθεὶς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg περιτίθημι (attendant circumstance). καλάμῳ. Locative dative. ἐπότιζεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg ποτίζω. Luz (2001–­2007, 3:541 n. 2; cf. Quarles, 332) finds here a conative imperfect, but whether the attempt was unsuccessful is a matter than only context can determine. 27:49 may offer support for this reading. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of ἐπότιζεν. 27:49 οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἔλεγον· ἄφες ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται Ἠλίας σώσων αὐτόν. οἱ . . . λοιποὶ. Nominative subject of ἔλεγον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔλεγον. Impf act ind 3rd pl λέγω. See 12:23 on ἔλεγον. ἄφες. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀφίημι. On ἄφες + first-­person subjunctive, see 7:4. France (2007, 1073 n. 3) thinks that “Ἄφες, literally ‘Leave,’ is probably a call to the man offering the drink to stop doing so and to

388

Matthew 27:45-­54

leave Jesus alone to see whether his supposed appeal is successful. . . . Generally when Matthew uses the imperative of ἀφίημι, it has its own imperatival force and does not function as an auxiliary to a deliberative subjunctive.” But this final sentence is misleading, since in only one other instance (7:4) does Matthew employ an imperative form of ἀφίημι together with a subjunctive. Here, as there, ἄφες is reduced to a hortatory particle, with the result that we have one verbal idea, not two: “Let us see.” ἴδωμεν. Aor act subj 1st pl ὁράω (hortatory subjunctive). εἰ. Introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of ἴδωμεν. See McKay (1994, §13.2.1); Estes (56). ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Futuristic present (3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). Ἠλίας. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται. σώσων. Fut act ptc masc nom sg σῴζω (purpose). For other examples of the future participle, see Luke 22:49; John 6:64; Acts 8:27; 20:22; 22:5; 24:11, 17; Rom 8:34; 1 Cor 15:37; Heb 3:5; 13:17; 1 Pet 3:13. On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of σώσων. After αὐτόν, several witnesses (ℵ B C L et al.) read ἄλλος δὲ λαβὼν λόγχην (λόγην Γ) ἔνυξεν αὐτοῦ τὴν πλευρὰν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὕδωρ καὶ αἷμα (αἷμα καὶ ὕδωρ Γ). The strength of the witnesses that support this reading intrigues, and it may be original, as WH thought; more probably it arose under the influence of John 19:34. 27:50 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀφῆκεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πάλιν. Adverbial, here “pert[aining] to repetition in the same (or similar) manner” (BDAG, 752.2). κράξας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg κράζω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ. Dative of instrument. Cf. 27:46. ἀφῆκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. τὸ πνεῦμα. Accusative direct object of ἀφῆκεν. Since πνεῦμα can refer to breath (and wind) as well as spirit (cf. BDAG, 832-­33.1–­3), it is possible (with the NRSV, BDAG, 833.2) to understand ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα to mean “he breathed his last.” But in its eighteen other occurrences in Matthew, πνεῦμα consistently means “spirit,” and thus that sense is probably to be preferred here as well: “[H]e released his spirit”



Matthew 27:50-52

389

(cf. LEB; NET). In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). 27:51 Καὶ ἰδοὺ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη ἀπ᾿ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω εἰς δύο καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν, ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent upon, the surprising action that follows. τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ. Fronted for emphasis. τὸ καταπέτασμα. Nominative subject of ἐσχίσθη. τοῦ ναοῦ. Genitive of identification (“the temple curtain”). Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (727) consider the genitive in Luke’s parallel (Luke 23:45) partitive. On the identification of the curtain and the significance of its tearing in Matthew, see Gurtner. ἐσχίσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg σχίζω. The first in a series of five aorist passive verbs (27:51-­52) whose implied agent, in each case, is the God of Israel. So, rightly, Luz (1995, 136): “Events now slip beyond the grasp of the high priests and the elders. God himself begins to act.” Nevertheless, in spite of the fact that commentators (e.g., Quarles, 342) regularly appeal to it, Decker (2014b, 262) rightly refers to the divine passive as a “questionable grammatical category.” See 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. ἀπ᾿ ἄνωθεν. Spatial. Together, the two prepositions, ἀπό and ἕως, mark the spatial limits of the action: “from top to bottom” (cf. BDAG, 105.2.b.β; Matt 23:35; 24:31). ἕως κάτω. See ἀπ᾿ ἄνωθεν. εἰς δύο. Result (BDAG, 490.4.e). ἡ γῆ. Nominative subject of ἐσείσθη. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐσείσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg σείω. The second in a series of five aorist passive verbs. αἱ πέτραι. Nominative subject of ἐσχίσθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐσχίσθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl σχίζω. The third in a series of five aorist passive verbs. 27:52 καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθησαν, τὰ μνημεῖα. Nominative subject of ἀνεῴχθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀνεῴχθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl ἀνοίγω. The fourth in a series of five aorist passive verbs. On the concord between neuter plural subjects

390

Matthew 27:45-­54

and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. Here, against Matthew’s typical pattern, the impersonal plural subject takes a plural verb. πολλὰ σώματα. Nominative subject of ἠγέρθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. τῶν . . . ἁγίων. Possessive genitive. κεκοιμημένων. Prf mid ptc masc gen pl κοιμάω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἠγέρθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl ἐγείρω. The fifth in a series of five aorist passive verbs. Although the majority of witnesses has the 3rd sg form (ἠγέρθη) here, NA28 and SBLGNT correctly prefer the plural ἠγέρθησαν. Not only does it receive the strong support of ℵ B D L et al.; it also tallies with Matthew’s preference for plural verbs when, as here, the neuter plural subject is personal (see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν). 27:53 καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς. ἐξελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐξέρχομαι (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐκ τῶν μνημείων. Source. μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν. Temporal. ἔγερσις (“a coming back to life, resurrection, lit. ‘awakening’ of a dead person” [BDAG, 272]) is a NT hapax legomenon. It is possible to take the PP with the preceding participle (LEB; NRSV; NIV 2011; ESV; NASB; KJV; NET) or (as translated above) with the following εἰσῆλθον (cf. Gundry 1994, 576; Quarles, 343). αὐτοῦ. Subjective or objective genitive. εἰσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl εἰσέρχομαι. εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν. Locative. ἐνεφανίσθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἐμφανίζω. The verb ἐμφανίζω (“to cause to become visible” [LN 24.19]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 10×). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. πολλοῖς. Dative complement of ἐνεφανίσθησαν. 27:54 Ὁ δὲ ἑκατόνταρχος καὶ οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ γενόμενα ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα, λέγοντες· ἀληθῶς θεοῦ υἱὸς ἦν οὗτος. Ὁ . . . ἑκατόνταρχος καὶ οἱ . . . τηροῦντες. Nominative subjects of ἐφοβήθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ . . . τηροῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl τηρέω (substantival).



Matthew 27:53-55

391

μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Association/accompaniment. τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Accusative direct object of τηροῦντες. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ γενόμενα. Accusative direct objects of ἰδόντες. τὰ γενόμενα. Aor mid ptc neut acc pl γίνομαι (substantival). ἐφοβήθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl φοβέω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. σφόδρα. An adverb of measure, denoting “a very high point on a scale of extent” (LN 78.19). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (result). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἀληθῶς. The adverb lends emphasis. θεοῦ υἱὸς. Fronted for emphasis. θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. υἱὸς. Predicate nominative. As Colwell’s rule (see 27:40 on υἱὸς) indicates, definite, preverbal predicate nominatives are often anarthrous. So the fact that υἱὸς is anarthrous here does not in itself suggest that it is indefinite; instead, the context must guide readers here. Moreover, as Harner has demonstrated, sometimes “the qualitative force of the predicate noun seems to be more prominent than its definiteness or indefiniteness” (79). That is, “[a]narthrous nouns may function primarily to express the nature or character of the subject” (75). ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. οὗτος. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἦν (see 3:3). Matthew 27:55-­56 Now there were many women there, watching from a distance, who had followed Jesus from Galilee to minister to him, 56among whom were Mary Magdalene and Mary, the mother of James and Joseph, and the mother of the sons of Zebedee. 55

27:55 Ἦσαν δὲ ἐκεῖ γυναῖκες πολλαὶ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι, αἵτινες ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας διακονοῦσαι αὐτῷ· Ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place.

392

Matthew 27:55-­56

γυναῖκες πολλαὶ. Nominative subject of Ἦσαν. ἀπὸ μακρόθεν. Source. Fronted for emphasis. θεωροῦσαι. Pres act ptc fem nom pl θεωρέω (attributive or manner). Both CEB and NLT translate the participle, together with Ἦσαν, as an imperfect periphrastic (CEB: “Many women were watching from a distance”), but the presence of the (predicate) adverb ἐκεῖ, untranslated in both CEB and NLT and absent from the parallel in Mark 15:40, and the distance between Ἦσαν and θεωροῦσαι make it unlikely that we have a periphrastic construction here. Quarles (344), however, doubts that the presence of ἐκεῖ is a factor and thinks the construction is periphrastic. αἵτινες. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Source. διακονοῦσαι. Pres act ptc fem nom pl διακονέω (purpose [CEB: “to serve him”; sim. NLT; Wallace, 637] or manner). Perhaps not incidentally, instead of the participle W has an infinitive (διακονῆσαι) that expresses purpose (BDF §390.1). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of διακονοῦσαι. 27:56 ἐν αἷς ἦν Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσὴφ μήτηρ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου. ἐν αἷς. Locative (“among whom”; cf. BDAG, 326.1.d). ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. Μαρία . . . καὶ Μαρία . . . καὶ ἡ μήτηρ. Compound nominative subject of ἦν. ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ. Nominative in apposition to Μαρία. ἡ . . . μήτηρ. Nominative in apposition to Μαρία. τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσὴφ. Genitive of relationship. Although the two nouns linked by stand under one article, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply, since Ἰακώβου and Ἰωσὴφ are proper nouns. τῶν υἱῶν. Genitive of relationship. Ζεβεδαίου. Genitive of relationship.



Matthew 27:56-58

393

Matthew 27:57-­61 When evening came, a rich man from Arimathea, Joseph by name, who had himself also become a disciple to Jesus, came. 58This man, approaching Pilate, requested the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded it to be given. 59And, taking the body, Joseph wrapped it in a clean linen cloth 60 and placed it in his own new tomb, which he had cut in the rock; and when he had rolled a great stone to the entrance to the tomb, he went away. 61Now Mary Magdalene and the other Mary were there, sitting opposite the grave. 57

27:57 Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, τοὔνομα Ἰωσήφ, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ· Ὀψίας. Genitive subject of γενομένης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας. Source. τοὔνομα. Accusative of reference (formed by crasis from τὸ ὄνομα). Cf. BDF §160. Ἰωσήφ. Nominative in apposition to ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος. ὃς. Nominative subject of ἐμαθητεύθη. καὶ αὐτὸς. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between Joseph and the women who had followed Jesus from Galilee (27:55-­56). αὐτὸς. Adjectival intensive (“who himself”). ἐμαθητεύθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg μαθητεύω. The verb is probably an intransitive θη–­middle (cf. LN 36.31 and see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction), but it may be passive (see 13:52 on μαθητευθεὶς). τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative of reference or, less probably, dative of advantage (cf. 13:52 τῇ βασιλείᾳ). 27:58 οὗτος προσελθὼν τῷ Πιλάτῳ ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. τότε ὁ Πιλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι. οὗτος. Nominative subject of ᾐτήσατο. Fronted as a topical frame. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τῷ Πιλάτῳ. Dative complement of προσελθὼν.

394

Matthew 27:57-­61

ᾐτήσατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg αἰτέω. τὸ σῶμα. Accusative direct object of ᾐτήσατο. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Possessive genitive. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ὁ Πιλᾶτος. Nominative subject of ἐκέλευσεν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκέλευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κελεύω. ἀποδοθῆναι. Aor pass inf ἀποδίδωμι (indirect discourse). 27:59 Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ [ἐν] σινδόνι καθαρᾷ λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὸ σῶμα. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. ὁ Ἰωσὴφ. Nominative subject of ἐνετύλιξεν. ἐνετύλιξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐντυλίσσω. A Matthean hapax legomenon, ἐντυλίσσω (“to wrap someth[ing] around an object” [BDAG, 341.1]) occurs elsewhere in the NT in Luke 23:53 and John 20:7. αὐτὸ. Accusative direct object of ἐνετύλιξεν. [ἐν] σινδόνι καθαρᾷ. ἐν is absent from the large majority of witnesses, and SBLGNT considers its absence original. On the other hand, it is present in B D Θ et al. and, if it were original, could have been eliminated in assimilation to the parallels in Mark 15:46 and Luke 23:53. With or without the preposition, the expression has either locative (as translated above) or instrumental (so Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 731, on σινδόνι in Luke 23:53) force. Like ἐντυλίσσω, σινδών (“fabric made from linen” [BDAG, 924.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 6×). 27:60 καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ καινῷ αὐτοῦ μνημείῳ ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν τῇ θύρᾳ τοῦ μνημείου ἀπῆλθεν. ἔθηκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τίθημι. αὐτὸ. Accusative direct object of ἔθηκεν. ἐν τῷ καινῷ . . . μνημείῳ. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ὃ. Accusative direct object of ἐλατόμησεν. ἐλατόμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λατομέω. Elsewhere in the NT, λατομέω (“to cut rock, to hew out rock” [LN 19.25]) occurs only in the parallel text in Mark 15:46.



Matthew 27:59-61

395

ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ. Locative. προσκυλίσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσκυλίω (temporal). Like λατομέω, προσκυλίω (“to roll up to, to roll against” [LN 15.249]) occurs in the NT only here and in Mark 15:46. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. λίθον μέγαν. Accusative direct object of προσκυλίσας. τῇ θύρᾳ. Dative indirect object of προσκυλίσας. θύρα refers here not to a door per se but to the entrance to the tomb (cf. BDAG, 462.2). τοῦ μνημείου. Genitive of identification (“the entrance to the tomb”) or partitive genitive. ἀπῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι. 27:61 Ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία καθήμεναι ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου. Ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. Here, in something of an anomaly, the singular finite verb gives way to the plural participle later in the verse, perhaps, as France (2007, 1088) suggests, because “the sentence begins by focusing on Mary the Magdalene, but ‘the other Mary’ is added to make up the plural subject of ‘sitting.’ ” δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place. Μαριὰμ . . . καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία. Compound nominative subject of Ἦν. Cf. 27:56. ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ. Nominative in apposition to Μαριὰμ. καθήμεναι. Pres mid ptc fem nom pl κάθημαι (attributive or manner). Several English versions (NET; NLT; NIV 2011; cf. Quarles, 345) take the participle, together with Ἦν, as an imperfect periphrastic, but see 27:55 on θεωροῦσαι. ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου. Locative (“opposite, over against” [Harris 2012, 243]). Matthew 27:62-­66 62 On the next day, which is after the day of preparation, the chief priests and the Pharisees gathered to Pilate, 63saying, “Sir, we remember that, while he was still living, that deceiver said, ‘After three days I will rise.’ 64 So then, command the tomb to be secured until the third day, lest, coming, his disciples steal him and say to the people, ‘He has been raised from the dead,’ and the final deception will be worse than the first.” 65 Pilate said to them, “You have a guard; go, secure the tomb, as you

396

Matthew 27:62-­66

know how to do.” 66And so, going, along with the guard, they secured the tomb by sealing the stone. 27:62 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν, συνήχθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πρὸς Πιλᾶτον Τῇ . . . ἐπαύριον. Dative of time. ἡμέρᾳ is to be supplied (BDAG, 360): “on the next day.” δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἥτις. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν. Temporal. παρασκευή (“preparation”) is used “in our lit[erature] only of a definite day, as the day of preparation for a festival” (BDAG, 771). συνήχθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl συνάγω. Since no agent is identified, συνήχθησαν is probably a θη–­middle rather than a passive verb (see further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subjects of συνήχθησαν. πρὸς Πιλᾶτον. Spatial (motion toward). 27:63 λέγοντες· κύριε, ἐμνήσθημεν ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν· μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κύριε. Vocative. It is possible that Matthew, given his use of the term (on the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2), finds irony in the Jewish leaders’ address of Pilate. ἐμνήσθημεν. Aor mid ind 1st pl μιμνῄσκομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ἐμνήσθημεν. ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἔτι. Temporal adverb: “yet, still” (BDAG, 400). ζῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ζάω (temporal). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας. Temporal.



Matthew 27:62-64

397

ἐγείρομαι. Pres mid/pass ind 1st sg ἐγείρω. Futuristic present (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 27:64 κέλευσον οὖν ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας, μήποτε ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν καὶ εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ· ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης. κέλευσον. Aor act impv 2nd sg κελεύω. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the urgent exhortation that is based on the preceding assertion. ἀσφαλισθῆναι. Aor pass inf ἀσφαλίζω (indirect discourse). Alternatively, the verb could be a θη–­middle (see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). τὸν τάφον. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἀσφαλισθῆναι (or accusative direct object of ἀσφαλισθῆναι, if the verb is middle rather than passive). Cf. Josephus, Life, 317. ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας. Temporal. μήποτε. Introduces a (negative) purpose clause. ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of κλέψωσιν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. The pronoun is absent from ℵ B arm geopt and that absence may be original (as WH thought). NA28 and SBLGNT, however, follow the testimony of the large majority of the witnesses. See further 14:15 on οἱ μαθηταὶ. κλέψωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl κλέπτω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of κλέψωσιν. εἴπωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl λέγω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. τῷ λαῷ. Dative indirect object of εἴπωσιν. ἠγέρθη. Aor pass (or mid) ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. Although the verb is probably passive (NEB; NRSV; NET; NIV 2011; LEB), it could be understood as an intransitive θη–­middle form (ESV; see further Zerwick §231). ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν. Source. See 14:2. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη. Nominative subject of ἔσται. The superlative adjective is used here for the comparative (as is πρώτης below). See Zerwick §151; BDF §62. χείρων. Predicate adjective. τῆς πρώτης. Genitive of comparison.

398

Matthew 27:62-­66

27:65 ἔφη αὐτοῖς ὁ Πιλᾶτος· ἔχετε κουστωδίαν· ὑπάγετε ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. In many witnesses δε follows ἔφη to signal a new narrative development (cf. Levinsohn, 238). NA28 and SBLGNT follow B K L Γ et al. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ὁ Πιλᾶτος. Nominative subject of ἔφη. ἔχετε. Pres act ind/impv 2nd pl ἔχω. If the verb is imperative (e.g., Luz 2001–­2007, 3:588), Pilate consents to the leaders’ request. If it is indicative, it could still signal consent (“you have the guard you have requested”), but it could also signal a rejection of their appeal (“you already have your own guard”; e.g., France 2007, 1094–­95). κουστωδίαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχετε. κουστωδία (“a group of soldiers serving as a guard” [LN 55.13]) is a Latin loanword (custodia [BDAG, 563]) that occurs only three times in the NT, all in Matthew: 27:65, 66; 28:11. ὑπάγετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὑπάγω. ἀσφαλίσασθε. Aor mid impv 2nd pl ἀσφαλίζω. The verb means to “make secure, against tampering” (BDAG, 147.1.c). A few witnesses (ℵ C D W Θ) relieve the asyndeton by replacing the imperative with an aorist middle infinitive ἀσφαλίσασθαι, a form not otherwise attested in biblical Greek. ὡς. “[A] comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth[ing] proceeds, as, like” (BDAG, 1103.1). οἴδατε. Prf act ind 2nd pl οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. In this elliptical construction, οἶδα probably means “to know/understand how, can, be able” (BDAG, 694.3), with a complementary infinitive implied: “[S]ecure it as you know how to do / as you are able to do.” 27:66 οἱ δὲ πορευθέντες ἠσφαλίσαντο τὸν τάφον σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἠσφαλίσαντο. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πορευθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἠσφαλίσαντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἀσφαλίζω. See 27:65 on ἀσφαλίσασθε.



Matthew 27:65-66

399

τὸν τάφον. Accusative direct object of ἠσφαλίσαντο. σφραγίσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl σφραγίζω (means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. In this context, σφραγίζω probably means “to provide with a seal as a security measure” (BDAG, 980.1). Cf. Dan 6:18 (Eng. 6:17); Josephus, Ant. 10.258. τὸν λίθον. Accusative direct object of σφραγίσαντες. μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας. Matthew’s use of μετά here is puzzling. At least three possibilities are worth considering: 1. Association/accompaniment. NRSV, NET, LEB, and Hart understand the PP to modify πορευθέντες, in which case μετά would function quite typically. Against this, however, stand both the distance between the participle and PP and the fact that two other verbal forms (ἠσφαλίσαντο; σφραγίσαντες) intervene. 2. Attendant circumstance. BDAG (637.3.b) suggests that “σφραγίσαντες τ. λίθον μετὰ τ. κουστωδίας makes the stationing of the guard an accompaniment to the sealing of the stone Mt 27:66.” Here the PP modifies ἠσφαλίσαντο (cf. RSV; ESV; NIV 2011). 3. Means/instrument. Nolland (1239) thinks that “[w]e should rather think of the guard as the means by which the Jerusalem leaders ‘went and secured the tomb.’ ” BDAG (637.3.b) considers this “another possibility” and points to several texts, including 2 Macc 6:16, where μετά introduces an instrument (in none of these texts, as far as I can see, does μετά introduce a personal agent). While none of these solutions is without difficulty, perhaps the first faces the least serious objections. Matthew 28:1-­10 Now after the Sabbath, at dawn on the first day of the week, Mary Magdalene and the other Mary came to see the tomb. 2And, behold, there was a great earthquake; for an angel of the Lord, descending from the sky and approaching, rolled away the stone and was sitting on it. 3 And his appearance was like lightning and his clothing white as snow. 4 And because they were afraid of him, those keeping watch were shaken, and they became like dead men. 5But the angel, responding, said to the women, “Do not be afraid, for I know that you are looking for Jesus, the crucified one; 6He is not here, for he has been raised, just as he said; 1

400

Matthew 28:1-­10

come, see the place where he was lying. 7And, quickly, going, tell his disciples, ‘He has been raised from the dead and, behold, he is going before you into Galilee; there you will see him.’ Behold, I have told you.” 8 And, quickly, going away from the tomb with fear and great joy, they ran to announce it to his disciples. 9And, behold, Jesus met them, saying, “Greetings!” And they, approaching, clasped his feet and worshiped him. 10Then Jesus says to them, “Do not be afraid; go, announce to my brothers that they should go to Galilee, and there they will see me.” 28:1 Ὀψὲ δὲ σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων ἦλθεν Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία θεωρῆσαι τὸν τάφον. Ὀψὲ . . . σαββάτων. Temporal. Here, for the only time in the NT (cf. Harris 2012, 248), ὀψέ, an adverb, serves as a preposition. If ὀψέ were an adverb here, ὀψὲ . . . σαββάτων would mean “late on the Sabbath.” Although some find it difficult to decide (e.g., Robertson, 645–­46), the following τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων seems to confirm that the sense is “after the Sabbath” (BDF §164.4). Both singular and plural forms of σάββατον can refer either, as here, to a specific day (the Sabbath; cf. BDAG, 909.1) or, as later in this verse, to a week (cf. BDAG, 910.2). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ. Pres act ptc fem dat sg ἐπιφώσκω (substantival). Dative of time. εἰς μίαν. Temporal (cf. BDAG, 289.2.a.β). As Decker (2014b, 271; cf. Zerwick §154) observes, “[t]he use of the cardinal number μιᾷ (εἷς) in place of the ordinal πρῶτος in the sense ‘the first day’ is an idiomatic, fixed phrase in Hellenistic Greek, perhaps due to Hebraistic influences (BDAG, 293.4.a, s.v. εἷς . . .).” μίαν is feminine because ἡμέραν is implied. σαββάτων. Partitive genitive. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. Μαριὰμ . . . καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία. Compound nominative subject of ἦλθεν. Cf. 27:61. ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ. Nominative in apposition to Μαριὰμ. θεωρῆσαι. Aor act inf θεωρέω (purpose). τὸν τάφον. Accusative direct object of θεωρῆσαι.



Matthew 28:1-3

401

28:2 καὶ ἰδοὺ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας· ἄγγελος γὰρ κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν ἀπεκύλισεν τὸν λίθον καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent upon, the surprising event that follows. σεισμὸς . . . μέγας. Nominative subject of ἐγένετο. Fronted for emphasis. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ἄγγελος . . . κυρίου. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἄγγελος. Nominative subject of ἀπεκύλισεν. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ), taking the reader from the narrative mainline, introduces an explanation for the great earthquake. κυρίου. Genitive of identification or genitive of source. On ἄγγελος κυρίου, see 1:20. καταβὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg καταβαίνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. Source. On the use of the singular οὐρανός here instead of the plural, which Matthew reserves for the invisible, divine realm, cf. Pennington (2009, 141): “At first this may appear to be an exception until one recognizes that we have here a shift from the invisible realm to the visible. It is precisely the appearing of the angel in the earthly realm that is being emphasized, as contrasted with the invisible angels surrounding God’s throne. The angel’s appearing is described as a descent from the skies (singular οὐρανός), comparable to the coming of the Son of Man ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (24:30; 26:64).” See further 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπεκύλισεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποκυλίω. The verb ἀποκυλίω (“roll away” [BDAG, 114]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). τὸν λίθον. Accusative direct object of ἀπεκύλισεν. ἐκάθητο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg κάθημαι. ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. Locative. 28:3 ἦν δὲ ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ ὡς ἀστραπὴ καὶ τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

402

Matthew 28:1-­10

ἡ εἰδέα. Nominative subject of ἦν. εἰδέα (“form, appearance” [LN 58.14]) is a biblical hapax legomenon. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive or genitive of identification. ὡς. Introduces an elliptical comparative clause. ἀστραπὴ. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb (“like lightning [is]”). τὸ ἔνδυμα. Nominative subject of an implied ἦν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. λευκὸν. Predicate adjective. ὡς. Introduces an elliptical comparative clause. χιών. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb (“as snow [is white]”). 28:4 ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες καὶ ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί. ἀπὸ . . . τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀπὸ . . . τοῦ φόβου. Cause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Objective genitive. ἐσείσθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl σείω. Not the great earthquake (σεισμὸς . . . μέγας) but the appearance of the angel shakes (ἐσείσθησαν) the guards (pace Davies and Allison, 3:666). οἱ τηροῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl τηρέω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐσείσθησαν. Cf. 27:36, 54. ἐγενήθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὡς. Introduces an elliptical comparative clause. νεκροί. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb (“like dead people [are]”). 28:5 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν ταῖς γυναιξίν· μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς, οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον ζητεῖτε· Ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς, which here points to “speech which responds to the situation rather than to a preceding verbal communication (cf. 17:4, in a similarly numinous situation)” (France 2007, 1096 n. 5). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ ἄγγελος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. The article is anaphoric (cf. 28:2).



Matthew 28:4-6

403

εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ταῖς γυναιξίν. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. φοβεῖσθε. Pres mid/pass impv 2nd pl φοβέω. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of φοβεῖσθε. Although the pronoun is not fronted, neither is it necessary; it draws a sharp distinction between the women and the guards (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:667). οἶδα. Prf act ind 1st sg οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding imperative. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of οἶδα. Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Ἰησοῦν. Accusative direct object of ζητεῖτε. τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον. Prf pass ptc masc acc sg σταυρόω (substantival, in apposition to Ἰησοῦν, or attributive [Quarles, 349]). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ζητεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ζητέω. 28:6 οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, ἠγέρθη γὰρ καθὼς εἶπεν· δεῦτε ἴδετε τὸν τόπον ὅπου ἔκειτο. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. See 10:37 on ἔστιν. ὧδε. Predicate adverb of place. ἠγέρθη. Aor pass (or mid) ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. Commentators quite consistently refer to the verb as a divine passive (e.g., Luz 2001–­2007, 3:596), but on the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. As in 27:64, the verb is probably passive (NEB; NRSV; NET; LEB), but it could be an intransitive θη–­middle form (ESV; NIV 2011; see further Zerwick §231). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the angelic explanation for Jesus’ absence. καθὼς. Introduces a comparative clause, although, as Decker (2014b, 277) points out, the adverb introduces not “a similarity, but . . . a statement of identity.” εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. δεῦτε. An adverb (“[come] here”) that, in the NT, “serves mostly as a hortatory particle” (BDAG, 220); see 4:19. ἴδετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ὁράω. τὸν τόπον. Accusative direct object of ἴδετε.

404

Matthew 28:1-­10

ὅπου. Marker of place (BDAG, 717.1). ἔκειτο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg κεῖμαι. 28:7 καὶ ταχὺ πορευθεῖσαι εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ἰδοὺ προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε· ἰδοὺ εἶπον ὑμῖν. ταχὺ. Adverbial accusative (cf. BDAG, 993.1.b). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). πορευθεῖσαι. Aor mid ptc fem nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἴπατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl λέγω. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of εἴπατε. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct [NRSV; NET, NIV 2011; LEB; NJB] or indirect [ESV; NLT] discourse) of εἴπατε. ἠγέρθη. Aor pass (or mid) ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. See 27:64 and 28:6 on ἠγέρθη. ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν. Source. See 14:2. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and grants prominence to, the following utterance. προάγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg προάγω. It is possible that present tense has future force here (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). On the meaning of προάγει, see 26:32 on προάξω. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of προάγει. εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Locative. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ὄψεσθε. Fronted as a topical frame. ὄψεσθε. Fut mid ind 2nd pl ὁράω. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent upon, the following utterance. εἶπον. Aor act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of εἶπον. 28:8 Καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης ἔδραμον ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ. ἀπελθοῦσαι. Aor act ptc fem nom pl ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων.



Matthew 28:7-9

405

ταχὺ. See 28:7. ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου. Separation. μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης. Manner or attendant circumstance (BDAG, 637.3.a), here marking emotions. ἔδραμον. Aor act ind 3rd pl τρέχω. ἀπαγγεῖλαι. Aor act inf ἀπαγγέλλω (purpose). τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of ἀπαγγεῖλαι. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 28:9 καὶ ἰδοὺ Ἰησοῦς ὑπήντησεν αὐταῖς λέγων· χαίρετε. αἱ δὲ προσελθοῦσαι ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ. καὶ. Connective, linking the clauses. Before καὶ, most witnesses (A C K L et al.) include ὡς δὲ ἐπορεύοντο (ἔδραμον 1424) ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, perhaps because the transition between verses 8 and 9 seemed abrupt. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the strong testimony of ℵ B D W et al. Cf. Davies and Allison (3:669 n. 39): “Although we prefer the shorter reading it is possible that the words in Maj were omitted through homoeoteleuton (αυτου . . . αυτου).” ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent upon, the startling appearance of Jesus to the two Marys. Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ὑπήντησεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Notably Ἰησοῦς is anarthrous (although a number of witnesses include the article, NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the strong testimony of ℵ A B C et al.). Turner finds the distinction “oversubtle” (MHT 3:167), but it is suggestive that “[t]he art. is omitted with Ἰησοῦς, besides the first mention generally, also in the case of the first appearance after the resurrection: Mt 28:9 . . . Lk 24:15” (BDF §260.1; cf. Levinsohn, 155). ὑπήντησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὑπαντάω. αὐταῖς. Dative complement of ὑπήντησεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. χαίρετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl χαίρω. See 26:49 on χαῖρε. αἱ. Nominative subject of ἐκράτησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. προσελθοῦσαι. Aor act ptc fem nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. ἐκράτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κρατέω.

406

Matthew 28:1-­10

αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). τοὺς πόδας. Accusative direct object of ἐκράτησαν. προσεκύνησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσκυνέω. On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσεκύνησαν. 28:10 τότε λέγει αὐταῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· μὴ φοβεῖσθε· ὑπάγετε ἀπαγγείλατε τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου ἵνα ἀπέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κἀκεῖ με ὄψονται. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Alongside of τότε (as at 26:36, 38, 52; 27:13, 38), the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) signals a new development in the narrative as the risen Jesus turns to address the women, but it also grants prominence to that development. αὐταῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. φοβεῖσθε. Pres mid/pass impv 2nd pl φοβέω. ὑπάγετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὑπάγω. ἀπαγγείλατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀπαγγέλλω. The imperatives are linked asyndetically. Commenting on Mark 16:7, Decker (2014b, 276) rightly draws attention to the tense of the two imperatives, present followed by aorist. But since we find no instances of the aorist imperative of ὑπάγω in the NT (pres impv: 38×), we should be cautious in drawing conclusions about the significance of the variation in tense here. Both the Pseudepigrapha and Apostolic Fathers feature imperative forms of ὑπάγω, but always present. No imperative forms of ὑπάγω occur in the LXX, Josephus, or Philo. τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἀπαγγείλατε. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of ἀπαγγείλατε. ἀπέλθωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ἀπέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Locative. κἀκεῖ. Formed by crasis from καὶ (connective, linking the clauses) ἐκεῖ (adverb of place). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). με. Accusative direct object of ὄψονται. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Fronted as a topical frame. ὄψονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ὁράω.



Matthew 28:10-12

407

Matthew 28:11-­15 Now as they were going, behold, some of the guard, entering the city, reported to the chief priests everything that had happened. 12And when they had assembled with the elders and taken counsel, they gave a substantial sum to the soldiers, 13saying, “Say, ‘His disciples, coming by night, stole him while we were sleeping.’ 14And if this is heard before the governor, we will satisfy him and keep you out of trouble.” 15And they, taking the silver, did as they were taught, and this word has been spread among Jews until this day. 11

28:11 Πορευομένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἰδού τινες τῆς κουστωδίας ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀπήγγειλαν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ἅπαντα τὰ γενόμενα. Πορευομένων. Pres mid ptc fem gen pl πορεύομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of Πορευομένων. ἰδού. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and grants prominence to, the guards who feature prominently in this pericope. τινες τῆς κουστωδίας. Fronted as a topical frame. τινες. Nominative subject of ἀπήγγειλαν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τῆς κουστωδίας. Partitive genitive. See 27:65 on κουστωδίαν. ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς τὴν πόλιν. Locative. ἀπήγγειλαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπαγγέλλω. τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν. Dative indirect object of ἀπήγγειλαν. ἅπαντα τὰ γενόμενα. Accusative direct object of ἀπήγγειλαν. τὰ γενόμενα. Aor mid ptc neut acc pl γίνομαι (substantival). 28:12 καὶ συναχθέντες μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν τοῖς στρατιώταις συναχθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl συνάγω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see 13:2 on συνήχθησαν. μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων. Association/accompaniment. συμβούλιόν. Accusative direct object of λαβόντες. Fronted for emphasis. This language echoes a series of texts, beginning with 12:14

408

Matthew 28:11-­15

(see 12:14: συμβούλιον ἔλαβον) “in which plotting Jesus’ destruction is the constant theme” (Nolland, 1256). τε. Connective, here marking “a close relationship between sequential events or states” (LN 89.88). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. λαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ. Accusative direct object of ἔδωκαν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἱκανός “pert[ains] to being large in extent or degree, considerable” (BDAG, 472.3). ἔδωκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl δίδωμι. τοῖς στρατιώταις. Dative indirect object of ἔδωκαν. 28:13 λέγοντες· εἴπατε ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. εἴπατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of εἴπατε. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἔκλεψαν. Fronted as a topical frame. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. νυκτὸς. Genitive of time. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔκλεψαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κλέπτω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔκλεψαν. ἡμῶν. Genitive subject of κοιμωμένων. κοιμωμένων. Pres mid ptc masc gen pl κοιμάω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. Atypically, the genitive absolute (GA) construction follows the main verb. According to Fuller (154), 86 percent of GAs in the NT stand at the beginning of the sentence. The percentage is higher in Matthew. If we find a GA in Matt 26:7 (see comments there), all but three of Matthew’s fifty-­three GAs precede the main verb; if not, all but two of Matthew’s fifty-­two GA constructions stand at the beginning of the sentence. Fuller suggests that “[w]hen the [GA] comes after the main verb, it often adds a detail that still nuances the significance of the main action, but may also be background for the following sentence” (154). That does seem to be the case here, with the GA both explaining the theft (the preceding verb) and setting the stage for



Matthew 28:13-15

409

the conditional sentence that follows in 28:14. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 28:14 καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν [αὐτὸν] καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. ἀκουσθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg ἀκούω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τοῦτο. Nominative subject of ἀκουσθῇ. ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. The preposition serves here as a “marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before” (BDAG, 363). ἡμεῖς. Nominative subject of πείσομεν. Fronted as a topical frame. πείσομεν. Fut act ind 1st pl πείθω. The verb means “to cause to come to a particular point of view or course of action” (BDAG, 791.1). More specifically in this context, the verb means to “conciliate, pacify, set at ease/rest” (BDAG, 791.1.d). Davies and Allison (3:672), noting 2 Macc 10:20 (ἐπείσθησαν ἀργυρίῳ), suggest that a bribe may be envisioned here too. That may be so, but the absence of ἀργυρίῳ here means that that notion, if present, is only implicit. [αὐτὸν]. Accusative direct object of πείσομεν. Most witnesses include the pronoun, making the direct object explicit. But its absence from ℵ B Θ 33 et al. and the difficulty in explaining why later witnesses would omit αὐτὸν if it were original suggest (against SBLGNT) that it may well be an early scribal addition. WH likewise thought the omission original. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ποιήσομεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀμερίμνους. Accusative complement to ὑμᾶς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀμέριμνον ποιεῖν τινα means to “keep someone out of trouble” (BDAG, 53). ποιήσομεν. Fut act ind 1st pl ποιέω. 28:15 οἱ δὲ λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν. καὶ διεφημίσθη ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον [ἡμέρας]. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἐποίησαν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λαβόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες.

410

Matthew 28:16-­20

τὰ ἀργύρια. Accusative direct object of λαβόντες. The anaphoric article (cf. 28:12) is present in the large majority of witnesses, but its absence from ℵ* B* W 0234 prompted WH to consider the anarthrous reading original. Unless the omission was accidental, they were probably right. ἐποίησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. ἐδιδάχθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl διδάσκω. διεφημίσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg διαφημίζω. ὁ λόγος οὗτος. Nominative subject of διεφημίσθη. παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις. Locative (“among”; cf. BDAG, 757.1.b.γ). Cf. Rev 2:13. As the commentators regularly note, elsewhere in Matthew, Ἰουδαῖος is always found on the lips of Gentiles, always in the expression “king of the Jews” and always articular (cf. 2:2; 27:11, 29, 37). Against most English versions, it is perhaps best not to translate the anarthrous Ἰουδαίοις “the Jews” here. See France (2007, 1106) for the suggestion (not followed in my translation) that we should translate Ἰουδαίοις “Judeans” here. μέχρι τῆς σήμερον [ἡμέρας]. Temporal. ἡμέρας is absent from most MSS but present in B D L Θ lat. τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας (most often introduced by ἕως) is common in the LXX (Gen 19:37, 38; 26:33; 35:4, 20; Num 22:30; Deut 11:4; Josh 4:9; 6:25; 9:27; 10:27; 13:13; 22:3; 24:31; 1 Sam 29:6; 1 Esd 8:24; 1 Macc 10:30; 13:39; 16:2; Ezek 2:3; 20:29, 31), but the abbreviated construction also occurs (1 Sam 30:25; 2 Chr 35:25; Tob 7:12; 1 Macc 10:30; Odes 11:19; Isa 38:19). Both forms may be found, infrequently, in the NT (τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας: Rom 11:8; 2 Cor 3:14; τῆς σήμερον: Matt 11:23; 27:8; Acts 19:40). While a firm decision is difficult, perhaps ἡμέρας should be judged original (so WH; SLBGNT) and its subsequent omission an assimilation to Matt 11:23; 27:8. Matthew 28:16-­20 16 Now the eleven disciples went to Galilee, to the mountain where Jesus had directed them 17and, when they saw him, they worshiped, but some doubted. 18And approaching, Jesus spoke to them, saying, “All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. 19Going, therefore, make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, 20teaching them to obey everything that I have commanded you; and, behold, I will be with you all the days, until the end of the age.”



Matthew 28:16-17

411

28:16 Οἱ δὲ ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οἱ . . . ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐπορεύθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπορεύθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl πορεύομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Locative. εἰς τὸ ὄρος. Locative. See 5:1. οὗ. The genitive relative pronoun serves as an adverb of place (cf. BDAG, 732), marking a particular destination (BDAG, 733.1.b). ἐτάξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg τάσσω. Davies and Allison (3:681), noting that Matthew’s narrative includes no previous reference to a mountain in Galilee where they will meet, suggest an alternate sense: to the mountain where Jesus gave them commands—that is, to the mountain of 5:1. But if that had been the evangelist’s intent, ἐδίδασκεν (cf. 5:2) would have secured the link more obviously. αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of ἐτάξατο. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐτάξατο. 28:17 καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἰδόντες. προσεκύνησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσκυνέω. On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. Although most witnesses include either a dative complement (αὐτῷ) or an accusative direct object (αὐτόν) after the verb, NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the strong testimony of ℵ B D 33 et al. The early scribal exegesis nevertheless points in the right direction. In spite of the fact that there is no expressed object (and one could plausibly posit the worship of Israel’s God, who raised Jesus from the dead), Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω suggests that Jesus is the object here (Nolland, 1262). οἱ. Nominative subject of ἐδίστασαν. Fronted as a topical frame. At least in part because of the puzzling juxtaposition of “worship” and “doubt,” the significance of οἱ δὲ is disputed. Although some contend that the article is anaphoric, pointing back to the embedded subject of προσεκύνησαν (“but they [the eleven disciples] doubted”; cf. Grayston, 105–­9; Hagner 1995, 884), more probably it is partitive (“but some of them doubted”; cf. McKay 1985, 71–­72; van der Horst, 27–­30;

412

Matthew 28:16-­20

Caragounis, 246–­47). As McKay (1985, 71) observes, “the normal use of this phrase [οἱ δέ] (a survival from the time when the article was a demonstrative pronoun) involves a change of subject, whether or not hoi men precedes it, for when there is no change of subject there is normally no pronoun.” This normal use is amply illustrated in Matthew by many dozens of examples; in no instance is it obvious that ὁ δέ/οἱ δέ signals a new action by the same subject. Most often, οἱ δέ introduces an entirely new subject, and some have proposed that sense here (“but others doubted”; cf. Goulder, 343–­44; more tentatively, Carson 1984, 593–­94; McKay 1985, 71–­72, is also open to this reading), but this interpretation stumbles over the fact that Matthew fails to mention any but the eleven on the mountain with Jesus. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐδίστασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl διστάζω. In the NT, διστάζω (“to have doubts concerning something” [BDAG, 252.1]) occurs only here and in Matt 14:31, where it is also used in a context where the disciples bow before (προσεκύνησαν) Jesus (14:33). 28:18 καὶ προσελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς λέγων· ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ [τῆς] γῆς. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐλάλησεν. ἐλάλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαλέω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐλάλησεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). ἐδόθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. The implied agent of the passive verb is God; on the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. μοι. Dative indirect object of ἐδόθη. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πᾶσα ἐξουσία. Nominative subject of ἐδόθη. Moule (94) rightly cites this texts as evidence that, with an anarthrous noun, πᾶς does not always mean “every.” On the allusion to Dan 7:14, see Davies (197–­98). ἐν οὐρανῷ. Locative. ἐπὶ [τῆς] γῆς. Locative. The article is absent from the large majority of witnesses but present in B and D. Luz (2001–­2007, 3:615 n. 1) thinks it was added on the basis of the Matthean usage elsewhere. But the article may have been original and omitted under the influence of the famous parallel in Matt 6:10 or simply of the preceding ἐν οὐρανῷ. Both WH and SBLGNT consider the article original (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:682).



Matthew 28:18-19

413

28:19 πορευθέντες οὖν μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, πορευθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). See Porter (2015, 237–­53) for a recent treatment of the widely discussed syntax of this verse. Not infrequently, questions of translation drive discussions of the syntax. But however we translate πορευθέντες, preceding the verb it modifies (see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων), the participle establishes the context for the action of the main verb upon which the emphasis falls—­going is the necessary antecedent to making disciples, but the command is to make disciples (cf. Runge 2010, 251). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing an imperative rooted in Jesus’ universal authority. μαθητεύσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl μαθητεύω. According to Davies and Allison (3:684), the transitive use of μαθητεύω, “to cause someone to become a disciple or follower of ” (LN 36.37), is “peculiar to the NT.” πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. Accusative direct object of μαθητεύσατε. Whether πάντα τὰ ἔθνη refers exclusively to the Gentiles (cf. Hare and Harrington) or includes Israel (“all the nations”; cf. Meier 1977) is disputed but, echoing both LXX Gen 18:18 and Dan 7:14, πάντα τὰ ἔθνη is probably (emphatically) inclusive (see Davies and Allison, 3:684). βαπτίζοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl βαπτίζω (means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. Whereas πορευθέντες (“going”) establishes the context for the action of the main verb, βαπτίζοντες (baptizing) and διδάσκοντες (teaching), following the finite verb, elucidate it: as Matthew envisions it here, making disciples entails baptizing and teaching. So, too, Runge (2010, 252): “These clauses practically describe what is meant by ‘make disciples.’ ” αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of βαπτίζοντες. As in Matt 25:32, the pronoun is masculine while its antecedent (in both instances πάντα τὰ ἔθνη) is neuter: it is the people of the nations (not the nations per se) who are the recipients of the apostles’ disciple-­making mission. εἰς τὸ ὄνομα. The preposition may signal reference (so esp. Hartman 1974; 1997, 37–­50), in which case the phrase is a translation of the Hebrew ‫( לשם‬or its Aramaic equivalent), means “with regard to” and serves to distinguish Christian baptism “from other baptismal rites” (Hartman 1997, 44). More probably, however, the preposition has locative force (understood metaphorically): “It may denote the establishment of a relationship of belonging and possession, and so a transference of ownership, as when money is paid ‘[in]to the account of ’ an individual whose name stands over the account or is credited ‘to

414

Matthew 28:16-­20

the name’ of someone in banking transactions or commercial sales. The person who is baptized is transferred into the possession of another. . . . [W]hen the phrase εἰς τὸ ὄνομα is used with βαπτίζω, the person being baptized is viewed as passing into the secure possession and ‘dedicated protection’ (BDAG 713b) of the triune God (Mt 28:19) or the Lord Jesus (Ac 8:16; 19:5; cf. 1 Co 1:13, 15, where a putative baptism into Paul’s name is equated with belonging to Paul)” (Harris 2012, 228–­29). τοῦ πατρὸς. Possessive genitive. τοῦ υἱοῦ. Possessive genitive. τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. Possessive genitive. 28:20 διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν πάντα ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος. διδάσκοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl διδάσκω (means). See 28:19 on βαπτίζοντες. If the order of the participles is significant (cf. Porter 2015, 250–­52), then it is worth noting that διδάσκοντες does not precede but follows βαπτίζοντες. In any case, the explicit aim of the teaching is fidelity to Jesus’ own teaching. αὐτοὺς. Accusative subject of the infinitive τηρεῖν. τηρεῖν. Pres act inf τηρέω (indirect discourse). πάντα ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν. The expression, or its near equivalent, occurs frequently in the LXX (Gen 6:22; Exod 7:2; 23:22; 25:22; 29:35; Deut 1:3, 41; 12:11; 30:2; Josh 22:2). For πάντα ὅσα elsewhere in Matthew, see 7:12; 13:44, 46; 18:25; 21:22; 23:3. πάντα. Accusative direct object of τηρεῖν. ὅσα. Accusative direct object of ἐνετειλάμην. ἐνετειλάμην. Aor mid ind 1st sg ἐντέλλω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of ἐνετειλάμην. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see further 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent over, the following utterance. ἐγὼ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν εἰμι. Cf. Matt 1:23. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of εἰμι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν. Association/accompaniment. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Harris (2012, 169) suggests that the purpose of the presence of Jesus in this context is enablement (cf. Davies and Allison, 3:687). εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. Futuristic present (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας. Adverbial accusative of measure. ἕως τῆς συντελείας. Temporal. τοῦ αἰῶνος. Partitive genitive (see 13:39 on αἰῶνός).

GLOSSARY

Adjectivizer—­An article used to change a nonadjective into an adjectival modifier. Thus in the phrase τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, the article τῷ changes the prepositional phrase ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of τῷ πατρί. Anacoluthon—­A grammatical interruption or lack of implied sequence within a sentence. Anaphoric—­Referring back to—­that is, being coreferential with—­a preceding word or group of words. Thus pronouns are anaphoric references to participants that have already been introduced into the discourse. Anarthrous—­Lacking an article. Antecedent—­An element that is referred to by another expression that follows it. Thus the antecedent of a relative pronoun is that element in the preceding context with reference to which the relative clause provides additional information. Apodosis—­The second part (“then” clause) in a conditional construction. Arthrous/articular—­Including an article. Ascensive—­Being intensive or expressing a final addition or point of focus. In Greek, this term is most often used in relation to conjunctions, especially καί. In such instances, the conjunction is typically translated “even.” Aspect—­The writer’s/speaker’s viewpoint of an action, event, or state— for example, perfective or imperfective. The omission of conjunctions between clauses, often Asyndeton—­ resulting in a hurried rhythm or vehement effect. Attendant circumstance—­A verbal participle expressing an action or circumstance that prepares for or accompanies the action of the main verb. Although the participle is semantically

415

416

Glossary

dependent on the main verb, it is often translated as a finite verb conjoined to the main verb by and (but see the author’s Introduction). Structural clues include the following: tense of both the participle and main verb is aorist, mood of main verb is imperative or indicative, participle precedes the main verb in word order and time, typically found in narrative and infrequent elsewhere. In Matt 1:24, the ἐγερθεὶς in ἐγερθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου is attendant circumstance and may be translated “Joseph arose from sleep and did as the angel of the Lord commanded him.” Attraction—­Relative pronouns at times take on or “attract” to the case of their antecedent. For example, in the text ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει (“the master of that slave will come on a day that he does not expect and in an hour that he does not know”), the expected case for the relative pronoun would be accusative (ἥν), since it functions as the direct object of προσδοκᾷ. Instead, it has been attracted to the case of its antecedent (ἡμέρᾳ). Background—­Information that is off the event line, or storyline—­that is, those events or materials that do not move the narrative forward. Instead, background information comments on, amplifies, or otherwise supports the narration. Cataphoric—­Referring forward to—­that is, being coreferential with—­a following word or group of words. The demonstrative οὗτος is frequently used in this manner. Causative—­Denoting that a new state of affairs is brought about or “caused” by the action of the verb or construction. Chiasm—­ “The crosswise arrangement of contrasted pairs to give alternate stress” (Smyth §3020). Clausal complement—­ A direct object expressed in the form of a clause rather than a noun phrase. For example, ὅτι is often used to introduce complement clauses after verbs of speech: μαρτυρεῖτε ἑαυτοῖς ὅτι υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας (“So you testify against yourselves that you are sons of those who murdered the prophets”). Clitic—­A word that is written as a separate word in the syntax but that is pronounced and accented as if it were part of another word. There are two types. Enclitics shift their accents to the preceding word; proclitics shift their accents to the following word.



Glossary

417

Cognition—­A verb that refers to some sort of mental process. Complement—­In addition to its use in the phrase “clausal complement,” this term is also used in two additional ways. It may refer to (1) a constituent, other than an accusative direct object, that is required to complete a verb phrase. Verbs that include a prepositional prefix often take a complement whose case is determined by the prefix. For example, verbs with the prefix συν-­characteristically take a dative complement; or (2) the second element in a double accusative construction, which completes the verbal idea. In the sentence “Emmet calls me Mama,” Mama would be the complement. Constructio ad sensum—­ Lit. “construction according to sense.” A construction that follows the sense of the expression rather than strict grammatical rules, as when a plural verb is used with a collective singular subject. Copula/copular clause—­ A linking verb that joins a subject and predicate into an equative or copular clause. In the copular clause, οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου (“This is the one spoken of through Isaiah”), the copula is ἐστιν. Crasis—­The merging of two words through the use of contraction—for example, κἀμοί for καὶ ἐμοί. Deponency—­ Traditionally applied to verbs with middle, passive, or middle/passive morphology but thought to have active meanings. The validity of this conventions has come into question, and the BHGNT opts to recognize that the middle morphology involves middle voice semantics that should not be discarded by reference to “deponency.” See Series Introduction for more. Development—­The use of δέ does not mark either semantic continuity or discontinuity (since either can be present) but instead signals a new development in the narrative or argument. Direct discourse—­A direct object clause introduced by ὅτι that records direct speech. The ὅτι is not translated and the direct speech is put in quotation marks. Double accusative construction—­Constructions in which a verb takes two accusatives. There are two types. In a double accusative of person and thing, the verb (usually relating to teaching, reminding, clothing, or inquiring/asking) is often thought to have two accusative direct objects, a thing and a person (e.g., “I taught Zoe the dance”). But many of these constructions are better understood as instances of the cross-­ linguistic

418

Glossary

phenomenon of advancement (see, e.g., 7:9 on ὃν, or 14:36 on αὐτὸν). In a double accusative of object-­ complement construction a verb (often involving calling, sending, regarding, etc.) will have an object and the complement of that object in the accusative case, the latter predicating something about the former—for example, “They considered the rabbit [obj] dangerous [comp].” Double nominative subject-­complement—­When a verb that would take two accusative objects in a double accusative object-­ complement construction is given in the passive voice, both the object and complement will be in the nominative case and express the same predicating relationship to one another as in the double accusative construction. Doublet/hendiadys—­Two words joined by καί and used to express a single idea (e.g., Matt 14:9 τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους; “the oath made in the presence of his dinner guests”). Elative—­An adjectival form denoting intensity or superiority. Elision—­ This term may be used morphologically to describe the omission of a letter in a word (e.g., the final vowel) in some prepositions or conjunctions as in ἀλλ’ ἁμαρτωλούς (Matt 9:13) or syntactically with reference to a word being omitted, which must be supplied from the context. In Matt 23:34, the implied initial τινας is elided, leaving only ἐξ αὐτῶν (“some of them”). Emphasis—­Information that is already the most important in the clause, placed in a marked position. Enclitic—­A clitic is word that is written as a separate word in the syntax but that is pronounced and accented as if it were part of another word. Enclitics “give” their accent to the preceding word. Epexegetical—­In reference to an infinitive, refers to its function in clarifying or explaining or qualifying (especially with words indicating ability, obligation, hope, need, etc.). Regarding a clause beginning with the conjunction ἵνα or ὅτι, refers to a clause that completes the idea of a noun, verb, or adjective. Epexegetical genitives specify a particular example of the category introduced in the head noun and can be translated with an initial “namely” or “which is.” Equative verb/clause—­An equative verb, like εἰμί, γίνομαι, or ὑπάρχω, is a verb that joins a subject and predicate to form an equative clause (“something is something”)—for example, Ἡ γενεὰ



Glossary

419

αὕτη γενεὰ πονηρά ἐστιν (“This generation is a wicked generation”). External evidence—­In textual criticism, the evidence available from manuscripts and versions. First-­class conditional—­Assumes the truth of the protasis for the sake of argument. The protasis will have εἰ with an indicative verb. The apodosis may take any mood/tense. Focal/focus—­The constituent(s) that represent(s) the most important new information in a clause. Foreground—­Information that is on the event line, or storyline—­that is, those events that move the narrative forward. Fronting—­Placing a constituent earlier in the sentence than its default order would dictate, most commonly in a preverbal position. Genitive absolute—­A participial construction consisting of a genitive substantive and anarthrous genitive participle, typically at the beginning of a sentence, and (usually) grammatically independent of the main clause verb. It can express any adverbial idea attested for participles but is most often temporal. Genitive of . . .—­relationship = familial or social relation; content = what something contains or is full of; subordination = what is subordinated to or in the domain of the head noun; production/producer = genitive that produces the noun to which it relates; product = what is produced by the head noun; source = the origin or derivation of the head noun; time = the time during or within which something happens; identification = the head noun is named or, in some way, identified (“the region of the Gadarenes”). Other genitive relationships include partitive (specifies the whole to which the head noun is a part), attributive (names an attribute of the head noun), attributed (transforms the head noun into an adjectival modifier of the genitive noun); subjective (the subject of the verbal idea of the head noun); objective (the direct object of the verbal idea of the head noun); plenary (simultaneously subjective and objective). Hapax legomenon—­A word that occurs only one time in the New Testament or a designated body of literature. Haplography—­The accidental omission of text. Headless relative clause—­A relative clause with no expressed antecedent— for example, “He is doing that which is not lawful.” Hendiadys—­See Doublet/hendiadys.

420

Glossary

Historical present—­The occurrence of a present tense verb when a past tense verb is expected, indicating structural or thematic prominence for that particular act or utterance. Homoeoteleuton—­In text criticism, when two nearby phrases or lines have the same or very similar endings, leading the eye of the copyist to skip from one to the other. Imperfective (aspect)—­A semantic value, associated with verbs in the present and imperfect tenses, with which the writer/speaker means to portray the action as a process or as continuous. See also perfective aspect and stative aspect. Inclusio—­An “envelope” or “bookend” structure in which the same or similar language is used to begin and end a unit of discourse. Indirect discourse—­Reported speech or thought. If the direct discourse reported “I’d like to attend ballet,” then the indirect discourse (introduced by ὅτι) would record “She said that she would like to attend ballet.” Intermediate agent—­The agent (introduced with διά + the agent in genitive case) is not the ultimate cause of the action; the action took place through him/her/it. Internally headed relative clause—­ A relative clause in which the antecedent (head noun) is located inside the relative clause that modifies it. Intransitive—­A type of verb that does not require a direct object. Some verbs may function either transitively or intransitively depending on the statement in which they are used. Left-­dislocation—­An information-­structuring device that introduces “the next primary topic of the discourse” (Runge 2010, 289) by placing it at the beginning of the sentence and then picking it up with a resumptive pronoun in the actual sentence—for example, “The boy with the stick, he chased away the birds.” Marked—­Departing from the normal or neutral pattern, or having additive features. At various levels of grammar, speakers/ writers have a choice between various options. One option will typically be viewed as the “default” or “unmarked” member of the set. The other members are “marked.” Something that is “marked” may be more prominent, in focus, emphatic, and so on. Merism—­A figure of speech in which two or more contrasting or complementary parts are invoked to represent the whole: “for better or worse,” “heaven and earth,” “head, shoulders, knees, and toes.”



Glossary

421

Metacomment—­A device in which speakers “stop saying what they are saying in order to comment on what is going to be said, speaking abstractly about it” (Runge 2010, 101) or when explicit mention is made of authorial actions (“I exhort you to do this”) or audience responses (“Don’t be deceived!”). Metacomments slow down the discourse and point forward to statements for pragmatic effect (Runge 2010, 101–­24). Metonymy/metonym—­ Metonymy is a figure of speech in which one term is used in place of another with which it is closely associated. In the expression “all Jerusalem was disturbed” (a paraphrase of Matt 2:3), the city is used as a metonym for the city’s inhabitants and, especially, for the religious leaders based there. Nominal (clause)—­A nominal is a noun or something that functions like a noun. Nominalizer—­An article that is used to change a word, phrase, or clause into a substantive. Most commonly, nominalizers are used to make an adjective or participle substantival. Parenthesis—­Describes a distinct thought not completely unrelated to the ideas in the discourse but somewhat disruptive. In Matt 24:15 the discourse is interrupted with the parenthetical “let the reader understand.” Perfective (aspect)—­A semantic value, associated with verbs in the aorist tense, with which the writer/speaker means to portray the action in summary, or as a whole, without reference to any process that might be involved. See also imperfective aspect and stative aspect. Periphrastic construction—­An anarthrous participle used with a verb of being to constitute a finite verbal idea, yielding a roundabout way of saying something that could have been expressed with a single verb. Point/counterpoint set—­ A construction typically involving a negated statement (with οὐ, μή, or equivalent) followed by a corresponding phrase or clause initiated by ἀλλά (Runge 2010, 92–­100). Such sets are one particular type of correlative emphasis. This construction emphasizes the correction that the ἀλλά component makes. R. E. Smith indicates that ἀλλά “makes the word or clause it introduces very prominent” (19). Predicate nominative/accusative/adjective—­An anarthrous noun or adjective sharing the same case as the subject and connected to the subject with an equative verb (expressed or implied);

422

Glossary

for example, in the sentence “Eliana is graceful,” graceful is the predicate adjective and would be expressed in the nominative case. Prominence—­The “semantic and grammatical elements of discourse that serve to set aside certain subjects, ideas or motifs of the author as more or less semantically or pragmatically significant than others” (Reed, 75–­76). Protasis—­The first part (“if ” clause) in a conditional construction. Redundant vocative—­The redundant use of a generic vocative. These redundant terms of address operate just like other forward-­ pointing devices; they “interrupt the flow of the discourse to build up anticipation” (Runge 2010, 119) and in some instances “overdescribe” the addressee. Second-­class conditional—­Assumes an untruth in the protasis for the sake of argument. The protasis takes εἰ with a secondary tense indicative (usually aorist or imperfect). The apodosis will frequently have ἄν along with an indicative secondary tense. Semitism—­The influence of a Semitic language (Hebrew or Aramaic) on a Greek writer. This phenomenon sometimes produces a form of expression that is atypical of a native Greek speaker. This influence may be indirect, mediated through the Septuagint (thus a Septuagintism). Stative (aspect)—­A semantic value, associated with verbs in the perfect and pluperfect tenses, with which the writer/speaker means to portray the action as a state or condition, without reference to any process or expenditure of energy. See also imperfective aspect and perfective aspect. Synecdoche—­A figure of speech in which one term is used in place of another with which it is associated, specifically involving a part-­whole relationship. In the sentence “Do you have your own wheels?” the word “wheels” stands for the entire “vehicle” of which it is a part. Third-­class conditional—­ Signals logical connection, hypothetical situation, or a more probable future event. The protasis includes ἐάν with a subjunctive verb of any tense and an apodosis in any tense/mood. A present indicative verb in the apodosis creates a “present general” condition. Topical frame—­ Serves as an explicit frame of reference for the clause that follows. Topical frames anchor their clauses to information already accessible in the context or in the listener’s mental register. According to Runge, there are two primary



Glossary

423

uses of topical frames: (1) to highlight the introduction of a new participant or topic or (2) to draw attention to a change in topics (Runge 2010, 210). Topic construction—­ Introduces “the next primary topic of the discourse” (Runge 2010, 289) by placing it at the beginning of the sentence in a left-­dislocation and then picking it up with a resumptive pronoun in the actual sentence—for example, “The struggling student in my Greek class, he passed his mid-­ term exam with flying colors.” Ultimate agent—­ The person ultimately responsible for the action without necessarily being directly involved. The agent may be introduced in the genitive case with ὑπό (“by”), ἀπό (“by” or “of ”), or παρά (“from” or “by”). Unmarked—­Not chosen by the writer/speaker to signal the presence of some qualitative feature—­that is, not selected for prominence (Runge 2010, 185-95).

This page intentionally left blank

WORKS CITED

Aland, Kurt, and Barbara Aland. The Text of the New Testament: An Introduction to the Critical Editions and to the Theory and Practice of Modern Textual Criticism. Translated by Erroll F. Rhodes. 2nd ed. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1989. Allan, Rutger J. “Tense and Aspect in Classical Greek: Two Historical Developments; Augment and Perfect.” Pages 81–­121 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. Allen, Willoughby C. A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Gospel According to S. Matthew. 3rd ed. ICC. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1912. Allison, Dale C., Jr. Studies in Matthew: Interpretation Past and Present. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2005. ———. The New Moses: A Matthean Typology. Minneapolis: Fortress, 1993. Aubrey, Rachel. “Motivated Categories, Middle Voice, and Passive Morphology.” Pages 563–­625 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. Bakker, Egbert J. “Voice, Aspect and Aktionsart: Middle and Passive in Ancient Greek.” Pages 23–­47 in Voice: Form and Function. Edited by B. A. Fox and P. J. Hopper. Typological Studies in Language 27. Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1994. Balz, Horst, and Gerhard Schneider, eds. Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1990–­93. Banks, Robert J. Jesus and the Law in the Synoptic Tradition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1975.

425

426

Works Cited

Barton, Stephen C. Discipleship and Family Ties in Mark and Matthew. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994. Bauckham, Richard. The Climax of Prophecy: Studies on the Book of Revelation. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1993. Beekman, John, and John Callow. Translating the Word of God: With Scripture and Topical Indexes. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1974. Blomberg, Craig L. “Matthew.” Pages 1–­109 in Commentary on the New Testament Use of the Old Testament. Edited by G. K. Beale and D. A. Carson. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2007. Böcher, Otto. “γέεννα.” Pages 239–­40 in vol. 1 of Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament. Edited by Horst Balz and Gerhard Schneider. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1990–­93. Bock, Darrell L. “Son of Man.” Pages 894–­900 in The Dictionary of Jesus and the Gospels. Edited by Joel B. Green, Jeannine K. Brown, and Nicholas Perrin. Downers Grove: InterVarsity, 2013. ———. Blasphemy and Exaltation in Judaism and the Final Examination of Jesus: A Philological-­Historical Study of the Key Jewish Themes Impacting Mark 14:61-­64. WUNT 2/106. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 1998. Boyer, James L. “The Classification of Subjunctives: A Statistical Study.” Grace Theological Journal 7 (1986): 3–­19. ———. “The Classification of Infinitives: A Statistical Study.” Grace Theological Journal 6 (1985): 3–­27. ———. “The Classification of Participles: A Statistical Study.” Grace Theological Journal 5 (1984): 163–­79. Brookins, Timothy A., and Bruce W. Longenecker. 1 Corinthians 1–­9: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2016. Brown, Raymond E. The Death of the Messiah: From Gethsemane to the Grave. A Commentary on the Passion Narratives in the Four Gospels. Anchor Bible Reference Library. 2 vols. New York: Doubleday, 1994. Brown, Schuyler. “The Matthean Apocalypse.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 4 (1979): 2–­27. Burton, Ernest De Witt. Syntax of the Moods and Tenses in New Testament Greek. 3rd ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1900. Repr. Grand Rapids: Kregel, 1982. Buth, Randall. “Participles as Pragmatic Choice: Where Semantics Meets Pragmatics.” Pages 273–­306 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016a.



Works Cited

427

———. “Perfect Greek Morphology and Pedagogy.” Pages 416–­29 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016b. Caird, G. B. New Testament Theology. Completed and edited by L. D. Hurst. Oxford: Clarendon, 1994. Campbell, Constantine R. Basics of Verbal Aspect in Biblical Greek. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2008a. ———. Verbal Aspect and Non-­indicative Verbs: Further Soundings in the Greek of the New Testament. Studies in Biblical Greek 15. New York: Peter Lang, 2008b. ———. Verbal Aspect, the Indicative Mood, and Narrative: Soundings in the Greek of the New Testament. Studies in Biblical Greek 13. New York: Peter Lang, 2007. Caragounis, Chrys C. The Development of Greek and the New Testament: Morphology, Syntax, Phonology, and Textual Transmission. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2006. Carson, D. A. Greek Accents: A Student’s Manual. Grand Rapids: Baker, 1985a. ———. “The ΟΜΟΙΟΣ Word-­Group as Introduction to Some Matthean Parables.” New Testament Studies 31 (1985b): 277–­82. ———. “Matthew.” Pages 1–­599 in vol. 8 of The Expositor’s Bible Commentary. Edited by F. Gaebelein. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1984. Carter, Warren. Households and Discipleship: A Study of Matthew 19–­20. JSNTSSup 103. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1994. Cassidy, R. J. “Matthew 17.24-­7—­A Word on Civil Taxes.” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 41 (1979): 571–­80. Catchpole, D. R. “The Answer of Jesus to Caiaphas (Matt. xxvi.64).” New Testament Studies 17 (1971): 213–­26. Chrysostom, John. Chrysostom: Homilies on the Gospel of Saint Matthew. Vol. 10: Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers. Edited by Philip Schaff. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1994. Collins, Adele Yarbro. “Son of Man.” Pages 341–­48 in vol. 5 of The New Interpreter’s Dictionary of the Bible. Edited by Katharine Doob Sakenfield et al. Nashville: Abingdon, 2009. Colwell, E. C. “A Definite Rule for the Use of the Article in the Greek New Testament.” Journal of Biblical Literature 52 (1933): 12–­21. Conrad, Carl W. “New Observations on Voice in the Ancient Greek Verb. November  19, 2002.” Online: https://​pages​.wustl​.edu/​files/​ pages/​imce/​cwconrad/​newobsancgrkvc​.pdf. Accessed January  2, 2018.

428

Works Cited

Cope, Lamar. “The Death of John the Baptist in the Gospel of Matthew; or, the Case of the Confusing Conjunction.” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 38 (1976): 515–­19. Cranfield, C. E. B. The Gospel according to Saint Mark. CGTC. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1959. Repr., 2000. Crellin, Robert. “Semantics of the Perfect in the Greek of the New Testament.” Pages 430–­57 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. ———. “The Greek Perfect Active System: 200 BC–­AD 150.” Ph.D. diss., University of Cambridge, 2012. Culy, Martin M. “Double Case Constructions in Koine Greek.” Journal of Greco-­Roman Christianity and Judaism 6 (2009): 82–­106. ———. I, II, III John: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2004. ———. “The Clue Is in the Case: Distinguishing Adjectival and Adverbial Participles.” Perspectives in Religious Studies 30 (2003): 441–­53. ———. “Relative Clauses in Koine Greek: A Transformational Approach.” M.A. thesis, University of North Dakota, 1989. Culy, Martin M., and Mikeal C. Parsons. Acts: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2003. Culy, Martin M., Mikeal C. Parsons, and Joshua J. Stigall. Luke: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2010. Dahl, Östen. Tense and Aspect Systems. New York: Blackwell, 1985. Dana, H. E., and Julius R. Mantey. A Manual Grammar of the Greek New Testament. New York: Macmillan, 1927. Davies, W. D. The Setting of the Sermon on the Mount. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1964. Repr., BJS 186. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1989. Davies, W. D., and Dale C. Allison. The Gospel According to Saint Matthew. 3 vols. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1988–­97. Decker, Rodney J. Mark 1–­8: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2014a. ———. Mark 9–­16: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2014b. ———. Temporal Deixis of the Greek Verb in the Gospel of Mark with Reference to Verbal Aspect. Studies in Biblical Greek 10. New York: Peter Lang, 2001. Dodd, C. H. The Parables of the Kingdom. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1961.



Works Cited

429

Dunkerley, Roderic. “Was Barabbas Also Called Jesus?” Expository Times 74 (1963): 126–­27. Elliott, J. K. “Textual Criticism, Assimilation and the Synoptic Gospels.” New Testament Studies 26 (1980): 231–­41. Estes, Douglas. Questions and Rhetoric in the Greek New Testament: An Essential Reference Resource for Exegesis. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2017. Fanning, Buist M. “Approaches to Verbal Aspect in New Testament Greek: Issues in Definition and Meaning.” Pages 46–­62 in Biblical Greek Language and Linguistics: Open Questions in Current Research. Edited by Stanley E. Porter and D. A. Carson. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1993. ———. Verbal Aspect in New Testament Greek. Oxford Theological Monographs. Oxford: Clarendon, 1990. Filson, Floyd V. A Commentary on the Gospel According to St. Matthew. London: Black, 1960. Foster, Paul. “A Tale of Two Sons: But Which One Did the Far, Far Better Thing? A Study of Matt 21.28-­32.” New Testament Studies 47 (2001): 26–­37. France, R. T. The Gospel of Matthew. NICNT. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2007. ———. The Gospel According to Matthew: An Introduction and Commentary. TNTC. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1985. Fresch, Christopher J. “Is There an Emphatic μέν? A Consideration of the Particle’s Development and Its Function in Koine.” New Testament Studies 63 (2017): 261–­78. ———. “Typology, Polysemy, and Prototypes: Situating Nonpast Aorist Indicatives.” Pages 379–­415 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. Fuller, Lois K. “The ‘Genitive Absolute’ in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding.” Journal of Greco-­ Roman Christianity and Judaism 3 (2006): 142–­67. Garland, David E. Reading Matthew: A Literary and Theological Commentary on the First Gospel. New York: Crossroad, 1993. Gentry, Peter J. “The Function of the Augment in Hellenistic Greek.” Pages 353–­78 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016.

430

Works Cited

Gerhardsson, B. “Confession and Denial before Men: Observations on Matt. 26:57–­27:2.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 13 (1981): 46–­66. Gibbs, Jeffrey A. Jerusalem and Parousia: Jesus’ Eschatological Discourse in Matthew’s Gospel. St. Louis: Concordia Academic, 2000. Goulder, M. D. Midrash and Lection in Matthew: The Speaker’s Lectures in Biblical Studies, 1969–­71. London: SPCK, 1974. Grayston, K. “The Translation of Matthew 28.17.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 21 (1984): 105–­9. Greenlee, J. H. “Eis mnēmosynon autēs, ‘For Her Memorial’: Mt 26.13, Mk 14.9.” Expository Times 71 (1959–­60): 245. Guelich, Robert A. The Sermon on the Mount: A Foundation for Understanding. Waco, TX: Word, 1982. Gundry, Robert H. Matthew: A Commentary on His Handbook for a Mixed Church under Persecution. 2nd ed. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1994. ———. Mark: A Commentary on His Apology for the Cross. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1993. ———. The Use of the Old Testament in St. Matthew’s Gospel: With Special Reference to the Messianic Hope. Leiden: Brill, 1967. Gurtner, Daniel M. The Torn Veil: Matthew’s Exposition of the Death of Jesus. SNTSMS 139. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007. Hagner, Donald A. Matthew 14–­28. WBC 33B. Dallas: Word, 1995. ———. Matthew 1–­13. WBC 33A. Dallas: Word, 1993. Hare, D. R. A., and D. J. Harrington. “ ‘Make Disciples of All the Gentiles’ (Mt 28:19).” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 37 (1975): 359–­69. Harner, Philip B. “Qualitative Anarthrous Predicate Nouns: Mark 15:39 and John 1:1.” Journal of Biblical Literature 92 (1973): 75–­87. Harris, M. J. Prepositions and Theology in the Greek New Testament: An Essential Reference Resource for Exegesis. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2012. ———. Colossians and Philemon. 2nd ed. EGGNT. Nashville: B&H, 2010. ———. The Second Epistle to the Corinthians: A Commentary on the Greek Text. NIGTC. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2005. ———. “Appendix: Prepositions and Theology in the Greek New Testament.” Pages 1171–­1215 in vol. 3 of The New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology. Edited by Colin Brown. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1978. Hart, David Bentley. The New Testament: A Translation. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2017.



Works Cited

431

Hartman, Lars. “Into the Name of the Lord Jesus”: Baptism in the Early Church. SNTW. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1997. ———. “ ‘Into the Name of Jesus’: A Suggestion Concerning the Earliest Meaning of the Phrase.” New Testament Studies 20 (1974): 432–­40. Healey, Phyllis and Alan. “Greek Circumstantial Participles: Tracking Participants with Participles in the Greek New Testament.” Journal for Translation and Textlinguistics 4 (1990): 177–­259. Heckert, Jacob K. Discourse Function of Conjoiners in the Pastoral Epistles. Dallas: SIL International, 1996. Held, Heinz Joachim. “Matthew as Interpreter of the Miracle Stories.” Pages 165–­299 in Tradition and Interpretation in Matthew. Edited by Günther Bornkamm, Gerhard Barth, and Heinz Joachim Held. Translated by Percy Scott. Philadelphia: Westminster, 1963. Hirunuma, Toshio. “Matthew 16.2b-­3.” Pages 35–­45 in New Testament Textual Criticism: Its Significance for Exegesis. Essays in Honour of Bruce M. Metzger. Edited by Eldon Jay Epp and Gordon D. Fee. Oxford: Clarendon, 1981. Holmes, Michael W. “The Text of the Matthean Divorce Passages: A Comment on the Appeal to Harmonization in Textual Decisions.” Journal of Biblical Literature 109 (1990): 651–­64. Hooker, Morna. “Uncomfortable Words: X. The Prohibition of Foreign Missions (Mt 10.5-­6).” Expository Times 82 (1971): 361–­65. Horsley, Greg H. R. New Documents Illustrating Early Christianity. Vol. 5: Linguistic Essays. North Ryde, NSW: The Ancient History Documentary Research Centre, Macquarie University, 1989. Jannaris, A. N. An Historical Greek Grammar (Chiefly of the Attic Dialect) as Written and Spoken from Classical Antiquity down to the Present Time. London: Macmillan, 1897. Jeremias, Joachim. The Parables of Jesus. 2nd ed. Translated by S. H. Hooke. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1972. Johannessohn, M. Der Gerbrauch der Präpositionen in der Septuaginta. Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1926. Kingsbury, J. D. Matthew as Story. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Fortress, 1988a. ———. “On Following Jesus: The ‘Eager’ Scribe and the ‘Reluctant’ Disciple (Matthew 8.18-­22).” New Testament Studies 34 (1988b): 45–­59. Kittel, G., and G. Friedrich, eds. Theological Dictionary of the New Testament. Translated by G. W. Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–­76. Knowles, Michael. Jeremiah in Matthew’s Gospel: The Rejected Prophet Motif in Matthean Redaction. JSNTSup 68. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1993.

432

Works Cited

Konradt, Matthias. Israel, Church, and the Gentiles in the Gospel of ­Matthew. BMSEC. Translated by Kathleen Ess. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2014. Köstenberger, Andreas J., Benjamin L. Merkle, and Robert L. Plummer. Going Deeper with New Testament Greek: An Intermediate Study of the Grammar and Syntax of the New Testament. Nashville: B&H Academic, 2016. Kupp, David D. Matthew’s Emmanuel: Divine Presence and God’s People in the First Gospel. SNTSMS 90. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996. Larsen, Iver. “Notes on the Function of γάρ, οὖν, μέν, δέ, καί, and τέ in the Greek New Testament.” Notes on Translation 5 (1991): 35–­47. Leim, Joshua E. Matthew’s Theological Grammar: The Father and the Son. WUNT 2/402. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2015. Lenski, R. C. H. The Interpretation of St. Matthew’s Gospel. Minneapolis: Augsburg, 1943. Levine, Amy-­Jill. The Social and Ethnic Dimensions of Matthean Social History: “Go Nowhere among the Gentiles . . .” (Matt. 10:5b). Lewiston, NY: Mellen, 1988. Levinsohn, Stephen H. Discourse Features of New Testament Greek: A Coursebook on the Information Structure of New Testament Greek. 2nd ed. Dallas: SIL International, 2000. Lindars, Barnabas. Jesus, Son of Man: A Fresh Examination of the Son of Man Sayings in the Gospels in the Light of Recent Research. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1984. Lövestam, Evald. Jesus and “This Generation”: A New Testament Study. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell, 1995. Luther, M. Luther’s Works. Vol. 21: The Sermon on the Mount and the Magnificat. Edited by J. Pelikan. St. Louis: Concordia, 1956. Luz, Ulrich. Matthew: A Commentary. Translated by James E. Crouch. Hermeneia. 3 vols. Minneapolis: Fortress, 2001–­7. ———. The Theology of the Gospel of Matthew. Translated by J. Bradford Robinson. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995. Mantey, J. R. “Evidence that the Perfect Tense in John 20:23 and Matthew 16:19 Is Mistranslated.” Journal of the Evangelical Theological Society 16 (1973): 129–­38. ———. “The Causal Use of Eis in the New Testament.” Journal of Biblical Literature 70 (1951): 45–­48. ———. “The Mistranslation of the Perfect Tense in John 20:23, Matthew 16:19, and Matthew 18:18.” Journal of Biblical Literature 58 (1939): 243–­49.



Works Cited

433

Marshall, I. H. The Gospel of Luke. NIGTC. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1978. Mathewson, David L., and Elodie Ballantine Emig. Intermediate Greek Grammar: Syntax for Students of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2016. Maynard, Arthur H. “ΤΙ ΕΜΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΣΟΙ.” New Testament Studies 31 (1985): 582–­86. Mayser, E. Grammatik der griechischen Papyri aus der Ptolemäerzeit. Vol. 2, Part 2. 1934. Repr., Berlin & Leipzig: de Gruyter, 1970. McGaughy, L. C. Toward a Descriptive Analysis of Εἶναι as a Linking Verb in New Testament Greek. Missoula: SBL, 1972. McKay, K. L. A New Syntax of the Verb in New Testament Greek: An Aspectual Approach. SBG 5. New York: Peter Lang, 1994. ———. “The Use of hoi de in Matthew 28.17: A Response to K. Grayston.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 24 (1985): 71–­72. Meier, John P. “John the Baptist in Matthew’s Gospel.” Journal of Biblical Literature 99 (1980): 383–­405. ———. “Nations or Gentiles in Matthew 28:19?” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 39 (1977): 94–­102. ———. Law and History in Matthew’s Gospel: A Redactional Study of Mt.  5:17-­48. Rome: Biblical Institute Press, 1976. Merkel, Helmut. “Peter’s Curse.” Pages 66–­71 in The Trial of Jesus: Cambridge Studies in Honour of C. F. D. Moule. Edited by Ernst Bammel. Studies in Biblical Theology. London: SCM, 1970. Metzger, Bruce M. A Textual Commentary on the Greek New Testament. 2nd ed. Stuttgart: German Bible Society, 1994. Meyer, B. F. “ ‘Many (= All) Are Called, but Few (= Not All) Are Chosen.” New Testament Studies 36 (1990): 89–­97. Miller, Neva F. “Appendix 2: A Theory of Deponent Verbs.” Pages 423–­30 in Analytical Lexicon of the Greek New Testament. Edited by T. Friberg, B. Friberg, and N. Miller. Grand Rapids: Baker, 2000. Moo, Douglas J. “Jesus and the Authority of the Mosaic Law.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 20 (1984): 3–­49. Moule, C. F. D. An Idiom Book of New Testament Greek. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1959. Moulton, James Hope. A Grammar of New Testament Greek. Vol. 1: Prolegomena. 3rd ed. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1908. Moulton, James Hope, and Wilbert Francis Howard. A Grammar of New Testament Greek. Vol. 2: Accidence and Word Formation. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1963.

434

Works Cited

Moulton, James Hope, and G. Milligan. The Vocabulary of the Greek New Testament Illustrated from the Papyri and Other Non-­literary Sources. 1930. Repr., Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1972. Muraoka, Takamitsu. “Purpose or Result? ὭΣΤΕ in Biblical Greek.” Novum Testamentum 15 (1973): 205–­19. Newman, Barclay M., Jr. “The Kingdom of God/Heaven in the Gospel of Matthew.” The Bible Translator 27 (1976): 427–­34. ———. “Translating ‘The Kingdom of God’ and ‘The Kingdom of Heaven’ in the New Testament.” The Bible Translator 25 (1974): 401–­4. Nolland, John. The Gospel of Matthew: A Commentary on the Greek Text. NIGTC. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2005. Oliver, Isaac W. Torah Praxis after 70 CE. WUNT 2/355. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2013. Olmstead, Wesley G. “ ‘What Am I Still Lacking?’ Jesus, the Eschatological Perfection of Torah, and the Imitatio Dei in Matthew’s Gospel.” Pages 43–­58 in Torah Ethics and Early Christian Identity. Edited by Susan Wendel and David Miller. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2016. ———. “Judgment.” Pages 458–­63 in Dictionary of Jesus and the Gospels. Edited by Joel B. Green, Jeannine K. Brown, and Nicholas Perrin. Downers Grove: InterVarsity, 2013. ———. “A Gospel for a New Nation: Once More, the ἔθνος of Matthew 21.43.” Pages 115–­32 in Jesus, Matthew’s Gospel, and Early Christianity: Studies in Memory of Graham N. Stanton. Edited by Joel Willitts, Richard A. Burridge, and Daniel M. Gurtner. LNTS 435. London: T&T Clark, 2011. ———. Matthew’s Trilogy of Parables: The Nation, the Nations and the Reader in Matthew 21.28–­22.14. SNTSMS 127. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003. Osborne, Grant R. Matthew. ZECNT. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2010. Pennington, Jonathan T. Heaven and Earth in the Gospel of Matthew. Leiden: Brill, 2007. Repr., Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2009. ———. “Deponency in Koine Greek: The Grammatical Question and the Lexicographical Dilemma.” Trinity Journal 24 (2003): 55–­76. Piotrowksi, Nicholas G. “ ‘I Will Save My People from Their Sins’: The Influence of Ezekiel 36:28b-­29a; 37:23b on Matthew 1:21.” Tyndale Bulletin 64 (2013): 33–­54. Pitre, Brant. Jesus, the Tribulation, and the End of the Exile: Restoration Eschatology and the Origin of the Atonement. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck; Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2005. Plümacher, E. “μοιχεύω, μοιχαλίς, μοιχάομαι, μοιχεία, μοιχός.” Pages 436–­39 in vol. 2 of Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament.



Works Cited

435

Edited by Horst Balz and Gerhard Schneider. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1990–­93. Porter, Stanley E. “The Perfect Tense Form and Stative Aspect: The Meaning of the Greek Perfect Tense-­Form in the Greek Verbal System.” Pages 195–­215 in Linguistic Analysis of the Greek New Testament: Studies in Tools, Methods, and Practice. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2015. ———. “Prominence: An Overview.” Pages 45–­74 in The Linguist as Pedagogue: Trends in the Teaching and Linguistic Analysis of the Greek New Testament. Edited by Stanley E. Porter and Matthew Brook O’Donnell. Sheffield: Sheffield Phoenix Press, 2009. ———. “Vague Verbs, Periphrastics, and Matt 16.19.” Filologia Neotestamentaria 1 (1988): 155–­73. Repr. and rev., pages 103–­24 in Studies in the Greek New Testament: Theory and Practice. Studies in Biblical Greek 6. New York and Bern: Peter Lang, 1996. ———. Idioms of the Greek New Testament. 2nd ed. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1994. ———. “In Defence of Verbal Aspect.” Pages 26–­45 in Biblical Greek Language and Linguistics: Open Questions in Current Research. Edited by Stanley E. Porter and D. A. Carson. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1993. ———. Verbal Aspect in the Greek of the New Testament, with Reference to Tense and Mood. New York: Peter Lang, 1989. Przybylski, Benno. Righteousness in Matthew and His World of Thought. SNTSMS 41. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1980. Quarles, Charles L. Matthew. EGGNT. Nashville: B&H Academic, 2017. Reed, Jeffrey T. A Discourse Analysis of Philippians: Method and Rhetoric in Debate over Literary Integrity. Journal for the Study of the New Testament Supplement Series 136. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic, 1997. Reiser, Marius. Jesus and Judgment: The Eschatological Proclamation in Its Jewish Context. Translated by Linda M. Maloney. Minneapolis: Fortress, 1997. Robar, Elizabeth. “The Historical Present in NT Greek: An Exercise in Interpreting Matthew.” Pages 329–­52 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. Robertson, A. T. A Grammar of the Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Research. 3rd ed. Nashville: Broadman, 1934.

436

Works Cited

Robinson, Bernard. P. “Peter and His Successors: Tradition and Redaction in Matthew 16:17-­19.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 21 (1984): 85–­104. Ross, J. M. “Floating Words: Their Significance for Textual Criticism.” New Testament Studies 38 (1992): 153–­56. Rossberg, C. De Praepositionum Graecarum in Chatris Aegyptiis Ptolemaeorum Aetatis Usu. Ienae: Typis G. Nevenhahni, 1909. Royse, J. R. “The Treatment of Scribal Leaps in Metzger’s Textual ­Commentary.” New Testament Studies 29 (1983): 539–­51. Runge, Steven. “Contrastive Substitution and the Greek Verb: Reassessing Porter’s Argument.” Novum Testamentum 56 (2014): 154–­73. ———. “The Verbal Aspect of the Historical Present Indicative in ­Narrative.” Pages 191–­224 in Discourse Studies and Biblical Interpretation: A Festschrift in Honor of Stephen H. Levinsohn. Edited by Steven E. Runge. Bellingham, WA: Logos Bible Software, 2011. ———. Discourse Grammar of the Greek New Testament: A Practical Introduction for Teaching and Exegesis. Lexham Bible Reference Series. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 2010. ———. “The Verbal Aspect of the Historical Present Indicative in Narrative.” Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Society of Biblical Literature, New Orleans, La., November 21–­­24, 2009. Online: http://​www​.ntdiscourse​.org/​docs/​ReconsideringHP​.pdf. Saldarini, Anthony J. Matthew’s Christian-­Jewish Community. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1994. Schlatter, A. Der Evangelist Matthäus. Stuttgart: Calwer, 1948. Schweizer, Eduard. The Good News According to Matthew. Translated by David E. Green. Atlanta: John Knox, 1975. Senior, Donald. The Passion of Jesus in the Gospel of Matthew. Wilmington, DE: Michael Glazier, 1985. Shipp, G. P. Modern Greek Evidence for the Ancient Greek Vocabulary. Sydney: Sydney University Press, 1979. Sim, David C. The Gospel of Matthew and Christian Judaism: The History and Social Setting of the Matthean Community. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1998. Simonetti, Manlio, ed. Matthew 1–­13. Ancient Christian Commentary on Scrip ture . New Testament 1a. Downers Grove: InterVarsity, 2001. Smith, Robert E. “Recognizing Prominence Features in the Greek New Testament.” Selected Technical Articles Related to Translation 14 (1985): 16–­25.



Works Cited

437

Smyth, H. W. Greek Grammar. Revised by G. M. Messing. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1956. Snodgrass, Klyne. “Matthew and the Law.” Pages 99–­127 in Treasures New and Old: Contributions to Matthean Studies. Edited by David R. Bauer and Mark Allan Powell. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1996. Stanton, Graham N. A Gospel for a New People: Studies in Matthew. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1992. Stendahl, Krister. The School of St. Matthew and Its Use of the Old Testament. Philadelphia: Fortress, 1968. Repr., Ramsey, NJ: Sigler, 1991. Stuart, Douglas K. Exodus. NAC. Nashville: B&H, 2006. Swete, Henry Barclay. The Gospel According to St Mark: The Greek Text with Introduction Notes and Indices. 3rd ed. London: Macmillan, 1909. Taylor, Bernard A. “Deponency and Greek Lexicography.” Pages 167–­76 in Biblical Greek Language and Lexicography: Essays in Honor of Frederick W. Danker. Edited by B. A. Taylor, J. A. L. Lee, P. R. Burton, and R. E. Whitaker. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2004. Trilling, Wolfgang. Das Wahre Israel: Studien zur Theologie des Matthäus-­ Evangeliums. 3rd ed. Munich: Kösel, 1964. Turner, David L. Matthew. BECNT. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2008. Turner, Nigel. A Grammar of New Testament Greek. Vol. 3: Syntax. Edited by J. H. Moulton. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1963. van der Horst, P. W. “Once More: The Translation of οἱ δέ in Matthew 28.17.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 27 (1986): 27–­30. Wallace, Daniel B. Greek Grammar beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1996. Wellhausen, J. Das Evangelium Matthaei: Übersetzt und Erklärt. Berlin: Reimer, 1904. Wilcox, M. “Text Form.” Pages 193–­204 in It Is Written: Scripture Citing Scripture. Edited by D. A. Carson and H. G. M. Williamson. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988. Williams, P. J. “The Linguistic Background to Jesus’ Dereliction Cry (Matthew 27:46; Mark 15:34).” Pages 1–­12 in The New Testament in Its First Century Setting: Essays on Context and Background in Honour of B. W. Winter on His 65th Birthday. Edited by P. J. Williams et al. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2004. ———. “Bread and the Peshitta in Matthew 16:11-­12 and 12:4.” Novum Testamentum 43 (2001): 331–­33.

438

Works Cited

Wilmshurst, S. M. B. “The Historic Present in Matthew’s Gospel: A Survey and Analysis Focused on Matthew 13.44.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 25 (2003): 269–­87. Winter, Bruce W. “The Messiah as the Tutor: The Meaning of καθηγητής in Matthew 23:10.” Tyndale Bulletin 42 (1991): 152–­57. Wright, N. T. Jesus and the Victory of God. Christian Origins and the Question of God, vol. 2. Minneapolis: Fortress, 1996. Young, Richard A. Intermediate New Testament Greek: A Linguistic and Exegetical Approach. Nashville: B&H, 1994. Zerwick, Maximilian. Biblical Greek: Illustrated by Examples. English Edition adapted from the Fourth Latin Edition by Joseph Smith. Rome: Pontifical Institute, 1963. Zerwick, Maximilian, and Mary Grosvenor. A Grammatical Analysis of the Greek New Testament. Unabridged, Revised Edition in One Volume. Rome: Biblical Institute Press, 1981.

AUTHOR INDEX

Bold indicates the volume number.

Aland, Barbara, 2.168 Aland, Kurt, 2.168 Allan, Rutger J., 1.xxiv, 67, 2.xxiv Allison, Dale C., Jr., 1.2, 5, 10, 21, 37, 46, 53, 72, 74, 76, 82, 85, 105, 121, 138, 175, 177, 188, 192, 208, 217, 234, 252, 265, 269, 304, 325, 326, 335, 336, 338, 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350, 359, 361, 365, 367, 368, 369, 374, 376; 2.2, 4, 5, 6, 15, 20, 22, 23, 30, 34, 38, 43, 48, 51, 52, 53, 57, 59, 61, 65, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 85, 91, 92, 94, 98, 102, 103, 141, 142, 143, 144, 149, 155, 159, 165, 166, 171, 182, 187, 188, 196, 198, 201, 205, 208, 210, 213, 218, 223, 228, 229, 231, 232, 241, 242, 243, 245, 246, 247, 248, 252, 255, 257, 261, 265, 267, 268, 275, 287, 292, 293, 298, 299, 300, 306, 315–­16, 320, 323, 327, 331, 334, 335, 345, 349, 352, 354, 356, 359, 360, 361, 364, 366, 371, 373, 380,

402, 403, 405, 409, 411, 412, 413, 414 Aubrey, Rachel, 2.270, 353 Banks, Robert J., 1.85, 87 Barton, Stephen C., 1.176 Bauckham, Richard, 2.253 Beekman, John, 1.2 Blomberg, Craig L., 1.65 Bock, Darrell L., 1.175; 2.347 Boyer, James L., 1.216; 2.230, 248 Böcher, Otto, 1.92 Brookins, Timothy A., 1.53, 354 Brown, Raymond E., 2.334 Brown, Schuyler, 2.240, 250, 253 Burton, Ernest DeWitt, 1.16, 55, 58, 143, 144, 160, 161, 200, 210, 216, 281, 333, 353; 2.5, 81, 141, 146, 177, 189, 191, 218, 230, 236, 237, 270, 271, 305, 308, 313, 320, 323, 329, 354, 365 Buth, Randall, 1.xxv, 31, 66, 67, 158; 2.xxv Caird, G. B., 2.346 Callow, John, 1.2 439

440 Indices

Campbell, Constantine R., 1.vii, xxiii, xxiv, 66, 75, 118, 158, 230; 2.vii, xxiii, xxiv, 210, 240, 374 Caragounis, Chrys C., 1.ix, xxiv, 37, 39, 46, 90, 105, 109, 142, 145, 166, 174, 177, 179, 181, 192–­93, 230, 258, 268, 275, 278, 280, 290, 301, 342; 2.ix, xxiv, 19, 21, 43, 45, 84, 105, 110, 119, 165, 177, 228, 239, 245, 270, 272, 302, 309, 334, 337, 343, 362, 412 Carson, D. A., 1.15, 51, 52, 87, 96, 157, 166, 175, 232, 242, 265; 2.110, 111, 412 Carter, Warren, 2.127 Cassidy, R. J., 2.70 Catchpole, D. R., 2.345 Chrysostom, John, 1.88 Collins, Adele Yarbro, 1.175 Colwell, E. C., 1.374; 2.381, 383, 391 Conrad, Carl W., 1.viii, ix, 116; 2.viii, ix Cope, Lamar, 1.359 Cranfield, C. E. B., 1.191 Crellin, Robert, 1.67, 342 Culy, Martin M., 1.8, 17, 19, 24, 25, 42, 45, 46, 51, 54, 66, 72, 80, 81, 87, 91, 94, 112, 118, 121, 128, 133, 135, 137, 141, 146, 148, 164, 169, 171, 172, 176, 178, 181, 184, 190, 195, 215, 226, 227, 236, 245, 246, 248, 250–­51, 252, 254, 257, 259, 260, 265, 266, 272, 273, 278, 288, 295, 303, 315, 325, 330, 332, 355, 376; 2.23, 27, 39, 51, 65, 69, 91, 110, 137, 150, 156, 160, 164, 178, 192, 194, 195, 213, 222, 227, 230, 232, 250, 251,

255, 266, 279, 286–­87, 298, 306, 315, 318, 368, 369, 375, 385, 389, 394 Dahl, Östen, 1.xxiv; 2.xxiv Dana, H. E., 1.210, 234, 342; 2.74 Davies, W. D., 1.2, 5, 10, 21, 46, 53, 72, 76, 82, 85, 105, 121, 138, 175, 177, 188, 192, 208, 217, 234, 252, 265, 269, 304, 325, 326, 335, 336, 338, 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350, 359, 361, 365, 367, 368, 369, 374, 376; 2.2, 4, 5, 6, 15, 20, 22, 23, 30, 34, 38, 43, 48, 51, 52, 53, 57, 59, 61, 65, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 85, 91, 92, 94, 98, 102, 103, 141, 142, 143, 144, 149, 155, 159, 165, 166, 171, 182, 187, 188, 196, 198, 201, 205, 208, 210, 213, 218, 223, 228, 229, 231, 232, 241, 242, 243, 245, 246, 247, 248, 252, 255, 257, 261, 265, 267, 268, 275, 287, 292, 293, 298, 299, 300, 306, 315–­16, 320, 323, 327, 331, 334, 335, 345, 349, 352, 354, 356, 359, 360, 361, 364, 366, 371, 373, 380, 402, 403, 405, 409, 411, 412, 413, 414 Decker, Rodney J., 1.xxiii, 55, 80, 181, 182, 184, 195, 216, 313, 323, 347, 362, 365; 2.xxiii, 2, 4, 5, 7, 18–­19, 25, 50, 51, 61, 71, 79, 81, 105, 135, 139, 145, 146, 175, 178, 192, 193, 194, 195, 197, 198, 203, 234, 235, 236, 237, 242, 246, 247, 248, 251, 253, 254, 255, 257, 261, 281, 299, 300, 313, 315, 317, 318, 320, 326, 343, 344, 347, 350,



Author Index

366, 375, 381, 387, 389, 400, 403, 406 Dodd, C. H., 1.275 Dunkerley, Roderic, 2.364 Elliott, J. K., 1.360; 2.9, 27, 301, 323, 339 Emig, Elodie Ballantine, 1.2, 110, 147; 2.223, 306, 334, 381 Estes, Douglas, 2.367, 388 Fanning, Buist M., 1.xxii; 2.xxii Foster, Paul, 2.168 France, R. T., 1.10, 56, 73, 74, 76, 103, 105, 112, 124, 130, 138, 157, 165, 176, 180, 189, 197, 198, 206, 218, 222, 231, 234, 247, 256, 259, 260, 261, 263, 266, 272, 273, 275, 276, 279, 320, 348, 349, 363, 369; 2.6, 11, 14, 15, 17, 19, 29, 33, 37, 38, 43, 47, 54, 61, 66, 77, 82, 85, 89, 104, 120, 149, 179, 196, 198, 228, 252, 254, 260, 286, 306, 308, 310, 314, 327, 330, 331, 338, 341, 343, 346, 352, 354, 360, 363, 364, 387–­88, 395, 398, 402, 410 Fresch, Christopher J., 1.xxiii, 48, 55, 325; 2.xxiii, 92, 183 Fuller, Lois K., 1.11; 2.408 Gentry, Peter J., 1.24; 2.24 Gerhardsson, B., 2.352 Gibbs, Jeffrey A., 2.251, 252, 254 Goulder, M. D., 2.412 Grayston, K., 2.411 Greenlee, J. H., 2.304 Grosvenor, Mary, 1.194 Guelich, Robert A., 1.76

441

Gundry, Robert H., 1.65, 138, 150, 225, 284, 319, 323, 325, 335, 345, 347, 359; 2.8, 56, 61, 104, 151, 207, 252, 299, 309, 326, 368, 390 Gurtner, Daniel M., 2.389 Hagner, Donald A., 1.77, 275, 359, 377; 2.29, 33, 65, 66, 115, 135, 171, 178, 179, 196, 230, 248, 256, 267, 296, 297, 306, 312, 314, 319, 321, 330, 342, 345, 378, 411 Hare, D. R. A., 2.287, 413 Harner, Philip B., 1.276, 374; 2.391 Harrington, D. J., 2.287, 413 Harris, M. J., 1.39, 49, 58, 104, 179, 245, 254, 260, 261, 291, 299, 326, 329, 333, 346, 349, 367; 2.15, 17, 41, 42, 46, 47, 51, 73, 85, 86, 91, 107, 123, 125, 130, 137, 143, 176, 178, 224, 244, 246, 253, 317, 370, 383, 395, 400, 414 Hart, David Bentley, 2.34, 66, 146, 203, 224, 261, 272, 295, 304, 318, 343, 349, 352, 356, 370, 399 Hartman, Lars, 2.413 Healey, Alan, 1.11 Healey, Phyllis, 1.11 Heckert, Jacob K., 1.58 Held, Heinz Joachim, 1.162; 2.95 Hirunuma, Toshio, 2.30 Holmes, Michael W., 2.108 Hooker, Morna, 2.287 Horsley, Greg H. R., 1.150 Jannaris, A. N., 2.317 Jeremias, Joachim, 1.325 Johannessohn, M., 2.143

442 Indices

Kingsbury, J. D., 1.174, 175; 2.314 Knowles, Michael, 2.359 Konradt, Matthias, 1.45, 220, 275; 2.179 Köstenberger, Andreas J., 2.50, 65, 86, 92, 93, 210, 241, 248, 269, 357, 374 Kupp, David D., 1.18 Larsen, Iver, 1.3, 15, 234, 237 Levine, Amy-­Jill, 2.371 Levinsohn, Stephen H., 1.xxv, 3, 12, 13, 26, 84, 170–­71, 237, 265, 280, 371; 2.xxv, 2, 20, 36, 39, 45, 166, 279, 306, 338, 368, 398, 405 Lindars, Barnabas, 1.275 Longenecker, Bruce W., 1.53, 354 Lövestam, Evald, 2.32, 231 Luther, M., 1.88 Luz, Ulrich, 1.52, 85, 121, 122, 135, 138, 175, 177, 220, 234, 269, 275, 279, 282, 284, 314, 320–­21, 326, 333, 342, 348, 363, 369, 375; 2.15, 16–­17, 22, 33, 37, 41–­42, 47, 61, 64, 65, 73, 75, 77, 84, 85, 90, 94, 108, 110, 117, 128, 133, 135, 144, 150, 152, 179, 182, 188, 191, 192, 195, 196, 203, 205, 213–­14, 216, 223, 228, 231, 242, 252, 260, 268, 270, 275, 306, 307, 314, 327, 335, 342, 343, 348, 352, 356, 372, 376, 382, 387, 389, 398, 403, 412 Mantey, Julius R., 1.210, 234, 299, 342; 2.43, 74 Mathewson, David L., 1.2, 110, 147; 2.223, 306, 334, 381

Mayser, E., 2.143 McKay, K. L., 1.25, 94, 110, 147, 175, 210, 215, 216, 279, 281, 288, 341, 342, 352, 353, 354, 356; 2.26, 27, 36, 43, 70, 86, 115, 172, 176, 259, 260, 266, 282, 354, 356, 367, 375, 377, 388, 411, 412 Meier, John P., 1.64, 85; 2.61, 287, 413 Merkel, Helmut, 2.352 Merkle, Benjamin L., 2.50, 65, 86, 92, 93, 210, 241, 248, 269, 357, 374 Metzger, Bruce M., 1.6, 10, 53, 54, 81, 110, 122, 132, 135, 150, 173, 176, 182, 189, 198, 212, 218, 221, 231, 258, 263, 282, 287, 304, 348, 353, 356, 367, 372; 2.4, 10, 11, 30, 37, 54, 67, 68, 71, 85, 97, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 123, 133, 134, 138, 144, 155, 180, 200, 201, 203, 211, 213, 218, 223, 225, 276, 310, 354, 356, 360, 364, 371, 373, 378, 380, 382, 383 Meyer, B. F., 2.190 Moo, Douglas J., 1.85, 88 Moule, C. F. D., 1.7, 16, 17, 24, 47, 51, 52, 83, 102, 110, 118, 153, 195, 216, 219, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 245, 261, 273, 281, 329, 341, 354; 2.51, 62, 73, 103, 177, 185, 210, 219, 224, 244, 248, 309, 313, 329, 354, 377, 412 Moulton, James Hope, 2.357 Muraoka, Takamitsu, 1.206 Nolland, John, 1.12, 14, 73, 88, 122, 146, 198, 206, 232, 247,



Author Index

265, 266, 269, 279, 282, 284, 287, 292, 307, 318, 326, 330, 331, 335, 336, 345, 359, 367, 369, 375, 376–­77; 2.15, 28, 29, 38, 42, 45, 53, 56, 61, 65, 68, 72, 73, 75, 79, 83, 86, 88, 93, 99, 102, 115, 120, 121, 130, 131, 138–­39, 142, 146, 153, 179, 182, 196, 207, 212, 214, 218, 226, 234, 242, 244, 252, 253, 260, 269, 270, 271, 278, 284, 292, 297, 308, 312, 313, 316, 318, 319, 338, 341, 342, 345, 351, 356, 359, 360, 362, 375, 376, 399, 408, 411 Oliver, Isaac W., 1.275 Olmstead, Wesley G., 1.23, 86, 92, 196, 212; 2.117, 167, 168, 179, 180, 190, 371 Osborne, Grant R., 1.234, 322, 375; 2.334–­35 Parsons, Mikeal C., 1.19, 24, 42, 45, 46, 54, 66, 72, 80, 81, 94, 112, 118, 121, 128, 133, 135, 137, 141, 148, 164, 169, 171, 172, 176, 181, 184, 190, 195, 215, 226, 227, 236, 248, 250–­51, 252, 254, 257, 259, 260, 265, 266, 272, 273, 278, 288, 295, 303, 315, 325, 330, 332; 2.27, 39, 51, 65, 69, 91, 110, 137, 150, 156, 160, 178, 192, 194, 195, 222, 227, 230, 232, 250, 251, 255, 266, 279, 286–­87, 298, 306, 315, 318, 369, 385, 389, 394 Pennington, Jonathan T., 1.viii, ix, 41–­42, 86, 102, 120, 265; 2.viii, ix, 43, 200, 254, 256, 401

443

Pitre, Brant, 2.242 Plümacher, E., 1.96 Plummer, Robert L., 2.50, 65, 86, 92, 93, 210, 241, 248, 269, 357, 374 Porter, Stanley E., 1.vii, xxii, xxiii, xxiv, 45, 54, 66, 77, 89, 134, 143, 232, 233, 259, 260, 277, 283, 306, 355; 2.vii, xxii, xxiii, xxiv, 43, 152, 163, 223, 270, 292, 348, 369, 413, 414 Przybylski, Benno, 1.77 Quarles, Charles L., 1.18, 21, 39, 43, 51, 54, 59, 64, 75, 83, 89, 94, 97, 112, 114, 139, 146, 152, 154, 160, 165, 169, 178, 182, 184, 185, 186, 199, 206, 207, 216, 219, 220, 224, 226, 226, 229, 232, 237, 238, 250, 251, 254, 256, 265, 269, 276, 279, 281, 285, 295, 299, 303, 311, 313, 317, 320, 322, 325, 328, 336, 337, 338, 339, 342, 345, 354, 355, 356, 362, 367, 368, 369, 371, 374, 375; 2.7, 11, 12, 17, 22, 30, 31, 38, 43, 51, 66, 79, 94, 97, 100, 101, 105, 110, 112, 125, 131, 133, 134, 145, 171, 176, 184, 189, 190, 191, 192, 199, 207, 210, 212, 215, 218, 220, 225, 228, 236, 242, 248, 251, 254, 258, 260, 262, 268, 269, 271, 275, 279, 281, 287, 289, 292, 299, 303, 304, 306, 308, 312, 313, 315, 326, 338, 356, 358, 363, 375, 379, 387, 389, 390, 392, 395, 403 Reiser, Marius, 1.50 Robar, Elizabeth, 1.31

444 Indices

Robertson, A. T., 1.viii, 2, 7, 20, 25, 27, 36, 45, 51, 55, 64, 65, 70, 74 75, 77, 91, 92, 108, 112, 113, 114, 119, 121, 122, 126–­27, 132, 134, 135, 143, 151, 153, 161, 169, 179, 181, 189, 194, 196, 208, 210, 216, 217, 219, 227, 238, 253, 254, 258, 261, 264, 272, 272, 275, 280, 323, 324, 326, 341, 342, 346, 355, 364; 2.viii, 5, 13, 16, 19, 21, 22, 25, 26, 34, 46, 50, 53, 56, 60, 63, 70, 72, 81, 83, 85, 92, 101, 146, 150, 153, 172, 177, 185, 210, 212, 218, 228, 245, 248, 263, 269, 271, 292, 299, 305, 312, 313, 323, 337, 354, 356, 377, 386, 400 Robinson, Bernard P., 2.42 Ross, J. M., 2.218 Rossberg, C., 2.143 Royse, J. R., 1.282, 369 Runge, Steven, 1.vii, xxiii, xxiv, xxv, 3, 9, 12, 14, 15, 26, 31, 47, 48, 52, 58, 87, 106, 119, 132, 147, 148, 149, 178, 180, 189, 197, 201, 211, 212, 223, 234, 250, 256, 267, 273, 286, 303, 311, 339, 350, 359, 366, 384, 385, 386, 387; 2.vii, xxiii, xxiv, xxv, 2, 12, 90, 96, 139, 413, 420, 421, 422, 423 Saldarini, Anthony J., 1.220; 2.371 Schlatter, A., 2.301 Schweizer, Eduard, 1.87, 88, 138, 275; 2.163, 345 Senior, Donald, 2.317, 371 Sim, David C., 2.14 Simonetti, Manlio, 1.xxi; 2.xxi Smyth, H. W., 1.368, 380; 2.313, 416

Snodgrass, Klyne, 1.85 Stanton, Graham N., 1.212; 2.62, 292 Stendahl, Krister, 2.359 Stigall, Joshua J., 1.19, 24, 42, 45, 46, 54, 66, 72, 80, 81, 94, 112, 118, 121, 128, 133, 135, 137, 141, 148, 164, 169, 171, 172, 176, 181, 184, 190, 215, 226, 227, 236, 248, 250–­51, 252, 254, 257, 259, 260, 265, 266, 272, 273, 278, 288, 295, 303, 325, 330, 332; 2.27, 39, 51, 65, 69, 91, 137, 150, 156, 160, 178, 192, 194, 195, 227, 230, 232, 250, 251, 255, 266, 279, 286–­87, 306, 315, 318, 369, 385, 389, 394 Stuart, Douglas K., 1.37 Swete, Henry Barclay, 2.61 Turner, David L., 1.73; 2.334 Turner, Nigel, 1.88, 135, 156, 186, 301, 341; 2.25, 46, 127, 246, 263, 308, 405 van der Horst, P. W., 2.411 Wallace, Daniel B., 1.vi, xxvi, 7, 14, 16, 23, 33, 36, 51, 54, 55, 57, 58, 62, 64, 70, 75, 76, 83, 84, 85, 122, 124, 125, 129, 140, 143, 146, 149, 156, 159, 167, 181, 183, 195, 219, 230, 254, 259, 261, 275, 277, 279, 283, 298, 305, 306, 317, 326, 335, 336, 348, 353, 354, 356, 368; 2.vi, xxvi, 11, 15, 19, 25, 29, 34, 50, 53, 65, 74, 81, 86, 105, 112, 146, 150, 154, 161–­62, 177, 178, 203, 210, 228, 240, 243, 245, 257,



Author Index

266, 270, 288, 305, 313, 332, 340, 354, 356, 357, 361, 374, 379, 392 Wellhausen, J., 2.163 Wilcox, M., 2.253 Williams, P. J., 2.37, 386 Winter, Bruce W., 2.215 Wright, N. T., 2.250, 255, 260 Young, Richard A., 1.7, 28, 48, 76, 82, 96, 112, 120, 122, 136, 140,

445

178, 183, 186, 195, 259, 261, 299, 342; 2.5, 25, 26, 55, 74, 86, 241, 248, 356, 357, 375 Zerwick, Maximilian, 1.36, 39, 51, 53, 74, 75, 76, 77, 79, 96, 108, 110, 122, 160, 181, 194, 216, 222, 229, 245, 299, 325, 336, 356; 2.73, 107, 123, 137, 172, 177, 210, 215, 246, 248, 313, 343, 354, 357, 397, 400, 403

This page intentionally left blank

GRAMMAR INDEX

Superscript is used to indicate the number of times a grammatical element appears within a verse.

accusative (adverbial), 2:10; 4:22; 5:24, 25, 412, 47; 6:33; 7:5; 8:8, 21; 9:14, 20, 21, 352; 10:82, 42; 12:29, 402; 13:30; 14:24, 36; 15:5, 9, 16; 16:21; 17:10; 18:82, 9; 20:3, 6; 21:19, 21, 30, 32, 37; 22:27; 23:152, 26; 25:11; 26:29, 39, 40, 45, 60, 62; 27:13, 19, 44; 28:7, 20 accusative complement in a double accusative construction, 1:20, 21, 23, 25; 2:23; 3:3, 7, 8, 9, 162; 4:182, 19, 21; 5:362; 8:142; 9:92, 23; 10:25; 11:7, 8; 12:16, 334, 443; 14:5, 26; 15:9, 32; 16:26, 28; 19:4; 20:3, 6, 11, 28; 21:2, 13, 26, 46; 22:43, 45; 23:7, 9, 15; 24:15, 30, 46; 25:372, 382, 39, 445; 26:40, 43, 642, 73; 27:16, 17, 22, 33; 28:14 accusative direct object, 1:24, 34, 43, 53, 62, 73, 83, 93, 103, 112, 122, 133, 143, 153, 16, 192, 202, 213, 232, 24, 253; 2:2, 42, 6, 72, 8, 92, 10, 113, 134, 142, 15, 162, 202, 21; 447

3:32, 42, 6, 7, 8, 92, 10, 113, 123, 142, 152, 162; 4:52, 63, 7, 83, 9, 10, 11, 13, 16, 183, 20, 213, 222, 232, 246; 5:1, 22, 5, 6, 8, 112, 12, 152, 16, 172, 192, 232, 242, 25, 26, 283, 292, 302, 312, 322, 33, 36, 382, 392, 402, 41, 422, 432, 442, 45, 464, 473; 6:12, 22, 32, 5, 6, 82, 11, 12, 132, 14, 15, 162, 172, 19, 20, 242, 253, 26, 27, 28, 302, 313, 32, 332; 7:32, 4, 52, 64, 9, 102, 113, 122, 14, 163, 172, 182, 19, 20, 21, 222, 232, 243, 263, 28, 292; 8:2, 3, 43, 5, 7, 92, 10, 14, 15, 163, 172, 18, 203, 21, 222, 25, 29, 313, 332, 34; 9:22, 42, 63, 7, 8, 9, 12, 134, 16, 172, 182, 222, 232, 27, 28, 31, 32, 34, 352, 362, 38; 10:14, 4, 5, 84, 93, 104, 12, 143, 162, 172, 193, 213, 23, 252, 26, 272, 285, 32, 332, 343, 353, 374, 38, 394, 405, 414, 422; 11:2, 3, 4, 73, 83, 93, 102, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 252, 272, 28, 292; 12:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 73, 102, 112, 13, 142, 15, 16, 17, 182, 19, 203, 22,

448 Indices

accusative direct object (continued), 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 293, 32, 334, 34, 352, 362, 38, 39, 41, 422, 43, 45, 49, 50; 13:3, 4, 52, 6, 7, 82, 9, 11, 12, 152, 17, 184, 192, 202, 21, 222, 234, 242, 25, 26, 272, 282, 292, 305, 31, 332, 342, 352, 362, 37, 39, 414, 42, 43, 444, 45, 464, 483, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 58; 14:1, 32, 4, 53, 7, 8, 10, 122, 142, 152, 16, 17, 18, 192, 20, 222, 23, 26, 302, 31, 352; 15:23, 3, 44, 5, 62, 8, 92, 10, 112, 12, 13, 142, 15, 18, 202, 22, 233, 26, 307, 315, 323, 33, 342, 36, 37, 39; 16:1, 32, 42, 5, 7, 8, 92, 10, 13, 18, 193, 21, 22, 23, 242, 254, 264, 28; 17:14, 4, 5, 83, 9, 10, 11, 122, 14, 15, 162, 17, 19, 202, 23, 242, 253, 276; 18:22, 4, 52, 6, 84, 93, 10, 122, 13, 152, 16, 182, 23, 25, 26, 272, 284, 29, 302, 312, 323, 332, 342; 19:1, 2, 32, 4, 52, 6, 72, 8, 93, 11, 12, 13, 15, 162, 172, 182, 193, 202, 212, 222, 27, 28, 293; 20:1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 82, 9, 102, 124, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 223, 23, 25, 28, 30, 31, 322; 21:1, 22, 33, 73, 82, 9, 124, 13, 14, 153, 162, 17, 193, 21, 222, 232, 243, 262, 27, 28, 312, 336, 342, 354, 36, 372, 383, 39, 40, 413, 42, 43, 44, 45, 463; 22:2, 32, 42, 6, 73, 9, 102, 113, 12, 132, 152, 162, 17, 182, 192, 22, 23, 243, 252, 28, 292, 31, 34, 35, 37, 392, 41, 43, 44, 45, 462; 23:32, 42, 53, 62, 7, 122, 13, 153, 17, 19, 234, 242, 25, 26, 292, 31, 32, 343, 35, 374, 39; 24:1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 92, 102, 11, 15, 17, 18, 242, 29, 30, 312, 322, 33, 39, 43, 452, 46, 47, 49,

512; 25:1, 32, 4, 7, 12, 132, 142, 153, 162, 17, 183, 19, 204, 21, 223, 23, 242, 252, 27, 282, 29, 30, 322, 332, 34, 352, 362, 37, 38, 39, 42, 433, 44; 26:1, 4, 7, 102, 112, 122, 13, 153, 162, 17, 18, 19, 21, 232, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31, 32, 34, 35, 37, 40, 42, 43, 442, 46, 484, 49, 502, 514, 522, 532, 552, 56, 57, 58, 592, 61, 62, 63, 64, 653, 67, 68, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75; 27:12, 2, 32, 4, 5, 62, 72, 92, 10, 11, 12, 152, 16, 174, 18, 19, 203, 212, 22, 23, 243, 262, 272, 282, 292, 30, 313, 323, 34, 353, 36, 37, 392, 402, 422, 43, 44, 46, 47, 482, 49, 50, 542, 58, 592, 603, 642, 65, 662; 28:1, 2, 5, 6, 72, 9, 10, 11, 122, 13, 142, 15, 17, 192, 202 accusative in apposition, 1:6, 16; 2:6, 11; 3:9; 4:7, 10, 183, 213, 243; 14:3, 20; 15:9, 37; 16:14; 17:1, 4, 8; 21:5, 36; 22:10, 37; 26:57; 27:9, 15, 17, 322 accusative of reference/respect, 2:18; 12:18; 15:5; 19:20; 21:24; 27:22, 57 accusative (predicate), 14:5; 16:13, 144, 15; 21:26, 46 accusative subject of the infinitive, 1:18; 5:28, 32; 6:8; 8:22, 24, 28; 12:22; 13:2, 4, 25, 30, 32, 54; 14:19, 22, 28; 15:31; 16:1, 13, 14, 15, 21; 17:4, 10; 18:7, 38; 19:142; 20:23; 22:23; 23:7, 13; 24:6, 12, 43; 25:27; 26:32, 34, 35, 42, 75; 27:12, 14, 64; 28:20 adjectivizer, 2:16; 5:12, 15, 16, 45; 6:1, 6, 9, 18, 23; 7:3, 11, 21;



Grammar Index

10:32, 33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10, 19; 21:2, 11, 25; 23:18, 20; 24:38 adverbial accusative: see accusative (adverbial) ἀκούω with genitive vs. accusative, 17:5; 18:15 anacoluthon, 7:9; 10:14; 17:14; 21:26; 23:16, 18; 25:14 anaphora/anaphoric, 1:2, 24; 2:7; 3:3, 4, 15, 17; 5:12, 16, 19; 6:30; 7:122, 17; 8:27; 9:33; 11:10; 12:23, 45; 13:19, 20, 22, 23, 26, 49, 55; 14:2, 32, 10, 22; 15:202; 17:5, 12; 18:14, 15; 19:26; 20:10, 16, 23, 26; 21:10, 11, 19, 20, 38, 42; 22:3, 4, 38; 23:28; 24:8, 33, 44, 46; 26:26, 28, 40, 42, 67; 27:3, 30, 37, 46, 54; 28:5, 15, 17 ἀντί (equivalence), 5:382 ἀντί (substitution), 2:22; 17:27; 20:28 ἀπό (cause), 13:44; 14:26; 18:7; 28:4 ἀπό (means), 7:16, 20; 11:19 ἀπό (partitive), 15:27; 27:9, 21 ἀπό (separation), 1:21, 24; 3:7, 16; 5:18, 29, 30; 6:13; 7:23; 8:1, 30, 34; 9:15, 16; 11:25; 12:43; 13:12; 15:8, 27; 17:18; 18:8, 9; 19:1; 20:29; 21:8, 43; 23:33; 24:1, 29; 25:28, 322, 41; 26:39, 58; 27:24, 40, 42; 28:8 ἀπό (source), 2:1; 3:4, 13; 4:25; 5:42; 7:163, 20; 8:11; 14:2, 13; 15:1, 22; 16:21; 17:253, 26; 18:35; 20:20; 21:11; 23:34; 24:32; 26:47; 27:552, 57, 64; 28:7 ἀπό (temporal), 4:17; 9:22; 11:12; 13:35; 15:28; 16:21; 17:18; 19:4, 8; 22:46; 23:39; 24:21; 25:34; 26:16, 29, 64; 27:45

449

ἀπό (ultimate agency), 12:38 asyndeton, 5:3; 9:30; 10:8; 13:46; 15:19; 16:15, 21; 18:15; 21:27; 22:42, 43; 24:6; 25:15, 21; 26:34; 27:22, 65; 28:10 attraction (accusative), 12:36; 21:42 attraction (dative), 24:50 attributed genitive: see genitive (attributed) attributive genitive: see genitive (attributive) αὐτός (intensive), 3:4; 17:8; 27:57 cataphora/cataphoric, 2:5; 6:9; 10:2; 13:13; 24:43 conditional sentence (first-­class), 4:3, 6; 5:29, 30; 6:23, 30; 7:11; 8:31; 10:25; 11:14; 12:26, 27, 28; 14:28; 16:24; 17:4; 18:8, 9, 28; 19:10, 17, 21; 22:45; 24:24; 26:33, 39, 42; 27:40, 43 conditional sentence (second-­ class), 11:21, 23; 12:7; 23:30; 24:22, 24, 43; 25:27; 26:24 conditional sentence (third-­class), 4:9; 5:13, 20, 23, 46, 47; 6:14, 15, 22, 23; 8:2; 9:21; 10:132; 12:11, 29; 15:5, 14; 16:26; 17:20; 18:3, 12, 13, 152; 18:16, 172, 19, 35; 21:3, 212, 24, 25, 26; 22:24; 24:23; 24:26; 24:48; 26:35, 42; 28:14 constructio ad sensum, 8:4; 11:21; 14:5, 14; 15:10, 31; 16:17; 24:15; 27:17 crasis, 2:8; 5:23; 10:11, 32, 33; 11:28; 15:18; 16:18; 18:33; 21:21; 21:242; 23:23; 26:15, 35; 27:57; 28:10

450 Indices

dative complement, 1:20, 24; 2:2, 82, 11, 13, 19; 4:6, 9, 102, 11, 20, 22, 25; 5:1, 21, 224, 24, 25, 39, 40; 6:1, 5, 8, 16, 182, 243; 7:24, 25, 26, 27; 8:1, 2, 5, 15, 19, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 34; 9:92, 10, 14, 18, 19, 27, 28, 302; 10:5; 11:1, 16, 25; 12:15, 16; 13:24, 31, 33, 36, 44, 452, 47, 52; 14:6, 13, 15, 33; 15:1, 252, 30, 32; 16:22, 24; 17:3, 14, 18, 19, 24; 18:1, 23, 26; 19:2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 16, 21, 27, 28; 20:1, 12, 13, 20, 29, 31, 34; 21:6, 14, 23, 25, 28, 30, 323, 33; 22:2, 16, 23, 39; 23:5, 27, 28; 24:3; 25:1, 44; 26:7, 17, 19, 49, 58; 27:10, 28, 29, 31, 53, 552, 58; 28:92, 16 dative in apposition, 12:24; 13:45, 52; 18:23; 20:1; 21:5; 22:2; 25:15; 27:2 dative indirect object, 1:18; 2:5, 11, 13; 3:72, 9; 4:3, 6, 7, 8, 92, 10, 19, 24; 5:18, 20, 21, 222, 252, 26, 28, 31, 32, 332, 34, 392, 402, 42, 44; 6:2, 4, 5, 62, 11, 16, 18, 25, 29; 7:2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 112, 122, 21, 22, 23; 8:43, 7, 93, 102, 11, 13, 16, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26, 32; 9:22, 6, 8, 9, 11, 15, 18, 282, 32, 37; 10:1, 15, 19, 23, 27, 42; 11:3, 42, 7, 9, 11, 16, 22, 24, 25, 272; 12:2, 3, 6, 11, 13, 22, 25, 31, 36, 38, 392, 462, 472, 482; 13:3, 102, 113, 12, 13, 17, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31, 33, 342, 36, 51, 52, 57; 14:2, 4, 7, 8, 112, 12, 162, 17, 18, 192, 27, 282, 31, 35; 15:3, 5, 10, 12, 152, 23, 26, 28, 33, 34, 35, 362; 16:1, 2, 4, 6, 11, 15, 172, 18, 19, 202, 21, 23, 24, 27, 28; 17:4, 92, 12, 13, 16, 17, 203, 22, 26, 27; 18:3, 10,

13, 17, 18, 19, 21, 222, 24, 26, 28, 29, 31, 322, 34, 35; 19:7, 8, 9, 10, 112, 13, 17, 18, 20, 212, 232, 24, 26, 27, 282; 20:42, 6, 72, 82, 13, 142, 17, 18, 19, 212, 22, 23, 33; 21:22, 3, 5, 13, 162, 19, 213, 23, 243, 25, 273, 312, 33, 36, 40, 413, 42, 432; 22:1, 4, 8, 12, 13, 16, 172, 192, 20, 214, 25, 29, 31, 37, 42, 43, 44, 46; 23:1, 3, 36, 39; 24:1, 22, 3, 4, 23, 25, 26, 34, 45, 47; 25:82, 12, 14, 153, 20, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 34, 35, 37, 402, 41, 42, 452; 26:1, 9, 102, 13, 153, 18, 21, 22, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31, 33, 342, 35, 36, 38, 40, 45, 48, 50, 52, 55, 62, 632, 642, 68, 69, 71, 73; 27:2, 3, 13, 14, 17, 21, 22, 26, 34, 60, 64, 65; 28:5, 72, 8, 102, 11, 12, 182, 20 dative of advantage, 3:9, 16; 4:162; 5:15, 29, 30; 6:122, 142, 15, 19, 20, 33; 7:7, 8; 8:4, 13; 9:29; 10:15; 11:17, 22, 24, 29; 12:18, 31, 322; 13:52, 54, 56; 14:15; 15:28, 33; 18:6, 8, 9, 19, 21, 27, 35; 20:1, 23, 32; 22:2, 24; 24:14; 25:93, 11, 34, 402, 452; 26:17, 24, 53; 27:7, 15, 17, 21, 57 dative of disadvantage, 10:15; 11:21, 22, 24; 18:72; 23:13, 15, 16, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 38; 24:192; 25:41; 26:24 dative of manner, 26:4 dative of means/instrument, 3:12; 7:223; 8:8, 16; 13:154, 40; 15:8, 20; 20:18; 23:4; 27:46, 50 dative of possession, 16:22; 18:12; 19:27; 21:9, 15 dative of reference, 3:15; 4:242; 5:3, 8; 6:252, 34; 10:152, 25;



Grammar Index

11:222, 242; 12:43, 45; 13:14, 52; 14:4; 16:22; 17:20, 25; 18:12; 19:3; 20:15, 18; 21:28; 22:16, 17, 42; 26:24, 66; 27:32, 57 dative of time, 12:5, 10, 11, 12; 14:6, 25; 16:21; 17:23; 20:19; 24:20; 24:42, 43, 44; 26:17; 27:62; 28:1 διά (causal), 6:25; 9:11; 10:22; 12:27; 13:10, 13, 21; 13:52, 58; 14:2, 9; 15:2, 32, 6; 17:19, 20; 19:12; 21:25, 43; 24:9, 22, 44; 27:18, 19 διά (intermediate agency), 1:22; 2:5, 15, 17, 23; 3:3; 4:14; 8:17; 12:17; 13:35; 18:7; 21:4; 24:15; 26:24; 27:9 διά (locative), 2:12; 4:4; 7:132; 8:28; 12:1, 43; 19:24 διά (temporal), 18:10; 26:61 εἰς (advantage), 15:24; 26:10 εἰς (cause), 10:412, 42 εἰς (disadvantage), 18:15, 21 εἰς (in place of ἐν), 10:412, 42 εἰς (goal), 5:13; 6:13; 7:13, 14; 10:21; 12:20, 29; 13:30; 17:22; 18:6, 8, 9, 20, 21; 19:17; 24:9; 25:21, 23, 41, 462; 26:41, 45; 27:10 εἰς (locative), 2:1, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 20, 21, 22, 23; 3:10, 12; 4:1, 5, 8, 12, 13, 18, 24; 5:1, 20, 22, 25, 29, 30, 39; 6:6, 26, 30; 7:19, 21; 8:5, 12, 14, 18, 23, 282, 31, 322, 33; 9:12, 6, 7, 172, 23, 26, 28; 9:38; 10:52, 9, 11, 12, 17, 23, 27; 11:7; 12:4, 9, 11, 44; 13:2, 22, 30, 33, 36, 42, 47, 48, 50, 54; 14:13, 15, 19, 222, 23, 32, 34, 35; 15:11, 14, 173, 21, 29, 392; 16:5, 13, 21; 17:1, 152, 24, 25, 27;

451

18:3, 8, 9, 30; 19:1, 23, 24; 20:1, 4, 7, 17, 18; 21:13, 2, 10, 12, 17, 18, 21, 23, 31; 22:5, 10, 13, 16; 23:34; 24:16, 38; 25:30; 26:3, 18, 30, 32, 36, 52, 67, 71; 27:5, 6, 27, 30, 33, 53; 28:7, 11, 162 εἰς (purpose), 3:11; 8:4, 34; 9:38; 10:10, 18; 14:31; 24:14; 25:1, 6, 10; 26:8, 13, 28; 27:7 εἰς (reference), 5:13; 6:34; 10:412, 42; 12:18; 18:20; 28:19 εἰς (result), 27:51 εἰς (temporal), 10:22; 21:19; 24:13; 28:1 ἐκ (locative), 20:212, 232; 22:44; 25:332, 34, 41; 26:64; 27:382 ἐκ (means), 12:33; 27:7 ἐκ (partitive), 6:27; 7:9; 10:29; 12:11; 13:47; 18:12, 19; 21:31; 22:35; 23:34; 25:2, 8; 26:21, 73; 27:48 ἐκ (separation), 2:15; 7:4, 5; 8:28; 13:41, 49; 17:92; 24:17 ἐκ (source), 1:3, 52, 6, 16, 18, 20; 2:6; 3:9, 17; 5:37; 12:33, 34, 35, 42; 13:52; 15:5, 11, 182, 19; 16:1; 17:5; 21:16, 19, 253, 26; 24:31; 26:27, 29; 27:29, 53; 28:2 ἐκ (temporal), 19:12; 26:42, 44 ellipsis/elliptical, 3:16; 5:20, 382; 6:3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 16, 18, 29, 39; 7:18, 21, 29; 9:4, 12, 15, 36; 10:1, 9, 163, 23, 252, 42; 11:7, 8, 92, 26; 12:13, 44; 13:43, 55, 56; 14:17; 15:27, 32; 16:2, 32, 4, 7, 22; 17:22, 20; 18:3, 4, 17; 19:6, 11, 18, 19; 20:6, 14, 23; 21:9, 15, 29, 31; 22:17, 21, 262, 30, 39, 42; 23:9, 15; 24:24, 37; 25:17, 22; 26:5, 54; 27:4, 21, 25, 29, 65; 28:32, 4

452 Indices

ἐν (agency), 9:34; 10:20; 12:24, 272, 28 ἐν (association), 11:11 ἐν (attendant circumstance), 13:35; 16:28 ἐν (cause), 6:7; 11:6; 13:57; 26:31, 33 ἐν (instrumental), 5:13; 7:22, 6; 13:3, 10, 13, 34; 20:15; 21:22, 23, 24, 27; 22:1, 15, 373; 24:41; 25:16; 26:52; 27:59 ἐν (locative), 1:18, 20, 23; 2:1, 2, 5, 6, 162, 18, 19; 3:1, 2, 6, 112, 12; 4:13, 162, 21, 232; 5:12, 15, 16, 192, 25, 28, 45; 6:1, 22, 52, 6, 9, 10, 18, 20, 23; 7:32, 4, 11, 21; 8:6, 10, 11, 24, 32; 9:4, 10, 31, 33, 35; 10:11, 16, 17, 23, 272, 28, 32, 33; 11:1, 2, 8, 112, 16, 20, 213, 232; 12:52, 19, 402, 50; 13:21, 24, 27, 31, 32, 43, 44, 54, 572; 14:3, 6, 10, 13, 33; 15:33; 16:7, 8, 17, 192; 17:22; 18:1, 2, 4, 6, 102, 14, 182, 19, 20; 19:21; 20:3, 21, 262, 27; 21:82, 12, 14, 15, 19, 25, 28, 33, 38, 422; 22:28, 302, 36, 40; 23:62, 7, 34; 24:14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 262, 30, 40, 41, 48; 25:4, 25, 36, 39, 43, 44; 26:5, 62, 13, 23, 29, 55, 69; 27:29, 56, 59, 602; 28:18 ἐν (manner), 3:9; 6:42, 6, 18; 9:3, 21; 11:21; 21:92, 32; 22:16; 23:39 ἐν (reference), 3:17; 17:5, 12; 20:15 ἐν (specification), 23:30 ἐν (state or condition), 6:29; 7:15; 11:8; 16:27; 25:31 ἐν (temporal), 2:1, 2, 9; 3:1; 5:25; 7:22; 8:13; 10:15, 19; 11:22, 24, 25; 12:1, 2, 322, 36, 41, 42; 13:1,

30, 40, 49; 14:1, 15:32; 18:1; 19:28; 20:17; 21:41; 22:23, 28, 30; 23:30; 24:19, 38, 45, 502; 26:5, 31, 34, 55; 27:40 epexegetical genitive: see genitive (epexegetical) ἐπί (basis/cause), 4:42, 7:28; 18:5, 132; 19:9; 22:33 ἐπί (goal), 3:17; 12:49; 14:25; 26:50, 64 ἐπί (locative), 3:7, 13; 4:5, 6; 5:15, 23, 452; 6:10, 19; 7:24, 25, 26; 9:2, 6, 9, 16; 10:27, 29, 34; 13:2, 5, 7, 8, 20, 23, 48; 14:8, 11, 19, 26, 28, 29, 34; 15:35; 16:18, 192; 17:6; 18:12, 182, 19, 282; 21:52, 7, 192, 442; 22:5, 9, 34; 23:2, 4, 9, 35; 24:2, 3, 16, 17, 30, 33; 25:31; 26:7, 12, 39; 27:19, 29; 28:18 ἐπί (opposition), 10:21; 12:26; 24:72 ἐπί (subordination), 24:45, 47; 25:212, 232 ἐπί (temporal), 1:11; 9:15 genitive absolute (causal), 18:25 genitive absolute (concessive), 26:60 genitive absolute (temporal), 1:18, 20; 2:1, 13, 19; 5:1; 6:3; 8:1, 5, 16, 28; 9:10, 18, 32, 33; 11:7; 12:46; 13:6, 192, 21; 14:15, 23, 32; 16:2; 17:5, 9, 14, 22, 24, 26; 18:24; 20:8, 29; 21:10, 23; 22:41; 24:3; 25:5, 10; 26:6, 7, 20, 21, 26, 47; 27:1, 17, 19, 57; 28:11, 13 genitive (attributed), 13:5 genitive (attributive), 4:15; 5:22; 10:5; 12:4; 13:31, 42, 50; 15:9; 16:23; 17:20, 22, 25; 19:28;



Grammar Index

21:32; 22:11, 12; 24:15; 25:31; 27:8, 33 genitive complement, 2:9; 3:5, 8; 6:242, 32, 34; 8:3, 15; 9:20, 21, 24, 25, 29, 38; 10:10, 372, 38; 12:10; 13:1; 14:31, 36; 16:18, 28; 17:5, 7, 17; 18:10, 15, 172, 19; 20:252, 34; 26:3, 62, 66, 75; 27:13 genitive (epexegetical), 1:1; 5:32; 10:6; 12:39; 15:21, 24; 16:4; 21:32; 23:33; 24:15, 30; 26:31 genitive in apposition, 1:13, 18; 2:1, 11, 17, 22; 3:3; 4:14, 21; 8:17; 11:11, 12; 12:17, 39; 14:3, 8; 17:13; 23:35; 24:15; 26:6, 69, 71; 27:9 genitive (objective), 4:19, 23, 24; 5:12, 13, 14, 25; 6:2, 5, 8, 12, 16; 8:12; 9:11, 12, 16, 35; 10:5, 25, 412, 42; 11:12; 12:18, 27, 31, 34; 13:18, 19, 22, 35, 36, 42, 50; 14:1; 15:14; 16:3, 23, 26; 17:24; 18:24; 20:26; 21:3, 21; 22:13, 31, 44; 23:8, 10, 11, 30; 24:3, 6, 14, 30, 51; 25:1, 6, 30, 34; 26:13, 28, 65; 27:37, 53; 28:4 genitive of comparison, 3:11; 5:37; 6:252, 26; 10:31; 11:9, 112; 12:6, 12, 41, 42, 452; 13:322; 21:36; 23:15; 27:64 genitive of content, 10:42; 13:33; 22:10; 23:27, 28; 26:7, 53; 27:48 genitive of identification, 1:17; 2:2, 6, 12, 16, 202, 21, 22; 3:3; 4:18, 23; 5:35; 8:12, 28, 30, 31, 33, 34; 9:35; 10:5, 152, 17; 11:1, 12, 22, 24; 12:4, 9, 36, 45; 13:5, 11, 30, 33, 382, 54, 57; 14:6, 35; 15:21, 29, 39; 16:3, 9, 12, 13, 18, 19, 24; 18:10; 19:1, 7, 24, 29;

453

20:12; 21:1, 11, 34, 41, 45; 22:4, 72, 9, 16, 19, 20, 21; 23:2, 292, 30, 32, 33; 24:3, 5, 21, 29, 37; 26:18, 28, 30, 52, 53; 27:6, 8, 9, 27, 32, 51, 60; 28:2, 3 genitive of place: 2:1, 5, 6; 3:1; 6:26, 28, 30; 8:20; 10:23; 13:32, 36; 24:302, 36; 26:64 genitive of production/producer, 5:16; 7:16, 20; 12:332; 26:29 genitive of reference, 5:35; 8:33; 13:11 genitive of relationship, 1:12, 2, 6, 11, 16, 18, 19, 202, 24; 2:6, 11, 13, 14, 15, 18, 20, 21, 22; 3:7, 16, 17; 4:3, 6, 18, 213, 22; 5:1, 9, 16, 222, 23, 24, 25, 31, 32, 432, 44, 452, 47, 48; 6:1, 4, 62, 8, 9, 14, 15, 182, 26, 32; 7:3, 4, 5, 9, 112, 21, 29; 8:14, 20, 212, 22, 23, 29; 9:6, 10, 112, 142, 15, 18, 19, 27, 37; 10:1, 23, 3, 6, 202, 23, 252, 29, 32, 33, 353, 362; 11:1, 2, 193, 27; 12:1, 2, 8, 23, 27, 28, 32, 34, 40, 46, 47, 482, 492, 502; 13:25, 36, 37, 41, 43, 553, 56; 14:32, 6, 8, 11, 12, 33; 15:2, 6, 13, 222, 23, 24, 28, 32; 16:132, 16, 17, 21, 24, 272, 28; 17:1, 5, 9, 12, 15, 16, 22, 24, 25; 18:10, 14, 152, 19, 21, 28, 29, 31, 33, 353; 19:3, 5, 8, 9, 10, 19, 23, 28; 20:8, 18, 203, 21, 23, 28, 30, 31; 21:5, 9, 15, 372; 22:2, 16, 243, 252, 28, 39, 422, 44, 45; 23:1, 8, 92, 15, 302, 31, 32, 33, 35, 372; 24:1, 27, 302, 37, 39, 44, 49; 25:31, 34, 40; 26:1, 2, 18, 242, 29, 37, 39, 42, 45, 53, 63, 64; 27:19, 25, 40, 43, 54, 563, 64; 28:7, 8, 10, 13

454 Indices

genitive of separation, 10:14; 25:29 genitive of source, 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 3:4, 16; 7:16, 20; 10:20; 11:10, 11; 12:28, 332, 42; 13:31; 14:35; 15:2; 17:20; 23:16; 24:29; 26:29; 28:2 genitive of subordination, 2:2, 6, 22; 4:7, 10; 9:34, 38; 10:1, 24, 25; 11:25; 12:8, 24; 15:27, 31; 18:27, 31, 32, 34; 20:8, 25; 21:5, 23, 40; 22:325, 37, 44; 24:42, 46, 48, 50; 25:18, 19, 212, 232, 26; 26:3, 47; 27:1, 11, 29, 37, 42, 46 genitive of time, 2:1, 7, 14; 24:20; 25:6; 28:13 genitive (partitive), 2:4; 3:7, 10; 4:5, 8; 5:19, 29, 30; 6:5, 29; 8:21; 9:3, 20; 10:16, 30, 42; 12:38, 40, 42; 13:25, 322, 39, 40, 492; 14:14, 20, 25, 36; 15:37; 16:14, 28; 18:2, 62, 10, 14, 19, 20, 28; 19:28; 20:13; 21:11, 23, 42; 22:27, 28; 23:9, 11, 16, 23, 252, 262; 24:1, 3, 8, 312, 32; 25:40, 45; 26:3, 14, 17, 472, 51; 27:1, 47, 60; 28:1, 11, 20 genitive (possessive), 1:1, 18, 21, 23, 25; 2:11, 20; 3:3, 43, 11, 124; 4:4, 62, 132, 152, 21; 5:2, 3, 10, 12, 23, 28, 293, 303, 34, 35, 36, 39, 40, 45; 6:2, 32, 5, 62, 9, 11, 162, 172, 212, 223, 232, 252, 27, 34; 7:3, 42, 52, 62, 15, 24, 26; 8:3, 6, 82, 9, 13, 14, 15, 17; 9:4, 62, 7, 18, 20, 21, 23, 25, 29, 30, 38; 10:2, 9, 10, 14, 22, 30, 38, 392, 414, 422; 11:8, 10, 29; 12:4, 13, 183, 19, 21, 293, 40, 44, 49; 13:152, 162, 19, 24, 27, 30, 31, 32, 35, 412, 43, 52, 54; 14:2, 8,

11, 36; 15:2, 8, 26, 27, 30; 16:62, 9, 13, 18, 24, 252, 262, 272; 17:22, 6, 8, 22, 27; 18:5, 6, 82, 9, 10, 16, 23, 35; 19:12, 14, 21, 28, 29; 20:1, 2, 15, 212, 232, 27, 28, 33, 34; 21:8, 9, 122, 132, 162, 28, 342, 35, 38, 42, 43, 45; 22:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 13, 16, 20, 213, 29, 373, 442; 23:42, 5, 22, 27, 292, 30, 34, 352, 38, 39; 24:5, 9, 17, 18, 31, 43, 45, 47, 48, 51; 25:1, 3, 4, 7, 82, 14, 18, 25, 27, 312, 33, 34, 41; 26:3, 6, 7, 12, 26, 28, 38, 39, 43, 45, 513, 522, 58, 61, 64, 65, 67; 27:7, 10, 24, 25, 27, 292, 30, 31, 32, 35, 37, 39, 52, 58, 60; 28:32, 9, 193 genitive (subjective), 1:21; 2:15; 3:2, 6, 7; 4:17; 5:3, 10, 162, 192, 204, 242, 33, 37; 6:1, 4, 7, 102, 12, 14, 15, 25, 29, 33; 7:212, 24, 26, 27, 28; 8:11; 9:22, 4, 5, 22, 29; 10:7, 132, 14; 11:2, 112, 12, 19, 20, 29, 302; 12:18, 19, 25, 26, 28, 34, 372, 41, 42, 50; 13:11, 14, 22, 24, 31, 33, 442, 45, 47, 52, 58; 15:2, 32, 62, 9, 28; 16:122, 19, 232, 27, 28; 17:20; 18:1, 3, 4, 16, 23; 19:8, 12, 14, 23, 24; 20:1, 21, 23; 21:13, 312, 38, 43; 22:2, 18, 29, 33; 23:3, 5, 13; 24:12, 20, 27, 29, 31, 35, 37, 39; 25:1, 21, 23, 31, 34; 26:29, 42, 56, 73, 75; 27:53 genitive subject, 1:18, 20; 2:1, 13, 19; 5:1; 6:3; 8:1, 5, 16, 28; 9:10, 18, 32, 33; 11:7; 12:46; 13:6, 19, 212; 14:15, 23, 32; 16:2; 17:5, 9, 22, 24; 18:24, 25; 20:8, 29; 21:10, 23; 22:41; 24:3; 25:5, 10;



Grammar Index

26:6, 7, 20, 21, 26, 47, 60; 27:1, 17, 19, 57; 28:11, 13 Granville-­Sharp rule, 7:26; 13:20, 23; 27:40 headless relative clause, 5:192, 21, 222, 31, 32, 39, 41; 6:8; 10:14, 272, 33, 38, 42; 11:4, 6, 10, 27; 12:2, 322, 50; 13:123, 172; 14:7, 36; 15:52; 16:192, 252; 17:12; 18:4, 6, 182; 19:6, 9, 11; 20:4, 15, 23, 26, 27; 22:9; 23:122, 162, 182; 25:29; 26:13, 48 hendiadys, 14:9 homoeoarcton, 15:14 homoeoteleuton, 5:19; 6:25; 10:23; 12:15, 47; 13:45; 19:9, 21; 22:32, 37; 28:9 hortatory subjunctive: see subjunctive (hortatory) hyperbole, 10:35; 11:18 ἵνα (clausal complement), 4:3; 7:12; 12:16; 14:36; 16:20; 20:21, 33; 24:20; 26:4, 41, 63; 28:10 ἵνα (epexegetical), 8:8; 26:16 ἵνα (indirect discourse), 4:3; 7:12; 12:16; 14:36; 16:20; 20:21, 33; 24:20; 26:4, 41; 27:20; 28:10 ἵνα (purpose), 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 7:1; 9:6; 12:10, 17; 14:15; 17:27; 18:16; 19:13, 16; 20:31; 21:4; 23:26; 26:5, 41, 56; 27:26, 32 ἵνα (subject), 5:29, 30; 10:25; 18:6, 14 inclusio, 5:10, 47; 7:12; 15:20; 16:11 infinitive (apposition), 9:5 infinitive (cause with διὰ τό), 13:5, 6; 24:12

455

infinitive (complementary), 1:192, 20; 2:13, 18, 22; 3:9; 4:172; 5:13, 14, 402, 42; 6:1, 242, 27; 7:11, 182; 8:2, 212, 22, 28; 9:15, 28; 10:282; 11:7, 142, 20, 27; 12:12, 2, 4, 10, 12, 292, 34, 38, 46, 47; 13:172, 30; 14:4, 5, 30; 15:32; 16:3, 215, 22, 24, 25, 27; 17:10, 12, 16, 19, 22; 18:13, 23, 24, 25, 33; 19:3, 8, 12, 14, 17, 21, 25; 20:14, 15, 222, 26, 27, 46; 22:3, 17, 462; 23:4, 13, 232, 37; 24:62, 43, 49; 25:27; 26:92, 15, 22, 35, 372, 40, 42, 53, 54, 612, 742; 27:6, 15, 34, 42 infinitive (direct object), 5:32; 6:5; 14:16; 19:8; 23:7; 25:35, 42 infinitive (epexegetical), 3:11, 14; 9:6; 12:4; 14:16; 21:32 infinitive (indirect discourse), 2:12; 3:7, 9; 5:34, 36, 39; 8:18; 14:7, 9, 19, 222, 28; 15:35; 16:1, 5, 12, 13, 15; 18:252; 19:72; 22:23; 27:58, 64; 28:20 infinitive (predicate), 20:23 infinitive (purpose), 2:2; 4:1; 5:173; 7:5; 8:29; 9:13; 10:342, 35; 11:7, 8, 9; 12:42; 14:23; 18:25; 20:1, 283; 21:34; 22:3, 11, 15; 24:1, 17, 18; 25:10, 17; 26:55, 58; 27:34; 28:1, 8 infinitive (purpose with εἰς τό), 20:193; 26:2; 27:31 infinitive (purpose with πρὸς τό), 5:28; 6:1; 13:30; 23:5; 26:12 infinitive (purpose with τοῦ), 2:13; 3:13; 11:12; 13:3; 24:45 infinitive (purpose with ὧστε), 10:12; 27:1 infinitive (result with ὧστε), 8:24, 28; 12:222; 13:2, 322, 542; 15:31, 33; 24:24; 27:14

456 Indices

infinitive (subject), 3:15; 13:11; 15:20, 262; 17:4; 18:7, 82, 92; 19:10, 242; 20:23 infinitive (temporal with ἐν τῷ), 13:4, 25; 27:12 infinitive (temporal with μετὰ τό), 26:32 infinitive (temporal with πρίν or πρίν ἤ), 1:18; 26:34, 75 infinitive (temporal with πρὸ τοῦ), 6:8 internally headed relative clause, 7:22; 10:11; 23:37; 24:38, 44 καθώς (comparative), 21:6; 26:24; 28:6 καί (adjunctive), 2:8; 5:39, 40; 6:10, 12, 14, 21; 7:10, 12; 8:9; 10:4, 18, 32, 33; 12:45; 13:26; 15:3, 16; 16:18; 17:12; 18:332, 35; 19:28; 20:4, 7, 10, 14; 21:242, 27; 22:26; 23:26, 28; 24:33, 39, 44; 25:11, 22, 24, 41, 44; 26:13, 35, 69, 73; 27:41, 44, 57 καί (ascensive), 5:46, 47; 8:27, 33; 10:30; 13:12; 15:27; 18:17; 20:10; 21:21; 24:24; 25:29; 26:35; 26:73; 27:44 καί (epexegetical), 1:24; 20:28; 26:19; 27:40 κατά (cause), 19:3 κατά (distributive), 24:7; 27:15 κατά (locative), 8:32 κατά (opposition), 5:23; 10:353; 12:322; 20:11; 27:1 κατά (standard), 2:16; 9:29; 16:27; 23:3; 25:15; 26:59 merism, 5:18; 24:35 μετά (association/ accompaniment), 2:11; 4:21;

8:11; 9:11; 12:41, 42; 16:27; 18:16, 23; 19:10; 20:2, 20; 22:16; 24:49, 51; 25:4; 26:18, 20, 40, 51, 58, 69, 71; 27:34, 41, 66; 28:12 μετά (attendant circumstance), 24:30, 31; 26:47, 55, 72; 28:8 μετά (manner), 13:20; 24:30; 28:8 μετά (temporal), 1:12; 24:29; 25:19; 26:2, 73; 27:53, 62, 63 metacomment, 3:9; 5:18, 20, 22, 26; 6:2, 5, 16, 25; 8:10, 11; 10:15, 23, 42; 11:9, 11, 15, 22; 12:6, 31, 36; 13:9, 17, 43; 15:10, 17; 16:18; 17:12, 20; 18:3, 10, 13, 18, 19, 22; 19:9, 23, 24, 28; 20:25; 21:21, 31, 43; 23:36, 39; 24:2, 15, 34, 47; 25:12, 40, 45; 26:13, 21, 29, 34, 64 metonymy, 5:13, 14; 17:22; 18:162; 19:12; 27:6 μέχρι (temporal), 11:23; 28:15 μή (introducing a question expecting a negative answer), 7:9, 10; 9:14; 11:23 μή . . . ἀλλά (point/counterpoint), 5:17, 39; 6:13, 18 μήτι (introducing a question expecting a negative answer), 7:16; 12:23; 26:22, 25 neuter plural subject with singular verb, 6:28, 33; 10:2, 29; 11:27; 12:452; 13:42, 52, 62, 7, 82, 26, 40; 15:182, 20, 27; 17:2; 23:36 nominalizer, 4:21; 5:15, 43, 46; 6:34; 8:18, 28, 33; 10:2, 3; 11:23; 12:3, 4; 14:22, 33; 16:5, 23; 19:18; 20:9; 21:21; 22:212; 23:25,



Grammar Index

262; 24:16, 172, 18, 21; 25:34, 41, 51, 71 nominative absolute, 1:1; 3:17; 11:19; 12:10, 18, 49; 25:6 nominative complement in a double nominative construction, 1:16, 18; 2:2, 18, 232; 5:9, 192; 8:6; 10:2; 12:13; 13:552; 21:13; 23:8, 10, 38; 26:14; 27:8, 34 nominative for vocative, 1:20; 7:23; 15:22; 25:34, 41 nominative in apposition, 1:19; 2:3, 18; 3:1; 10:22, 3, 42; 11:19; 12:18, 41; 14:1, 2; 16:16; 18:35; 20:212; 21:11, 33; 22:52, 35; 23:10, 172, 192; 26:14, 22, 25, 47, 63; 27:3, 37, 382, 562, 57, 61; 28:1 nominative (predicate), 1:173; 3:3, 42, 17; 4:32, 6, 18; 5:13, 14, 34, 352, 45; 6:22, 23; 7:9, 122, 14, 15; 8:9; 10:2, 202, 36; 11:3, 14, 19, 30; 12:7, 8, 11, 23, 27, 482, 50; 13:19, 202, 22, 232, 32, 37, 383, 393, 55; 14:2, 21, 26, 33; 15:5, 14, 20, 38; 16:16, 18, 20, 23; 17:5; 18:1, 4, 14; 19:62; 20:26, 27; 21:10, 11, 38; 22:28, 324, 38, 42, 45; 23:82, 9, 10, 11, 30, 31; 24:3, 5, 8, 45; 25:24, 35, 43; 26:26, 28, 63, 68; 27:4, 6, 11, 33, 37, 40, 42, 43, 54 nominative subject, 1:23, 33, 43, 53, 62, 73, 83, 93, 103, 11, 122, 133, 143, 153, 162, 18, 19, 202, 21, 222, 233, 242; 2:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 63, 7, 8, 93, 132, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23; 3:1, 2, 32, 42, 5, 7, 9, 102, 113, 13, 143, 15, 162, 172; 4:1, 32, 42, 5, 7, 8, 10, 112, 12, 14,

457

162, 172, 20, 22, 24, 25; 5:1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 132, 142, 16, 184, 193, 20, 21, 224, 23, 252, 282, 293, 303, 31, 323, 34, 372, 392, 41, 44, 46, 47, 482; 6:2, 32, 42, 62, 8, 92, 102, 12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 192, 202, 212, 223, 233, 24, 25, 262, 27, 29, 30, 322, 33, 34; 7:82, 92, 112, 123, 13, 14, 15, 172, 182, 19, 21, 22, 243, 253, 262, 274, 282; 8:1, 2, 3, 42, 5, 6, 7, 82, 9, 10, 11, 122, 132, 14, 15, 172, 18, 19, 204, 21, 22, 23, 242, 26, 273, 28, 30, 31, 322, 33, 34; 9:22, 32, 4, 52, 6, 8, 9, 102, 112, 123, 144, 155, 163, 174, 182, 19, 20, 223, 23, 24, 252, 26, 27, 282, 303, 31, 332, 34, 35; 10:2, 5, 7, 11, 133, 14, 16, 20, 213, 22, 23, 24, 263, 292, 30, 31, 322, 332, 372, 38, 392, 402, 412, 42; 11:1, 2, 3, 4, 56, 6, 7, 8, 103, 112, 122, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 193, 20, 21, 232, 25, 276, 28, 30; 12:12, 22, 32, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 115, 12, 14, 152, 17, 182, 19, 21, 22, 232, 242, 252, 262, 273, 282, 29, 302, 312, 322, 33, 34, 352, 36, 38, 393, 402, 41, 42, 43, 45, 46, 472, 483, 49, 502; 13:1, 22, 3, 42, 5, 72, 82, 9, 10, 11, 122, 14, 15, 172, 18, 192, 20, 222, 232, 24, 25, 262, 27, 283, 29, 312, 32, 333, 34, 35, 36, 372, 383, 393, 40, 41, 42, 432, 442, 45, 47, 49, 50, 523, 53, 552, 56, 572; 14:1, 23, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 132, 153, 162, 17, 18, 20, 21, 242, 26, 272, 282, 292, 31, 32, 33, 35, 362; 15:1, 2, 32, 42, 53, 7, 82, 112, 122, 133, 142, 15, 162, 17, 182, 197, 20, 21, 222, 232, 24, 25, 26, 272, 283, 29, 30, 322, 33, 342, 36, 37, 38; 16:1, 23, 3, 42, 5, 6, 7,

458 Indices

nominative subject (continued), 8, 132, 144, 15, 162, 17, 183, 20, 21, 222, 23, 242, 252, 262, 27, 282; 17:1, 22, 3, 4, 52, 6, 7, 92, 102, 112, 122, 13, 14, 17, 183, 192, 202, 222, 242, 252, 262; 18:12, 4, 5, 62, 7, 82, 9, 10, 122, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20, 213, 22, 232, 24, 25, 26, 27, 282, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35; 19:1, 2, 3, 42, 52, 62, 7, 8, 92, 102, 112, 127, 132, 142, 16, 172, 18, 20, 21, 22, 232, 252, 262, 273, 283, 292, 30; 20:12, 42, 5, 72, 8, 9, 102, 12, 13, 152, 162, 17, 18, 20, 212, 222, 24, 253, 26, 27, 28, 29, 302, 312, 32, 33, 34; 21:1, 32, 42, 5, 62, 82, 9, 102, 112, 12, 132, 14, 152, 162, 192, 202, 21, 233, 243, 252, 26, 272, 28, 29, 30, 314, 324, 332, 34, 35, 382, 40, 41, 424, 43, 44, 45; 22:1, 22, 5, 6, 7, 82, 102, 11, 12, 132, 14, 15, 18, 19, 23, 243, 252, 27, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 402, 41, 43, 44, 45, 462; 23:1, 2, 4, 83, 9, 10, 11, 122, 13, 162, 17, 182, 20, 21, 22, 26, 27, 28, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39; 24:12, 23, 33, 42, 52, 6, 73, 10, 11, 12, 13, 142, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 212, 223, 23, 242, 272, 282, 294, 302, 32, 33, 342, 352, 362, 37, 38, 392, 403, 412, 42, 432, 442, 452, 46, 482, 50, 51; 25:12, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 82, 9, 103, 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 30, 312, 322, 34, 37, 40, 44, 46; 26:1, 22, 32, 5, 7, 82, 9, 10, 12, 132, 14, 152, 17, 183, 192, 21, 22, 232, 243, 253, 262, 28, 313, 333, 34, 352, 36, 38, 393, 412, 42, 43, 452, 46, 472, 482, 50, 51, 522, 54,

55, 563, 573, 58, 592, 60, 61, 622, 633, 642, 65, 66, 67, 68, 693, 70, 712, 733, 74, 75; 27:12, 3, 42, 6, 8, 92, 10, 115, 13, 15, 17, 19, 202, 212, 222, 232, 243, 25, 27, 33, 37, 38, 39, 41, 44, 45, 462, 472, 48, 492, 50, 513, 522, 542, 552, 56, 572, 582, 59, 61, 623, 63, 642, 65, 66; 28:1, 22, 3, 4, 52, 92, 10, 11, 13, 142, 152, 162, 17, 182, 20 nominative subject in an elliptical clause, 6:5, 7, 16, 29; 7:21, 29; 9:36; 10:162, 24, 253; 12:13, 39; 13:43, 552, 56; 14:19; 16:3, 4, 17; 17:2; 18:3, 4, 17; 21:29, 31; 22:262, 30; 24:7, 362, 37, 41; 25:46; 28:32, 4 nominative subject of a verbless equative clause, 1:17; 3:12; 5:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12; 6:23, 25, 34; 7:4, 132, 142; 8:29; 9:372; 10:10, 20; 11:30; 12:41, 42; 13:162, 542; 15:33; 19:26, 30; 21:92, 15; 22:42, 14, 202, 36, 39; 23:19; 24:8, 23, 32, 46; 25:2, 6; 27:19, 25; 28:3 objective genitive: see genitive (objective) ὅπως (clausal complement), 8:34; 9:38; 12:14; 22:15 ὅπως (purpose), 2:8, 23; 5:16, 45; 6:2, 4, 5, 16, 18; 8:17; 12:14; 13:35; 22:15; 23:35; 26:59 ὅταν (temporal), 5:11; 6:2, 5, 6, 16; 9:15; 10:19, 23; 12:43; 13:32; 15:2; 19:28; 21:40; 23:15; 24:15, 32, 33; 25:31; 26:29 ὅτε (temporal), 7:28; 9:25; 11:1; 12:3; 13:26, 48, 53; 19:1; 21:1, 34; 26:1; 27:31



Grammar Index

ὅτι (causal), 2:18; 4:6; 5:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 34, 352, 36, 45; 6:5; 7:13; 9:36; 11:20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29; 12:41, 42; 13:11, 162; 14:5; 15:23, 32; 16:17, 23; 17:15; 20:7, 15; 23:10, 13, 15, 23, 25, 27, 29; 24:42, 44; 25:8, 13 ὅτι (clausal complement; direct discourse), 2:23; 3:9; 5:20; 6:29; 7:23; 8:11; 9:18; 10:7; 11:24; 12:6, 36; 13:17; 14:26; 16:7, 18, 28; 17:12; 18:10, 13, 19; 19:8, 9, 23, 28; 21:3, 16, 31, 43; 24:34, 47; 26:21, 34, 72, 74, 75; 27:43, 47; 28:7, 13 ὅτι (clausal complement; indirect discourse), 2:16, 22, 23; 3:9; 4:12; 5:17, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 32, 3, 38, 43; 6:7, 29, 32; 8:11, 27; 9:6, 28; 10:34; 11:24; 12:5, 6, 36; 13:17; 15:12, 17; 16:8, 11, 12, 18, 20, 21, 28; 17:10, 12, 13; 18:10, 13, 19; 19:4, 9, 23, 28; 20:10, 25, 30; 21:3, 31, 43, 45; 22:16, 34; 23:31; 24:32, 33, 34, 47; 25:26; 26:2, 21, 34, 53, 54; 27:3, 18, 24, 63; 28:5, 7 ὅτι (epexegetical), 6:26; 24:43; 25:24 ὅτι (resumptive), 13:13 οὐ (introducing a question expecting an affirmative answer), 6:30; 7:22; 12:3, 5; 13:55; 15:17; 17:24; 18:33; 19:4; 20:15; 22:31; 24:2; 27:13 οὐ . . . ἀλλά (point/counterpoint), 4:4; 5:15; 7:21; 8:8; 9:12, 13, 17, 24; 10:24, 34; 13:21; 15:11; 16:12, 17, 23; 17:12; 18:22, 30; 19:11; 20:23, 26, 28; 21:21; 22:32; 26:39

459

οὖν (inferential), 1:17; 3:8, 10; 5:19, 23, 48; 6:2, 8, 9, 22, 23, 31, 34; 7:11, 12, 24; 9:38; 10:16, 26, 31, 32; 12:12, 26; 13:18, 27, 28, 40, 56; 17:10; 18:4; 19:6, 7; 21:25, 40; 22:9, 17, 21, 28, 43, 45; 23:3, 20; 24:15, 26, 42; 25:13, 27, 28, 54; 27:22, 64; 28:19 οὖν (resumptive), 24:15; 27:17 οὐχί (introducing a question expecting an affirmative answer), 5:46; 6:25, 26; 10:29; 12:11; 13:27, 56; 18:12; 20:13 παρά (agency), 21:42 παρά (locative), 4:18; 6:1; 13:1, 4, 19; 15:29, 30; 20:30; 22:25; 28:15 παρά (source), 2:4, 7, 16; 18:19; 21:42 participle (attendant circumstance), 1:24; 2:82, 9, 11, 13, 14, 16, 20, 21, 23; 4:3, 9, 132, 20, 22; 5:2, 13, 24; 6:6; 7:6; 8:3, 7, 19, 25, 26, 32, 33; 9:1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 13, 182, 19, 20, 222, 25, 31; 10:1, 7; 11:2, 4; 12:9, 14, 45, 49; 13:1, 2, 4, 10, 27, 28, 31, 33, 36, 44, 46, 482, 54; 14:3, 10, 122, 15, 194, 29, 31; 15:10, 12, 21, 22, 23, 252, 292, 32, 35, 36; 16:1, 4, 22, 23; 17:7, 19, 272; 18:2, 12, 21, 262, 283, 29, 30, 31, 32; 19:16, 25, 26; 20:3, 5, 6, 25, 32; 21:2, 62, 17, 28, 302, 35, 37, 39; 22:5, 6, 7, 10, 13, 15, 22; 24:1; 25:1, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 25; 26:14, 263, 272, 36, 37, 39, 42, 43, 442, 49, 50, 51, 56, 58, 60, 62, 73, 75; 27:2, 52, 6, 24, 27, 28, 292, 30, 484, 50, 53, 58, 59, 64, 66; 28:22, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 18, 19

460 Indices

participle (attributive), 1:16, 22; 2:2, 7, 15, 17, 23; 3:3, 7, 10, 16, 17; 4:4, 14, 16, 18; 5:14, 22, 28, 32; 6:4, 6, 18, 302; 7:11, 13, 14, 19; 8:9, 142, 17, 23, 28, 302; 9:2, 8, 9, 20, 27, 28, 32, 36; 10:2, 4, 6, 7; 11:8, 14, 16, 21, 23; 12:10, 17, 202, 252, 34; 13:14, 24, 39, 44, 45, 472, 52; 14:6; 15:24, 27; 16:16; 17:5, 17, 25, 27; 18:6, 13; 19:28; 20:12, 30; 21:4, 92, 152, 23, 43; 22:11, 23, 31; 23:16, 17, 19, 242, 27, 35, 37; 24:15; 25:14, 242, 29, 34, 412; 26:3, 72, 14, 25, 28, 36, 63, 71, 75; 27:3, 9, 16, 17, 22, 33, 34, 372, 44, 52, 55, 61; 28:5 participle (causal), 1:192; 2:3, 10, 12, 16, 222; 4:12; 8:10, 18; 9:2, 4, 8, 11; 12:15, 25, 34, 46, 47; 14:8, 132, 26, 302; 15:9, 12, 31; 16:8; 17:6; 18:27, 31, 34; 19:22; 20:34; 22:18, 22, 25, 29; 25:25; 26:10, 22, 55; 27:18, 24, 54 participle (complementary), 6:16, 18; 11:1 participle (concessive), 7:11; 13:132, 14:5, 9; 21:32, 46; 22:12; 25:3 participle (conditional), 5:14 participle (manner), 1:20; 2:2, 13, 20; 3:1, 2, 6; 4:233; 5:11; 6:5, 31; 7:29; 8:2, 3, 5, 62, 25, 27; 9:14, 18, 272, 29, 33, 353; 10:5; 11:16, 182, 192; 12:46, 47; 13:36; 14:15, 24, 33; 15:1, 25, 30; 16:3; 17:3, 14, 15; 18:1, 8, 9, 26, 34; 19:3, 22, 28; 20:8, 202; 21:5, 20, 22, 23, 37; 22:4, 12, 16, 24; 24:3, 5; 25:11, 20; 26:7, 17, 27, 392, 55, 65, 68, 69; 27:4, 19, 24, 39, 41, 552, 61, 63; 28:9, 13

participle (means), 3:14; 5:2; 6:27; 8:25, 29, 31; 9:30; 10:5, 7; 12:10, 28; 13:3, 24, 31; 14:25, 27, 30, 33; 15:7, 9, 23; 16:22; 17:9, 10, 25; 18:29; 20:12; 21:2, 9, 25; 22:1, 24, 42; 23:2; 25:9, 37, 44, 45; 26:12, 42, 44, 48, 51, 70; 27:4, 11, 23, 29, 35, 40, 46, 66; 28:18, 19, 20 participle (future periphrastic), 10:22; 24:9, 41 participle (future-­perfect periphrastic), 16:192; 18:182 participle (imperfect periphrastic), 7:29; 12:4; 19:22; 24:384 participle (perfect periphrastic), 10:26, 30; 18:20 participle (pleonastic), 3:15; 4:14; 5:2; 8:8, 29, 31; 9:30; 10:5, 7; 11:4, 25; 12:10, 38, 39, 48; 13:3, 11, 24, 31, 37; 14:27, 28, 30; 15:3, 7, 13, 15, 22, 23, 24, 26, 28; 16:2, 7, 13, 16, 17, 22; 17:4, 9, 10, 11, 17; 18:29; 19:4, 27; 20:12, 13, 22; 20:30, 31; 21:9, 21, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30; 22:12, 24, 29, 42; 23:2; 24:2, 4; 25:9, 12, 26, 37, 40, 44, 45; 26:23, 25, 33, 42, 44, 66, 70; 27:11, 21, 23, 25, 46; 28:5, 18 participle (pluperfect periphrastic), 9:362; 26:43 participle (predicate), 7:14; 10:26; 21:9; 22:4; 23:39 participle (present periphrastic), 1:23; 3:15; 5:25; 27:33 participle (purpose), 12:43; 16:1; 19:32; 20:20; 22:16, 35; 27:49, 55 participle (result), 14:26; 21:10; 26:8; 27:54



Grammar Index

participle (substantival), 1:20, 22; 2:2, 6, 15, 17, 20, 23; 3:32, 11, 17; 4:3, 14, 16, 244; 5:4, 62, 10, 22, 28, 322, 40, 422, 44, 46; 7:83, 11, 13, 14, 212, 23, 262, 29; 8:10, 162, 17, 28, 32, 332; 9:122, 34; 10:4, 8, 202, 22, 283, 372, 392, 403, 412; 11:3, 8, 11, 14, 15, 282; 12:17, 22, 24, 302, 32, 443, 48; 13:3, 9, 18, 192, 203, 222, 233, 352, 37, 41, 43; 14:9, 20, 21, 35; 15:4, 112, 17, 18, 20, 37, 38; 16:28; 17:5, 24; 18:12, 30, 312, 34; 19:4, 92, 12, 21; 21:4, 92, 123, 16, 42, 44; 22:3, 4, 8, 10, 11, 31, 32; 23:13, 20, 212, 222, 31, 372, 39; 24:13, 15, 192, 47, 49; 25:9, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 29, 34, 41; 26:14, 23, 25, 46, 48, 52, 57, 68, 73; 27:3, 92, 39, 402, 47, 542; 28:1, 4, 5, 11 participle (temporal), 2:3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 112, 16, 22; 3:6, 7, 16; 4:2, 12, 13, 18, 21; 5:1; 6:7, 17; 8:2, 10, 14, 18, 34; 9:2, 4, 8, 9, 11, 12, 232, 36; 10:1, 7, 12, 14; 11:2; 12:2, 9, 14, 24, 44; 13:1, 2, 29, 44, 46, 54; 14:3, 132, 14, 194, 23, 26, 302, 34, 35; 15:10, 12, 31, 35, 36, 39; 16:5, 13; 17:6, 8, 27; 18:1, 31, 32; 19:15, 22, 25; 20:2, 9, 10, 11, 17, 24, 30; 21:15, 18, 19, 20, 32, 38, 45; 22:11, 22, 25, 33, 34, 43; 24:46; 25:3, 27; 26:8, 12, 263, 272, 30, 43, 58; 27:2, 3, 5, 7, 24, 26, 27, 28, 30, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 47, 532, 60, 63; 28:122, 17 partitive genitive: see genitive (partitive) περί (advantage), 26:28

461

περί (locative), 3:4; 8:18; 18:6 περί (reference), 2:8; 4:6; 6:28; 9:36; 11:7, 10; 12:36; 15:7; 16:11; 17:13; 18:19; 19:17; 20:24; 21:45; 22:16, 31, 42; 24:36; 26:24 περί (temporal), 20:3, 5, 6, 9; 27:46 periphrasis, 20:2; 23:3; 26:64; 27:7 periphrastic participle: see participle (periphrastic) πλήν (contrast), 11:22, 24; 18:7; 26:39, 64 possessive genitive: see genitive (possessive) predicate accusative: see accusative (predicate) predicate adjective, 1:19; 2:6; 3:112; 5:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12; 21, 223, 482; 6:16, 222, 232, 25, 34; 7:11, 133, 14, 27; 8:8, 26, 27; 9:5, 16, 372; 10:2, 10, 11, 132, 15, 162, 25, 26, 372, 38; 11:6, 11, 16, 22, 24, 26, 292, 30; 12:5, 34, 45; 13:16, 21, 22, 31, 322, 33, 34, 45, 47, 52, 57; 14:15, 23, 24; 15:16, 26, 28; 16:17; 17:2, 4, 26; 18:7, 8, 9; 19:17, 21, 24, 262, 302; 20:1, 4, 152, 162, 26, 27; 21:42; 22:4, 82, 142, 16, 30, 36, 39; 23:16, 17, 18, 19, 26, 27, 282; 24:24, 32, 44, 46; 25:22, 21, 23, 36, 432; 26:24, 38, 39, 412, 66; 27:24, 64; 28:3 predicate adverb, 1:18; 8:12; 12:6, 41, 42; 13:42, 50; 14:23; 15:33; 19:10; 22:13; 24:6, 232, 32, 33, 51; 25:30; 26:18; 27:55, 61; 28:6 predicate nominative: see nominative (predicate) πρό (locative), 11:10

462 Indices

πρό (temporal), 5:12; 8:29; 24:38 πρός (accompaniment), 13:56 πρός (cause), 19:8 πρός (goal), 4:6 πρός (indirect object), 3:15 πρός (locative), 3:10, 13; 26:18 πρός (reference), 19:8; 27:4, 14 πρός (spatial), 2:12; 3:5, 14; 7:15; 10:6, 13; 11:28; 13:2; 14:25, 28, 29; 17:14; 19:14; 21:32, 34, 37; 23:34, 37; 25:9, 36, 39; 26:14, 18, 40, 45, 57; 27:19, 62 subjective genitive: see genitive (subjective) subjunctive (deliberative), 6:253, 313; 8:20; 10:192; 11:3; 13:28; 15:32; 19:16; 20:32; 23:33; 26:17, 54; 27:17, 21, 22 subjunctive (hortatory), 7:4; 21:382; 26:46; 27:49 subjunctive with ἄν, 2:13; 5:182, 192, 21, 222, 26, 31; 10:112, 142, 23, 33, 42; 12:20, 50; 15:5; 16:25, 28; 18:6; 19:92; 20:27; 21:22, 44; 22:44; 23:162, 182, 39; 24:34; 26:48 subjunctive with ἐάν, 4:9; 5:192, 20, 232, 32, 46; 6:14, 15, 22, 23; 7:12; 8:2, 19; 9:21; 10:132; 11:6, 27; 12:11, 29, 322; 14:7; 15:5, 14; 16:192, 25, 262; 17:20; 18:32, 5, 122, 13, 152, 16, 172, 182, 192, 35; 20:4, 26; 21:3, 213, 24, 25, 26; 22:9, 24; 23:3; 24:23, 26, 28, 48, 493; 26:13, 35, 42; 28:14 subjunctive with ἐπάν, 2:8 subjunctive with ἕως (οὗ), 14:22; 17:9; 18:30, 34; 26:36

subjunctive with ἵνα, 1:22; 2:15; 4:3, 14; 5:292, 303; 7:1, 12; 8:8; 9:6; 10:25; 12:10, 16, 17; 14:15, 36; 16:20; 17:27; 18:62, 14, 16; 19:132, 16; 20:21, 31, 33; 21:4; 23:36; 24:20; 26:42, 5, 16, 41, 56, 63; 27:202, 26, 32; 28:10 subjunctive with μήποτε, 4:6; 5:25; 7:6; 13:154, 29; 15:32; 25:9; 27:642 subjunctive with ὅπως, 2:8, 23; 5:162, 45; 6:2, 4, 5, 18; 8:17, 34; 9:38; 12:14; 13:35; 22:15; 23:35; 26:59 subjunctive with ὅταν, 5:113; 6:2, 5, 6, 16; 9:15; 10:19, 23; 12:43; 13:32; 15:2; 19:28; 21:40; 23:15; 24:15, 322, 33; 25:31; 26:29 subjunctive with οὐ μή, 5:18, 20, 26; 10:23, 42; 13:142; 16:28; 18:3; 23:39; 24:2, 21, 34, 35; 26:29 σύν (addition), 25:27 σύν (association/ accompaniment), 26:35; 27:38, 44 synecdoche, 6:11; 11:10; 12:18; 15:2; 16:17; 21:25; 27:32 topic construction, 4:16; 5:19, 39, 40, 41; 6:21; 7:12; 8:23; 10:11, 14, 22, 32, 33; 12:322, 36, 50; 13:122, 20, 22, 23, 38; 15:11; 18:4, 6; 24:13, 28; 26:23, 48; 27:40 ὑπέρ (benefaction), 5:44 ὑπέρ (superior status), 10:242, 372 ὑπό (agency), 14:24 ὑπό (cause), 8:24; 11:7 ὑπό (locative), 5:15; 8:8; 23:37



Grammar Index

463

41, 44; 26:22, 25, 27, 39, 42, 49, 50, 68; 27:29, 46, 63

ὑπό (subordination), 8:9 ὑπό (ultimate agency), 1:22; 2:15, 16; 3:14; 4:12; 5:13; 6:2; 10:22; 11:27; 14:8; 19:12; 20:23; 22:31; 23:7; 24:9; 27:12

χωρίς (dissociation), 14:21; 15:38 χωρίς (exception), 13:34

vocative in apposition, 2:6; 4:15; 11:25; 16:17; 23:13, 15, 23, 25, 27, 29, 33 vocative of direct address, 1:20; 2:6; 3:7; 4:10, 152; 5:222; 6:9, 30; 7:5, 212, 222; 8:2, 6, 8, 19, 21, 25, 26, 29; 9:2, 22, 27, 28; 11:212, 23, 25; 12:34, 38; 13:27; 14:28, 30, 31; 15:7, 22, 25, 27, 28; 16:8, 17, 22, 23; 17:4, 15, 17, 25; 18:21, 32; 19:16; 20:13, 30, 31, 33; 21:28, 29; 22:12, 16, 18, 24, 36; 23:132, 152, 16, 172, 19, 232, 24, 252, 26, 272, 292, 33, 372; 25:112, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 37,

ὡς (comparative), 5:48; 6:5, 10, 12, 16, 29; 7:29; 10:163, 252, 12:13; 13:43; 17:2, 20; 18:3, 4, 33; 19:19; 20:14; 22:30, 39; 24:38; 26:55 ὡς (manner), 8:13; 15:28; 27:65 ὡς (object/clausal complement), 1:24; 26:19 ὡς (role/capacity), 14:5; 21:26 ὡς (subject), 26:392 ὥσπερ (comparative), 6:2, 7; 12:40; 13:40; 18:17; 20:28; 24:27, 37; 25:14, 32 ὥστε (conclusion/inferential), 12:12; 19:6; 23:31